Siemens Welding System St Pcs 7 Users Manual SIMATIC Process Control

ST PCS 7 to the manual 999d0011-6fa0-44e9-b5d4-cf09cd146107

2015-02-05

: Siemens Siemens-Welding-System-St-Pcs-7-Users-Manual-410671 siemens-welding-system-st-pcs-7-users-manual-410671 siemens pdf

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 344 [warning: Documents this large are best viewed by clicking the View PDF Link!]

Catalog ST PCS 7
Contents
1 Introduction
- Siemens Automation and Drives.
- System architecture
2 System-neutral components
3 Starter systems
- SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX
- Runtime Basic Packages
4 Engineering System
5 Operator System
6 Batch automation
7 SIMATIC Route Control
8 Asset Management
- Introduction
- Maintenance Station
9 Communication
10 Automation systems
11 Process I/O
12 IT world
- SIMATIC IT
13 Migration to PCS 7
14 Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1
15 Update/upgrade packages
16 Appendix

simatic

SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

Catalog ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Related catalogs

SIMATIC

Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

Only PDF:

(E86060-K4678-A121-A6-7600)

ST PCS 7.1

SIMATIC

Migration solutions with the

SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

Order no.:

E86060-K4678-A131-A3-7600

ST PCS 7.2

SIMATIC

Products for Totally Integrated

Automation and Micro Automation

Order no.:

E86060-K4670-A101-B1-7600

E86060-K4670-A151-A3-7600 (News)

ST 70

SIMATIC HMI

Human Machine Interface

Systems

Order no.:

E86060-K4680-A101-B5-7600

ST 80

Industrial Communication

Industrial Communication for

Automation and Drives

Order no.:

E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600

E86060-K6710-A121-A2-7600 (News)

IK PI

TELEPERM M

AS 488/TM

Automation Systems

Only PDF:

(E86060-W3812-A100-A3-7600)

PLT 112

Field Instruments

for Process Automation

Order no.:

E86060-K6201-A101-A9-7600

FI 01

Training for Automation and ITC

Industrial Solutions

Order no.:

E86060-K6850-E101-B8 (in German)

Catalog CA 01

the Offline Mall of

Automation and Drives

Order no.:

E86060-D4001-A100-C6 (CD-ROM)

E86060-D4001-A500-C6 (DVD)

A&D Mall

Internet:

www.siemens.com/automation/mall

Supersedes:

Catalog ST PCS 7 · March 2007

The products contained in this catalog

can also be found in the e-Catalog CA 01

Order No.:

E86060-D4001-A110-C6-7600 (CD-ROM)

E86060-D4001-A510-C6-7600 (DVD)

Please contact

your local

Siemens branch

SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

Version 7.0

Catalog ST PCS 7 ·

October 2007

Introduction 1

System-neutral components 2

Starter systems 3

Engineering system 4

Operator system 5

Batch automation 6

SIMATIC Route Control 7

Asset Management 8

Communication 9

Automation systems 10

Process I/O 11

IT world 12

Migration to SIMATIC PCS 7 13

Ordering data for previous version

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 14

Update/upgrade packages 15

Appendix 16

The products and sys-

tems described in this

catalog are manufac-

tured/distributed under

application of a certified

quality management

system in accordance

with DIN EN ISO 9001

(Certified Registration

No. 1323-QM). The cer-

tificate is recognized by

all IQNet countries.

1/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Siemens Automation and Drives.

Welcome

More than 70,000 people aiming for the same goal:

increasing your competitiveness. That's Siemens

Automation and Drives.

We offer you a comprehensive portfolio for sustained

success in your sector, whether you're talking automa-

tion engineering, drives or electrical installation sys-

tems. Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) and Totally

Integrated Power (TIP) form the core of our offering.

TIA and TIP are the basis of our integrated range of

products and systems for the manufacturing and process

industries as well as building automation. This portfolio

is rounded off by innovative services over the entire life

cycle of your plants.

Learn for yourself the potential our products and

systems offer. And discover how you can permanently

increase your productivity with us.

Your regional Siemens contact can provide more infor-

mation. He or she will be glad to help.

1/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SIMATIC Sensors

AS-Interface

Totally

Integrated

Automation

Field Level

Control Level

Operations Level

Management Level

Ethernet

ERP  Enterprise Resource Planning

MES  Manufacturing Execution Systems

Ethernet

SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control (DCS)

 Maintenance

 Modernization

and Upgrade

Industrial Software for

 Design and Engineering

 Installation and Commissioning

 Operation

SINUMERIK

Computer Numeric Control SIMOTION

Motion Control System

PROFIBUS PA

Process Instrumentation

HART

PROFIBUS

Industrial Ethernet

PROFINET

HART

1/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Sharpen your competitive edge.

Totally Integrated Automation

With Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), Siemens is the only

manufacturer to offer an integrated range of products and sys-

tems for automation in all sectors - from incoming goods to out-

going goods, from the field level through the production control

level to connection with the corporate management level.

On the basis of TIA, we implement solutions that are perfectly

tailored to your specific requirements and are characterized by a

unique level of integration. This integration not only ensures sig-

nificant reductions in interface costs but also guarantees the

highest level of transparency across all levels.

GAMMA instabus

KNX/ EIB

SIMATIC IT

SIMATIC WinCC

SCADA System

SIMATIC NET

Industrial

Communication

SIMATIC Controllers

Modular/Embedded/PC-based SIMATIC HMI

Human Machine Interface Safety Integrated

SIRIUS Industrial Controls

SENTRON Switching Devices

SIMOCODE pro

Motor Management System

SIMATIC Distributed I/O SINAMICS Drive Systems

Totally

Integrated

Power

AS-Interface

1/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

It goes without saying that you profit from Totally Integrated

Automation during the entire life cycle of your plants - from the

first planning steps, through operation, right up to moderniza-

tion. Consistent integration in the further development of our

products and systems guarantees a high degree of investment

security here.

Totally Integrated Automation makes a crucial contribution

towards optimizing everything that happens in the plant and

thus creates the conditions for a significant increase in produc-

tivity.

PROCESS FIELD BUS

cos o

£ 110 kV

cos o

Planning

and configuration

Products and systems

Communication

Process/production

automation

Load

manage-

ment

HMI Graphs Prognoses

Planning

and configuration

Products and systems

Communication

Process/production

automation

Load

manage-

ment

HMI Graphs Prognoses

1/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Integrated energy distribution from a single source.

Totally Integrated Power

Totally Integrated Power (TIP) brings together all the components

of electrical energy distribution into an integrated whole. Thus TIP

provides the answer to growing market demands in the planning,

construction and use of utility buildings and industrial buildings.

On the basis of TIP, we offer integrated solutions for energy distri-

bution, from medium voltage to the power outlet. Totally Inte-

grated Power is based here on integration in planning and config-

uring as well as on perfectly matched products and systems.

CODES

V=VACATION

H=HOLIDAY

S=SICK

REGULAR HOLIDAY OTHER

OVER THE HOURS

TIME & ONE-HALF SICK VACATION

TOTAL HOURS

DATE

OUT

OVERTIME

SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL

TOTAL HOURS

DATE

OUT

OVERTIME

SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL

TOTAL HOURS

DATE

OUT

OVERTIME

SUN MON TUE WED THUR FRI SAT SUN TOTAL

DATE:

EMPLOYEE

COST CENTER

PAY PERIOD BEGINNING

PAY PERIOD ENDING

instabus EIB

Message/

error

manage-

ment

Selective

protection

Main-

tenance Protocols Power

quality Cost center

Building

automation

Substation

Distribution

Maintenance

task

Hall 1 Air conditioning system

checkup

Distribution 3 Replacing circuit

breaker contacts

Infeed II Replacing meters

Message/

error

manage-

ment

Selective

protection

Main-

tenance Protocols Power

quality Cost center

Building

automation

Substation

Distribution

Maintenance

task

Hall 1 Air conditioning system

checkup

Distribution 3 Replacing circuit

breaker contacts

Infeed II Replacing meters

1/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Totally Integrated Power offers communication

and software modules for connecting the energy

distribution systems to industrial automation and

building automation. This enables the implemen-

tation of significant savings potential.

1/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Protecting the environment

and resources.

Environmental sustainability

Environmental protection will continue to grow in importance

as a result of progressive urbanization and global population

growth. These global mega-trends make the careful and sus-

tainable handling of natural resources a central challenge.

We are convinced that every individual - and especially

every company - has an ecological responsibility. At Siemens

Automation and Drives, we stand by this conviction. Our high

environmental protection goals are part of our strict environ-

mental management. We investigate the possible effects of our

products and systems on the environment right back at the de-

velopment stage. We concern ourselves, for example, with the

question of how to reduce power consumption in plant

operation - and we offer appropriate solutions, such as our

energy-saving motors that cut power consumption in industrial

manufacturing by up to 40% thanks to their high efficiency

levels.

Our products and systems comply with the EC Directive

RoHS (Restriction of Hazardous Substances). All the relevant

Siemens AG sites are, of course, certified in accordance with

DIN EN ISO 14001.

Our commitment goes well beyond compliance with the rele-

vant directives and legislation: we are an active driving force

behind environmental protection, through further develop-

ment of environmental management systems, for example,

and we are involved in professional associations such as the

German Electrical and Electronic Manufacturers Association

(ZVEI).

1/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Introduction

System architecture

SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0

1/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7 system configuration

Totally Integrated Automation with SIMATIC PCS 7

The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is a significant com-

ponent of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA), the unique basis

offered by Siemens for uniform and customized automation in all

sectors of the production, process and hybrid industries. Using

TIA, Siemens is the only company able to offer uniform automa-

tion technology on one single platform for all applications of pro-

cess automation, starting with input logistics, covering produc-

tion or primary processes as well as downstream (secondary)

processes, up to output logistics. This is suitable for optimization

of all operating sequences of an entire company, i.e. from the

ERP (Enterprise Resource Planning) level and MES (Manage-

ment Execution System) level to the control level, right down to

the field level.

Integrated in a holistic automation solution for a production site,

automation of the primary processes is the prime task of SI-

MATIC PCS 7. On the other hand, secondary processes (e.g. fill-

ing, packaging) or input/output logistics (e.g. raw material distri-

bution, storage) are frequently implemented using the PLC-

based or PC-based components of SIMATIC.

The advantages of Totally Integrated Automation, in particular

the uniform data management, communication and configura-

tion, are already evident during planning and engineering, but

also during installation and commissioning, everyday operation

as well as maintenance, repairs and modernization.

Uniform data management means that all software components

access a common database. Within a project, inputs and modi-

fications are therefore only necessary at one point. This reduces

the work required, and simultaneously avoids potential faults.

Once symbolic identifications have been introduced, they are

understood by every software component. Data consistency is

also guaranteed even if several persons are working simulta-

neously on a project. Parameters defined in the engineering sys-

tem can be transferred beyond the network limits down to sen-

sors, actuators or drives in the field.

Uniform communication from the corporate management level

down to the field level is based on internationally recognized

standards such as Industrial Ethernet or PROFIBUS, and also

supports the global flow of information via the Internet. Since the

hardware and software components involved also use these

communications mechanisms, connections are extremely easy

to configure, also cross-system or over different networks.

The use of an engineering system with a uniform and matched

range of tools minimizes the configuration overhead. The engi-

neering tools for the application software, the hardware compo-

nents and the communications functions can be called from a

central project manager (SIMATIC Manager). This is also the ba-

sic application for creation, management, saving and documen-

tation of a project.

Compatibility of further developments is guaranteed within TIA.

This also guarantees that the company’s investments have a se-

cure future, and allows the company to modernize and expand

the plants throughout the complete lifecycle.

INTERNET

DP/FF Link

FF-H1

SAP

SIMATIC

PCS 7 BOX

PROFIBUS PA

PROFIBUS DP

ET 200M

Ethernet

SIMATIC IT

ET 200S

ET 200pro

PROFIBUS PA

ET 200iSP

MTA

COx, NOx

SIMATIC

PCS 7

AS RTX

PROFIBUS PA

ET 200M

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS PA

ET 200iSP

HART

ET 200S

ET 200M

Office LAN (Ethernet)

SIMATIC PCS 7

Takes you beyond the limits!

Active Field Splitter

Active Field Distributors

DP/PA link

with redundant

DP/PA couplers

DP/PA link

Integrated Drives

Fault-tolerant

automation

systems

ET 200M

single/redundant

ET 200M

with CP 341

DP/PA link

Y link

Modbus, serial connection

DP/AS-Interface link

Safety-related

automation

systems

ET 200M

Standard

automation

systems

Industrial Ethernet, single/redundant

OS / Route Control

Server

Batch/archive

server

Management information/

Manufacturing Execution System

Web Client

Web Server/

OpenPCS 7

Security

Modules

OS-LAN, single/redundant

OS / Batch / Route Control

Clients Engineering

Station

Network

printer

Asset Management/

Maintenance station

Single Station

Standard and

F modules

ET 200M

F modules

Weighing systems

Zone 1Zone 2

DP/PA link

Ex operator

terminal

Ex I/O, HART

Introduction

System architecture

SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0

1/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Benefits

With its pioneering design, modular and open architecture

based on state-of-the-art SIMATIC technology, consistent appli-

cation of industrial standards, and the I&C functionality paired

with high-performance, the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control sys-

tem allows cost-effective implementation and economical oper-

ation of I&C plants in all phases of their lifecycle and with con-

sideration of all aspects: from planning, engineering,

commissioning, training, through operation, maintenance and

repair, up to expansion and refurbishment. In the process, SI-

MATIC PCS 7 combines high-performance and reliability with

simple and safe operation and maximum convenience.

You primarily profit from Totally Integrated Automation with the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system through:

7Calculable development, implementation and lifecycle costs

7Minimization of engineering overhead

7Facilities for process optimization

7Adaptability to changing requirements

7Advantages resulting from the use of standard SIMATIC com-

ponents, such as:

- Low hardware and engineering costs

- Proven quality and stability

- Simple, fast definition and selection of system components

- Low costs for spare parts

- Short delivery times for spare parts and expansion compo-

nents

- Global availability

- Savings in logistics, maintenance and training costs

■

Function

A consistent and homogeneous overall system

SIMATIC PCS 7 is a modern process control system that can be

used alone or in combination with other systems, e.g. SIMATIC,

SIMOTION or drive systems, as a consistent and homogenous

overall system. Its popularity is increasing along with the de-

mand for seamlessly integrated universal automation engineer-

ing solutions, which is determined by sustained competition and

price pressure, the demand for increasingly flexible production

plants and the need for increased productivity.

Against the background of ever-increasing complexity, in partic-

ular due to the merging of automation engineering with informa-

tion technology, horizontal and vertical integrated system plat-

forms are being increasingly accepted in comparison to

automation solutions with so-called "best-in-class products".

Totally Integrated Automation with SIMATIC PCS 7 combines

consistent data management, communication and configuration

with outstanding system properties and high performance. This

guarantees that the typical demands placed on a process con-

trol system are comprehensively satisfied, and that you are per-

fectly equipped for future requirements:

7Simple and reliable process control

7User-friendly operation and visualization, also using the

Internet

7Powerful, fast and consistent system-wide engineering

7System-wide online modifications

7System openness at all levels

7Flexibility and scalability

7Redundancy at all levels

7Safety-related automation solutions

7Extensive fieldbus integration

7Flexible solutions for batch processes

7Efficient control of material transport

7Asset management for I&C equipment (diagnostics, preven-

tive maintenance and repairs)

7Direct interface with the IT world

7Advanced security concept for safeguarding the I&C system.

Flexibility and scalability

As a result of its modular architecture based on selected hard-

ware and software components from the standard SIMATIC

range, SIMATIC PCS 7 can be applied effectively in small and

large plants alike. It allows easy expansion or system modifica-

tion to enable customers to meet the changing production re-

quirements of their facility. SIMATIC PCS 7 is scalable from a

small single system consisting of approx. 160 process tags (mo-

tors, valves, PID controllers), such as might be used for a labo-

ratory system or a test center, up to a distributed multi-user sys-

tem with client/server architecture and approx. 60,000 process

tags, such as might be used for automation of a very large pro-

duction plant or for groups of connected facilities.

SIMATIC PCS 7 thus covers all sizes of plant - and if the plant

grows, SIMATIC PCS 7 grows with it!

Open for the future

SIMATIC PCS 7 is based on modular hardware and software

components, which are perfectly matched to one another due to

their conformance with TIA. These components can be ex-

panded and innovated seamlessly and with little effort and are

open for the future via long-term stable interfaces. This makes

long-term protection of customer investments possible, despite

the fast pace of innovation and short product cycles.

SIMATIC PCS 7 consistently applies new, powerful technologies

together with internationally established industrial standards

such as IEC, XML, PROFIBUS, Ethernet Gigabit technology,

TCP/IP, OPC, ISA-88 or ISA-95, just to mention a few.

Openness with SIMATIC PCS 7 covers all levels, and equally ap-

plies to automation systems and process I/Os as to industrial

communications networks, operator systems or engineering

systems.

Not just system architecture and communication are character-

ized by openness. This is a feature also evident in the program-

ming and data transfer interfaces for user programs as well as in

the import and export functions for graphics, text and data, e.g.

from the CAD/CAE world. SIMATIC PCS 7 can therefore also be

combined with components from other vendors, and integrated

in existing infrastructures.

Introduction

1/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

2/2 System documentation

2/4 Administration

2/6 Operating system

2/7 SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial

Workstation

2/7 Introduction

2/10 Basic hardware

2/16 Multi-VGA graphics cards

2/17 Operator panels/monitors

2/18 Special configurations

System-neutral

components

System-neutral components

System documentation

2/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The system documentation of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process con-

trol system is an integral component of the SIMATIC PCS 7 sys-

tem software. It is available in two versions:

• As online help (HTML help)

• As electronic documentation in Acrobat Reader format (PDF)

The 3-language documentation (German, English, French) pro-

vides both beginners and experienced users with valuable infor-

mation on all aspects of the process control system. The range

extends from the system introduction, covers initial steps and

cross-system topics, up to a description of individual system

components. With the "Getting Started" documentation you can

gain initial practical experience using example projects.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Programming Instructions Driver Blocks

Programming Instructions for creating drive blocks and with the

title "SIMATIC PCS 7 Programming Instructions Driver Blocks"

can be ordered separately. These Programming Instructions

help the advanced SIMATIC PCS 7 user to create system-con-

form driver blocks, which can be placed like standard blocks on

system plans and automatically parameterized and intercon-

nected in HW-Config.

S7 Manual Collection

As a supplement to the SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation,

the S7 Manual Collection provides comprehensive information

on all system components offered in the context of SIMATIC S7.

This multi-language collection of electronic manuals on DVD

contains documentation on the following in addition to the

SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation:

• SIMATIC S7-200/300/400,

• SIMATIC C7,

• LOGO! logic module,

• SIMATIC DP,

• SIMATIC PC,

• SIMATIC programming devices,

•STEP7,

• engineering software,

• runtime software,

• SIMATIC PCS 7,

• SIMATIC HMI and

• SIMATIC NET.

The electronic manuals of the S7 Manual Collection are usually

in 5 languages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish),

those of the integral SIMATIC PCS 7 system documentation

mostly in 3 languages (German, English, French).

For the migration of existing plants, you may also require de-

tailed information on the system components of TELEPERM M or

SIMATIC S5.

TELEPERM M Manual Collection

The TELEPERM M Manual Collection comprises TELEPERM M

manuals in 2 languages (German, English) on CD.

S5 Manual Collection

An S5 Manual Collection in 2 languages (German, English) on

CD, which contains all electronic manuals concerning

SIMATIC S5, rounds off the range of available information.

System-neutral components

System documentation

2/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No

■

More information

The "SIMATIC Guide Manuals" on the Internet directs you

straight to the complete range of technical documentation avail-

able for SIMATIC products and systems in German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese. If other languages are

available, you can also find them there. You can select individual

documents from this range for viewing or downloading.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu

SIMATIC PCS 7 Programming

Instructions Driver Blocks V7.0

for SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 and V7.0

Electronic documentation on CD,

in 2 languages (German, English)

Type of delivery: CD, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 653-1XD07-8YX8

SIMATIC S7 manuals

S7 Manual Collection

Electronic manuals on DVD, in

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish)

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE0 D)

S7 Manual Collection -

maintenance service for 1 year

Type of delivery: Current DVD

"S7 Manual Collection" and the

three subsequent updates

6ES7 998-8XC01-8YE2 D)

TELEPERM M migration manuals

TELEPERM M Manual

Collection

Electronic manuals on CD, in

2 languages (German, English)

6DL5 900-8AX03-8YX8 D)

SIMATIC S5 manuals

S5 Manual Collection

Electronic manuals on CD, in

2 languages (German, English)

6ES5 998-7WE02 D)

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

System-neutral components

Administration

2/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Central user management, access control and electronic

signature

SIMATIC Logon is a central user administration function with ac-

cess control based on Windows 2000/XP and Windows Server

2003 for:

• System components of SIMATIC PCS 7

• Non-system components linked via an interface

It can be used to fulfill the validation requirements of 21 CFR Part

11. An electronic signature function can also be used in conjunc-

tion with SIMATIC Logon.

SIMATIC Logon Upgrade

All previous versions can be upgraded to the current version.

■

Design

The optional chipcard reader can be used for access control in

addition to the keyboard. SIMATIC Logon additionally supports

logon devices which can be operated with a Microsoft device

driver for the respective operating system (e.g. logon devices on

a USB interface). It is also possible to connect logon devices via

a separately created device-specific drive.

The number of SIMATIC Logon licenses required depends on

the number of clients/single stations that access applications for

which SIMATIC Logon is used for access protection.

SIMATIC Logon was developed for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process

control system but can also be used together with other SIMATIC

products in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA),

e.g. with SIMATIC WinCC. A requirement for working together is

that user groups have already been created in the partner appli-

cations, or can be defined.

SIMATIC Logon is already integrated in the system software

of the SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 process control system. Separate

licenses are not required in this context.

■

Function

SIMATIC Logon Admin Tool

Using the SIMATIC Logon Admin Tool it is possible to assign the

roles defined in the SIMATIC PCS 7 applications (e.g. Automa-

tion License Manager and SIMATIC BATCH) to the Windows

users/user groups. Administrators with the necessary Windows

administrator privileges can also use the SIMATIC Logon Admin

Tool to edit Windows users and user groups.

SIMATIC Logon Service

The login dialog of the SIMATIC Logon Service is activated when

an application is started which is managed by SIMATIC Logon.

The user receives his specific privileges after making the login,

password and domain entries. The SIMATIC Logon Service dia-

log for logoff, user change or password edit can be called in the

applications.

SIMATIC Electronic Signature

The SIMATIC Electronic Signature means that operations cannot

be performed until enabled by previously assigned Windows

users/user groups. Users/user groups are assigned to the oper-

ations in the respective application.

At the moment this function is implemented as a system function

only on SIMATIC BATCH. However, the Electronic Signature can

be used on any products in the specific applications.

The software products listed here under "Selection and ordering

data" are only relevant to use in the TIA environment.

System-neutral components

Administration

2/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Options

Access security by means of chipcard reader

A chipcard reader can be used to check a person’s authorization

to access and operate a single station or a client. This method of

access security uses the chipcard as a "key" to the operator ter-

minals. Operations are only allowed when the card is actually in-

serted in the reader.

The unmistakable identification of access rights is required in

particular for plants which have to meet validation requirements.

The chipcard reader is compliant with EN 55022 Class B and

EN 50082-1 standards.

The reader is available with an USB interface for the connection

of the operator station.

Note:

The reader with USB interface can only be used with SIMATIC Logon.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

only for TIA applications

SIMATIC Logon V1.4

Single license for 1 installation

7 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian, Chi-

nese, Japanese), executes with

Windows 2000 Professional SP4,

Windows 2000 Server, Windows

XP Professional SP2 or Windows

Server 2003 SP1 and R2

Engineering software and elec-

tronic documentation on CD

Type of delivery: CD, license key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 658-7BX41-2YA0

SIMATIC Logon Upgrade to

V1.4

Single license for 1 installation

7 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian, Chi-

nese, Japanese), executes with

Windows 2000 Professional SP4,

Windows 2000 Server, Windows

XP Professional SP2 or Windows

Server 2003 SP1 and R2

Engineering software and elec-

tronic documentation on CD

Type of delivery: CD, license key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 658-7BX41-2YE0

Options

Chipcard reader USB

Chipcard reader with USB inter-

face,

driver software and operating

instructions

6ES7 652-0XX02-1XC0 B)

Chipcard

Chipcard for chipcard reader;

1 card required per user;

package with 10 chipcards

6ES7 652-0XX05-1XD1

System-neutral components

Operating system

2/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Operating system upgrade

When existing SIMATIC PCS 7 systems are updated to

Version 7.0, it may also be necessary to upgrade the operating

system.

If you replace your existing hardware by new SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Workstations from this catalog when carrying out an

upgrade, the Windows XP Professional or Windows Server 2003

operating systems including 5 CAL (Client Access Licenses) re-

quired for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 are already included in the scope

of delivery. You can also purchase individual operating systems

or additional Client Access Licenses (CAL) from Fujitsu Siemens

Computers GmbH.

Contact address for quotations and orders

Fujitsu Siemens Computers GmbH

Mr. Dominikus Besserer

Phone: +49 821 804-2434

Fax: +49 821 804-2972

E-mail: dominikus.besserer@fujitsu-siemens.com

Note:

Please note when ordering that SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 is operated

together with Windows XP Professional Service Pack 2 and

Windows Server 2003 Service Pack 2.

Release 2 of Windows Server 2003 has not been approved

for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0.

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Introduction

2/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

We offer a range of modern, powerful SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial

Workstations for the systems positioned in the SIMATIC PCS 7

system architecture above the controller level, e.g. for engineer-

ing, operation and monitoring (also via Internet/intranet), batch

control, route control, asset management or IT applications etc.

These are optimized for use as single station, client or server,

and can be expanded specific to the system.

■

Design

Microsoft Windows operating system

The multi-language Microsoft Windows XP Professional or

Server 2003 operating system as well as the SIMATIC PCS 7

system software for OS or ES/OS are preinstalled on the SI-

MATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation. The Microsoft Server 2003

operating system is supplied with 5 CALs (Client Access Li-

censes). You can purchase further CALs from Fujitsu Siemens

Computers GmbH (see page 2/6).

Monitors and multi-VGA operation

The core component of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta-

tion is a SIMATIC industrial PC without keyboard or monitor. This

basic hardware can be combined with the industrial LCD moni-

tors recommended in the Section "HMI devices/monitors" for

SIMATIC PCS 7 in the Catalog "PC-based Automation" to suit the

operating environment and the customer’s requirements.

Using a multi-VGA graphics card, the visualization of a project/

subproject when engineering or a plant/unit in process operation

can be divided among up to 4 process monitors per operator

station with application of different views (see page 2/16).

This is supported in the SIMATIC PCS 7 workstations designed

as clients by additional hardware versions:

• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client RACK PC 547B WXP with multi-

VGA graphics card "2 Screens" and

• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client RACK PC 547B WXP with multi-

VGA graphics card "4 Screens"

Clients and single stations with a standard graphic interface

module for controlling a process monitor can also be expanded

by a multi-VGA graphics card "2 Screens" or "4 Screens" (see

page 2/16).

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Introduction

2/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Options

Notes on the use of other basic hardware and non-SIMATIC software

Siemens guarantees the compatibility of hardware and software

for system configurations based on components in this catalog.

The system test confirms that the system software of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system can be run on the

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations offered in this catalog.

Despite comprehensive tests, it cannot be excluded that the

function of a SIMATIC PCS 7 system could be disturbed or inter-

fered with as a result of additional non-SIMATIC software, i.e.

software which has not been explicitly approved for SIMATIC

PCS 7.

If you use hardware other than the basic hardware offered in this

catalog, or additional non-SIMATIC software, this is at your own

risk. If compatibility problems arise as a result of these hard-

ware/

software components, the support provided for elimination

thereof is not free of charge.

The licenses for plant bus communication via Industrial Ethernet,

i.e. for Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE) and CP 1613 com-

munication are bound to the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta-

tions. Depending on the selected type of communication, the

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations for single stations and

servers are delivered either with a BCE license or CP 1613 li-

cense. If you are not using SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 on SIMATIC

PCS 7 Industrial Workstations, you additionally require a

SIMATIC PCS 7 BCE V7.0 license (Order No. 6ES7 650-1CD07-

2YB5) for all single stations or servers which are connected to

the plant bus via a standard network card and not via a CP 1613.

Requirements on the configuration of the SIMATIC PCS 7 basic hardware

Depending on the application of the SIMATIC PCS 7 basic hard-

ware, the following hardware requirements must be observed.

Minimum configuration of basic hardware depending on target system

Target systems Engineering station (ES) ●

Engineering station with server

operating system

●

OS single station ●

OS server ●

OS client ●

Central archive server ●

PCS 7 Web server ●

Maintenance station (MS) ●

BATCH single station ●

BATCH server ●

BATCH client ●

Common OS/BATCH client ●

Route Control (RC) single sta-

tion

●

Route Control server ●

Route Control client ●

Common OS/BATCH/Route

Control single station

●

Technical

specifications of

basic hardware

Processor, clock Intel Pentium IV, 2 GHz Intel Pentium IV, 2 GHz Intel Pentium IV, 2 GHz

Main memory (RAM) 2 GB 1 GB 512 MB

Hard disk

• Storage capacity 120 GB 120 GB 80 GB

• Size of C partition 20 GB 20 GB 20 GB

Network adapter,

communications interfaces RJ45 connection (Fast Ether-

net) for terminal bus (OS-LAN) RJ45 connection (Fast Eth-

ernet) for terminal bus

(OS-LAN)

RJ45 connection (Fast Ether-

net) for terminal bus (OS-LAN)

CP1613 A2 or RJ45 network

card (Fast Ethernet) with BCE

for plant bus (ES, as well as

BATCH/OS/RC on one PC)

CP1613 or RJ45 network

card (Fast Ethernet) with

BCE for plant bus (ES, MS,

OS single station/server and

RC single station/server)

Optical drive DVD-ROM DVD-ROM DVD-ROM

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Introduction

2/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Additional recommendations/limitations

• It is generally of advantage for the system performance if the

technical specifications of the basic hardware, e.g. clock,

main memory or hard disk, are above the recommended val-

ues listed in the table. This particularly applies to multiproject

engineering.

• A requirement for integration of PC-based SIMATIC PCS 7 ba-

sic hardware into the PC diagnostics of the SIMATIC PCS 7

asset management is the SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor software.

This belongs to the scope of delivery of SIMATIC PCS 7 Indus-

trial Workstations and SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX/416 and can-

not be executed on other systems.

• For long-term archiving with large quantity frameworks, we

recommend the PCS 7 Premium server from the Catalog

ST PCS 7.1 (Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system) as the central archive server. However, the PCS 7

Premium server cannot be integrated into the PC diagnostics

of the SIMATIC PCS 7 asset management.

• For increased data availability on the central archive server,

we recommend a RAID hard disk system (at least RAID 1).

Recommended configuration of basic hardware depending on target system

Target systems Engineering station with server operating

system

●

OS single station ●

OS server ●

OS client ●

Central archive server ●

PCS 7 Web server ●

Maintenance station (MS) ●

BATCH single station ●

BATCH server ●

BATCH client ●

Common OS/BATCH client ●

Route Control (RC) single station ●

Route Control server ●

Route Control client ●

Common OS/BATCH/Route Control

single station

●

Engineering station with server operating

system

●

Technical

specifications of

basic hardware

PC type SIMATIC Rack PC 547B

CPU

• Processor, clock Intel Core 2 Duo E6600 / 2 x 2.4 GHz Intel Core 2 Duo E6600 / 2 x 2.4 GHz

• Front Side Bus (FSB) 1066 MHz 1066 MHz

• Second Level Cache 4 MB 4 MB

Main memory (RAM) 2 GB 1 GB

Hard disks

• Number, storage capacity, type 2 x 250 GB SATA in RAID 1 network for

server and ES/OS single stations;

1 x 250 GB SATA for client systems

1 x 250 GB SATA

• Size of C partition 50 GB 50 GB

Network adapter,

communications interfaces RJ45 connection (Gigabit Ethernet) for

terminal bus (OS-LAN) on board RJ45 connection (Gigabit Ethernet) for

terminal bus (OS-LAN) on board

CP1613 A2 or RJ45 Ethernet network

card 10/100/1000 Mbit/s with BCE for

plant bus (ES, MS, OS single station/

server and RC single station/server)

Optical drive DVD writer (DVD±RW) for engineering

station; DVD-ROM for all other target

systems

DVD-ROM

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Basic hardware

2/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations are based on a

SIMATIC Rack PC of type 547B which features powerful, innova-

tive Intel PC architecture of 19" design. They are certified by the

CE marking for use in offices and industrial environments, and

comply with the specific requirements of process control tech-

nology.

■

Application

Specially optimized versions are available for operation as sin-

gle stations, servers or clients. The operating system and the fol-

lowing ES/OS software of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system are already preinstalled when delivered:

• Single station: PCS 7 Engineering Software for AS/OS (includ-

ing OS Runtime software)

• Server: PCS 7 OS Software Server

• Client: PCS 7 OS Software Client

You only need the corresponding licenses in order to use the

preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 software.

Note:

Please note the standard installation if you use the SIMATIC

PCS 7 Industrial Workstations within the SIMATIC PCS 7 pro-

cess control system for other tasks, e.g. as basic hardware for

SIMATIC BATCH, SIMATIC Route Control, StoragePlus, Central

Archive Server or PCS 7 Web Server. You can then extend or re-

ject the existing SIMATIC PCS 7 installation, and restore it for the

operating system using the restore DVD.

The CP 1613 communication integrated in the IE version of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation for single stations and servers is a

combination of CP 1613 communications processor and

S7-1613 communications software. When using fault-tolerant

automation systems, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation requires

the S7-REDCONNECT software instead of the S7-1613 commu-

nications software. The S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade is suitable

for upgrading the communications software (for ordering data,

see page 9/29).

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Basic hardware

2/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type Rack PC

547B have a painted all-metal housing of 19" rack design which

is particularly protected against dust by a filter and pressurized

ventilation. This mechanically and electromechanically rugged

housing has a service-friendly design. The SIMATIC PCS 7 In-

dustrial Workstations of type Rack PC 547B can be positioned

and installed horizontally or vertically. High-grade components

with high MTBF values and monitoring functions for the inner

housing temperature, fan and program execution permit reliable

24-hour continuous operation at ambient temperatures between

5 and 40 °C.

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of type Rack PC

547B have the following features:

• Motherboard with future-oriented Intel architecture for modern

Core 2 Duo processors, based on Intel 945G Express chipset

• Powerful AGP graphics with Dynamic Video Memory, sound

(Line In, Line Out, Mic.) and 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45

port integrated onboard

• PCI-Express technology (1 PCIe x16 and 2 PCIe x1 slots)

• 6 slots for drives:

- At the front: three 5.25" slots (1 occupied by DVD-ROM/

DVD-RW) and

- one 3.5" slot (occupied by diskette drive)

- Inside: two 3.5" slots (occupied by 1 hard disk on the client,

and 2 hard disks on the server and ES/OS single station)

• Increased system availability through RAID 1 with 2 SATA

hard disks and NCQ technology (Native Command Queuing)

on the server and ES/OS single station

• Second serial interface (for server) available (COM2)

• Total of 6 USB 2.0 interfaces (4 at rear, 2 at front)

• High electromagnetic compatibility (CE-certified for industrial

and office environments)

• Dust protection by means of pressurized ventilation in con-

junction with a front fan and a dust filter

• PC front complies with IP30 degree of protection when the

front door is closed

• Front door can be locked to prevent unauthorized access to

swap media, control elements and interfaces located at the

front

• Easy and fast installation and maintenance of PC compo-

nents: access to the front drives through a hinged front door;

only 3 screws to open the device

• 3 LEDs on the front of the PC visualize the operating status:

- Power (switched on)

- HD (hard disk access)

- Status (fan and temperature monitoring)

• Suitable for easy mounting with telescopic rails

• Easy to remove fixing bracket with handles

• Card hold-down device to secure PC modules during trans-

portation and to protect them from vibration and shock

• Power supply unit with temperature-controlled fan

• Power connector lock for the power supply cable

• SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor diagnostics software for monitoring

program execution (watchdog), temperature, fan speed, hard

disk status and system failure (heartbeat); including operating

hours counter

• Can be integrated into the system diagnostics of the SIMATIC

PCS 7 asset management by means of SIMATIC PC DiagMon-

itor

Restore DVD

The operating system and SIMATIC PCS 7 software are prein-

stalled on the basic devices. Two restore DVDs are supplied for

quickly restoring the delivered status if required.

• Restore DVD 1 only contains the operating system with default

settings for optimum PCS 7 operation

• Restore DVD 2 contains a full installation (operating system

plus ES/OS software including SQL server)

Operational display

Hard disk access

Fan/temperature status

3.5" diskette

drive

AC power supply Extension slots:

4 x PCI, 2 x PCIe x1,

1 x PCIe x16

Interfaces for keyboard,

mouse, 4 x USB 2.0,

COM1, LPT1, VGA,

Audio, Gigabit Ethernet

2 x USB

Optical drive

Power switch

2 slots for 5.25" drives

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Basic hardware

2/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Technical specifications

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation (single station/server/client)

Design and equipment features

Design 19" rack, 4 HU, for horizontal and

vertical installation, prepared for

easy mounting with telescopic

rails, 19" fixing bracket with han-

dle, easy to remove

Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP30 with front door closed; IP20

at rear

Motherboard FSC D2156-S21

Chipset Intel 945G Express

CPU

• Processor base LGA 775

• Processor / clock Intel Core 2 Duo E6600 /

2x2.4GHz

• Front Side Bus (FSB) 1066 MHz

• Second Level Cache 4 MB

Main memory (SDRAM)

•Type Dual channel DDR2-667 SDRAM

(PC2-5300)

• Maximum configuration 4 memory bases in total

(expandable to 4 GB)

• Standard configuration Single station/server:

2GB (2x1GB)

Client: 1 GB (2 x 512 MB)

Motherboard slots 4 x PCI (max. 265 mm long)

2 x PCIe x1

1 x PCIe x16

Slots for drives

• On the front 1 x 3.5" (occupied by diskette

drive)

3 x 5.25" (1 occupied by

DVD-ROM/DVD±RW)

• On the inside 2 x 3.5" for hard disk drives

(2 occupied with server/single

station; 1 occupied with client)

RAID controller RAID controller Intel ICH7R with

Intel Storage Manager software

(onboard)

Hard disks

• Storage volumes / features 250 GB / 3.5" SATA, 8 MB cache,

7200 rpm, NCQ

• Single station/server SATA-RAID 1 (mirror) with 2 hard

disks

•Client 1 SATA hard disk

Interchangeable drives

• Diskette drive 3.5" diskette drive 1.44 MB

• DVD drive in ES/OS single station DVD writer (DVD±RW) 5.25" ATAPI

Read:

• DVD-ROM: single layer 16x,

dual layer 12x

• DVD-R/+R: single layer 16x,

dual layer 7x

• DVD-RW/+RW 13x

• CD-ROM/CD-R 48x, CD-RW 40x

Write:

• DVD+R 18x, DVD+RW 8x,

DVD-R 18x, DVD-RW 6x

• DVD+R9 (DL) 8x, DVD-R DL 8x

• CD-R 48x, CD-RW 32x

• DVD drive in server/client DVD-ROM 5.25" ATAPI

Read:

• DVD-ROM: single layer 16x,

dual layer 8x

• DVD+R/RW, DVD-R/RW 8x,

DVD-RAM 2x

• CD-ROM, CD-R 32x,

CD-RW 20x

Graphics card Intel GMA950 graphics controller

(on board), 2D and 3D engine

integrated in chipset, up to

2048 x 1536 pixels with 75 Hz

image refresh rate

• Graphics memory Dynamic video memory technol-

ogy (up to 224 MB)

• Resolutions. frequencies, colors • Up to 800 x 600 at 120 Hz, 32 bit

colors

• Up to 1280 x 1024 at 100 Hz,

32 bit colors

• Up to 2048 x 1536 at 75 Hz,

16 bit colors

Mouse Optical mouse

Interface modules / interfaces

• OS-LAN interface module 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet

(RJ45) on board,

Broadcom BCM5751 controller

• Plant bus interface module (single

station/server), alternatives

- RACK PC 547B BCE Ethernet network card RJ45 (PCI)

10/100/1000 Mbit/s

- RACK PC 547B IE CP 1613 A2 communications

processor

•USB 6 x USB 2.0, 4 x at rear and 2 x at

front, high current in each case

•Serial Server: 1 x COM1 and 1 x COM2

(each V.24), 9-contact Sub-D

connector

Single station/client: 1 x COM1

(V.24), 9-contact Sub-D connector

• Parallel 1 x LPT1 (25-pin, EPP and ECP)

•Audio 1 x Line In; 1 x Micro In; 1 x Line

Out (2 x 0.5 W/8 Ω); Realtek

ALC262 Audio Codec

•VGA 1 x Sub-D socket, 15-contact

• Keyboard 1 x PS/2

•Mouse 1 x PS/2

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Basic hardware

2/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Operating systems and diagnostics software

ES/OS single station/client Microsoft Windows XP

Professional MUI, 6 languages,

selectable: German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese

Server Microsoft Windows Server 2003

(standard edition) MUI,

6 languages, selectable:

German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese

System-tested SIMATIC industrial

software SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

Monitoring/diagnostics functions

Watchdog • Monitoring of program execution

• Monitoring time adjustable in the

software

Temperature Violation of permissible operating

temperature

Fans Speed monitoring for:

•Front fan

• Processor fan

• Power supply fan

Displays Front LEDs

• Power (device switched on)

• HD (access to hard disk)

• Status (fan/temperature

monitoring)

Safety

Protection class Protection class I compliant with

IEC 61140

Safety directives EN 60950-1;

UL60950;

CSA C22.2 No. 60950-00

Noise level

Operation < 45 dB (A) to DIN 45635

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Emitted interference (AC) EN 55022 Class B; FCC Class A

EN 61000-3-2 Class D,

EN 61000-3-3

Immunity to conducted interference

on the supply lines ± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4, burst)

± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5,

symmetrical surge)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5,

unsymmetrical surge)

Immunity to interference on signal

lines ± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4, burst,

length > 3 m)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5, sym-

metrical surge, length > 30 m)

Immunity to static discharge ± 4 kV, contact discharge

(to IEC 61000-4-2)

± 8 kV, atmospheric discharge

(to IEC 61000-4-2)

Immunity to high-frequency

irradiation 1 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz

10 V/m, 80 MHz to 1 GHz and

1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM

(to IEC 61000-4-3)

10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz

(to IEC 61000-4-6)

Magnetic field 100 A/m, 50 Hz/60 Hz

(to IEC 61000-4-8)

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

Climatic conditions

Temperature Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-2, IEC 60068-2-1,

IEC 60068-2-14

• Operation +5 ... +40 °C (no DVD writer

operation),

+5 ... +35 °C (without limitation)

CPU up to 65 W power loss

Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,

no condensation

• Storage/transport -20 ... +60 °C

Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,

no condensation

Relative humidity Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30

• Operation 5 ... 80% at 25 °C

(no condensation)

Gradient: max. 10 °C/h,

no condensation

• Storage/transport 5 ... 95% at 25 °C

(no condensation)

Gradient: max. 20 °C/h,

no condensation

Mechanical environmental conditions

Vibrations Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-6, 10 cycles

• Operation 20 ... 58 Hz, amplitude 0.015 mm;

58 ... 200 Hz: 2 m/s²

Note: No mechanical interfer-

ences are tolerable when writing

with CD/DVD writers.

• Storage/transport 5 ... 8.51 Hz, amplitude 3.5 mm;

8.51 ... 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²

Shock Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-27

• Operation Half sine: 9.8 m/s², 20 ms,

100 shocks per axis

Note: No mechanical interfer-

ences are tolerable when writing

with CD/DVD writers.

• Storage/transport Half sine: 250 m/s², 6 ms,

1000 shocks per axis

Approvals

CE living accommodation (emitted

interference) EN 61000-6-3:2001

CE industrial areas (noise immunity) EN 61000-6-2:2005

cULus 60950-1

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Basic hardware

2/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Power supply

Nominal supply voltage 100 to 240 V AC, wide-range

(90 to 264 V AC)

Frequency 50 ... 60 Hz (minimum 47 to

maximum 63 Hz, sinusoidal)

Short-term voltage dip 16 ms at 0.85 of nominal supply

voltage (max. 10 events per hour;

recovery time min. 1 s)

Power consumption (with 210 W

secondary) 310 W (approx 68% efficiency)

AC input current Continuous current up to 7 A (up

to 30 A for 5 ms during startup)

Max. current output •+3.3V: 24 A

•+5V: 26 A

(total power for +3.3 V and +5 V

max. 190 W)

• +12 V: 15 A

• -12 V: 0.2 A

•+5V

aux: 2 A

Dimensions and weights

Overall dimensions in mm

(W x H x D) 433.5 x 176.5 x 445.5

Weight 16 ... 23 kg

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, single station version

SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, without

monitor, keyboard and printer;

Core 2 Duo E6600 2.4 GHz pro-

cessor, 2 GB RAM (2 x 1 GB),

sound, SATA-RAID 1 with 2 hard

disks of 250 GB, graphics con-

troller on board with dynamic

video memory, DVD writer

DVD±RW IDE, 3.5" diskette drive,

optical mouse, Ethernet

10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45) on

board for connection to OS-LAN;

SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor diag-

nostics software and 2 restore

DVDs;

SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS software

preinstalled

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B

BCE WXP

Connection to plant bus with

Ethernet network card RJ45

(PCI) 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) for up to 8 automation

systems (not fault-tolerant

systems)

6ES7 650-0NF07-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B

IE WXP

Connection to plant bus with

CP 1613 A2 communications

processor

6ES7 650-0NF07-0YX1 D)

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, server version

SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, without

monitor, keyboard and printer;

Core 2 Duo E6600 2.4 GHz pro-

cessor, 2 GB RAM (2 x 1 GB),

sound, SATA-RAID 1 with 2 hard

disks of 250 GB, graphics con-

troller on board with dynamic

video memory, DVD-ROM IDE,

3.5" diskette drive, optical mouse,

Ethernet 10/100/1000 Mbit/s

(RJ45) on board for connection to

OS-LAN;

SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor diag-

nostics software and 2 restore

DVDs;

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software for

server preinstalled

Windows Server 2003 MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

547B BCE SRV03

Connection to plant bus with

Ethernet network card RJ45

(PCI) 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) for up to 8 automation

systems (not fault-tolerant

systems)

6ES7 650-0NH07-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

547B IE SRV03

Connection to plant bus with

CP 1613 A2 communications

processor

6ES7 650-0NH07-0YX1 D)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation, client version

SIMATIC PC in 19" rack, without

monitor, keyboard and printer;

Core 2 Duo E6600 2.4 GHz pro-

cessor, 1 GB RAM (2 x 512 MB),

SATA hard disk of 250 GB, graph-

ics controller on board with

dynamic video memory, DVD-

ROM IDE, 3.5" diskette drive, opti-

cal mouse, Ethernet

10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45) on

board for connection to OS-LAN;

SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor diag-

nostics software and 2 restore

DVDs;

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS software for

client preinstalled

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 547B

WXP

- without multi-VGA graphics

card 6ES7 650-0NG07-0YX0 D)

- with Multi-VGA graphics card

"2 Screens" 6ES7 650-0NG07-0YA0 D)

- with Multi-VGA graphics card

"4 Screens" 6ES7 650-0NG07-0YB0 D)

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Basic hardware

2/15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

1) The PCS 7 systems are delivered as standard with a "European power

cable". The country-specific versions listed above are required for some

countries.

■

Accessories

Keyboards

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations are delivered without

a keyboard. The SIMATIC PC keyboard with USB connection, for

example, is suitable for process operation with SIMATIC PCS 7.

The SIMATIC PC keyboard is a standard MF2 keyboard with

105 keys, without additional special functions. It combines the

convenience of an office keyboard with the EMC of an industrial

device. Standards/approvals: UL 1950, CSA C22.2 No. 950,

FCC Part 15, subpart B, class B, VDE-GS (EN 60950/ZHI/618),

CE, C-TICK-Mark (Australia).

Power supply cable for Rack PC

The SIMATIC PCS 7 systems are delivered as standard with a

"European power cable". This can be used in Germany, France,

Spain, Netherlands, Belgium, Sweden, Austria and Finland.

The country-specific versions listed in the Ordering data are re-

quired for other countries. The following picture shows the ap-

pearance of the power supply plugs:

Country-specific power supply cables for Rack PC

Tower Kit

A Tower Kit for converting a SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta-

tion of Rack PC design into an industrial Tower PC can be or-

dered as an option. The Tower Kit is suitable for SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Workstations based on the Rack PC types 547B and

IL 43.

Additional and expansion components

Memory modules for expanding

the main memory

• 512 MB memory expansion for

SIMATIC Rack PC 547B

(1 x 512 MB), DDR2-667

SDRAM

6ES7 648-2AF30-0HA0 B)

• 1 GB memory expansion for

SIMATIC Rack PC 547B

(2 x 512 MB),

DDR2-667 SDRAM,

kit for dual-channel technology

6ES7 648-2AF40-0HB0 B)

• 2 GB memory expansion for

SIMATIC Rack PC 547B

(2 x 1 GB), DDR2-667 SDRAM,

kit for dual-channel technology

6ES7 648-2AF50-0HB0 B)

SIMATIC PC keyboard

(USB connection)

• International key assignment 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0

Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Workstations

based on Rack PC 547B and

IL 43

• Tower kit for conversion of a

Rack PC into an industrial

Towe r P C

6ES7 648-1AA00-0XC0

3-m power cable for Rack PC 1)

• For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0

• For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0

•For USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0

•For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0

•For China 6ES7 900-0FA00-0XA0

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade

For communication with fault-

tolerant AS systems, see page

9/29

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Multi-VGA graphics cards

2/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 industrial workstations are supplied as stan-

dard with a graphics interface module for controlling one pro-

cess monitor. The multi-VGA graphics cards "2 Screens" and

"4 Screens" are available for multi-channel mode with 2 or up to

4 process monitors.

Using a multi-VGA graphics card, the visualization of a

project/subproject when engineering or a plant/unit in process

operation can be divided among up to 4 process monitors per

operator station with application of different views. These

project/plant sections can all be operated using just one key-

board and one mouse. Compared to single-channel mode, it is

thus possible to enormously improve the efficiency, convenience

and ergonomics of engineering and process control.

■

Technical specifications

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Multi-VGA graphics cards

Memory 32 MB DDRAM per output

• Graphics card "2 Screens" 2 x 32 MB

• Graphics card "4 Screens" 4 x 32 MB

Clock 360 MHz integrated RAMDAC

Max. analog resolution per channel 2048 x 1536 at 24 bpp and 85 Hz

Max. digital resolution per channel 1280 x 1024

Electromagnetic compatibility

(EMC)

• Emitted interference EN 55022 Class B

• Noise immunity EN 50082

Slot requirement 1 PCI slot

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Multi-VGA Graphics Card

"2 Screens"

for operating 2 process monitors

on 1 station

Type of delivery:

Dual graphics card, driver CD,

manual, 1 dual DVI cable for

2 digital outputs, 2 adapters for

VGA outputs

6ES7 652-0XX03-1XE0 B)

Multi-VGA Graphics Card

"4 Screens"

for operating 4 process monitors

on 1 station

Type of delivery:

Quad graphics card, driver CD,

manual, 2 dual DVI cables for

4 digital outputs, 4 adapters for

VGA outputs

6ES7 652-0XX03-1XE1 B)

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Operator panels/monitors

2/17

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Operating devices

In addition to the mouse and SIMATIC PC keyboard described

as operating devices in the Section "Basic hardware", you can

find further devices such as fingerprint mouse, trackball or

Ex-PC operator panel in the Catalog ST PCS 7.1 (Add-ons for

the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system).

Process monitors

We recommend the SCD 19101-D industrial monitor (LCD color

monitor) for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.

In addition, industrial LCD monitors with IP65 degree of protec-

tion (front) are available for installation in desks, control cabinets

or 19" racks. These are available from:

• the Catalog ST PC "PC-based Automation" or

• the A&D Mall/CA 01 under "Automation Systems – PC-based

Automation - Expansion Components - Industrial LCD Moni-

tors"

■

Benefits

Outstanding characteristics of the SCD 19101-D LCD monitor

include:

7Rugged, fail-safe and long-life industrial design:

- High resistance to shock and vibration

- Extremely high electromagnetic compatibility

- Anti-glare and hardened mineral glass pane for high

mechanical protection

- IP20 degree of protection

- Complies with CE standard "Industry"

7Modern design with exceptional ergonomics:

- Sharp and high-contrast picture with uniform brightness

- No flickering

- Large reading angle up to 170° horizontal and vertical

- Automatic picture adjustment (Auto Adjust)

7No X-rays

7Low energy consumption and heat development

7Small space requirement and low weight

7Configuration using on-screen display (OSD)

7Long service life

■

Technical specifications

Detailed technical data can be found in

• Catalog ST PC "PC-based Automation" or

• the Mall/CA 01 at "Automation systems - Monitors, printers and

input devices for industry"

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Monitor SCD 19101-D

Screen 19" (48 cm) TFT color monitor,

1280 x 1024 pixels,

16 million colors

Line frequency 50 ... 97 kHz

Image refresh rate 30 ... 100 Hz

Power supply 110/230 V AC

Dimensions (WxHxD) in mm 465 x 444 x 91 (depth of

stand 240)

Degree of protection IP20

Weight Approx. 10 kg

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SCD 19101-D industrial LCD

monitor

(same design as SCD 1898-I)

Desktop unit, 230 V AC,

48 cm (19") screen diagonal,

horizontal frequency 50...97 kHz,

IP20 degree of protection

6GF6 220-1DA01 B)

Additional and expansion components

Connection cable

• Video + Touch, 1.8 m long 6AV8 107-0BA00-0AA0

• Video + Touch, 5 m long 6AV8 107-0DA00-0AA0

• Video + Touch, 10 m long 6AV8 107-0FA00-0AA0

• Video, connecting cable 20 m

long 6AV8 107-0HB00-0AA0

System-neutral components

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

Special configurations

2/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations offered in the cata-

log section "Basic hardware" already cover the majority of appli-

cations. In the case of special system requirements, particularly

if several supplementary/expansion components such as multi-

VGA graphics card, signal module or memory expansion have

to be integrated at the same time, we also offer the possibility for

ordering completely assembled special configurations of these

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations.

A special SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation can be com-

piled interactively on the Internet using a configurator, and its

Order No. generated in the process. This can subsequently be

transferred to the shopping cart for ordering.

Configurator in the A&D Mall

The configurator "Special SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Worksta-

tions" is integrated in the catalog & online ordering system "A&D

Mall" (www.siemens.com/automation/mall). It can be accessed

there in two manners:

Selection using quick link "Configuration list"

A selection window in which all available configurators are cate-

gorized according to technical criteria is opened when you click

the quick link "Configuration list" on the right side of the A&D Mall

(see figure). You can find the configurator "Special SIMATIC

PCS 7 Industrial Workstations" here in the category "Process

automation".

Selection using the "Siemens A&D product tree"

If you click the link "Products" at the second position in the hori-

zontal primary navigation (see blue area at the top in the figure),

the "Siemens A&D product tree" is displayed on the left. Navi-

gate there from "Process automation" via "Process control sys-

tems", "SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0" and "SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial

Workstations" on to "Special configurations". Select the

"Configurators" tab here, and then the configurator "Special

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations".

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

3/2 SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

3/2 Introduction

3/4 SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX

3/8 SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

3/13 Runtime Basic Packages

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

Introduction

3/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Scalable automation performance in the bottom performance range of

SIMATIC PCS 7

(for SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX, see page 10/4)

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX systems are compact and rugged indus-

trial PCs as low-price starter solutions for process automation

with SIMATIC PCS 7. They are available in two versions:

• SIMATIC PCS 7 all-in-one system

with functionality for automation (AS), HMI (OS) and engineer-

ing (ES)

• SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime system

with AS and OS functionality

Expanded by distributed process I/Os on the PROFIBUS, each

version represents a complete process control system for small

applications.

■

Application

The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX starter systems can be used for various

applications:

• Small production applications

• Enclosed subprocesses (package units)

• Automation of a laboratory or test center

As a fully adequate member of the SIMATIC PCS 7 range, they

work with the PCS 7 standard system software, are scalable, and

can be expanded without destroying the compatibility. However,

the engineering and runtime licenses for AS and OS are limited

to 2000 POs (process objects).

Use as asset management station

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX can be incorporated into the PC diagnos-

tics of the SIMATIC PCS 7 asset management using the SIMATIC

PC DiagMonitor software. Equipped as an all-in-one system with

software licenses for SIMATIC PDM and SIMATIC PCS 7 asset

management, they are additionally suitable for use as a mainte-

nance station. For further information, see Chapter "Asset man-

agement".

■

Design

Two SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX systems with different performances

are currently available:

• SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX with WinAC RTX software controller

• SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 with WinAC Slot 416 hardware con-

troller

Together with the compact SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox au-

tomation system (see page 10/4), these allow finer scaling of the

automation performance in the bottom performance range of

SIMATIC PCS 7. It is then possible to react more variably to indi-

vidual customer requirements with small applications. With re-

gard to the achievable quantity framework, the SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX systems are approximately comparable with the following

standard automation systems:

• SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 with an AS 416

• SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX with an AS 414

In a direct comparison of the two systems, the SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX RTX impresses primarily due to the following advantages:

• Low price

• Very fast program execution

Particular advantages of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 are:

• High availability

• Support of changes to the configuration during runtime (CiR)

through the stand-alone WinAC Slot CPU

Stand-alone operation using example of a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX with

WinAC RTX software controller

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX with

WinAC RTX software controller

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

with WinAC Slot 416

hardware controller

Runtime system with

AS functionality

Runtime systems with AS and

OS functionality

or all-in-one systems

with AS, OS and ES functionality

CP 5611

onboard

CPU 416-2 24 V DC

DP MPI/DP

PDM OS

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS MPI/DP

PROFIBUS PA

DP/PA

link

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

Introduction

3/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Integration in the SIMATIC PCS 7 system network using example of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX systems (SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX as

well as SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416) are based on the industrial

SIMATIC Box PC 627B which permits combination of the fre-

quently distributed PCS functionality for automation, HMI and

engineering in one system. They use standard system software

of SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0, and are integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7

engineering and the PCS 7 project wizard. This guarantees full

compatibility with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0.

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX can be configured either using the engi-

neering software integrated in the system or a central engineer-

ing system. OS-specific changes in the configuration on the

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX or on the central engineering system can

be downloaded online, i.e. without terminating OS process oper-

ation.

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX support ET 200M, ET 200ISP and ET 200S

remote I/O stations connected over PROFIBUS DP by means of

a comprehensive range of low-cost signal/function modules as

well as intelligent field/process devices connected directly over

PROFIBUS DP/PA.

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX systems can be operated in stand-alone

mode and also in the system network with other SIMATIC PCS 7

system components. The two architectures are illustrated using

examples of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416.

A system produced with SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX can be expanded

at any time by further SIMATIC PCS 7 hardware and software

components. It is just as easy to integrate SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

into existing SIMATIC PCS 7 systems. The connections on the

plant bus and OS-LAN (terminal bus) are made using the Ether-

net interfaces integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX.

The engineering licenses as well as the runtime licenses for AS

and OS are administered by the engineering software.

With a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX all-in-one system, the runtime li-

censes for AS and OS are components of the engineering soft-

ware, and can be expanded by AS/OS Software Engineering

PowerPacks to a maximum of 2000 POs.

With a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX runtime system, the OS Runtime li-

censes can be expanded by OS Software PowerPacks, the

AS Runtime licenses by further AS Runtime licenses for 100 or

1000 POs to a maximum of 2000 POs. The process objects of

additional AS Runtime licenses are then added to process ob-

jects which already exist. The number and type (100 or 1000) of

additional AS Runtime licenses are only limited by the expansion

limit.

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

CP 5611

onboard

Ethernet

onboard Ethernet

onboard

CPU 416-2 24 V DC

DP MPI/DP

PDM OS

PROFIBUS PROFIBUS MPI/DP

PROFIBUS PA

OS-LAN (Terminal bus)

Plant bus

DP/PA

link

OS clients

server

Engineering

system

Automation

systems

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX

3/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX equipped with a WinAC RTX soft-

ware controller features an exceptional price/performance ratio.

With regard to the automation performance, it is positioned

slightly below the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416, but is primarily char-

acterized by its very fast program execution.

The WinAC RTX software controller working on the SIMATIC

Box PC 627B basic hardware only generates a low basic load,

and particularly exhibits its strengths in applications character-

ized by real-time demands and a deterministic response.

■

Design

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX design

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX systems are offered in the form of

two product bundles:

• Preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 all-in-one system with AS, ES

and OS functionality,

including AS/OS Engineering and Runtime licenses for

250 POs

• Preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 runtime system with AS and OS

functionality,

including AS/OS Runtime license for 250 POs

These bundles can be extended by the following expansion

components (see also page 2/15 and catalog on PC-based

Automation):

• SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks/Runtime licenses for up to

2000 POs

• AS/OS Software Engineering PowerPack for all-in-one system

• OS Software Single Station PowerPack and AS Runtime li-

cense for runtime system

• SIMATIC PDM package for PCS 7

• SIMATIC PC keyboard

• LC and CRT displays for office and industrial environments

1 x DVI-I (VGA via

supplied adapter)

All-metal enclosure,

rack-mountable, also suitable

for portrait assembly

DP interface (CP 5613)

Power supply

24 V DC

On/off button

Optical drive

DVD +/- R/RW

1 vacant PCI expansion slot,

e.g. for multi-VGA

graphics card

4 x USB 2.0 interfaces

DP interface

Power supply fan

2 x Gigabit Ethernet

connection for

10/100/1000 Mbit/s

Slot for CompactFlash

card (accessible from

outside)

COM1: Serial

interface 1

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX

3/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Technical specifications

Basic hardware: SIMATIC Box PC 627B

Design and equipment features

Design Rack-mountable device with rug-

ged metal enclosure, suitable for

wall and portrait mounting

Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP20

CPU

• Processor Intel Core 2 Duo T7400 2.16 GHz

• Front Side Bus 667 MHz

• Second Level Cache 4 MB

Chipset Intel 945 GM

Main memory 2 GB DDR2-667 SDRAM

(2 x 1 GB)

Graphics

• Graphics controller Intel 2D/3D GMA950, integrated

in chipset

•Graphics memory Dynamic video memory 8 to

128 MB

• Resolutions/colors/frequencies • VGA: Max. 1600 x 1200 /

32 bit colors / 85 Hz

• DVI: Max. 1600 x 1200 /

32 bit colors / 60 Hz

Drives

•Flash drive For CompactFlash card

• Hard disk 3.5" SATA, 160 GB

• Optical drive DVD ± R/RW

• Diskette drive Connectable via USB (not

included in scope of delivery)

Interfaces

• PROFIBUS (12 Mbit/s) 1 x 9-contact Sub-D socket,

CP 5611-compatible,

1 x 9-contact Sub-D socket,

CP 5613

• Ethernet 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ 45)

•USB 4 x USB 2.0/high-speed

(2 x high-current)

•Serial 1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-contact Sub-

D connector

• Parallel -

• Graphics connection 1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined):

• DVI: digital

• VGA analog

• Keyboard/mouse Connectable via USB (keyboard

not included in scope of deliv-

ery)

Operating system and diagnos-

tics software

Operating system Windows XP Professional MUI

preinstalled on hard disk and

enclosed on restore DVD, no

activation necessary

System-tested SIMATIC industrial

software SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

Monitoring/diagnostics functions

Watchdog • Monitoring of program execu-

tion

• Can be parameterized for fault

scenario or restart

• Monitoring time adjustable in

the software

Temperature • Processor temperature

• Air inlet temperature

• Temperature in vicinity of power

supply

(via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

and SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Man-

agement)

Fans • Failure of device fan and power

supply fan

(via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

and SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Man-

agement)

Operating hours counter (via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

and SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Man-

agement)

Displays • Two-digit 7-segment display for

visualization of POST codes

during BIOS booting

• Two programmable status

LEDs

Safety

Protection class Protection class I compliant with

IEC 61140

Safety directives EN 61131-2; UL508; CSA C22.2

No 142

Noise level

Operation < 55 dB (A) to DIN 45635-1

Electromagnetic compatibility

(EMC)

Emitted interference EN 55022 Class B; EN 61000-3-2

Class D

EN 61000-3-3; FCC Class A

Immunity to conducted interfer-

ence on the supply lines ± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)

± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;

symmetrical surge)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;

asymmetrical surge)

Immunity to interference on signal

lines ± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;

length < 3 m)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;

length > 3 m)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; surge;

length > 30 m)

Immunity to static discharge ± 6 kV contact discharge

(to IEC 61000-4-2)

± 8 kV air discharge (to

IEC 61000-4-2)

Immunity to high-frequency irradia-

tion 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz and

1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM

(to IEC 61000-4-3)

1 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80% AM

(to IEC 61000-4-3)

10 V, 9 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM

(to IEC 61000-4-6)

Immunity to magnetic fields 100 A/m, 50/60 Hz

(to IEC 61000-4-8)

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX

3/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

3Climatic conditions

Temperature Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2,

IEC 60068-2-14

• Operation • +5 to +45 °C (with DVD writer,

only up to +40 °C)

• +5 to +50 °C (power of all slots

max. 20 W)

• +5 to +55 °C (power of all slots

max. 10 W)

• Storage/transport -20 to +60 °C

• Gradient Operation: max. 10 °C/h; stor-

age: 20 °C/h, no condensation

Relative humidity Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30

• Operation 5 to 80% at 25 °C

(no condensation)

• Storage/transport 5 to 95% at 25 °C

(no condensation)

Mechanical environmental condi-

tions

Vibrations Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-6

• Operation 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to

500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²

Limitation with DVD writer:

10 to 58 Hz: 0.019 mm /

58 to 500 Hz: 2.5 m/s²

Limitation with portrait assembly:

10 to 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm / 58 to

500 Hz: 4.9 m/s²

• Storage/transport 5 to 9 Hz: 3.5 mm, 9 to 500 Hz:

9.8 m/s²

Shock Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-29

• Operation 50 m/s², 30 ms

Limitation with portrait assembly:

25 m/s², 30 ms

• Storage/transport 250 m/s², 6 ms

Approvals

CE living accommodation

• Emitted interference EN 61000-6-3: 2001

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-1: 2001

CE industrial environment

• Emitted interference EN 61000-6-4: 2001

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2: 2005

cULus UL 60950-1, Report E11 5352

and CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-

1; UL508 and CAN/CSA-C22.2

No. 142;

Power supply (electrically

isolated)

Power supply 24 V DC (-15% / +20%), SELV

DC input current Continuous current up to 8 A (up

to 14 A for 30 s during startup)

Max. power consumption

(at 24 V DC) 210 W

Dimensions and weights

Dimensions including DVD writer

(W x H x D) in mm 297 x 267 x 100

Weight Approx. 7 kg

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

Automation: WinAC software PLC

CPU WinAC RTX software controller

for SIMATIC Box PC 627B with

Windows XP Professional operat-

ing system, preconfigured for

SIMATIC PCS 7

All-in-one system

Preinstalled software/license PCS 7 Engineering Software

V7.0 for AS/OS

Number of process objects

(AS/OS engineering and runtime) 250 POs (expandable per

PowerPack to 2000 POs)

Runtime system

Preinstalled software/license PCS 7 OS Software Single

Station V7.0 and

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license

Number of process objects

(runtime) • 250 POs for OS (expandable

per PowerPack to 2000 POs)

• 250 POs for AS (expandable

per AS Runtime license)

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX

3/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX all-in-

one system (ES, OS and AS)

assembled and preinstalled,

comprising:

• SIMATIC Box PC 627B, 24 V

DC, with Windows XP Profes-

sional MUI operating system

(German, English, French, Ital-

ian, Spanish), WinAC RTX soft-

ware controller and SIMATIC

PC DiagMonitor diagnostics

software

• Mouse

• SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V7.0 for AS/OS includ-

ing AS/OS Runtime license for

productive operation, 250 POs,

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), float-

ing license for 1 user

6ES7 650-2QA07-0YX0 D)

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX

runtime system (OS and AS)

assembled and preinstalled,

comprising:

• SIMATIC Box PC 627B, 24 V

DC, with Windows XP Profes-

sional MUI operating system

(German, English, French, Ital-

ian, Spanish), WinAC RTX soft-

ware controller and SIMATIC

PC DiagMonitor diagnostics

software

• Mouse

• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Single Station V7.0, 250 POs,

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), single

license for 1 installation

• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license, 250 POs

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), single

license for 1 installation

6ES7 650-2QB07-0YX0 D)

Additional and expansion components

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks for all-in-one system

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

Engineering Software AS/OS

V7.0

for extending the engineering

software for AS/OS

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• From 250 to 1000 POs, includ-

ing AS/OS Runtime license 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YD5

• From 1000 to 2000 POs, includ-

ing AS/OS Runtime license 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YD5

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks/licenses for runtime system

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

OS Software Single Station

V7.0

for extending the OS Software

Single Station

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows

XP Professional, single license

for 1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• From 250 POs to 1000 POs 6ES7 658-2AB07-0YD0

• From 1000 POs to 2000 POs 6ES7 658-2AC07-0YD0

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license (can be added to exist-

ing licenses)

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows

XP Professional, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• 100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5

• 1000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5

SIMATIC PDM

SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0

Complete package for integra-

tion into the engineering toolset

of the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineer-

ing system

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows 2000 Profes-

sional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user, with:

• SIMATIC PDM Basic

• Option "Integration in

STEP 7/PCS 7"

• Option "Routing through S7-

400"

• Option "128 TAGs"

Software and electronic docu-

mentation on toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

• License key disk, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions

• 2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0

and device library

Note:

TAG options and PowerPacks:

see page 4/14

6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5

Further SIMATIC PCS 7 system

software

• SIMATIC BATCH: see Section

"Batch automation"

• SIMATIC PCS 7 asset-manage-

ment: see Section "Asset

management"

SIMATIC PC keyboard

(USB connection)

• International key assignment 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

3/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 equipped with a WinAC Slot 416

V4.0 hardware controller is based like the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

RTX on the industrial PC SIMATIC Box PC 627B. With regards to

the automation performance, it is positioned slightly above the

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX RTX, and is particularly recommendable if

high availability or changes to the configuration during operation

(CiR) are relevant factors for the selection.

■

Design

Design of SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 systems are offered in the form of

two product bundles:

• Preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 all-in-one system with AS, ES

and OS functionality,

including AS/OS Engineering and Runtime licenses for

250 POs

• Preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 runtime system with AS and OS

functionality,

including AS/OS Runtime license for 250 POs

These bundles can be extended by the following expansion

components (see also page 2/15 and catalog on PC-based

Automation):

• SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks/Runtime licenses for up to

2000 POs

- AS/OS Software Engineering PowerPack for all-in-one sys-

tem

- OS Software Single Station PowerPack and AS Runtime

license for runtime system

• SIMATIC PDM package for PCS 7

• SIMATIC PC keyboard

• LC and CRT displays for office and industrial environments

• SITOP smart power supply 230 AC/24 V DC, 240 W

• SITOP DC UPS module 15 A with RS 232 interface

• DC UPS software for further processing of the signals sent by

the DC UPS module with RS 232 interface on the PC (status

visualization as well as definition of response to various oper-

ating states of the DC UPS module), executes with Windows

NT, 2000 and XP; freeware for downloading at www.sie-

mens.com/sitop

• SITOP battery module 24 V DC/20 A/7 Ah for DC UPS module

15 A

1 x DVI-I (VGA via

supplied adapter)

All-metal enclosure,

rack-mountable, also

suitable for portrait

assembly

DP interface

MPI/DP interface

RUN/STOP LEDs

RUN mode switch

Backup battery connection

External connection

24 V DC supply

Power supply

24 V DC

On/off button

Optical drive

DVD +/- R/RW

1 vacant PCI expansion

slot, e.g. for multi-VGA

graphics card

4 x USB 2.0 interfaces

DP interface

Power supply fan

2 x Gigabit Ethernet

connection for

10/100/1000 Mbit/s

Slot for CompactFlash

card (accessible from

outside)

COM1: Serial interface 1

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

3/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Function

WinAC Slot 416 V4.0

Through use of the WinAC Slot 416 V4.0, it is possible for the au-

tomation program in the Slot CPU to execute completely auton-

omously from the SIMATIC Box PC and its Windows operating

system. Therefore the system can be restarted even if the

SIMATIC Box PC is switched off or faulty. 24 V DC from a sepa-

rate source is connected to the Slot CPU to provide a power sup-

ply independent of the PC. Neither software faults on the PC

side, nor a power loss, nor rebooting of the PC have an effect on

execution of the automation program in the Slot CPU.

If one of the following events occurs, the automation program is

immediately informed and can thus react accordingly, e.g. by in-

termediate storage of production data and transfer of the system

to a defined status:

• Shutting-down of the Windows operating system

• Fault in the Windows operating system ("blue screen")

• Failure of PC-internal communication

• Switching-off of the PC (Separate 24 V DC supply required)

With the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416, the process I/O is connected

via the two PROFIBUS DP ports of the WinAC Slot 416 V4.0. In

conjunction with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0, the WinAC Slot 416 V4.0

also permits changes to the configuration during operation

(CiR). The type and scope of online modifications depend on the

process I/O used.

Since SIMATIC PDM can only access field devices on the

PROFIBUS DP via the onboard CP 5611 communications pro-

cessor, an additional link is required between the DP port and

the CP 5611. The plug required belongs to the scope of delivery

of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416.

Use with SIMATIC BATCH

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 systems can also be used for automa-

tion of batch processes with SIMATIC BATCH. The capacity of

SIMATIC BATCH is limited to 10 UNITs (instances of plant units)

in this case. The following SIMATIC BATCH option packages can

be executed on the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX in addition to the SI-

MATIC BATCH Server Basic Package for up to 10 UNITs:

• Batch Control Center

• Recipe System

• Batch Planning

• Hierarchical Recipe

• ROP Library

• Separation Procedures/Formulas

Use with SIMATIC Route Control

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 systems are not only suitable for auto-

mation of batch processes with SIMATIC BATCH, but also for

control of material transports with SIMATIC Route Control. The

capacity of SIMATIC Route Control is limited to 30 simultaneous

material transports in this case. The SIMATIC Route Control

Server and SIMATIC Route Control Center runtime software is

then executed on the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416. The Route Con-

trol Engineering is also possible on a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

all-in-one system.

■

Technical specifications

Basic hardware: SIMATIC Box PC 627B

Design and equipment features

Design Rack-mountable device with rug-

ged metal enclosure, suitable for

wall and portrait mounting

Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP20

CPU

• Processor Intel Core 2 Duo T7400 2.16 GHz

• Front Side Bus 667 MHz

• Second Level Cache 4 MB

Chipset Intel 945 GM

Main memory 2 GB DDR2-667 SDRAM

(2 x 1 GB)

Graphics

• Graphics controller Intel 2D/3D GMA950, integrated

in chipset

• Graphics memory Dynamic video memory 8 to

128 MB

• Resolutions/colors/frequencies • VGA: Max. 1600 x 1200 /

32 bit colors / 85 Hz

• DVI: Max. 1600 x 1200 /

32 bit colors / 60 Hz

Drives

• Flash drive For CompactFlash card

• Hard disk 3.5" SATA, 160 GB

• Optical drive DVD ± R/RW

• Diskette drive Connectable via USB (not

included in scope of delivery)

Interfaces

• PROFIBUS/MPI 1 x 9-contact Sub-D socket,

12 Mbit/s (electrically isolated,

CP 5611-compatible)

• Ethernet 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ 45)

•USB 4 x USB 2.0/high-speed

(2 x high-current)

•Serial 1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-contact

Sub-D connector

• Parallel -

• Graphics connection 1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined):

• DVI: digital

• VGA analog

• Keyboard/mouse Connectable via USB (keyboard

not included in scope of deliv-

ery)

Operating system and

diagnostics software

Operating system Windows XP Professional MUI

preinstalled on hard disk and

enclosed on restore DVD, no

activation necessary

System-tested SIMATIC industrial

software SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

3/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

3Monitoring/diagnostics functions

Watchdog • Monitoring of program execu-

tion

• Can be parameterized for fault

scenario or restart

• Monitoring time adjustable in

the software

Temperature • Processor temperature

• Air inlet temperature

• Temperature in vicinity of power

supply

(via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

and SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Man-

agement)

Fans • Failure of device fan and power

supply fan

(via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

and SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset

Management)

Operating hours counter (via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor

and SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset

Management)

Displays • Two-digit 7-segment display for

visualization of POST codes

during BIOS booting

• Two programmable status

LEDs

Safety

Protection class Protection class I compliant with

IEC 61140

Safety directives EN 61131-2; UL508;

CSA C22.2 No 142

Noise level

Operation < 55 dB (A) to DIN 45635-1

Electromagnetic compatibility

(EMC)

Emitted interference EN 55022 Class B;

EN 61000-3-2 Class D

EN 61000-3-3; FCC Class A

Immunity to conducted interfer-

ence on the supply lines ± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)

± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;

symmetrical surge)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5;

asymmetrical surge)

Immunity to interference on signal

lines ± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;

length < 3 m)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;

length > 3 m)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; surge;

length > 30 m)

Immunity to static discharge ± 6 kV contact discharge

(to IEC 61000-4-2)

± 8 kV air discharge

(to IEC 61000-4-2)

Immunity to high-frequency irradia-

tion 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz and

1.4 to 2 GHz, 80% AM

(to IEC 61000-4-3)

1 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80% AM

(to IEC 61000-4-3)

10 V, 9 kHz to 80 MHz, 80% AM

(to IEC 61000-4-6)

Immunity to magnetic fields 100 A/m, 50/60 Hz

(to IEC 61000-4-8)

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

Climatic conditions

Temperature Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-1,

IEC 60068-2-2,

IEC 60068-2-14

• Operation • +5 ... +45 °C (with DVD writer,

only up to +40 °C)

• +5 ... +50 °C (power of all slots

max. 20 W)

• +5 ... +55 °C (power of all slots

max. 10 W)

• Storage/transport -20 ... +60 °C

•Gradient Operation: max. 10 °C/h; stor-

age: 20 °C/h, no condensation

Relative humidity Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30

• Operation 5 ... 80% at 25 °C

(no condensation)

• Storage/transport 5 ... 95% at 25 °C

(no condensation)

Mechanical environmental

conditions

Vibrations Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-6

• Operation 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm, 58 to

500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²

Limitation with DVD writer:

10 to 58 Hz: 0.019 mm / 58 to

500 Hz: 2.5 m/s²

Limitation with portrait assembly:

10 to 58 Hz: 0.0375 mm /

58 to 500 Hz: 4.9 m/s²

• Storage/transport 5 ... 9 Hz: 3,5 mm,

9to500Hz:9.8 m/s²

Shock Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-29

• Operation 50 m/s², 30 ms

Limitation with portrait assem-

bly: 25 m/s², 30 ms

• Storage/transport 250 m/s², 6 ms

Approvals

CE living accommodation

• Emitted interference EN 61000-6-3: 2001

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-1: 2001

CE industrial environment

• Emitted interference EN 61000-6-4: 2001

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2: 2005

cULus UL 60950-1, Report E11 5352

and CAN/CSA-C22.2

No. 60950-1; UL508 and

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142

Power supply (electrically

isolated)

Power supply 24 V DC (-15% / +20%), SELV

DC input current Continuous current up to 8 A (up

to 14 A for 30 s during startup)

Max. power consumption

(at 24 V DC) 210 W

Dimensions and weights

Dimensions including DVD writer

(WxHxD) in mm 297 x 267 x 100

Weight Approx. 7 kg

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

3/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Automation: WinAC Slot PLC module

CPU WinAC Slot 416 V4.0 hardware

controller

for SIMATIC Box PC 627B with

Windows XP Professional operat-

ing system

Main memory 1.6 + 1.6 MB (integrated)

Load memory 256 KB

Memory card 2 MB RAM (fitted)

Execution times Binary command: 0.04 µs,

IEEE floating-point: 0.12 µs

PROFIBUS DP PROFIBUS DP and

PROFIBUS DP/MPI interfaces

onboard

Dimensions PCI plug-in card (3/4 long)

All-in-one system

Preinstalled software/license PCS 7 Engineering Software

V7.0 for AS/OS

Number of process objects

(AS/OS engineering and runtime) 250 POs (expandable per Pow-

erPack to 2000 POs)

Runtime system

Preinstalled software/license PCS 7 OS Software Single

Station V7.0 and

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license

Number of process objects

(runtime) • 250 POs for OS (expandable

per PowerPack to 2000 POs)

• 250 POs for AS (expandable

per AS Runtime license)

■

Technical specifications (cont.)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 all-in-

one system (ES, OS and AS)

assembled and preinstalled,

comprising:

• SIMATIC Box PC 627B, 24 V

DC, with WinAC Slot 416 V4.0,

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system (German, En-

glish, French, Italian, Spanish)

and DiagMonitor diagnostics

software

• Memory card 2 MB

• Backup battery

•Mouse

• SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V7.0 for AS/OS includ-

ing AS/OS Runtime license for

productive operation, 250 POs,

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), float-

ing license for 1 user

6ES7 650-2PA07-0YX0 D)

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

runtime system (OS and AS)

assembled and preinstalled,

comprising:

• SIMATIC Box PC 627B, 24 V

DC, with WinAC Slot 416 V4.0,

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system (German, En-

glish, French, Italian, Spanish)

and DiagMonitor diagnostics

software

• Memory card 2 MB

• Backup battery

•Mouse

• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Single Station V7.0, 250 POs,

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), single

license for 1 installation

• SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license, 250 POs

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), single

license for 1 installation

6ES7 650-2PB07-0YX0 D)

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

Starter systems

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

3/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

1) Additive DC UPS software (executes with Windows NT, 2000 and XP) for

further processing of the signals sent by the DC UPS module with RS 232

interface on the PC; freeware for downloading at http://www.sie-

mens.com/sitop

Additional and expansion components

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks for

all-in-one system

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack Engi-

neering Software AS/OS V7.0

for extending the engineering

software for AS/OS

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• From 250 to 1000 POs, includ-

ing AS/OS Runtime license 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YD5

• From 1000 to 2000 POs, includ-

ing AS/OS Runtime license 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YD5

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks/

licenses for runtime

system

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

OS Software Single Station V7.0

for extending the OS Software

Single Station

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows

XP Professional, single license

for 1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• From 250 POs to 1000 POs 6ES7 658-2AB07-0YD0

• From 1000 POs to 2000 POs 6ES7 658-2AC07-0YD0

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license (can be added to

existing licenses)

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows

XP Professional, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

•100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5

• 1000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0

Complete package for integra-

tion into the engineering toolset of

the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering

system

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user, with:

• SIMATIC PDM Basic

• Option "Integration in

STEP 7/PCS 7"

• Option "Routing through S7-

400"

• Option "128 TAGs"

Software and electronic docu-

mentation on toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

• License key disk, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions

• 2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0

and device library

Note: TAG options and

PowerPacks: see page 4/14

6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5

Further SIMATIC PCS 7 system

software

• SIMATIC BATCH: see Section

"Batch automation"

• SIMATIC PCS 7 asset-manage-

ment: see Section "Asset man-

agement"

SIMATIC PC keyboard (USB

connection)

• International key assignment 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0

Power supply 230 V AC /

24 V DC

• SITOP smart 240W

Stabilized load power supply,

input: 120/230 V AC, output:

24 V DC / 10 A

6EP1 334-2AA01

• SITOP DC UPS module

24 V DC/15 A 1)

with RS 232 interface and

charger unit for 24 V lead

battery

Input: 24 V DC/16 A, output

24 V DC/15 A

6EP1 931-2EC31

• SITOP battery module

24 V DC/20 A/7 Ah

for DC UPS module 15 A

6EP1 935-6ME21

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Starter systems

Runtime Basic Packages

3/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Components of the Runtime Basic Package V7.0

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime Basic Package V7.0 has been spe-

cially designed as a low-cost starter solution for process auto-

mation with SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of S7-400 de-

sign. The hardware and the system software of this product

bundle are scalable, and can be expanded using other SIMATIC

PCS 7 system components. The three versions differ with re-

gards to the automation system used as platform: AS 414-3,

AS 416-2 or AS 417-4-1H. The have a neutral design so that all

options remain available for an individual system configuration.

■

Design

A SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime Basic Package V7.0 comprises:

• One AS 414-3, AS 416-2 or AS 417-4-1H automation system

with Runtime license for 100 POs as defined in the Chapter

"Automation systems",

in each case as follows:

- UR2 rack (9 slots)

- Without power supply, without backup batteries

- Without memory card

• One cumulative SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license

with 1000 POs (AS-414-3, AS 416-2) or 400 PO (AS 417-4-H),

single license for 1 installation

• One SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station V7.0,

1000 POs, single license for 1 installation

AS 414-3 / AS 416-2 / AS 417-4-1H

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license

(cumulative),

1000 POs (AS 414-3, AS 416-2) or

400 POs (AS 417-4-1H)

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software Single Station

1000 POs

- Runtime license for 100 POs

- UR2 rack

- Without power supply

- Without backup batteries

- Without memory card

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime Basic

Package AS 414-3

comprising:

• 1 x AS 414-3 automation sys-

tem with Runtime license for

100 POs

(according to definition in

Chapter "Standard automation

systems")

- UR2 rack (9 slots)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries

- Without memory card

• 1 x SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license, 1000 POs (cumula-

tive),

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), single license for

1 installation

• 1 x SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Single Station V7.0, 1000 POs,

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), single license for

1 installation

6ES7 650-3XG07-0YX0 D)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime Basic

Package AS 416-2

comprising:

• 1 x AS 416-2 automation sys-

tem with Runtime license for

100 POs (according to defini-

tion in Chapter "Standard auto-

mation systems")

- UR2 rack (9 slots)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries

- Without memory card

• 1 x SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license, 1000 POs (cumula-

tive),

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), single license for

1 installation

• 1 x SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Single Station V7.0, 1000 POs,

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), single license for

1 installation

6ES7 650-3XH07-0YX0 D)

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

Starter systems

Runtime Basic Packages

3/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Runtime Basic

Package AS 417-4-1H

comprising:

• 1 x AS 417-4-1H automation

system with Runtime license for

100 POs

(according to definition in

Chapter "Standard automation

systems")

- UR2 rack (9 slots)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries

- Without memory card

• 1 x SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license, 400 POs (cumulative),

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), single license for

1 installation

• 1 x SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Single Station V7.0, 1000 POs,

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), single license for

1 installation

6ES7 650-3XJ07-0YX0 D)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

4/2 Introduction

4/3 ES hardware

4/3 ES single station

4/4 ES software

4/4 Introduction

4/5 Standard engineering software

4/10 Version Cross Manager

4/11 Version Trail

4/12 Import/Export Assistant

4/13 SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager

4/20 Engineering Process Safety

4/20 Introduction

4/22 Engineering F/FH systems

4/23 SIMATIC Safety Matrix

4/25 SIMATIC PCS 7 Safety ES Packages

4/26 Simulation

4/26 Simulation with S7-PLCSIM

Engineering system

Introduction

4/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system is based on powerful PC technology combined with the

Windows XP Professional operating system. This can also be

used in offices or industrial environments.

The engineering software executed on it can be optimally

matched to different customer requirements and tasks.

In accordance with the application, the following system ver-

sions are defined by licensing of the standard engineering soft-

ware:

• A classic, exclusive engineering station; not suitable for pro-

ductive operation as an operator station

• A combined engineering/operator station for small applica-

tions; also suitable for productive operation as an operator

station

The basic functionality covered by the standard engineering

software can be optionally expanded depending on the project-

specific task and its implementation.

■

Design

The control center of the engineering system is the SIMATIC

Manager. It is the integration platform for the engineering toolset

as well as the configuration basis for all engineering tasks of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. All aspects of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 project are created, managed, archived and

documented here. A uniform database guarantees that once

data have been entered they are available throughout the sys-

tem.

The engineering toolset contains tools which are optimally

matched to one another for system-wide project-oriented engi-

neering, and which simultaneously provide the basis for asset

management of the I&C equipment. These include tools for ef-

fective engineering of the following components:

• Control system hardware including distributed I/O and field

devices

• Communication networks

• Automation functionality for continuous and batch processes

(AS engineering)

• Operation and monitoring functionality (OS engineering)

• Safety applications (Safety Integrated for Process Automa-

tion)

• Diagnostics and asset management functionality

• Batch processes automated using SIMATIC BATCH

• Material transports controlled using SIMATIC Route Control

• Cooperation with higher-level CAD/CAE planning tools (im-

porting and exporting of tags and example solutions)

Technologists as well as process and production engineers can

carry out planning and configuration in their acquainted environ-

ments when using this range of tools as well as predefined

blocks (tag types) and plans (example solutions).

SIMATIC

PDM

F Systems

SIMATIC

BATCH

Faceplate

Designer

Graphics

Designer

Config

Libraries

CFC/SFC

Import/

Export

Assistant

Parameteri-

zation of

field devices

Engineering

for fail-safe

systems

Engineering for network/

communication/hardware

Engineering for

automation

engineering

Technological

function blocks

SIMATIC Manager /

uniform database

PCS 7 engineering

Engineering system

ES hardware

ES single station

4/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Just like the single-user system of the operator system, the cen-

tral engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system is based on the single station version of a SIMATIC

PCS 7 industrial workstation. This is characterized by powerful

PC technology combined with the Windows XP Professional op-

erating system. It can be used in offices or industrial environ-

ments.

One process monitor can be connected to the integral graphics

interface. Increased user-friendliness can be achieved by con-

necting up to 4 process monitors using a special multi-VGA

graphics card.

■

Design

The hardware platform for the engineering system of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system is the SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Workstation of single station design. This is based on

the SIMATIC Rack PC 547B and is already prepared for installa-

tion in 19" rack systems.

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation of single station de-

sign is available in two versions which differ in their communica-

tions interface to the Industrial Ethernet plant bus:

• SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS RACK PC 547B BCE WXP

FastEthernet connection to plant bus with 10/100/1000 Mbit/s

RJ45 network card and Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE)

for communication with up to 8 automation systems (not fault-

tolerant)

• SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS RACK PC 547B IE WXP

FastEthernet connection to plant bus with CP 1613 communi-

cations processor (without limitations)

The CP 1613 communication integrated in the IE version

SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS RACK PC 547B IE WXP is a combination

of CP 1613 communications processor and S7-1613 communi-

cations software. When using fault-tolerant automation systems,

the ES/OS single station requires the S7-REDCONNECT soft-

ware instead of the S7-1613 communications software. The

S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade is suitable for upgrading the com-

munications software (for ordering data, see page 9/29).

The Windows XP Professional operating system and the

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering software for AS/OS are preinstalled

on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation on delivery. The

scope of performance of the preinstalled SIMATIC PCS 7 engi-

neering software is defined by installation of the purchased soft-

ware licenses.

A 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Ethernet RJ45 port is already onboard and

can be used for connecting to an OS LAN (terminal bus).

The scope of delivery also includes a mouse. The keyboard and

monitor must be ordered separately (see page 2/15 and 2/17).

Options/expansions

A multi-VGA card can be added to the engineering system. 2 or

4 monitors can then be connected per station (see Section

"SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation" in Chapter "System-

neutral components").

■

Technical specifications

Detailed technical data of the single station version of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation can be found at page 2/12

in tabular format.

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

Note:

Ordering data in abbreviated form; for detailed Ordering data, see page

2/14

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Single station

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B

BCE WXP

Connection to plant bus with

Ethernet network card RJ45

(PCI) 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) for up to 8 automation

systems (not H-systems)

6ES7 650-0NF07-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B

IE WXP

Connection to plant bus with

CP 1613 A2 communications

processor

6ES7 650-0NF07-0YX1 D)

Additional and expansion components

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade

for communication with fault-toler-

ant AS systems, see page 9/28

Further additional and expansion

components can be found at

page 2/15

Engineering system

ES software

Introduction

4/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The functionality of the engineering system is largely covered by

the standard engineering software. The following software op-

tions are available in addition for special functions:

• SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant

• SIMATIC Version Cross Manager

• SIMATIC Version Trail

• Engineering Process Safety for safety applications based on

Safety Integrated for Process Automation

• SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Engineering

• SIMATIC Route Control Engineering

• SIMATIC PDM Process Device Manager for SIMATIC PCS 7

• S7-PLCSIM for the functional testing of CFC/SFC programs

■

Design

Available hardware and software components of the engineering system,

as well as possible configurations

Note on Microsoft SQL Server software

The "SQL Server" software from Microsoft delivered with

SIMATIC PCS 7 may not be used outside the SIMATIC PCS 7

environment without the written approval of Siemens.

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system

with Windows XP Professional operating system

Versions Classic,

exclusively

engineering

station

Combined

engineering/

operator sta-

tion for small

applications

Can be used as operator station for

productive operation No Yes

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation including operating system,

alternatives

BCE communication for up to

8 automation systems

(not H systems)

SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B BCE

WXP

Communication IE SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B IE

WXP

Additional IE communications software

for SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B IE WXP

Software for IE communication with

fault-tolerant automation systems

(additive to S7-1613)

SIMATIC NET

S7-REDCONNECT/2006

Upgrade

Standard engineering software, alternatives

SIMATIC PCS 7

Engineering

Software V7.0,

without OS

Runtime license

for productive

operation

AS and OS,

including 2-hour

OS test

operation

●

OS, including

2-hour OS test

operation

●

SIMATIC PCS 7

Engineering

Software V7.0,

with OS Runtime

license for pro-

ductive operation

AS and OS

●

Supplementary engineering software (optional)

Import/Export Assistant V7.0

●

Version Cross Manager V7.0

●

Engineering

Process Safety S7 F Systems

V6.0

●

Safety Matrix

Tool

●

PCS 7 Asset Engineering V7.0

●

SIMATIC Route Control

Engineering V7.0

●

SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0

●

Simulation with S7-PLCSIM V5.4

●

Engineering system

ES software

Standard engineering software

4/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The standard engineering software provides the basic function-

ality for configuration of SIMATIC PCS 7 plants with:

• Automation systems

• Process I/O

• Communication networks

• Operator systems

• Maintenance station

• SIMATIC BATCH

• SIMATIC Route Control

Licensing of the standard engineering software depends on use

of the engineering station as:

• Classic, exclusive engineering station (not suitable for pro-

ductive operation as an operator station)

• Combined engineering/operator station for small applications

(suitable for productive operation as an operator station)

Classic, exclusive engineering station with unlimited

number of process objects (POs)

Three software versions with unlimited POs are available for the

classic engineering station:

• AS/OS - for engineering of automation systems (AS) and

operator systems (OS)

• OS - only for OS engineering

• AS - only for AS engineering

With the OS and AS/OS software versions, the OS configuration

can be tested in an OS test mode limited to 2 hours. This OS test

mode is not suitable for productive operation. After 2 hours, the

engineering station automatically switches to demonstration

mode.

The AS/OS software version is additionally upgraded by adding

an AS runtime license for 600 POs.

By means of a Rental License limited to 30 days for AS engineer-

ing or OS engineering (unlimited POs in each case), a cost-ef-

fective alternative is offered for short-term projects or short-term

capacity bottlenecks.

Combined engineering/operator station for small applica-

tions (scalable POs)

To support compact process control plants, an ES/OS software

combination of limited volume is offered with 250, 1,000 or 2,000

POs. In addition to the engineering licenses, these "All-in-one Li-

censes" also contain runtime licenses for AS and OS with the

corresponding volumes.

PowerPacks enable further expansion of the volume:

• From 250 POs to 1,000 POs

• From 1,000 to 2,000 POs

(in each case including AS/OS runtime license)

• From 2,000 POs to unlimited POs

(only with OS runtime license)

■

Function

Essential tools of the standard engineering software and their

functions:

SIMATIC Logon

Together with the versatile recording facilities provided by the

modification logbook, SIMATIC Logon, the user administration

and access control function used in the engineering system, of-

fers plant owners exceptional system support when complying

with FDA requirements.

Using SIMATIC Logon, the administrator can assign specific ac-

cess privileges to groups of users, thus controlling the possibili-

ties for data access. Operator interventions in the engineering

system as well as all online modifications which affect the auto-

mation systems, operator systems, SIMATIC BATCH or SIMATIC

Route Control can be recorded in the modification reports.

If the modification reports are linked to the data of SIMATIC

Logon during evaluation, it can be clearly proven who has car-

ried out a specific modification and at what time.

SIMATIC Manager

The SIMATIC Manager is the control center for engineering of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system. All aspects of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 project are created, managed, archived and

documented here. The tools for engineering of the hardware

components, communication and application software are also

called from here.

The hardware required for use in a SIMATIC project, such as au-

tomation systems, communications components and process

I/O, is stored in an electronic catalog. The hardware is config-

ured and parameterized using the HW-Config tool.

To create the automation logic, standardized function blocks are

combined with one another in the graphic configuration tool CFC

according to technological specifications. Predefined blocks

(process tag types) or charts (example solutions) can be used

for this purpose simply by selecting them from a catalog and

then positioning, graphically interconnecting and parameteriz-

ing them in the working area. No detailed programming knowl-

edge is required, one can completely concentrate on the tech-

nological aspects of configuration. The process tag data

relevant to operation and monitoring, such as messages and

variables, are generated at the same time as configuration of the

automation functions.

Sequential controls permit control and selective processing of

the basic automation functions created per CFC by means of

changes in operating mode and status. Powerful test and com-

missioning functions for the graphic configuration and commis-

sioning of sequential controls are offered by the SFC editor.

Complete SIMATIC PCS 7 projects or all project modifications

can be compiled in one working step and downloaded to the tar-

get systems involved, e.g. automation systems, operator system

or SIMATIC BATCH. The engineering system automatically en-

sures that the sequence is correct. The procedure is displayed

and controlled in a central dialog.

Selective configuration modifications can be downloaded online

to the corresponding target systems. Short turnaround times re-

sult in short waiting times for the commissioning engineer, and

have a favorable effect on the commissioning costs. Program

modifications relevant to automation systems can be initially de-

bugged in a test system prior to downloading to the target sys-

tem of the running plant.

Engineering system

ES software

Standard engineering software

4/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Multi-project engineering

Multi-project engineering permits division of a large complex

project into several subprojects in accordance with technologi-

cal criteria in order to allow several teams to work on the project

in parallel. To achieve this, a host "Multi-project" is defined in the

SIMATIC Manager. Individual (sub)projects can be inserted into

or removed from a multi-project at any time. Similarly, projects

can be divided or combined (Branch & Merge).

Central configuration functions for multi-projects help to reduce

the configuration overhead. For example, a hierarchy folder can

be created in the current project and also automatically in all

other projects. It cannot be modified there, but objects can be

inserted. All block types used in a multi-project can also be up-

dated centrally.

The (sub)projects belonging to a multi-project are saved on a

central server and can be sent to local engineering stations for

editing. The engineering performance is then not affected by

network access.

Concurrent engineering

In the case of concurrent engineering, several configuration en-

gineers can work in CFC and SFC simultaneously on a project

without this having to be first divided into subprojects. The

project is located on one of the engineering stations involved.

This requires connections to the OS LAN (terminal bus) and

plant bus in order to download the configuration data to the tar-

get systems.

The engineering stations working as "project clients" can access

the project data via the OS LAN (terminal bus) or a different

LAN/WAN. A CFC can be opened and viewed simultaneously by

several configuration engineers. However, simultaneous write

operations to the database are rejected by the system.

It is then possible, for example, to use charts in online (debug-

ging) mode during commissioning while carrying out modifica-

tions to the project at the same time.

Branch & Merge

Branch & Merge supports the division and combination of

projects from the technological viewpoint.

Charts or plant units can be copied into another project and ed-

ited there. Interconnections which are not specific to a project,

typically for interlocking, become text interconnections. When

merging, charts with the same name are overwritten in the origi-

nal object, and text interconnections – even those which you

have entered yourself – can be closed by pressing a button.

Project views

The SIMATIC Manager supports the various tasks for creating a

plant project by means of the following project views:

•Component view (HW-Config)

for configuration of hardware such as automation systems,

bus components or process I/O

Component view: hardware configuration in the SIMATIC Manager with

HW-Config

•Process object view

as the central development environment for all aspects of pro-

cess tags/objects

The process object view of the SIMATIC Manager supports the

work of a process engineer by providing a universal view of the

process tag. It shows the technological hierarchy of the plant

(presented in tree form) in combination with a tabular view of all

aspects of the process tag/object (general data, parameters,

signals, messages, image objects and measured value ar-

chives). This provides the technologist with fast orientation.

All objects in the marked branch of the hierarchy are displayed

in the table so that they can be directly processed with user-

friendly edit, filter, replace, import and export functions. A spe-

cial test mode offers the facility for testing process tags and

CFCs online and for starting them up.

Process object view

Libraries

SIMATIC Manager

Engineering system

ES software

Standard engineering software

4/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

The OS areas and the image hierarchy for process control, as

well as the SIMATIC PCS 7 asset management, can be derived

from the technological hierarchy. Furthermore, it also forms the

basis for the plant-oriented identification of process objects.

Common displays can be positioned in pictures by means of the

image hierarchy, and automatically linked to subordinate im-

ages. The configuration engineer is only responsible for the cor-

rect positioning. Since the number of common display fields and

their semantics can be configured, it is also possible to imple-

ment customized alarm configurations.

Using the process object view, "Smart Alarm Hiding" can also be

configured This function is understood as the dynamic hiding of

messages (alarms) of the technological blocks grouped in a

plant unit which are of secondary importance depending on the

operating state of this unit (startup, service, etc.). Alarms can be

displayed or hidden separately for each of the maximum

32 operating states through selection of option boxes in the

alarm matrix of the process object view. Although hidden alarms

are not signaled visually and audibly, they are still logged and ar-

chived as before.

Continuous function chart (CFC)

The CFC editor is the tool for graphical configuration and com-

missioning of continuous automation functions. Preengineered

function blocks can be positioned, configured and intercon-

nected within CFCs with the support of powerful autorouting and

integral configuration of HMI messages. Special configuration

techniques such as chart-in-chart for implementing hierarchical

plans or the multiple usage of chart block types (chart compiled

as block type) or SFC types (standardized sequential controls)

in the form of instances offer an additional rationalization poten-

tial.

When creating a new CFC, a new runtime group with the same

name as the chart is created. All the blocks that are subse-

quently entered in the chart are automatically added to this run-

time group. Each block is therefore already assigned runtime

properties when inserting, and these properties can be opti-

mized by means of modifications in the runtime editor or by us-

ing algorithms.

The algorithm first determines the optimum block sequence sep-

arately for each runtime group, and then the optimum sequence

of runtime groups.

In addition to convenient editing functions, the scope of CFC

functions also includes powerful test and commissioning func-

tions as well as individually configurable documentation func-

tions.

Continuous function chart

Sequential function chart (SFC)

The SFC editor is used for the graphical configuration and com-

missioning of sequential controls for batch production opera-

tions. It possesses convenient editing functions as well as pow-

erful test and commissioning functions.

Using a sequential control, basic automation functions usually

created using CFC are controlled and selectively processed by

means of changes in operating mode and status. Depending on

the subsequent use, the sequential controls can be created ei-

ther as a SFC plan or SFC type.

SFC plan

The SFC plan can be used to implement sequential controls

which can be applied once and which access several partial ar-

eas of the production plant. Each SFC plan contains standard-

ized inputs and outputs for status information and for control by

the user program or the user. The SFC plan can be positioned

and linked as a block in the CFC. The required CFC block con-

nections are selected by simple operations and connected to

the steps or transitions of the step chains. An ISA 88-conform

status manager enables the configuration of up to 8 separate se-

quence chains within a single SFC, e.g. for states such as

HOLDING or ABORTING, for SAFE STATE or for different operat-

ing modes.

SFC type

SFC types are standardized sequential controls which can be

applied repeatedly and which access one partial area of the pro-

duction plant. They can be organized in libraries, and handled

like normal function blocks, i.e. they can be selected from a cat-

alog and positioned, interconnected and parameterized as an

instance in a CFC plan.

Changes to the original automatically result in corresponding

changes in all instances. An SFC type may contain up to

32 sequences. Using the function "Create/update block sym-

bols", a block symbol is automatically positioned and intercon-

nected in the associated process display for all SFC instances

with HMI features.

Sequential function chart

Engineering system

ES software

Standard engineering software

4/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

I&C libraries

Examples of editable OS standard displays (faceplates) from the PCS 7

library

Preconfigured and tested blocks, faceplates and symbols are

organized in I&C libraries and form the basic elements for the

graphic configuration of automation solutions. The use of these

library elements plays a major role in minimizing the engineering

input and project costs.

The comprehensive range of blocks can be categorized as fol-

lows:

• Simple logic and driver blocks

• Technological blocks with integral operation and signaling

functions such as PID controllers, motors or valves

• Blocks for integration of PROFIBUS field devices in accor-

dance with PROFIBUS PA profile 3.0 (including standardized

evaluation of the process value status)

• Blocks with more advanced control algorithms for Advanced

Process Control (APC) functions

Advanced Process Control (APC) functions

The APC functions concentrated in separate blocks expand the

PID-based control functions of SIMATIC PCS 7 by more ad-

vanced control algorithms, e.g.:

• Model-based multi-variable controller

The use of a multi-variable controller is recommendable for com-

plex processes where several variables which are mutually de-

pendent have to be controlled. Separate control of the individual

variables, e.g. using PID controllers, has the disadvantages that

interactions result in different effects on the respective variables.

The model-based ModPreCon multi-variable controller inte-

grated in SIMATIC PCS 7 separately analyzes the response of up

to four mutually dependent variables over a longer period of

time. A parameter matrix is calculated from the results, and used

by the ModPreCon for optimum control of the variables.

Note:

The ModPreCon makes great demands on memory and processing time

of the designated automation system. For that reason, please check the

resources of the designated automation system before use. We recom-

mend the use of an automation system of type AS 416 or higher.

• Setting of control parameters dependent on working point

The GainSched block has been designed for variable setting of

controller parameters depending on the working point in non-lin-

ear controlled systems. The block functions similar to the poly-

gon block, and can derive three separate output variables from

the response of an input variable, and apply these as control pa-

rameters for a linked controller block. The GainSched block then

adjusts the control parameters of the combined controller de-

pending on the response of the actual value.

The faceplate of the GainSched block can be called from the

faceplate of the associated controller.

• Monitoring of control quality

The ConPerMon block can be used to monitor the quality of a

controller block according to a patented procedure. The set-

point, actual value and manipulated variable of the controller

block (e.g. PID controller) are connected to the ConPerMon

block which determines the control quality using these online

values. The block can trigger a warning or alarm depending on

the deviation from a reference value, e.g. the control quality de-

termined during commissioning.

The faceplate of the ConPerMon block can be called from the

faceplate of the associated controller. OS displays can be gen-

erated during engineering which list all deviations in the control

quality of a plant or unit. The plant operator can use these dis-

plays to recognize problems early, and to analyze and specifi-

cally eliminate such before they result in serious deficiencies or

a production failure.

PID Tuner

The PID Tuner is a function integrated in the CFC for optimization

of the CTRL_PID and CTRL_S software controllers. The optimum

parameters for a control loop can then be determined for PID, PI

and P control modes in defined steps.

The tool is suitable for optimizing controlled systems with or with-

out an integral component. Optimization can be carried out in

manual or automatic mode. The transient response of the con-

trollers with the determined parameters can be checked by de-

fining jumps. The controller parameters can be saved, and re-

called as required.

During determination of the controller parameters, the typical

controller values (actual value, setpoint, manipulated variable)

are recorded by a trend function.

Engineering system

ES software

Standard engineering software

4/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Graphics designer and faceplate designer

The project data for the engineering of the operator systems are

organized with the SIMATIC Manager. All the data relevant to op-

eration and monitoring of a process tag, such as messages and

HMI variables, are generated automatically during definition of

the automation function. A powerful graphics designer is avail-

able for the generation of process displays.

In addition to the standard faceplates, the faceplate designer is

used to simply generate customized faceplates for operation

and monitoring of process tags or plant components. Block sym-

bols can be conveniently interconnected to process tags using

Drag & Drop.

DOCPRO

DOCPRO is a tool for effective generation and management of

plant documentation in accordance with defined standards.

DOCPRO permits you to structure your project data in any man-

ner, to process them in the form of standardized circuit manuals,

and to print them in a uniform layout. You can incorporate your

own cover sheets, layouts, graphics, logos or title block data. It

is easy to control printing, i.e. you can specifically output individ-

ual parts of the project or all project data on the printer.

C) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99S

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

A classic, exclusive engineering station without limitation of quanti-

ties, not suitable for productive operation as an operator station

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Electronic documentation on PCS

7 toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,

Microsoft SQL Server 2005

including EULA and supplemen-

tary CDs/DVDs (e.g. Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools)

AS/OS engineering software,

enabled for two-hour OS test

operation

• Unlimited POs, including AS

Runtime license for 600 POs 6ES7 658-5AF07-0YA5

OS engineering software,

enabled for two-hour OS test

operation

• Unlimited POs 6ES7 658-2DF07-0YA5

AS engineering software

• Unlimited POs 6ES7 658-1AF07-0YA5

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V7.0 Rental License

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional

Rental license for 30 days

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions;

PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,

Microsoft SQL Server 2005

including EULA and supplemen-

tary CDs/DVDs (e.g. Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools)

• For AS, unlimited POs 6ES7 658-1AF07-0YA6 C)

• For OS, unlimited POs 6ES7 658-2DF07-0YA6 C)

A combined engineering/operator station for small applications,

suitable for productive operation as an operator station

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Electronic documentation on PCS

7 toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,

Microsoft SQL Server 2005

including EULA and supplemen-

tary CDs/DVDs (e.g. Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools)

AS/OS engineering software,

including AS/OS Runtime license

for productive operation

• 250 POs 6ES7 658-5AA07-0YA5

• 1000 POs 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YA5

• 2000 POs 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YA5

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

PowerPack AS/OS V7.0

for extending the engineering

software for AS/OS of a combined

ES/OS station

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• From 250 to 1000 POs, including

AS/OS Runtime license 6ES7 658-5AB07-0YD5

• From 1000 to 2000 POs, includ-

ing AS/OS Runtime license 6ES7 658-5AC07-0YD5

• From 2000 to unlimited POs,

including OS Runtime license 6ES7 658-5AF07-0YD5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Engineering system

ES software

Version Cross Manager

4/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC Version Cross Manager is a user-friendly tool for

determining the differences between various versions of individ-

ual projects or multi-projects by:

• Tracing missing, additional or differing objects by comparing

hardware configuration, communication, technological hierar-

chy, CFC/SFC plans, SFC details, block types, alarms, global

variables, signals and run sequences

• Graphic display of comparison results in a combination of tree

and tabular formats

• Clear hierarchical structuring according to the technological

hierarchy of the plant

• Color-coded identification of the differences

■

Function

Data exchange with planning tools

Using the SIMATIC Version Cross Manager you can also ex-

change data with planning tools (CAx data). It supports the fol-

lowing exchange functions:

• Export of CAx-relevant data, e.g. global declarations, techno-

logical hierarchy or measuring points

• Export of files in SIMATIC XML format (SML)

• Import of CAx data present in SIMATIC XML format

Example of an XML export

The SIMATIC Version Cross Manager is a SIMATIC product

which was developed for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system but which can also be used together with other SIMATIC

products in the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). In

the case of products which can be used in both the SIMATIC

PCS 7 and TIA environments, the ordering data and type of de-

livery may differ depending on the application. To provide a bet-

ter overview and to avoid faulty ordering, the selection and or-

dering data of such products are therefore listed separately

depending on the target application.

■

More information

Upgrade

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with Engineering Software

V6.0 or V6.1 can be upgraded to Version 7.0 using the SIMATIC

PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package. This upgrade package

also includes the upgrade from SIMATIC Version Cross Checker

V6.0/V6.1 to SIMATIC Version Cross Manager V7.0.

For applications outside SIMATIC PCS 7, a separate SIMATIC

Upgrade Version Cross Manager V7.0 can be obtained for up-

grading the SIMATIC Version Cross Checkers V6.0/V6.1.

For further information, see Chapter "Update/upgrade pack-

ages".

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

For SIMATIC PCS 7 applications

SIMATIC Version Cross

Manager V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions as well as TIA

toolset CD V7.0

6ES7 658-1CX07-2YA5

For TIA applications

SIMATIC Version Cross

Manager V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian,

Chinese), executes with Windows

2000 Professional, Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions as well as TIA

toolset CD V7.0

6ES7 658-1CX07-2YA5

SIMATIC Version Cross

Manager Upgrade V7.0

for upgrading from Version

Cross Checker V6.0/V6.1 to

Version Cross Manager V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian, Chi-

nese), executes with Windows

2000 Professional, Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions as well as TIA

toolset CD V7.0

6ES7 658-1CX07-2YE5

Engineering system

ES software

Version Trail

4/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC Version Trail is a software option for engineering which,

together with the SIMATIC Logon central user administration,

can assign a version history to libraries, projects and multi-

projects. It can be used within SIMATIC PCS 7 or also in the con-

text of Totally Integrated Automation with SIMATIC.

■

Function

When archiving, SIMATIC Version Trail in association with

SIMATIC Logon creates a version history with the following infor-

mation:

• Version

• Version name

• Date and time

•User

• Comment

This version history can be displayed and printed. Individual ver-

sion releases can be dearchived from the version history and

used further. SIMATIC Logon organizes the access protection.

The SIMATIC Version Trail is a SIMATIC product which was de-

veloped for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system but

which can also be used together with other SIMATIC products in

the context of Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). In the case of

products which can be used in both the SIMATIC PCS 7 and TIA

environments, the ordering data and type of delivery may differ

depending on the application. To provide a better overview and

to avoid faulty ordering, the selection and ordering data of such

products are therefore listed separately depending on the target

application.

■

More information

Upgrade

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with Engineering Software

V6.0 or V6.1 can be upgraded to Version 7.0 using the SIMATIC

PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package. A component of this up-

grade package is also the upgrade for SIMATIC Version Trail

from V6.1 to V7.0.

For applications outside SIMATIC PCS 7, a separate SIMATIC

Upgrade Version Trail V7.0 can be obtained for upgrading

SIMATIC Version Trail V6.1.

For further information, see Chapter "Update/upgrade pack-

ages".

Note:

Please note that Version Trail cannot be used on its own, but only

in combination with SIMATIC Logon (see page 2/4).

Versioned project 1

Versioned project 2

Multi project

Library

Project

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

For SIMATIC PCS 7 applications

SIMATIC Version Trail V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions as well as TIA toolset CD

V7.0

6ES7 658-1FX07-2YA5

For TIA applications

SIMATIC Version Trail V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian,

Chinese), executes with Windows

2000 Professional, Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions as well as TIA toolset CD

V7.0

6ES7 658-1FX07-2YA5

SIMATIC Version Trail Upgrade

V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian, Chi-

nese), executes with Windows

2000 Professional, Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions as well as TIA toolset CD

V7.0

6ES7 658-1FX07-2YE5

Engineering system

ES software

Import/Export Assistant

4/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Efficient processing of mass data

The import/export assistant (IEA) is an effective tool for rational

engineering of mass data, and is based on multiple use of pro-

cess tag types and example solutions. It is particularly suitable

for large plants with many process tags of the same type or with

several plant components of the same type. Plant data which

have already been configured (such as process tag lists or

charts from the CAD/CAE world) can be imported into the engi-

neering system and used for largely automatic generation of

process tags. The data of the host planning system can be sub-

sequently matched again with the parameters optimized during

commissioning.

To permit simple and fast modification, the PCS 7 projects can

also be exported, the data processed using the IEA editor or

other programs (e.g. Microsoft Excel or Access), and subse-

quently reimported.

■

Benefits

The import/export assistant offers the following benefits when

using previously configured plant data:

7Importing of previously configured plant data from the host

CAD/CAE world, such as process tag list

- No multiple inputs with the associated input errors

- Simple handling, easy-to-use graphic environment

7Automatic and reproducible generation of process tags and

derivatives based on the imported process tag lists and exam-

ple solutions (technological hierarchy, charts of the individual

process tags)

- Drastic reduction in time required, and avoidance of errors

7Automatic derivation of the OS display hierarchy, automatic in-

terconnecting of blocks and positioning in displays

- Considerable reduction in time required and costs

7Commissioning of individual process tags with the user-

friendly CFC and SFC graphic tools

7Exporting of parameters optimized during commissioning

back to the CAD/CAE world

- Consistent data in the host planning tools

■

Function

• Generation/modification of process tag types or example so-

lutions

• Importing of data from plant planning

- Generation of process tags from process tag types and de-

rivatives from example solutions; provision with data from the

import file (one process tag/derivative per import file line in

each case)

- Assignment of an import file to a process tag type, and

checking of the assignment

- Generation of a template for an input file for the process tag

• Exporting of data for plant planning

- Generation of an export file per process tag type/example

solution in each case, with one line for each process tag of

this type or each derivative of this example solution

• Matching of process tags

- Removal of parameter/signal connection points not present

on the process tag type and of messages from the process

See also page 2/15

Desktop adapter network card

for redundant communication

between two redundant OS/batch

servers

A5E00504378 B)

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416

See page 3/8

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

Introduction

6/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The basic software for all SIMATIC BATCH system configurations

(single stations or client/server systems) is the SIMATIC BATCH

Server Basic Package, configured with

• Batch server software for 10 units (instances of plant units)

• 1 x SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC (Batch Control Center)

• 1 x SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System (recipe editor)

The basic software is always required. It provides everything

needed to implement a small SIMATIC BATCH project on the

hardware of a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416, a single station or a

client/server configuration consisting of a batch client and a

batch server. It also includes the SIMATIC Logon for central user

administration with access control and for the electronic signa-

ture.

■

Design

The capacity of the SIMATIC BATCH server basic packages can

be expanded by SIMATIC BATCH PO options and PowerPacks.

An appropriate number of SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC und

SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System option packages is needed to

expand the client/server configuration with additional batch cli-

ents. The functions of SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416, single stations,

batch clients and batch servers can be expanded using the fol-

lowing optional packages (see table).

SIMATIC BATCH software components for SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX, single station, batch server and batch client

n: Components included in delivery of basic software

opt: Can be ordered as options

SIMATIC BATCH works closely with the operator system and

communicates through the operator system with the automation

systems. For small plants, SIMATIC BATCH can therefore be

installed together with the OS software on a single station or a

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416. The ordering data for the OS software

can be found in the Chapter "Operator system".

Software component SIMATIC

PCS7BOX

416

Single

station Batch

server Batch

client 1 Batch

Client 1+n

Basic software

SIMATIC BATCH server basic package Batch Server for 10 units nnn

Batch Control Center n n n

Recipe System n n n

Option packages

SIMATIC BATCH ROP Library opt opt opt

SIMATIC BATCH Hierarchical Recipe opt opt opt

SIMATIC BATCH Separation Procedures/Formulas opt opt opt

SIMATIC BATCH API opt opt

SIMATIC BATCH Batch Planning opt opt opt opt

SIMATIC BATCH Batch Control Center opt

SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System opt

SIMATIC BATCH PO options

For expansion of the SIMATIC BATCH

Server Basic Package to

20 units opt opt

40 units opt opt

100 units opt opt

Unlimited units opt opt

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

Introduction

6/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Function

SIMATIC BATCH offers a versatile range of powerful functions for

automating batch processes, and these are described in detail

in the system documentation. The most important functions of

the various program components are presented in summarized

form on the following pages. The current system version

SIMATIC BATCH V7.0 particularly features the following new

functions:

• By means of a user-friendly formula editor which is able to link

process parameters or constants using the four fundamental

arithmetic operations, you can enter formulas at the step

points of a sequence (phase parameters, transitions).

• Deepening and further development of cooperation with

SIMATIC Route Control:

- The locations for material transport which are defined in the

SIMATIC Manager and are specific to Route Control can be

exported to SIMATIC BATCH.

- The locations can be used as transfer parameters (source,

target or via) for the transport phases so that products of a

batch can be routed into other specific units.

• It is possible to compare text variables and fixed text strings

for transitions.

• Product names can be saved in the formulas.

• System-based support for versioning of recipes, formulas and

library objects facilitates plant validation.

• Through user-specific saving of individual system settings,

e.g. GUI, window or language, the usual working environment

is available on any client.

• In the recipe editor and in BatchCC (except in the message

window), swapping to a new language is effective immedi-

ately, i.e. even before the current application is completed.

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

Server Basic Package

6/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC BATCH server basic package contains:

• Batch server software for 10 units (instances of plant units)

• SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC (Batch Control Center)

• SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System (recipe editor)

An integral component is also SIMATIC Logon for central user

administration and access control as well as for the "Electronic

signature", e.g. for enabling basic recipes, formulas and library

objects.

A small SIMATIC BATCH project can be implemented on the

hardware of a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416, single station or cli-

ent/server combination (batch client and batch server) with the

SIMATIC BATCH Server Basic Package.

The capacity of the Server Basic Package can be extended by

means of SIMATIC BATCH PO options and SIMATIC BATCH

PowerPacks to batches with 20, 40, 100 or unlimited units.

C) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99S

1) Instances of plant units

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

Server Basic Package V7.0

(10 units)

For single station, client/server

configuration or SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX 416, comprising:

• Batch server for 10 units 1)

• Recipe System

• Batch Control Center (BatchCC)

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 657-0SA07-0YB0 C)

SIMATIC BATCH

PO Option V7.0

For expansion of the SIMATIC

BATCH Server Basic Package

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• To 20 units 6ES7 657-0XB07-2YB0

• To 40 units 6ES7 657-0XC07-2YB0

• To 100 units 6ES7 657-0XD07-2YB0

• To unlimited units 6ES7 657-0XE07-2YB0

SIMATIC BATCH

PowerPack V7.0

For expansion of the units

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• From 20 units to 40 units 6ES7 657-0XC07-2YD0

• From 40 units to 100 units 6ES7 657-0XD07-2YD0

• From 100 units to unlimited units 6ES7 657-0XE07-2YD0

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

Batch Control Center

6/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC BATCH Batch Control Center (BatchCC) is the

"command center" for monitoring and controlling batch pro-

cesses with SIMATIC BATCH. Using BatchCC you can manage

all data relevant to SIMATIC BATCH through a graphical user in-

terface.

Note:

The SIMATIC BATCH batch control center option package is included

once in the SIMATIC BATCH server basic package.

■

Function

BatchCC offers powerful functions for the following tasks:

• Reading in and updating the plant data of the basic automa-

tion

• Definition of user privileges for all functions, for clients, or for

plant units of SIMATIC BATCH

• Definition of material names and codes

• Management of master recipes, and starting the recipe editor

in order to enter the recipe structure

• Management of libraries with recipe elements (library opera-

tions)

• Importing and exporting of basic recipes, formulas and library

objects

• Editing of formula categories and management of associated

formulas (parameter sets)

• Creation of batches with master recipes

• Starting of batch processing and controlling of batches

• Monitoring and diagnostics of batch processing

• Online modification of occupation strategy and assignment of

units during batch processing

• Recording and archiving of recipes and batch data

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

BatchCC V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0LX07-2YB5

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

Recipe System

6/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC BATCH recipe system option package presents it-

self to the user in the form of a recipe editor. The recipe editor is

a convenient tool for simple, intuitive creation and modification

of master recipes and library operations. It has a graphical user

interface, editing functions typical of those in Microsoft Windows

for single and group objects, and a structural syntax check func-

tion.

The basis for recipe creation are the batch objects created from

the batch plant configuration using the SIMATIC PCS 7 engi-

neering system, e.g. plant units and technological functions. The

batch recipe editor can be started individually, but can also be

called from BatchCC.

Note:

The SIMATIC BATCH recipe system option package is included once in

the SIMATIC BATCH server basic package.

■

Function

• Creation of new master recipes and library operations

• Modification of existing master recipes and library operations

(changes in structure or parameters)

• Documentation of master recipes and library operations

• Implementation of plausibility checks

• Selection of unit candidates using limitation of equipment

properties

• Assignment of enabling for test or production of master reci-

pes and library operations

• Routing of products of one batch into specific other units

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

Recipe System V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0AX07-2YB5

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

Batch Planning

6/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC enables the creation of individual

production orders and batches. Far more planning functionality

is offered by the additional SIMATIC BATCH batch planning op-

tion package. BatchCC can then be used to plan batches in ad-

vance for a large number of production orders.

■

Function

The range of functions includes not only the planning but also

the modification, canceling, deleting and releasing of batches.

Dividing and saving batches for a production can be performed

manually or, after specifying the number of batches and the pro-

duction quantity, automatically. The following batch parameters

can be selected and changed before the release order is given:

• Quantity to be prepared

• Starting mode (immediately, by operator input or time-con-

trolled)

• Plant unit assignment

• Formula (parameter set)

• Run sequence (interlinking with the previous or next batch)

• Indication of batch runtime

Batch planning and control are conveniently supported and sim-

plified by special displays such as order category list, produc-

tion order list, batch planning list, batch status list and batch re-

sults list.

All batches and their plant unit assignments can be clearly pre-

sented by a combination of Gantt diagram and table. Conflicts

of time or due to multiple assignment of plant units are marked

by symbols. Time conflicts are easily eliminated by moving the

affected batches in the Gantt diagram.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

Batch Planning V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish,

Chinese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0BX07-2YB5

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

Hierarchical Recipe

6/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Hierarchical recipes according to ISA-88.01

SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC PCS 7 form a functional unit that

fully covers the models described in the ISA-88.01 standard.

The hierarchical recipe structure is mapped on the plant module

as follows:

• Recipe procedure for controlling the process or the produc-

tion in a plant

• Partial recipe procedure for controlling a process step in a

plant unit

• Recipe operation/function for the process engineering

task/function in an equipment module

Technical

Equipment

Recipe

procedure

Recipe

operation

Recipe

function

Partial recipe

procedure

Plant

Unit

Technical

Equipment

Individual

control unit

Individual

control unit

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

Hierarchical Recipe V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),

executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0FX07-2YB0

Batch automation

SIMATIC BATCH software

ROP Library

6/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The management of recipe operations is conveniently sup-

ported by a user library (ROP library). Library recipe operations

can be inserted as a reference in recipe procedures and can

thus be modified from a central location. This reduces the re-

quirements for engineering and validation. If the reference link is

broken, the recipe operation becomes a fixed component of the

recipe procedure, and is thus independent of further central

modifications.

■

Overview

The flexibility achieved by recipes which are independent of

plant units can be increased even further if the procedure and

parameter sets (formulas) are separated from one another. Vari-

ous master recipes can be created by linking several formulas

using a recipe procedure. This enables central modification of

procedures. The formula structure is determined by the formula

category defined by the user.

■

Overview

The SIMATIC BATCH API application programming interface is

an open interface for custom expansions. It provides the user

with access to SIMATIC BATCH data and functions and enables

the programming of special industry or project specific applica-

tions.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

ROP Library V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0GX07-2YB0

Formula 3

900 kg

95 °C

12 min

Yes

50 g

Master Recipe #2 Master Recipe #3Master Recipe #1

Formula 2

500 kg

80 °C

15 min

Yes

150 g

Formula 1

1000 kg

90 °C

10 min

Yes

100 g

Quantity

Temperature

Time

Salt

Pepper

Sugar

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

Separation Procedures/

Formulas V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),

executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0HX07-2YB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH API V7.0

1 language (English), executes

with Windows XP Professional or

Windows Server 2003, single

license for 1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0MX07-2YB0

Separation Procedures/Formulas

SIMATIC BATCH API

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

7/2 Introduction

7/4 Route Control hardware

7/6 Route Control runtime software

7/8 Route Control engineering

software

SIMATIC Route Control

Introduction

7/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC Route Control adds a tool for the configuration, control,

monitoring and diagnostics of material transports in pipeline net-

works. It is not specialized on any particular industry.

With SIMATIC Route Control, which can also be combined with

SIMATIC BATCH, users of SIMATIC PCS 7 are capable of auto-

mating not only their production processes and associated

warehouses but also the material transports linking both areas.

SIMATIC Route Control can handle complex networks as well as

simple transport routes. In particular SIMATIC Route Control is

predestined for plants with a multitude of complex route combi-

nations or extensive tank farms such as are found above all in

the chemical, petrochemical and food and drinks industries.

■

Application

The possible applications of SIMATIC Route Control extend from

small plants with simple/static lines up to plants in the medium

and upper performance range with an extensive network of

routes/pipes.

SIMATIC Route Control is particularly recommended for the fol-

lowing conditions:

• Frequent conversions and extensions of the transport network

including actuators and sensors

• Transport routes with high flexibility, characterized by:

- Regularly changing materials

- Dynamic selection of the origin and destination of the mate-

rial transport (including reversal of direction on bidirectional

transport routes)

• Numerous simultaneous material transports

• Plant projects in combination with SIMATIC BATCH

SIMATIC Route Control

Introduction

7/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Configuration

SIMATIC Route Control is fully integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7 and,

thanks to the modular architecture and 3-step scalability (up to

30 / up to 100 / up to 300 simultaneous material transports), can

be flexibly adapted to different sizes of plant.

SIMATIC Route Control provides graded user privileges for en-

gineering, operating and maintenance personnel who are inte-

grated into the user administration with SIMATIC logon. SIMATIC

Logon is an integral component of SIMATIC PCS 7.

Route Control in the engineering system

The Route Control Engineering Tool, the Route Control Library

and the Route Control Assistant are integrated together with the

other engineering tools of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system in the central engineering system.

In SIMATIC PCS 7, blocks from the SIMATIC PCS 7 standard li-

brary are inserted into CFC plans and connected to plant control

blocks in accordance with the technological requirements in or-

der to control and monitor the elements of a plant. These individ-

ual connections are omitted with SIMATIC Route Control (RC).

You adapt the standard blocks of the technological elements rel-

evant to RC (RC elements) using standardized interface blocks

from the Route Control library, and allow RC to control and mon-

itor the elements during operation. This is of course also possi-

ble with existing plantswithout an increased overhead.

The blocks of the Route Control library support redundancy at

the controller level. They can be used with standard automation

systems or also with fault-tolerant systems or mixed configura-

tions. The changes in the engineering system can be recorded

(Change log), both in the SIMATIC PCS 7 project and in the RC

project.

The Route Control Assistant functions as the interface between

the PCS 7 basic configuration expanded by RC components

and the RC engineering tool. It analyzes the hardware and soft-

ware configuration of the SIMATIC PCS 7 (multi-)project, and

generates a database which serves as the basis for further,

RC-specific configuration with the RC engineering tool.

During the RC-specific configuration, the elements imported

from the SIMATIC PCS 7 project by the Route Control Assistant

must be inserted into a sub-route structure. These sub-routes di-

vide the plant. The complete routes will be subsequently "joined

together" from them during the automatic route searching. The

response of the sub-routes in a particular function are already

defined when inserting the elements into them. Functions repre-

sent the technological requirements when operating the plant

(e.g. "Open source", "Pumps" etc.).

As a rule: the more finely divided the sub-route structure, the

more flexible the subsequent automatic route searching. With

purely static routes, a sub-route can already be a complete

route.

Route Control Server/Route Control Center

After the transport network has been configured and the variants

of the material transports tested, the Route Control configuration

data are transferred to the Route Control Server where they can

be activated via the Route Control Center at a suitable time from

the process engineering viewpoint. From then onwards, the new

data are taken into consideration when searching for the route.

If a material transport is pending during operation, a route (ma-

terial transport) is requested by the controller (e.g. using an

adapted RC SFC type) or by the operator on the Route Control

Center. In addition to definition of the source and target as well

as up to 10 optional locations (intermediate points), this also in-

cludes the creation of a start signal on the route control block

RC_IF_ROUTE in the automation system (AS). The AS "informs"

the RC Server which then starts searching for the route and – if

possible – combines the statically defined sub-routes into a

complete transport route. From this point onward, the Route

Control takes over control and monitoring of all RC elements in-

volved in the transport route. If faults occur, detailed diagnostics

information is provided concerning the cause, e.g. why the

search for a suitable transport route was unsuccessful. The plant

control program only switches the individual technological func-

tions, everything else is handled by the Route Control.

The Route Control Server (RC Server) supplies the Route Control

Clients (Route Control Center) with the necessary data and

transfers their operations to the automation systems.

For maintenance purposes, an automation system can be spe-

cifically set to "in maintenance" (out of service). The material

transports being carried out by this automation system are still

continued until finished. However, new material transports are no

longer permitted.

RC block symbols and faceplates

In the process displays of the SIMATIC PCS 7 operator systems,

each route block is represented by an RC block symbol and an

RC faceplate. Through a route block’s RC block symbol it is pos-

sible to select its RC faceplate, and through a route block’s RC

faceplate it is possible to select the Route Control Center.

Drop-down lists for location selection

The selection of locations (synonym: nodes) is made simpler in

the process display by means of drop-down lists.

SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control Hardware

7/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

The modularity and flexibility of SIMATIC Route Control are opti-

mally supported by the hardware available. The basic hardware

from page 2/14 can be used for SIMATIC Route Control.

Hardware for small plants

For small plants, SIMATIC Route Control can be installed either

alone or together with the OS software on a single station system

or a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416. You can select the hardware for

the OS/RC single station at page 2/14, page 5/6, or further down

in this section. You can find information and the ordering data for

the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 at page 3/8.

Client/server configuration

Distributed multi-user systems with client/server architecture,

expandable with up to 32 clients per server, are typical for the

automation of material transports with SIMATIC Route Control.

Basically it is possible to operate an RC Server, Batch Server

and OS Server on shared basic hardware. However, availability

will be higher and performance better if each component has its

own server hardware. The availability of the RC Server can be

further increased through redundant configuration of the server

hardware. SIMATIC PCS 7 supports multiple-station systems

with up to 12 servers/server pairs.

The Route Control Client is represented by the Route Control

Center (RCC). The RCC can be installed on an OS Client, a

Batch Client or separate client hardware.

RC server and OS/RC single stations can be connected to the

Industrial Ethernet plant bus via a CP 1613 A2 communications

processor or via a simple FastEthernet network card with BCE

(suitable for communication with up to 8 automation systems;

not H systems).

The CP 1613 communication integrated in the IE version of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation for single stations and servers is a

combination of CP 1613 communications processor and

S7-1613 communications software. When using fault-tolerant

automation systems, the SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation requires

the S7-REDCONNECT software instead of the S7-1613 commu-

nications software. The S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade is suitable

for upgrading the communications software (for ordering data,

see page 9/28).

Redundancy

RC Server redundancy is supported by the SIMATIC Route Con-

trol Server software. Further software components or a separate

connection between the two servers as is the case with the

OS server redundancy or batch server redundancy are not re-

quired.

With the assistance of the SIMATIC Route Control Server soft-

ware, the two redundant RC servers carry out mutual monitoring

during operation. If the active RC server fails, the redundant

partner immediately becomes the master and takes over opera-

tion. The RC clients are automatically switched over to the new

master in this case. Following return of the failed RC server, data

matching is carried out with the active RC server, and the latter

remains the master.

For information and components for the redundant bus connec-

tion (plant bus and terminal bus), see page 9/28.

Expansion options

The basic hardware (PC basic unit) is expandable with the fol-

lowing options according to the customer’s particular require-

ments and whether the hardware is used as RC Single Station,

RC Server or Batch Client:

• Multi-VGA graphics card for connection of up to 4 monitors

• Process monitors (see page 2/17)

The Multi-VGA graphics cards "2 Screens" and "4 Screens" are

offered for multichannel operation of an OS/RC Single Station or

a client with 2 up to 4 process monitors. Views distributed over 2

or as many as 4 process monitors by means of a graphics card

can be controlled using one keyboard and one mouse. The

Multi-VGA graphics cards are compliant with EN 55022 and

EN 50082 standards. Each card occupies one PCI slot in the op-

erator station.

Note:

Since all messages from SIMATIC Route Control are processed

in the operator system’s message system, it is not necessary to

use a signal module.

Requirements for selection of the automation systems

SIMATIC Route Control can operate together with the WinAC

Slot 416 controller of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 (up to

30 simultaneous material transports) and with the following auto-

mation systems of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system:

• AS 416-3 (up to 30 simultaneous material transports)

• AS 417-4

• AS 417H

Safety-related automation systems, e.g. AS 417F/FH, cannot be

used to control material transport with SIMATIC Route Control.

SIMATIC Route Control clients and OS clients

Automation

systems

Route Control

server

OS server

Engineering

System

OS-LAN

Plant bus

SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control Hardware

7/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

Note:

Ordering data in abbreviated form; for detailed Ordering data, see page

2/14.

For Ordering data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416, refer to page 3/8.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

RC single station

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Work-

station, single station version

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B

BCE WXP

Connection to plant bus with

Ethernet network card RJ45

(PCI) 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) for up to 8 automation

systems (not H-systems)

6ES7 650-0NF07-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B

IE WXP

Connection to plant bus with

CP 1613 A2 communications

processor

6ES7 650-0NF07-0YX1 D)

RC server

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Work-

station, server version

Windows Server 2003 MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

547B BCE SRV03

Connection to plant bus with

Ethernet network card RJ45

(PCI) 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) for up to 8 automation

systems (not H-systems)

6ES7 650-0NH07-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

547B IE SRV03

Connection to plant bus with

CP 1613 A2 communications

processor

6ES7 650-0NH07-0YX1 D)

RC client

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Work-

station, client version

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese)

• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client 547B

WXP

- without multi-VGA graphics

card 6ES7 650-0NG07-0YX0 D)

- with Multi-VGA graphics card

"2 Screens" 6ES7 650-0NG07-0YA0 D)

- with Multi-VGA graphics card

"4 Screens" 6ES7 650-0NG07-0YB0 D)

Additional and expansion components

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade

for communication with fault-toler-

ant AS systems, see page 9/28

Further additional and expansion

components can be found at

page 2/15

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control runtime software

7/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The Route Control Software is structured such that SIMATIC

Route Control can be flexibly adapted to different plant sizes and

architectures (single/multi-user systems):

• Route Control Engineering (component of the SIMATIC PCS 7

Engineering System)

• Route Control Server

• Route Control Center (RCC)

SIMATIC Route Control works closely with the operator system,

hence where small plants are concerned it is possible for the

Route Control Center and Route Control Server to be installed

not only on their own but also together with the OS software on a

single station or a SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416 (up to 30 simulta-

neous material transports). The ordering data for the OS soft-

ware can be found in the Chapter "Operator system".

In the case of multi-user systems with small quantity frameworks

it is also possible to operate the Route Control Server, Batch

Server and OS Server on shared basic hardware. However,

availability will be higher and performance better if they are in-

stalled on separate server hardware.

The Route Control Server program package suitable for up to

30 simultaneous material transports can be expanded by means

of add-on PowerPacks to meet higher requirements (up to 100 or

300 simultaneous material transports).

The Route Control Client is represented by the Route Control

Center (RCC). The RCC can be installed on an OS Client, a

Batch Client or separate client hardware.

■

Function

Route Control Server

The Route Control Server supplies the RC Clients (Route Control

Center) with the necessary data and transfers their operations to

the automation systems. When a material transport is requested

through the Route Control Center, it is the job of the RC Server to

dynamically compile a suitable transport route from the partial

routes which were configured using a map of the automation

systems on the basis of the selected parameters (source, desti-

nation and intermediate locations) and with due consideration of

other parameters (e.g. function catalogs, function IDs or material

IDs). Configuration changes can be taken immediately into ac-

count in the determination of a suitable transport route after

transfer from the Route Control Engineering Tool to the Route

Control Server and subsequent activation through the Route

Control Center (online loading).

Route Control Center

Route Control Center (RCC)

The RCC can be called either from the faceplate of a route block

or from the keyset on the operator station. It displays all of a ma-

terial transport’s relevant route data and error information in sev-

eral coordinated views

Software

components

(runtime)

SIMATIC

PCS 7

BOX 416

Single

station Server

single Server

redun-

dant

Client

SIMATIC Route

Control Server

Up to 30 simulta-

neous material

transports

1 1 1 2 --

SIMATIC Route

Control Server

PowerPack

•From 30 up to

100 simultaneous

material trans-

ports

-- 112--

• From 100 up to

300 simultaneous

material trans-

ports

-- 112--

SIMATIC Route

Control Center 1 1 -- -- 1

SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control runtime software

7/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Key functional features are:

• Overview of all RC elements, partial routes and request details

• Operation of the selected material transport: Selection of op-

erating mode: manual/automatic; request, start, stop, con-

tinue and end material transport in manual mode; set/change

request parameters (locations: source, destination, intermedi-

ate locations) and general properties (function catalog, func-

tion ID, material ID and "ignore error") in manual mode; acti-

vate/deactivate sequence functions in manual mode

• Diagnostics of material transport request errors caused by

locked RC elements, locked partial routes, inconsistent actu-

ations or prohibited sequential material

• Diagnostics of currently running material transports: color and

text display of transport route status in the route view of the

RCC; detailed analyses by evaluation of feedback signals

from RC elements

• Server functions: select RC Server, display RC Server status,

update view (read in data again from the RC Server)

• Display of the operator who has logged on

• Definition of route parameters (source, destination, material,

function ID etc.), and saving and loading these settings with

names

• Switchover between "AS in maintenance" and "AS in operation"

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control Server

V7.0

for up to 30 simultaneous

material transports

For SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX 416,

single station and client/server

configuration

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),

executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 658-7FA07-0YB0

SIMATIC Route Control Server

PowerPack V7.0

For expansion of SIMATIC Route

Control Server

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),

executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• From 30 to up to

100 simultaneous material

transports

6ES7 658-7FB07-0YD0

• From 100 to up to

300 simultaneous material

transports

6ES7 658-7FC07-0YD0

SIMATIC Route Control Center

V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),

executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 658-7EX07-0YB5

SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control engineering software

7/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The Route Control (RC) configuration supplements the basic

SIMATIC PCS 7 plant configuration with blocks from the PCS 7

standard library. Existing plants are then also easy to upgrade

with SIMATIC Route Control. Technological elements of rele-

vance for control of the material transport (RC elements) are

adapted in the CFC Editor using uniform interface blocks from

the Route Control Library. The RC elements include:

• Control elements (actuators)

• Sensor elements (sensors)

• Parameter elements (setpoints)

• Connection elements (material information related to partial

route)

■

Function

Locations of partial or complete routes are configured in the-

SIMATIC Manager as "Equipment properties of plant units" and

transferred to the RC project together with the other RC-relevant

basic data of the SIMATIC PCS 7 project. The configuration re-

quirements caused by many repeated sequences can be mini-

mized by exporting locations in CSV format, duplicating and

modifying them using a spreadsheet program, and then import-

ing them again.

Locations (synonym: nodes) are parameters for requesting a

material transport (source, destination, intermediate loca-

tions/via) and which mark the start and end of each partial route,

and thus also the source and destination of a material transport.

In addition to the basic tools (SIMATIC Manager, CFC, etc.) of

the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering system, the following configura-

tion components of the SIMATIC Route Control Engineering pro-

gram package are available for configuration of the route control

applications:

Route Control library

The Route Control library contains blocks for RC and transport

route configuration and interface blocks for RC elements. It is

provided in the catalog of the CFC editor.

Route Control wizard

The Route Control wizard is the interface between the SIMATIC

PCS 7 basic configuration supplemented with RC interface

blocks and the actual RC configuration in the RC engineering

tool. The wizard, which can be called up from the SIMATIC Man-

ager menu, accepts the RC-specific configuration data of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 project into the Route Control engineering. In

doing so, it carries out plausibility checks, defines the AS-OS

and AS-AS communication connections (NetPro and CFC), and

configures the RC server signals.

Route Control Engineering tool

Following importing of the basic data of a SIMATIC PCS 7 project

relevant to the RC into an RC project, the RC-specific objects are

configured using the Route Control Engineering tool:

• Partial routes:

division of the transport paths into partial routes is used to in-

crease the flexibility and minimize the configuring overhead

by means of repeated application. Relevant partial route pa-

rameters: "bidirectional" and "priority" (lowest total of partial

route priorities is decisive when searching for the overall

route).

• Interconnections:

Through inclusion in a partial route, the RC elements receive

additional properties depending on the type, and these can

be edited using configuration dialogs (e.g. in the basic set-

ting: "close valve").

• Function catalogs:

The partial routes can be assigned to function catalogs de-

pending on technological and product-specific aspects, e.g.

"cleaning" or "product transport". In the route search, function

catalogs permit restriction of the resulting quantity to the type

of material transport.

• Function steps/sequence functions:

Function catalogs contain as many as 32 configurable techno-

logical sequence functions which define the sequence of ma-

terial transport by means of the RC elements connected in the

partial routes, e.g. base position of the control elements, open

transport valves, open origin valve, switch on pump).

SIMATIC Route Control

Route Control engineering software

7/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Configuration of the partial routes and assignment of the RC el-

ements to the partial routes are performed in a matrix of the

Route Control Engineering tool. With the aid of generic elements,

objects or blocks generated on a user-specific basis can be in-

tegrated into the RC project and handled like RC elements.

Special configuration functions make it easier to perform repeti-

tive routine work and extend the range of options for controlling

material transport, e.g.:

• Exporting configuration data in the form of CSV files to

Microsoft Excel, copying and editing the data there, and then

re-importing the files into Route Control

• Controlling the joint use of partial routes by configurable func-

tion IDs

• Checking material compatibilities and interlocking partial

routes in case of incompatible material sequences based on

the material ID saved in the connection element of the partial

route

• Injection of dynamic (external) setpoints coming from the pro-

cess at runtime into the route block (e.g. weighed quantity)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control

Engineering V7.0

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chinese),

executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk (not

with rental license), certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-7DX07-0YB5

• Rental license for 30 days 6ES7 658-7DX07-0YB6

SIMATIC Route Control

7/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

8/2 Introduction

8/3 Maintenance station

Asset Management

Introduction

8/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The PCS 7 Asset Management supplements SIMATIC PCS 7 by

a valuable instrument for minimization of the total cost of owner-

ship of a plant.

Asset management for plant engineering is understood to be the

administration and management of the plant equipment, partic-

ularly the I&C equipment, as well as all activities and measures

which serve to retain or increase the value of a plant. These pri-

marily include:

• Corrective maintenance

Reaction to existing fault and diagnostics messages

• Preventive maintenance

Preventive diagnostics and maintenance

• Predictive maintenance

Predictive maintenance and diagnostics

■

Function

Maintenance functions and information are frequently only avail-

able in a separate level independent of the production. Parallel

to process control, SIMATIC PCS 7 with the integral asset man-

agement system also provides uniform maintenance information

and functions in the process control system for the system com-

ponents of the plant (assets). Supplementary hardware or soft-

ware tools for asset management functions are therefore super-

fluous.

Whereas the plant operator receives all information relevant to

the process via the operator system and can specifically access

the process, the maintenance engineer checks the hardware of

the automation plant via the maintenance station, and processes

its diagnostics messages and maintenance requests.

When implementing the SIMATIC PCS 7 asset management,

consistent attention was paid to the conformity with international

standards, specifications and recommendations. SIMATIC

PCS 7 asset management takes into account e.g. the NAMUR

requirements (process control standards committee in the

chemical and pharmaceutical industries) defined in the follow-

ing documents for systems for asset management at plant level

and for status messages from field devices:

• NAMUR recommendation NE91 (requirements for systems for

asset management at plant level)

• NAMUR recommendation NE 105 (requirements for the inte-

gration of fieldbus devices in engineering tools)

• NAMUR recommendation NE107 (status messages "Device

failure", "Maintenance requirements", "Function check" from

field devices).

In addition, it observes the IEC 61804-2 for describing devices

by means of the Electronic Device Description Language

(EDDL) and specifications made by the PROFIBUS & PROFINET

International (PI) organization, e.g.:

• PROFIBUS Profile Guidelines Identification & Maintenance

Functions

• PROFIBUS PA Profile for Process Control Devices

■

Integration

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Management is integrated seam-

lessly into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system as a sec-

tor-independent software package. It consistently uses the hard-

ware and software components of the engineering system and

operator system.

The system interface for maintenance engineers is the mainte-

nance station based on the engineering system (for details, see

the next Section "Maintenance station").

■

Configuration

The PCS 7 Asset Management is based on the hardware and

software project of the application which is generated during the

standard configuration with the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering sys-

tem. Supported by the system, all data relevant to the PCS 7 as-

set management are derived from the project data of the appli-

cation simply by pressing a button, and the diagnostics displays

are also generated.

The procedure is simple, and no additional overhead is required

for the asset management. It can be summarized as follows:

• Generation of the hardware and software project of the appli-

cation

• System-supported generation of the diagnostics displays with

all components present in the project, including the display hi-

erarchy, according to the project’s hardware structure. The

names of the displays, symbols etc. imported from the project

can be changed by users according to personal requirements

or depending on project-specific features. These modifica-

tions are retained during further operations

• Compilation of the configuration data, and downloading to the

operator station and maintenance station with subsequent test

and commissioning phase.

Automation

Enterprise Resource

Planning

(ERP level)

Enterprise Asset

Management

System

MES

Maintenance

Operations

Plant

Asset

Management

Controls

(Process

and field level)

Manufacturing

Execution Systems

(MES level)

Maintenance

Asset Management

Maintenance station

8/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The maintenance engineer can process the diagnostics mes-

sages and maintenance requests of the assets on the mainte-

nance station. Via the maintenance station the engineer can ac-

cess:

• Components of the process control system, e.g. intelligent

field devices and I/O modules, fieldbus, controller, network

components and plant bus as well as servers and clients of

the operator systems

• Assets that do not belong directly to the process control sys-

tem, such as pumps, motors, centrifuges, heat exchangers or

control loops (passive or indirect assets). These are repre-

sented by proxy objects in which the diagnostics rules are

stored.

The maintenance station for PCS 7 asset management uses

hardware and software components of the engineering system

and operator system. As a result of the close interlacing, ES, OS

and asset management functions execute on common hard-

ware. Such a multi-functional station cannot only be used for as-

set management, but also for system engineering or HMI.

The message system, user desktop, display hierarchy and oper-

ator prompting are oriented according to the HMI philosophy of

the operator system. The diagnostics data of all assets are dis-

played on uniform faceplates whose contents depend on the in-

telligence of the respective component. This means that working

with the maintenance station is simple and intuitive – complex fa-

miliarization is not required.

The diagnostics displays structured according to the plant hier-

archy with the operating states of all PCS 7 components can be

displayed on the maintenance station and also on an OS client.

However, enhanced online diagnostics functions in conjunction

with HW-Config or SIMATIC PDM can only be called from the

maintenance station.

The user management and access control for the maintenance

station accept the SIMATIC Logon integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7.

■

Design

Depending on the architecture of the SIMATIC PCS 7 plant, the

maintenance station can be implemented based on a SIMATIC

PCS 7 BOX RTX/416, PCS 7 single station or client/server com-

bination.

The following table shows possible hardware/software configu-

rations of the maintenance station (MS).

Two MS servers can also be operated as a redundant pair of

servers. The redundant MS servers must be configured like re-

dundant OS servers and expanded by the SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset

Runtime software.

The SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime basic package already con-

tains 100 asset TAGs. These can be expanded by cumulative

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime licenses for 10, 100 or

1000 asset TAGs (Count Relevant Licenses).

Required SIMATIC PCS 7

hardware/software SIMATIC

PCS 7

BOX

RTX/416

SIMATIC

PCS 7

single

station

MS/ES

client MS

server

Basic hardware

SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX RTX/416 all-in-one

system (Windows XP

operating system)

SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS 547B

BCE/IE WXP (Windows XP

operating system)

n n

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

547B BCE/IE SRV03

(Windows Server 2003

operating system)

Required SIMATIC PCS 7 software corresponding to operating

system or basic hardware

(without taking into account the quantity frameworks)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V7.0 AS/OS n n

SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0

SP2 HF1 or higher n n n

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Server V7.0

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Client V7.0 n

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset

Engineering V7.0 n n n

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset

Runtime V7.0

(basic package and

additional asset TAGs)

n n n

Asset Management

Maintenance station

8/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Function

Diagnostics message of a component in the faceplate view "Identity"

The maintenance station provides comprehensive maintenance

information for the system components of the plant (assets). In

order to obtain information on the diagnostics status of individual

plant areas or components, maintenance engineers can change

from the overview display to the respective diagnostics display

of the subordinate hardware level. If a fault is signaled in the

overview display, the "loop in alarm" function permits rapid

switching to the diagnostics faceplate of the associated compo-

nent.

The scope of information available depends on the individual

possibilities of the asset, and is filtered according to the user’s

area of responsibility.

The following information is available:

• Display of diagnostics status determined by the system

• Information on components such as tag name, vendor or se-

rial number

• Display of diagnostics messages of a component

• Visualization of type and current state of initiated maintenance

measure

Information on passive or indirect assets

For passive or indirect assets (pumps, motors, control loops

etc.) without self-diagnostics, you can use the programmable

logic block AssetMon to derive inadmissible operating states

from various measured values and their deviations from a de-

fined normal status and to display them as a maintenance alarm

on the maintenance station. AssetMon is able to process up to

3 analog values and up to 16 binary values.

With the aid of the AssetMon, individual diagnostics structures,

project-specific diagnostics rules and condition monitoring

functions can also be implemented.

Enhanced information for assets according to IEC 61804-2

Further information can be called for assets described by the

electronic device description (EDD) according to IEC 61804-2.

This information is automatically read out of the components and

made available by SIMATIC PDM in the background.

• Detailed diagnostics information

- Device-specific information from the vendor

- Information on fault diagnostics and troubleshooting

- Additional documentation

• Results of internal condition monitoring functions

• Status information (e.g. local operation, local configuration

changes)

• Display of modification logbook (audit trail) of the component

with all entries on the persons, times and types of operator in-

tervention on the component

• Parameter view of the assets (display of parameters saved in

the component and in the project; if required, also differences

between them)

Uniform symbols

Uniform symbols for visualization of the maintenance status and for HMI

on the maintenance station

A significant feature with visualization of the access manage-

ment functionality is the uniform symbols and texts for displaying

the statuses of all assets, i.e. for operator stations as well as for

network components, controllers or field devices. The asset

faceplates are also uniform. The amount of information dis-

played depends on the intelligence of the respective compo-

nent.

Gut

Simulation

Konfigura-

tionsände-

rung erkannt

Wartungs-

bedarf

(gering)

Wartungs-

anforderung

(mittel)

Wartungs-

alarm

(hoch)

Instandhaltungs-

Auftrag unbek./

nicht angefordert

Instandhaltungs-

Auftrag

angefordert

Instandhaltungs-

Auftrag

in Arbeit

Asset Management

Maintenance station

8/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Typical sequence of a maintenance cycle

• Intelligent sensors recognize the threat of failures by means of

the implemented diagnostics system long before the actual

failure, and can signal these.

• Diagnostics information on network components and basic

PC devices is transferred to the maintenance station via an

OPC SNMP link present in the assets.

• The symbol of the associated component (e.g. a field device)

signals "Maintenance required" on the maintenance station.

An entry is automatically made in the message log so that the

chronology of occurred events can also be analyzed later.

Parallel to this, the vendor’s detailed diagnostics information is

determined by means of SIMATIC PDM and the device de-

scription (EDD).

• On the overview display, maintenance engineers recognize

"Maintenance required" in the technological plant. The mainte-

nance engineers are rapidly guided to the corresponding de-

vice using standard mechanisms known from the operator sta-

tion such as "Common display" and "Operator prompting

using loop in alarm". Important information is then shown in the

faceplate of the associated device, e.g. process tag number,

location and device type.

• The existing detailed diagnostics information on the problem

can then be called using the "Diagnostics" view depending on

the device type and vendor, e.g. fault description, cause,

trend information or handling instructions.

• They can assess the fault in the "Maintenance" view, and ini-

tiate corresponding reactions. This can be e.g. the input of a

comment or handling instruction, the assignment of a work in-

struction number, or the increasing/decreasing of the mainte-

nance requirement priority depending on the significance for

the technological plant. Current working measures can also

be traced/accompanied in this view. All operations can be

logged. The log also contains the faceplate contents with ID

data, messages, detailed diagnostics information, work in-

structions, notes and status.

• The work request with all information gained on the mainte-

nance station is passed on to the corresponding maintenance

department (identified by symbol "Maintenance order re-

quested"). The release for maintenance of the component can

also be made on the maintenance station (identified by sym-

bol "Maintenance order being processed"). The current status

of the maintenance measure is then indicated for all involved

parties, and also for subsequent shifts.

• Once the maintenance measure has been carried out, it is

concluded on the maintenance station – the status displays

then return to the normal state. The complete maintenance cy-

cle is documented on the maintenance station without gaps –

automatically and without additional configuration overhead.

1) With asset TAGs, the number of asset objects monitored in SIMATIC PCS 7

is licensed. An asset object represents individual hardware components

within a SIMATIC PCS 7 project, e.g.

- measuring devices, positioners, switchgear or remote I/O stations

monitored per EDD or

- basic devices or Ethernet components monitored in the maintenance

station via an SNMP OPC link.

The asset TAGs of the SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime licenses (groups of

10, 100 and 1000) are cumulative (Count Relevant Licenses).

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime

Basic Package V7.0

including SNMP OPC server

license and 100 asset TAGs 1)

For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX RTX/416, single station or

server

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 658-7GB07-0YB0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime

V7.0

for expansion of asset TAGs

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

•10 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GA07-2YB0

• 100 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GB07-2YB0

• 1000 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GC07-2YB0

Asset engineering

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset

Engineering V7.0

For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX 416, single station or client

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes with Windows

XP Professional / Server 2003,

floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-7GX07-0YB5

Asset Management

8/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

9/2 Introduction

9/3 Industrial Ethernet

9/3 Introduction

9/6 SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet

switches

9/21 OSM/ESM/OMC Industrial Ethernet

switches

9/23 Passive network components:

FastConnect

9/25 Passive network components:

ITP cables and connectors

9/26 Passive network components:

Fiber-optic cables

9/28 System connection PCS 7 systems

9/30 Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)

9/33 Industrial Security

9/33 Introduction

9/34 Industrial Security components

9/35 PROFIBUS

9/35 Introduction

PROFIBUS DP

9/36 Introduction

9/37 Electrical networks

9/39 Optical networks with

glass fiber-optic cables

9/40 Optical networks with

plastic fiber-optic cables

9/41 AS connection

9/42 Y-Link

PROFIBUS PA

9/43 Introduction

9/45 Routers: DP/PA link and DP/PA

coupler

9/49 Active field distributor AFD and

active field splitter AFS

9/50 FastConnect/SpliTConnect

9/51 Other communication

9/51 AS-Interface

9/52 Modbus

Communication

Introduction

9/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC NET network components based on globally es-

tablished standards provide SIMATIC PCS 7 with a powerful and

rugged range of products for implementing totally integrated

communications networks for reliable data exchange between

all system components and levels of a plant.

The SIMATIC NET products specially developed for industrial

applications are completely suitable for all types of plant in all in-

dustrial sectors. They are matched to one another and meet high

standards, especially in areas where they are subject to extreme

influences, such as

• interfering electromagnetic fields,

• corrosive liquids and atmospheres,

• explosion hazards,

• high mechanical loads.

The SIMATIC NET products guarantee expandability and safe-

guard investments through compatible further developments as

well as uniformity from incoming goods to outgoing goods and

from field devices up to the management information system.

■

Design

Incorporated in Totally Integrated Automation, the unique basis

offered by Siemens for uniform automation of all sectors in the

production, process or hybrid industries, the SIMATIC NET bus-

ses promote fast and reliable communication between the indi-

vidual systems/applications of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process con-

trol systems such as:

• Automation systems, distributed I/Os and field components

• Asset management/engineering system and operator system

• SIMATIC BATCH and SIMATIC Route Control

• Process control via Internet/intranet and IT applications.

Industrial Ethernet is used as the plant bus as well as OS-LAN

(terminal bus) for multi-user systems with client/server architec-

ture. For small systems, the "Basic Communication Ethernet"

(BCE) integrated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations

permits operation of single stations and servers on the plant bus

even without a CP 1613 communications processor.

In medium and large plants characterized by high requirements,

SIMATIC PCS 7 applies modern Gigabit and FastEthernet tech-

nology which combines the high security provided by redundant

optical rings with the scalable performance provided by switch-

ing technology and high transmission rates up to 1 Gbit/s.

PROFIBUS in the DP or PA version is used as the communica-

tions medium for interfacing intelligent distributed I/O devices,

transmitters and actuators to the controller level. The rugged

and reliable PROFIBUS is a universal, open fieldbus complying

with the IEC 61158 and IEC 61784 international standards. In the

PA version (which permits digital data transmission and power

supply for the field devices on a two-wire cable), or with a series-

connected isolating transformer (RS 485-iS coupler), it can be

routed intrinsically-safe into hazardous areas of Zone 1.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

9/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Industrial Ethernet, connection examples

The plant bus and the OS-LAN (terminal bus) for multi-user

systems with client/server architecture are implemented with

Industrial Ethernet, a powerful area and cell network for indus-

trial applications in line with the international IEEE 802.3 stan-

dard (Ethernet). Bus structures with optical rings are particularly

suitable for this because of their high noise immunity and high

availability.

In medium-sized and large plants characterized by high

requirements, SIMATIC PCS 7 applies modern Gigabit and

FastEthernet technology. This combines the high reliability of op-

tical rings with the scalable performance of switching technol-

ogy and high transmission rates up to 1 Gbit/s.

■

Benefits

Ethernet currently has a market share of over 80% with a ten-

dency to rise further, thus placing it in pole position in the global

LAN landscape. Ethernet offers important characteristics that

can give you significant advantages for your application:

7Fast commissioning through simple connections

7High flexibility since existing networks can be extended with-

out any adverse effects

7High availability thanks to redundant network topologies

7Almost unlimited communications performance because scal-

able performance is available through switching technology if

required

7Networking of different application areas such as office and

production areas

7Investment protection through continuous and compatible fur-

ther development

7Plant-wide clock system permits exact assignment of events

within the complete plant

Ethernet technology for industrial environment

With Industrial Ethernet, SIMATIC NET expands the Ethernet

technology by special components and capabilities for use in in-

dustrial environments:

7Network components for tough industrial environments

7Fast local assembly using the FastConnect cabling system

with RJ45 technology

7Failsafe networks with fast switchover to redundant system

(≤300 ms)

7Continuous monitoring of network components through a sim-

ple yet effective signaling concept

7Future-oriented network components with the SCALANCE X

Ethernet product family

SIMATIC

PCS 7 BOX

AS 414/

AS 416/

AS 417

AS 412H/

AS 414H/

AS 417H

AS 412H/

AS 414H/

AS 417H

OSM/

ESM

SCALANCE

X-200/

X-200 IRT

SCALANCE

X-200/X-200 IRT

SCALANCE X-400

SCALANCE

X-400

SCALANCE

W788-1PRO

OS-LAN

(terminal bus,

optical/electrical)

OS clients

Plant bus

Industrial Ethernet

(optical/electrical)

Remote

client

Redundant

OS servers

Engineering

station

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

9/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

In the various SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems (ES, OS, AS etc.) on-

board interface modules, simple network cards or special com-

munications processors (e.g. CP 1613) are used as communica-

tion interfaces. These are defined when selecting the respective

system components depending on the requirements (for further

information, refer to page 9/28).

The communication nodes are integrated into the bus with the

aid of Industrial Ethernet switches. The modern Industrial Ether-

net switches from the SCALANCE X range are to be recom-

mended in particular. These offer scalable performance at an

attractive price and support a wide variety of possible configu-

rations. Further alternatives result by using the tried and tested

ESM and OSM switches.

Example configuration with plant bus and OS LAN with two redundant

rings

OS LAN (terminal bus)

Client-server and server-server communication is carried out on

a dedicated Ethernet LAN. The communication network identi-

fied as OS LAN or terminal bus can be implemented with stan-

dard SIMATIC NET components such as switches, onboard in-

terfaces, network cards, communications processors (CP),

cables etc.

A ring design avoids communication failures if e.g. the line is

damaged or opened at a particular point. To increase the avail-

ability even further, the OS LAN can also be distributed redun-

dantly between two rings which are connected together by two

pairs of switches (see example configuration). The switches

from the SCALANCE X-400, X-300 and X-200 IRT ranges have

the standby redundancy function required for this. Each of the

redundant servers and clients can then be connected to both

rings via two separate interface modules (redundant terminal

bus adapter package). Communication is as standard on ring 1.

Communication on ring 2 is only activated in the event of a fault

on ring 1 which is relevant to the redundant switchover.

Industrial Ethernet plant bus

The automation systems (AS) communicate with one another

and with the engineering system and operator systems (serv-

ers/single stations) over the Industrial Ethernet plant bus. This

can be designed analogous to the OS LAN with standard

SIMATIC NET components such as switches, network cards,

communications processors (CP), cables etc. In the case of

small plants with up to 8 standard automation systems per oper-

ator system, single stations and servers can be operated cost-

effectively on the plant bus using "Basic Communication Ether-

net" (BCE) and a FastEthernet network card. The CP 1613 com-

munications processor is always required if more than 8 stan-

dard automation systems or fault-tolerant automation systems

are used.

As far as availability is concerned, ring topologies are always the

first choice for the plant bus. With particularly high availability re-

quirements, the plant bus can also be configured as a redundant

double ring (two CPs per AS CPU and OS server). Double faults

such as a switch failure on ring 1 with a simultaneous interruption

in the bus cable on ring 2 can then be tolerated. The two rings in

such a configuration are physically separated. The coupling

partners are linked together logically when configuring with

NetPro over a fault-tolerant S7 connection (4-way redundancy).

One switch each takes over the function of the redundancy man-

ager for each ring. The current switches of the SCALANCE

X-400, X-300, X-200 IRT and X-200 ranges can be used as the

redundancy manager in a ring.

Note:

Detailed information on Industrial Ethernet and on the network compo-

nents can be found in Catalog IK PI, in the A&D Mall, or in Catalog CA 01

under "Communication/Networks/SIMATIC NET communication sys-

tems".

AS 412H/

AS 414H/

AS 417H

Client Client

OS-LAN (Ethernet), ring 1 OS-LAN (Ethernet), ring 2

Redundant servers

Redundant Industrial Ethernet

plant bus (double ring)

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Introduction

9/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Function

Decision aid for Industrial Ethernet switches

Different types of switches can be used for the Industrial Ether-

net communication within the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system. In addition to the OSM/ESM switches, these are cur-

rently the following switches:

In order to support you when selecting, the following list shows

important properties of the various switch ranges.

SCALANCE X-400

71-Gbit ports and 100-Mbit ports (optical/electrical, number

and version depend on device)

7Modular design for flexible electrical or optical Industrial

Ethernet networks; variable network topology, type and num-

ber of ports (retrofitting of optical ports, extension by 8 further

ports with X414-3E)

7Digital inputs

7Redundant 24 V DC supply

7Redundancy manager for the ring

7Standby redundancy (redundant connection between two

rings)

7Many ports at one central position in the control cabinet

7IP20 protection

7Electrical 100-Mbit ports with collar for FastConnect cabling

system

7Router functionality (X414-3E; connection of two subnets)

7Support of office standards such as virtual LANs incl. priority

assignment (port-based VLANs), Rapid Spanning Tree

(RSTP), Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) or IP

Multicast filtering (e.g. for video applications) permits integra-

tion of automation networks into company networks

7Configuration of MAC address filters

7Slot numbering and labeling strips

7Option: C-PLUG swap medium for simple replacement of de-

vices in event of fault

SCALANCE X-300

7Compact design

7IP30 protection

7Gigabit ports and FastEthernet ports (optical/electrical; ver-

sion depends on device)

710 ports (3 x Gigabit and 7 x FastEthernet)

7Redundant 24 V DC supply

7Redundancy manager for the ring

7Standby redundancy between two rings

7Variable assembly (DIN rail, SIMATIC rail, horizontal and verti-

cal wall mounting)

7Electrical ports with collar for FastConnect cabling system

7Option: C-PLUG swap medium for simple replacement of de-

vices in event of fault

SCALANCE X-200 IRT

7Compact design

7IP30 protection

7100-Mbit ports (electrical/optical; number and version depend

on device)

7Max. 4 ports

7Redundant 24 V DC supply

7Redundancy manager for the ring

7Standby redundancy between two rings

7Variable assembly (DIN rail, SIMATIC rail, horizontal and verti-

cal wall mounting)

7Electrical ports with collar for FastConnect cabling system

7Option: C-PLUG swap medium for simple replacement of de-

vices in event of fault

SCALANCE X-200

7Compact design

7IP30 protection

7100-Mbit ports (electrical/optical; number and version depend

on device)

76 to 24 ports

7Redundant 24 V DC supply

7Redundancy manager for the ring

7Variable assembly (DIN rail, SIMATIC rail, horizontal and verti-

cal wall mounting)

7Electrical ports with collar for FastConnect cabling system

7Operation of SCALANCE X208 in temperature range from

-20to +70°C

7Option: C-PLUG swap medium for simple replacement of de-

vices in event of fault

OSM/ESM

7Standby redundancy between two rings

7Redundancy manager for the ring

7Digital inputs

7Configuration of MAC address filtersand had

■

Technical specifications

SCALANCE X

range Switches

X-400 SCALANCE X414-3E and X408-2

X-300 SCALANCE X308-2, X308-2LD and X310

X-200 SCALANCE X224, X216, X208, X212-2, X212-2LD,

X204-2 and X206-1LD

X-200 IRT SCALANCE X204 IRT, X202-2 IRT, X202-2P IRT,

X201-3P IRT and X200-4P IRT

Plant bus / OS-LAN Industrial Ethernet

Number of stations 1,023 per network segment

(IEEE 802.3 standard)

Number of switches Up to 50

Length of the network

• Local network Electrical: up to approx. 5 km

Optical: up to approx. 150 km

•WAN Worldwide with TCP/IP

Topol ogy Line, tree, ring, star

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Switches are active network components that specifically dis-

tribute data to the relevant addressees. SCALANCE X is the

modern range of Industrial Ethernet switches from SIMATIC NET.

The SCALANCE X family comprises product lines that comple-

ment each other and are carefully tuned to the specific automa-

tion task.

■

Application

The products referred to below from the SCALANCE X-400,

X-300, X-200 IRT and X-200 ranges are suitable for use in

SIMATIC PCS 7 systems.

SCALANCE X-400

SCALANCE X-400 switches are suitable for designing a plant

bus and OS-LAN (terminal bus) with an electrical or optical

Gigabit ring technology (non-redundant and redundant rings).

• SCALANCE X414-3E with 2 Gigabit Ethernet ports (electri-

cal/optical), 12 electrical FastEthernet ports and optionally

4 optical FastEthernet ports (BFOC); can be expanded by ex-

tender module with 8 electrical or 8 optical FastEthernet ports

(BFOC)

• SCALANCE X408-2 with 4 Gigabit Ethernet ports (electrical/

optical) and 4 FastEthernet ports (electrical/optical)

Both versions permit a maximum communications performance,

in particular with very large plants with comprehensive quantity

frameworks and expansive communication networks.

SCALANCE X-300

SCALANCE X-300 switches can be used to implement Industrial

Ethernet structures with a line, star or ring topology (non-redun-

dant and redundant rings) with transmission rates up to

1000 Mbit/s.

• SCALANCE X310 with 3 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports

and 7 electrical FastEthernet RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X308-2 with 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports

for glass multimode FO cables, 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet

RJ45 port and 7 electrical FastEthernet RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X308-2LD with 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC

ports for glass multimode FO cables, 1 electrical Gigabit

Ethernet RJ45 port and 7 electrical FastEthernet RJ45 ports

SCALANCE X-200 IRT

SCALANCE X-200 IRT switches are used for Industrial Ethernet

structures with a line, star or ring topology (non-redundant and

redundant rings) with transmission rates up to 100 Mbit/s.

• SCALANCE X204 IRT with 4 electrical RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X202-2 IRT with 2 electrical RJ45 ports and

2 optical BFOC ports for glass multimode FO cables

• SCALANCE X202-2P IRT with 2 electrical RJ45 ports and

2 POF (polymer optical fiber) ports

• SCALANCE X201-3P IRT with 1 electrical RJ45 port and

3POF ports

• SCALANCE X200-4P IRT with 4 POF ports

SCALANCE X-200

SCALANCE X-200 switches are suitable for Industrial Ethernet

structures with a line, star or ring topology with transmission

rates up to 100 Mbit/s (non-redundant and redundant rings).

However, they do not have a standby redundancy functionality

(see table with product characteristics).

• SCALANCE X208 with 8 electrical RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X204-2 with 2 optical glass FO ports and

4 electrical RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X224 with 24 electrical RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X216 with 16 electrical RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X208 with 8 electrical RJ45 ports

• SCALANCE X204-2 with 4 electrical RJ45 ports and 2 optical

BFOC ports for glass multimode FO cables

• SCALANCE X212-2 with 12 electrical RJ45 ports and 2 optical

BFOC ports for glass multimode FO cables

• SCALANCE X212-2LD with 12 electrical RJ45 ports and

2 optical BFOC ports for glass singlemode FO cables

• SCALANCE X206-1LD with 6 electrical RJ45 ports and

1 optical BFOC port for glass singlemode FO cables

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Example of the use of SCALANCE X414-3E switches in the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system

Switch

SCALANCE

X414-3E

ET 200M

Switch

SCALANCE

X414-3E

Switch

SCALANCE

X414-3E

PROFIBUS

ET 200M

PROFIBUS

Switch

SCALANCE

X414-3E

Switch

SCALANCE

X414-3E

Switch

SCALANCE

X414-3E

SIMATIC IT SIMATIC BATCHOperator Station

AS 414H/AS 417H

redundant controller

OS Server

(redundant)

1 Gbit/s terminal bus

1 Gbit/s plant bus

Engineering StationOperator Station Operator Station

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

Product characteristics

Summary of interfaces

1) With additional EM495-8 extender module

2) 2 additive plug-on media modules

3) With EM496-4 extender module and 4 plug-on media modules additive to 2)

Features X414-3E X408-2 X310,

X308-2,

X308-2LD

X204 IRT,

X202-2 IRT,

X202-2P

IRT

X201-3P

IRT,

X200-4P

IRT

X224,

X216 X212-2,

X212-2LD X208,

X206-1LD,

X204-2

Compact enclosure • • • • • •

LED diagnostics • • • • • • • •

SIMATIC world • • • • • • • •

2 x 24 V DC • • • • • • • •

Signaling contact • • • • • • • •

Local display (set button) • • • • • • • •

Diagnostics: Web, SNMP • • • • • • • •

PROFINET diagnostics • • • • • • • •

C-PLUG • • • • • • • •

Ring redundancy with RM • • • • • • • •

Standby redundancy • • • • •

IRT capability • •

Gigabit technology •••

Modular design • •

Digital inputs 8

IT features (VLAN, RSTP, IGMP, ...) •••

Layer 3 switching (IP routing) •

Module type Type and number of ports

Gigabit Ethernet 1000 Mbit/s Fast Ethernet 100 Mbit/s

Electrical (TP) Optical (FO) Electrical (TP) Optical (FO)

RJ45 socket SC socket RJ45 socket Plastic FO: (POF/

PCF)

SC RJ socket

Glass FO:

ST socket (BFOC

connection)

X414-3E

(Gigabit ports either optical or electrical) 22 (multimode or

singlemode) 12 / 201) – 42) / 123)

(multimode or

singlemode)

X408-2

(Gigabit and FastEthernet ports each either optical or

electrical)

44 (multimode or

singlemode) 4 – 42)(multimode or

singlemode)

X310 3 – 7 – –

X308-2 12 (multimode) 7 – –

X308-2LD 12 (singlemode) 7 – –

X204 IRT – – 4 – –

X202-2 IRT (optical and electrical ports additive) – – 2 – 2 (multimode)

X202-2P IRT (optical and electrical ports additive) – – 2 2 –

X201-3P IRT (optical and electrical ports additive) – – 1 3 –

X200-4P IRT – – – 4 –

X224 – – 24 – –

X216 – – 16 – –

X212-2 – – 12 –2 (multimode)

X212-2LD – – 12 –2 (singlemode)

X208 – – 8 – –

X206-1LD – – 6 – 1 (singlemode)

X204-2 (optical and electrical ports additive) – – 4 – 2 (multimode)

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SCALANCE X414-3E and X408-2

• Modular switches with IP20 protection for installation in control

cabinets; can be combined with media modules (X414-3E and

X408-2) and extenders (only X414-3E)

• Mounting possibilities: SIMATIC S7-300 rail or 35 mm DIN rail

• Redundant 24 V DC supply

• 10/100/1000 Mbit/s technology for different transmission me-

dia (8-core electric, twisted-pair or fiber-optic, multimode/

singlemode)

• Two (X414-3E) or four (X408-2) integral Gigabit Ethernet

twisted-pair interfaces (10/100/1000 Mbit/s, RJ45 sockets) for

connecting several switches together

• Node connection via 12 (X414-3E) or 4 (X408-2) Fast Ethernet

twisted-pair ports integrated in the switch (10/100 Mbit/s;

RJ45 sockets with retaining collar)

• Extender interface for expansion by 8 Fast Ethernet ports

(only X414-3E):

- Electrical ports with Fast Ethernet extender (can be docked

on right of switch) or

- optical ports with module extender and media modules

• Implementation of optical Gigabit rings with 2-port Gigabit

Ethernet media module for conversion of integral Gigabit

Ethernet ports to fiber-optic conductors (FOC):

- Module version for multimode (1000BaseSX ports for up to

750 m FOC) and

- singlemode (up to 70 km FOC, see Catalog IK PI)

• SCALANCE X414-3 has 2 slots for optical Fast Ethernet media

modules with 2 ports, SCALANCE X408-2 has 2 universal

slots which can be alternatively used for optical Fast Ethernet

or Gigabit Ethernet media modules with 2 ports

• Integration in optical 100-Mbit/s rings using plug-in 2-port

Fast Ethernet media module for multi-mode FOC (up to 3 km)

or alternatively single-mode FOC (up to 26 km)

• Optical interfacing of remote nodes via a second plug-in

2-port FOC media module for Fast Ethernet

• Hot swapping of extenders (only X414-3) and media modules

• Max. cable lengths between two modules for communication

via multimode FOC (for cables, see page 9/26):

- Up to 3000 m via 100BaseFX ports (100 Mbit/s)

- Up to 750 m via 1000BaseSX ports (1000 Mbit/s)

• Max. cable lengths between two modules for communication

via twisted-pair (for cables, see page 9/25):

- Up to 100 m via 10/100BaseTX (10/100 Mbit/s) or

1000BaseTX Ports (1000 Mbit/s)

• Detection of failure of a transmission link or a switch in the ring,

and activation of the replacement link within 0.3 s (also in

large networks):

- With Gigabit Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in ring)

just like

- with Fast Ethernet (SCALANCE X-400 switches in ring with

SCALANCE X-200, X-200 IRT or OSM/ESM)

• Standby functionality for redundant connection of two rings

• Slot numbering and labeling strips for unambiguous port iden-

tification

• Suitable for operating temperatures from 0 to +60 °C

Possible applications of media and extender modules with SCALANCE

X-414-3

234567891011

G_IK10_XX_10180G_IK10_XX_10180

Slot

number

e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring,

connecting four separate optical nodes

and up to twelve electrical nodes

e.g. for use in electrical gigabit ring,

connecting ten separate optical nodes

and up to twelve electrical nodes

EM496-4

extender

module

EM496-4

extender

module

e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring with

single mode for a distance of up to

10 km, connecting two separate opti-

cal nodes and up to twenty electrical

nodes

EM495-8

extender

module

EM495-8

extender

module

SCALANCE X414-3E

Gigabit

Fast

Ethernet

TP-Ports

Fast

Ethernet

MM492-2

oder

MM492-2LD

Gigabit

MM491-2

oder

MM491-2LD

Fast Ethernet

SCALANCE X414-3E

234567891011

MM491-2

oder

MM491-2LD

Fast Ethernet

SCALANCE X414-3E

12 13 14 15

234567891011

23456789101112131415

MM491-2LD

MM491-2

SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X414-3E

1213 2345678910111213

MM492-2LD

MM491-2

MM492-2

MM491-2

234567891011

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Possible applications of media modules with SCALANCE X-408-2

SCALANCE X-300

With the X310, X308-2 and X308-2LD switches from the

SCALANCE X-300 range, it is possible to implement line and star

topologies as well as low-cost electrical or optical ring topolo-

gies with transmission rates up to 1000 Mbit/s. All switches can

be used in the ring as redundancy managers. They additionally

support standby redundancy for bus configurations with two re-

dundant rings. As a redundancy manager, an X-300 switch mon-

itors the SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports, and

switches without interruption to the substitute link on failure of a

transmission link or a switch in the ring. Each X-300 switch has

3 Gigabit Ethernet ports and 7 FastEthernet ports which are de-

signed as follows depending on the device type:

• SCALANCE X310 with

- 3 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 ports (1000BaseTX)

- 7 electrical FastEthernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

• SCALANCE X308-2 with

- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass multimode FOC

(1000BaseSX)

- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)

- 7 electrical FastEthernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

• SCALANCE X308-2LD with

- 2 optical Gigabit Ethernet SC ports for glass singlemode

FOC (1000BaseFX)

- 1 electrical Gigabit Ethernet RJ45 port (1000BaseTX)

- 7 electrical FastEthernet RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

Features of the X-300 switches

• Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 protection, for

installation in control cabinets

• Mounting possibilities: DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300 rail, direct

wall mounting

• Redundant 24 V DC supply

• Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission

per TP ports 1000BaseTX with RJ45 sockets:

- Depending on the cable type, up to 90 m with IE FC cable,

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet and patch cable, up to 10 m with

TP-Cord (see page 9/23)

• Cable length between two devices with optical transmission:

- Up to 750 m via 1000BaseSX ports (1000 Mbit/s) and

Industrial Ethernet glass multimode FOC (see page 9/26 or

in Catalog IK PI)

- Up to 10 km via 1000BaseFX ports (1000 Mbit/s) and Indus-

trial Ethernet glass singlemode FOC (see Section "Passive

network components" in Catalog IK PI)

• Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission

per TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets:

- Depending on the cable type, up to 100 m with IE FC cable

and IE FC RJ45 Plugs (see page 9/23 or in Catalog IK PI)

- Up to 10 m with TP-Cord (see Section "Passive network com-

ponents" in Catalog IK PI)

• Permissible operating temperature for all device types: 0 to

+60°C

G_IK10_XX_10201

SCALANCE X408-2

MM492-2

MM492-2LD

Gigabit

MM491-2

MM491-2LD

Fast

Ethernet

2345678

MM492-2

MM491-2

MM492-2LD

Example 1

Example 2

e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring,

connecting up to six electrical nodes

for redundant connection of optical gigabit

rings via electrical gigabit segments,

connecting up to four electrical nodes.

Slot

number

optionally

Gigabit or

Fast Ethernet

e.g. for use in optical gigabit ring with

single mode for a distance of up to

10 km, connecting two separate optical

nodes and up to four electrical nodes.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SCALANCE X-200 IRT

With the X204 IRT, X202-2 IRT, X202-2P IRT, X201-3P IRT and

X200-4P IRT switches from the SCALANCE X-200 IRT range, it is

possible to implement line and star topologies as well as low-

cost electrical or optical ring topologies with transmission rates

up to 100 Mbit/s. All switches can be used in the ring as redun-

dancy managers, and additionally support the standby redun-

dancy for bus configurations with two redundant rings. As a

redundancy manager, an X-200 IRT switch monitors the

SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports, and

switches without interruption to the substitute link on failure of a

transmission link or a switch in the ring. Each X-200 IRT switch

has 4 FastEthernet ports which are designed as follows depend-

ing on the device type:

• SCALANCE X204 IRT with

- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

• SCALANCE X202-2 IRT with

- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multimode FOC

• SCALANCE X202-2P IRT with

- 2 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

- 2 optical POF (Polymer Optical Fiber) ports

• SCALANCE X201-3P IRT with

- 1 electrical RJ45 port (10/100BaseTX)

- 3 optical POF ports

• SCALANCE X200-4P IRT with

- 4 optical POF ports

Features of the X-200 IRT switches

• Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 protection, for

installation in control cabinets

• Mounting possibilities: DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300 rail, direct

wall mounting

• Redundant 24 V DC supply

• Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission

per TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets:

- Depending on the cable type, up to 100 m with IE FC cable

and IE FC RJ45 Plugs (see page 9/23 or in Catalog IK PI)

- Up to 10 m with TP-Cord (see Section "Passive network com-

ponents" in Catalog IK PI)

• Cable length of a segment with optical transmission:

- Up to 3 km via 100BaseFX ports with BFOC socket (corre-

sponds to ST socket) and Industrial Ethernet glass multi-

mode FOC (see page 9/26 or in Catalog IK PI)

- Up to 100 m via POF ports and Industrial Ethernet PCF

(Polymer Cladded Fiber) (see Section "Passive network

components" in Catalog IK PI)

- Up to 50 m via POF ports and Industrial Ethernet POF

(Polymer Optical Fiber) (see Section "Passive network com-

ponents" in Catalog IK PI)

• The permissible operating temperatures vary as follows de-

pending on the device type:

- -20 to +70°C (X204 IRT)

- -10 to +60°C (X202-2-IRT)

- 0 to +60°C (X202-2P IRT)

- 0 to +50°C (X201-3P IRT)

- 0 to +40°C (X200-4P IRT)

SCALANCE X-200

With the X208, X216, X224, X204-2, X212-2, X212-2LD and

X206-1LD switches from the SCALANCE X-200 range, it is pos-

sible to implement line and star topologies as well as low-cost

electrical or optical ring topologies with transmission rates up to

100 Mbit/s. All switches can be used in the ring as redundancy

managers. As a redundancy manager, an X-200 switch monitors

the SCALANCE X switches connected via its ring ports, and

switches without interruption to the substitute link on failure of a

transmission link or a switch in the ring.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

The SCALANCE X-200 switches have 6 to 24 FastEthernet ports

which are designed as follows depending on the device type:

• SCALANCE X224 with

- 24 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

• SCALANCE X216 with

- 16 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

• SCALANCE X208 with

- 8 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

• SCALANCE X204-2 with

- 4 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multimode FOC

• SCALANCE X212-2 with

- 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass multimode FOC

• SCALANCE X212-2LD with

- 12 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

- 2 optical BFOC ports (100BaseFX) for glass singlemode

FOC

• SCALANCE X206-1LD with

- 6 electrical RJ45 ports (10/100BaseTX)

- 1 optical BFOC port (100BaseFX) for glass singlemode FOC

Features of the X-200 switches

• Rugged metal enclosure of S7-300 format, IP30 protection, for

installation in control cabinets

• Mounting possibilities: DIN rail, SIMATIC S7-300 rail, direct

wall mounting

• Redundant 24 V DC supply

• Cable length between two devices with electrical transmission

per TP ports 10/100BaseTX with RJ45 sockets:

- Depending on the cable type, up to 100 m with IE FC cable

and IE FC RJ45 Plugs (see page 9/23 or in Catalog IK PI)

- Up to 10 m with TP-Cord (see Section "Passive network com-

ponents" in Catalog IK PI)

• Cable length of a segment with optical transmission via

100BaseFX ports with BFOC socket (corresponds to ST

socket):

- Up to 3 km with Industrial Ethernet glass multimode FOC

(see page 9/26 or in Catalog IK PI)

- Up to 26 km with Industrial Ethernet glass singlemode FOC

(see Section "Passive network components" in Catalog IK PI)

• The permissible operating temperatures vary depending on

the device type:

- -20 to +70°C (X208)

- -10 to +60°C (X204-2)

- 0 to +60°C (all others)

■

Technical specifications

Type SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X408-2

Transmission rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s

Interfaces

• Communications connection, electrical (see

also table "Summary of interfaces") In the basic device:

2 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP);

12 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

With extender modules:

8 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) via EM495-8

4 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s; TP);

4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

• Communications connection, optical (see also

table "Summary of interfaces") In the basic device:

up to 2 x glass FOC with SC sockets

(1000 Mbit/s) via MM492-2, MM492-2LD,

MM492-2LH or MM492-2LH+ media module;

up to 4 x glass FOC with BFOC sockets

(100 Mbit/s) via MM491-2 or MM491-2LD

media module

With extender modules:

up to 12 x glass FOC with BFOC sockets

(100 Mbit/s) via EM496-4 and MM491-2 or

MM491-2LD

Up to 4 x glass FOC with SC sockets (1000 Mbit/s)

via MM492-2 or MM492-2LD media module;

up to 4 x glass FOC with BFOC sockets

(100 Mbit/s) via MM491-2 or MM491-2LD media

module

• Extender interface EM495-8 or EM496-4 --

• Connection for power supply 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for signaling contact 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for digital input signals 2 x 5-contact terminal block --

• Slot for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG

Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24V DC (18to32V)

Current consumption <2000mA <700mA

Power loss at 24 V DC 15 W (without media and extender modules),

< 48 W (maximum configuration) 15 W (without media modules),

< 48 W (maximum configuration)

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Network size parameters / TP cable length

•0 to 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug

•0 to 85 m IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/ FRNC Cable

with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/ FRNC Cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug

• 0 to 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45

Plug IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug

• 0 to 750 m Cable length multimode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2 with glass FOC

50/125 µm;

≤ 2.7 dB/km with 850 nm;

≥600 MHz x km

Cable length multimode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2 with glass FOC

50/125 µm;

≤ 2.7 dB/km with 850 nm;

≥600 MHz x km

• 0 to 3000 m Cable length multimode FOC at 100 Mbit/s;

MM491-2 with glass FOC

62.5/125 µm or 50/125 µm;

≤ 1 dB/km with 1300 nm;

≥ 600 MHz x km

Cable length multimode FOC at 100 Mbit/s;

MM491-2 with glass FOC

62.5/125 µm or 50/125 µm;

≤ 1 dB/km with 1300 nm;

≥ 600 MHz x km

•0 to 10 km Cable length singlemode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2LD with glass FOC

10/125 µm or 9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

Cable length singlemode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2LD with glass FOC

10/125 µm or 9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

•0 to 26 km Cable length singlemode FOC at 100 Mbit/s;

MM491-2LD with glass FOC 10/125 µm or

9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

Cable length singlemode FOC at 100 Mbit/s;

MM491-2LD with glass FOC 10/125 µm or

9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

•0 to 40 km Cable length singlemode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2LH with glass FOC

10/125 µm or 9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

Cable length singlemode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2LH with glass FOC

10/125 µm or 9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

•0 to 70 km Cable length singlemode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2LH+ with glass FOC

10/125 µm or 9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

Cable length singlemode FOC at 1000 Mbit/s;

MM492-2LH+ with glass FOC

10/125 µm or 9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

Permissible ambient conditions

• Operating temperature 0 to +60 °C 0 to +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +80 °C -40 °C to +80 °C

• Relative humidity during operation < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)

Design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 344 x 145 x 117 275 x 145 x 117

•Weight 3.1 kg 1.9 kg

• Mounting S7-300 rail, DIN rail S7-300 rail, DIN rail

Degree of protection IP20 IP20

Approvals

• Radio interference suppression level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2

•cUL-Listung UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1,

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91

UL 1604 and 2279 (Hazardous Location)

UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1,

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No. 14-M91

UL 1604 and 2279 (Hazardous Location)

•FM FM 3611,

FM Hazardous Location FM 3611,

FM Hazardous Location

• ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021

•C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)

•CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

• Shipbuilding approvals • Germanischer Lloyd (GL)

• American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)

• Llyods Register of Shipping (LRS)

• Bureau Veritas (BV)

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai (NK)

• Det Norske Veritas (DNV)

Available soon

Type SCALANCE X414-3E SCALANCE X408-2

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Type SCALANCE X310 SCALANCE X308-2 SCALANCE X308-2LD

Transmission rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s 10/100/1000 Mbit/s

Interfaces

• Communications connection, electrical

(see also table "Summary of interfaces") 3 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s;

TP)

7 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

1 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s;

TP)

7 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

1 x RJ45 (10/100/1000 Mbit/s;

TP)

7 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

• Communications connection, optical (see also

table "Summary of interfaces") -- 2 x glass FO cable (multimode)

with SC socket (1000 Mbit/s) 2 x glass FO cable (single-

mode) with SC socket

(1000 Mbit/s)

• Connection for power supply 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block

• Slot for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG

Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24V DC (18to32V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V)

Current consumption 400 mA 400 mA 400 mA

Power loss at 24 V DC 9.6 W 9.6 W 9.6 W

Network size parameters / TP cable length

•0 to 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC

RJ45 Plug IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC

RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

•0 to 85 m IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/

FRNC Cable with IE FC RJ45

Plug

IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/

FRNC Cable with IE FC RJ45

Plug

IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/

FRNC Cable with IE FC RJ45

Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with

IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC Standard Cable GP with

IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 750 m -- Cable length multimode FOC at

1000 Mbit/s;

glass FOC 50/125 µm;

≤ 2.7 dB/km with 850 nm;

≥600MHz xkm

•0 to 10 km -- -- Cable length singlemode FOC

at 1000 Mbit/s;

10/125 µm or 9/125 µm;

≤ 0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

Permissible ambient conditions

• Operating temperature 0 to +60 °C 0 to +60 °C 0 to +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 to +80°C -40 to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C

• Relative humidity during operation < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)

Design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120 x 125 x 124 120 x 125 x 124 120 x 125 x 124

•Weight 1400 g 1400 g 1400 g

• Mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mount-

ing DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mount-

ing

Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30

Approvals

• Radio interference suppression level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2

•cUL-Listung UL 60950-1,

CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1;

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No.

14-M91;

UL 1604 and 2279

(Hazardous Location)

UL 60950-1,

CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1;

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No.

14-M91;

UL 1604 and 2279

(Hazardous Location)

UL 60950-1,

CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1;

UL 508, CSA C22.2 No.

14-M91;

UL 1604 and 2279

(Hazardous Location)

•FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611

• ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021

•C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)

•CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Type SCALANCE X204 IRT SCALANCE X202-2 IRT SCALANCE X202-2P IRT

Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s

Interfaces

• Communications connection, electrical (see

also table "Summary of interfaces") 4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 2 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 2 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

• Communications connection, optical (see also

table "Summary of interfaces") -- 2 x BFOC socket (100 Mbit/s) 2 x SC RJ socket (100 Mbit/s)

• Connection for power supply 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block

• Slot for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG

Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V)

Current consumption 200 mA 300 mA 300 mA

Power loss at 24 V DC 4.8 W 7.2 W 7.2 W

Network size parameters / TP cable length

•0 to 50 m -- -- POF 980/1000 with 650 nm

10 MHz x 100 m

•0 to 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC

RJ45 Plug IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC

RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

•0 to 85 m IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/

FRNC Cable with IE FC RJ45

Plug

IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/

FRNC Cable with IE FC RJ45

Plug

IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/

FRNC Cable with IE FC RJ45

Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 100 m -- -- PCF 200/230 with 650 nm

17 MHz x km

IE FC Standard Cable GP with

IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC Standard Cable GP with

IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC TP Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 3000 m -- Glass FOC 62.5/125 µm or

50/125µm;

≤ 1.0 dB/km with 1300 nm;

≥600 MHz x km

Permissible ambient conditions

• Operating temperature -20 °C to +70 °C -10 to +60 °C 0 to +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 °C to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C

• Relative humidity during operation < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)

Design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124

•Weight 780 g 780 g 780 g

• Mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall

mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail,

wall mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail,

wall mounting

Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30

Approvals

• Radio interference suppression level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2

•cUL-Listung UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2

No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2

No. 60950-1

•FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611

• ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021

•C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)

•CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

• Shipbuilding approvals • American Bureau of Shipping

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• Det Norske Veritas

• American Bureau of Shipping

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• Det Norske Veritas

• Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Type SCALANCE X201-3P IRT SCALANCE X200-4P IRT

Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s

Interfaces

• Communications connection, electrical (see

also table "Summary of interfaces") 1 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) --

• Communications connection, optical (see also

table "Summary of interfaces") 3 x SC RJ socket (100 Mbit/s) 4 x SC RJ socket (100 Mbit/s)

• Connection for power supply 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block

• Slot for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG

Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24V DC (18to32V)

Current consumption 350 mA 400 mA

Power loss at 24 V DC 8.4 W 9.6 W

Network size parameters / TP cable length

•0 to 50 m POF 980/1000 with 650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m POF 980/1000 with 650 nm 10 MHz x 100 m

•0 to 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug --

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP Torsion Cable

(0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

•0 to 85 m IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/ FRNC Cable

with IE FC RJ45 Plug --

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Marine/Trail-

ing/Flexible Cable (0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord --

• 0 to 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45

Plug --

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

PCF 200/230 with 650 nm 17 MHz x km PCF 200/230 with 650 nm 17 MHz x km

• 0 to 3000 m -- --

Permissible ambient conditions

• Operating temperature 0 to +50 °C 0 to +40 °C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C

• Relative humidity during operation < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)

Design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124

•Weight 780 g 780 g

• Mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting

Degree of protection IP30 IP30

Approvals

• Radio interference suppression level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2

•cUL-Listung UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

•FM FM 3611 FM 3611

• ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021

•C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)

•CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

• Shipbuilding approvals • Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/17

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Type SCALANCE X208 SCALANCE X206-1LD SCALANCE X204-2

Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s

Interfaces

• Communications connection, electrical (see

also table "Summary of interfaces") 8 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 6 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 4 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

• Communications connection, optical (see

also table "Summary of interfaces") -- 1 x BFOC socket (100 Mbit/s) 2 x BFOC socket (100 Mbit/s)

• Connection for power supply 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block

• Slot for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG C-PLUG

Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V)

Current consumption 185 mA 200 mA 215 mA

Power loss at 24 V DC 4W 4.8 W 5.16 W

Network size parameters / TP cable length

•0 to 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug IE TP Torsion Cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP

Torsion Cable (0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

•0 to 85 m IE FC Marine/Trailing/

Flexible/FRNC Cable with IE FC

RJ45 Plug

IE FC Marine/Trailing/Flexible/

FRNC Cable with IE FC RJ45

Plug

IE FC Marine/ Trailing/

Flexible/ FRNC Cable with IE FC

RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC

Marine/Trailing/Flexible Cable

(0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with

IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC Standard Cable GP with

IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable

(0 to 90 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 3 km -- -- Glass FOC 62.5/125 µm or

50/125 µm;

≤ 1.0 dB/km with 1300 nm;

≥600 MHz x km

•0 to 26 km -- Glass FOC or 9/125 µm single-

mode fiber;

0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

Permissible ambient conditions

• Operating temperature -20 to +70 °C 0 to +60 °C -10 to +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C

• Relative humidity during operation < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)

Design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124 60 x 125 x 124

•Weight 780 g 780 g 780 g

• Mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mount-

ing DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mount-

ing

Degree of protection IP30 IP30 IP30

Approvals

• Radio interference suppression level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2

•cUL-Listung UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2

No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2

No. 60950-1

•FM FM 3611 FM 3611 FM 3611

• ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021 EN 50021

•C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)

•CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

• Shipbuilding approvals • Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• American Bureau of Shipping

• Bureau Veritas

• Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• Bureau Veritas

• Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• Bureau Veritas

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Type SCALANCE X212-2 SCALANCE X212-2LD

Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s

Interfaces

• Communications connection, electrical (see

also table "Summary of interfaces") 12 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 12 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

• Communications connection, optical (see also

table "Summary of interfaces") 2 x BFOC socket (100 Mbit/s) 2 x BFOC socket (100 Mbit/s)

• Connection for power supply 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block

• Slot for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG

Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24V DC (18to32V)

Current consumption 330 mA 330 mA

Power loss at 24 V DC 7.92 W 7.92 W

Network size parameters / TP cable length

•0 to 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP Torsion Cable

(0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP Torsion Cable

(0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

•0 to 85 m IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/ FRNC Cable

with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/ FRNC Cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Marine/

Trailing/Flexible Cable (0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP

Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Marine/Trailing/

Flexible Cable (0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45

Plug IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 750 m Glass FOC 62.5/125 µm or 50/125 µm;

≤ 1.0 dB/km with 1300 nm; ≥600 MHz x km --

• 0 to 3 km -- Glass FOC or 9/125 µm singlemode fiber;

0.5 dB/km with 1300 nm

•0 to 26 km IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug

Permissible ambient conditions

• Operating temperature 0 to +60 °C 0 to +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C

• Relative humidity during operation < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)

Design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120 x 125 x 124 120 x 125 x 124

•Weight 1200 g 1200 g

• Mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting

Degree of protection IP30 IP30

Approvals

• Radio interference suppression level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2

•cUL-Listung UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

•FM FM 3611 FM 3611

• ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021

•C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)

•CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

• Shipbuilding approvals • Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• Bureau Veritas

• Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• Bureau Veritas

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/19

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Type SCALANCE X216 SCALANCE X224

Transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s

Interfaces

• Communications connection, electrical (see

also table "Summary of interfaces") 16 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP) 24 x RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s; TP)

• Communications connection, optical (see also

table "Summary of interfaces") -- --

• Connection for power supply 1 x 4-contact terminal block 1 x 4-contact terminal block

• Connection for signaling contact 1 x 2-contact terminal block 1 x 2-contact terminal block

• Slot for swap medium C-PLUG C-PLUG

Power supply 2 x 24 V DC (18 to 32 V) 2 x 24V DC (18to32V)

Current consumption 240 mA 350 mA

Power loss at 24 V DC 5.76 W 8.4 W

Network size parameters / TP cable length

•0 to 55 m IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE TP Torsion Cable with IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP Torsion Cable

(0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE TP Torsion Cable

(0 to 45 m)

+ 10 m TP Cord

•0 to 85 m IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/ FRNC Cable

with IE FC RJ45 Plug IE FC Marine/ Trailing/ Flexible/ FRNC Cable with

IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Marine/Trailing/

Flexible Cable (0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord IE FC Outlet RJ45 with IE FC Marine/Trailing/

Flexible Cable (0 to 75 m) + 10 m TP Cord

• 0 to 100 m IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45

Plug IE FC Standard Cable GP with IE FC RJ45 Plug

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

IE FC Outlet RJ45 with

IE FC Standard Cable GP

(0 to 90 m) + 10 m TP Cord

Permissible ambient conditions

• Operating temperature 0 to +60 °C 0 to +60 °C

• Transport/storage temperature -40 to +80 °C -40 to +80 °C

• Relative humidity during operation < 95% (no condensation) < 95% (no condensation)

Design

• Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120 x 125 x 124 120 x 125 x 124

•Weight 1200 g 1200 g

• Mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting DIN rail, S7-300 rail, wall mounting

Degree of protection IP30 IP30

Approvals

• Radio interference suppression level EN 61000-6-4 Class A EN 61000-6-4 Class A

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2 EN 61000-6-2

•cUL-Listung UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1 UL 60950-1, CSA C22.2 No. 60950-1

•FM FM 3611 FM 3611

• ATEX Zone 2 EN 50021 EN 50021

•C-Tick AS/NZS 2064 (Class A) AS/NZS 2064 (Class A)

•CE EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4 EN 61000-6-2, EN 61000-6-4

• Shipbuilding approvals • Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• American Bureau of Shipping

• Bureau Veritas

• Lloyds Register of Shipping

• Det Norske Veritas

• Germanischer Lloyd

• Nippon Kaiji Kyokai

• American Bureau of Shipping

• Bureau Veritas

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

SCALANCE X Industrial Ethernet switches

9/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

E) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5A991

Note:

For further components and accessories, especially cable material and

connectors as well as tools and supplementary material for assembly, re-

fer to page 9/23, 9/25 and 9/26 as well as to Catalog IK PI.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Industrial Ethernet switches, transmission rate 10/100/1000 Mbit/s

for electrical and/or optical Industrial Ethernet networks, especially for

Fast Ethernet and Gigabit rings

SCALANCE X-400 Industrial

Ethernet switches

• SCALANCE X414-3E

2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and

12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;

1 x Gigabit Ethernet and

2 x Fast Ethernet media module

slots;

1 x Extender interface

6GK5 414-3FC00-2AA2

• SCALANCE X408-2

4 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s and

4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports;

2 x Gigabit/Fast Ethernet media

module slots

6GK5 408-2FD00-2AA2

MM491/MM492 media modules

Media modules with 2 ports;

1 Gbit/s, SC connection

• MM492-2 media module

1000BaseSX, multi-mode

FO cable up to 750 m

6GK5 492-2AL00-8AA2 B)

• MM492-2LD media module

1000BaseLX, single-mode

FO cable up to 10 km

6GK5 492-2AM00-8AA2 E)

• MM492-2LH media module

1000BaseLX, single-mode

FO cable up to 40 km

6GK5 492-2AN00-8AA2

• MM492-2LH+ media module

1000BaseLX, single-mode

FO cable up to 70 km

6GK5 492-2AP00-8AA2

Media modules with 2 ports;

100 Mbit/s, BFOC connection

(ST sockets)

• MM491-2 media module

100BaseFX, multi-mode FO

cable up to 3 km

6GK5 491-2AB00-8AA2

• MM491-2LD media module

100BaseFX long distance, sin-

gle-mode FO cable up to 26 km

6GK5 491-2AC00-8AA2

EM495/EM496 extender mod-

ules for SCALANCE X414-3E

• EM495-8 extender module

with 8 x 10/100 Mbit/s TP ports 6GK5 495-8BA00-8AA2

• EM496-4 extender module

with 4 slots for 100 Mbit/s media

modules

6GK5 496-4MA00-8AA2

Industrial Ethernet switches, transmission rate 10/100 Mbit/s

for Industrial Ethernet line, star or ring topologies

SCALANCE X-300 Industrial

Ethernet switches

• SCALANCE X310

3 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45

ports

7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

6GK5 310-0FA00-2AA3

• SCALANCE X308-2

2 x 1000 Mbit/s multimode SC

ports (1000BaseSX)

1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45

port

7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

6GK5 308-2FL00-2AA3

• SCALANCE X308-2LD

2 x 1000 Mbit/s singlemode SC

ports (1000BaseFX)

1 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s RJ45

port

7 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

6GK5 308-2FM00-2AA3

SCALANCE X-200 IRT Industrial

Ethernet switches

• SCALANCE X204 IRT

4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 6GK5 204-0BA00-2BA3

• SCALANCE X202-2 IRT

2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,

2 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC

ports (100BaseFX)

6GK5 202-2BB00-2BA3

• SCALANCE X202-2P IRT

2 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports,

2 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ

ports

6GK5 202-2BH00-2BA3

• SCALANCE X201-3P IRT

1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 port,

3 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ

ports

6GK5 201-3BH00-2BA3

• SCALANCE X200-4P IRT

4 x 100 Mbit/s POF/PCF SC RJ 6GK5 200-4AH00-2BA3

SCALANCE X-200 Industrial

Ethernet switches

with electrical ports and optical

ports for glass multimode FO

cable up to 3 km

• SCALANCE X204-2

4 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

2 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC

ports (100BaseFX)

6GK5 204-2BB10-2AA3

• SCALANCE X212-2

12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

2 x 100 Mbit/s multi-mode BFOC

ports (100BaseFX)

6GK5 212-2BB00-2AA3

SCALANCE X-200 Industrial

Ethernet switches

with electrical ports and optical

ports for glass singlemode FO

cable up to 26 km

• SCALANCE X206-1LD

6 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode

BFOC ports (100BaseFX)

6GK5 206-1BC10-2AA3

• SCALANCE X212-2LD

12 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports

2 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode

BFOC ports (100BaseFX)

6GK5 212-2BC00-2AA3

SCALANCE X-200 Industrial

Ethernet switches

with electrical ports

• SCALANCE X208

8 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 6GK5 208-0BA10-2AA3 E)

• SCALANCE X216

16 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 6GK5 216-0BA00-2AA3

• SCALANCE X224

24 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 ports 6GK5 224-0BA00-2AA3

Accessory for Industrial Ethernet switches

C-PLUG

Swap medium for simple replace-

ment of devices in event of fault;

for saving of configuration and

application data, can be used in

SIMATIC NET products with

C-PLUG slot

6GK1 900-0AB00 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

OSM/ESM/OMC Industrial Ethernet switches

9/21

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The Industrial Ethernet OSM and ESM switches are used to con-

struct Industrial Ethernet networks at the control level:

• The modules are interconnected (backbone) at 100 Mbit/s

over

- Glass fiber-optic cables (FO) for OSM

- Twisted pair cables for ESM

• Connection of data terminals or network segments depending

on the OSM/ESM type through

- 2 to 8 twisted pair ports 10/100BaseTX in RJ45 or 9-pole

Sub-D design for 10/100 Mbit/s

- 3 or 8 FO ports 100BaseFX with BFOC interface (ST socket)

for 100 Mbit/s

• Integral redundancy manager supports high-speed media re-

dundancy also for large networks

• Very easy network configuration and extension without com-

plex configuration rules or parameterization

■

Application

Industrial Ethernet OSM and ESM

The Industrial Ethernet OSM (Optical Switch Module) and ESM

(Electrical Switch Module) are used in the construction of

switched networks with data transmission rates of 100 Mbit/s in

the control level range, in which strict demands are placed on

network availability and comprehensive diagnostics are re-

quired.

In existing networks, load decoupling and thus increased net-

work performance can be achieved by creating segments (di-

viding a network into subnetworks/segments) and connecting

these segments to an OSM/ESM.

The redundancy manager integrated into OSM/ESM allows In-

dustrial Ethernet rings to be constructed in switching technology

with high-speed switching over of the communication path on

failure of a switch or interruption in the transmission path (recon-

figuration time max. 0.3 seconds).

The transmission rate in the ring is 100 Mbit/s; for each ring, up

to 50 Industrial Ethernet OSMs (optical ring) or ESMs (electrical

ring) can be used. Apart from the 2 ring ports, OSM/ESM has

other ports (with either RJ45, ITP or BFOC interfaces) to which

data terminals or network segments can be connected.

Selection support for the various product versions of OSM is pro-

vided by the table under "Technical specifications".

Industrial Ethernet media converter

Industrial Ethernet nodes with RJ45 TP interface can be con-

nected via an Industrial Ethernet media converter to one of the

8 optical ports of an OSM BC08. The two types of media con-

verter SCALANCE X101-1 or X101-1LD convert the electric

twisted-pair interface, port type 10/100BaseTX (10/100 Mbit/s,

RJ45 socket) as follows:

• X101-1: into an optical interface for multimode glass FOC

• X101-1LD: into an optical interface for singlemode glass FOC

The port type of the optical interface is 100BaseFX in each case

(100 Mbit/s; 2 x BFOC socket).

Notes:

Just like the OMC TP11 media converter, the SCALANCE X101-1 does

not support diagnostics per SNMP protocol.

For further information on the Industrial Ethernet media converter, see

Catalog IK PI, Section "Active network components - Industrial Ethernet

media converter".

■

Technical specifications

Selection support for product versions of OSM and ESM

1) TP cable preferably inside a control cabinet

2) For cross-building connection of Fast Ethernet networks with OSM

3) For design of an optical network, where TP cables are preferably only used

inside control cabinets

4) Connects a station with RJ45-TP interface to one of the 8 optical ports of

an OSM BC08

5) Inside buildings

6) Inside switchrooms

Type and

number of ports Preferentially

for use

RJ45 (TP)

Sub-D (ITP)

Multi-mode FO

Single-mode FO

With

high

EMC

For

plant

bus

For ter-

minal

bus

(OS-

LAN)

OSM TP22 2 – 2 – n1) n n

OSM ITP62

(Standard) – 6 2 – n n n

OSM TP62 6 – 2 – n n

OSM ITP62-LD – 6 – 2 n n n

OSM ITP53 – 5 3 – n n 2) n2)

OSM BC08 ––- 8 – n3) n3) n3)

SCALANCE

X101-1 1–- 1 – n4) n4) n4)

SCALANCE

X101-1LD 1–- –- 1n4) n4) n4)

ESM ITP80 – 8 – – n n 5) n

ESM TP40 4 – – – n6) n

ESM TP80 8 – – – n6) n

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

OSM/ESM/OMC Industrial Ethernet switches

9/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

E) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5A991

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Industrial Ethernet OSM TP22

Optical switch module with 2 fiber

optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 2 RJ45

ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 4 digital

inputs; redundant 24 V DC supply

and signal contact; with network

management

6GK1 105-2AE00

Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP62

Optical switch module with 2 fiber

optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 ITP ports

10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs;

redundant 24 V DC supply and

signal contact; with network man-

agement

6GK1 105-2AA10

Industrial Ethernet OSM TP62

Optical switch module with 2 fiber

optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 6 RJ45

ports 10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital

inputs; redundant 24 V DC supply

and signal contact; with network

management

6GK1 105-2AB10

Industrial Ethernet

OSM ITP62-LD

Optical switch module with 2 fiber

optic ports 100 Mbit/s long dis-

tance (single-mode fiber optic

cable up to 26 km), 6 ITP ports

10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs;

redundant 24 V DC supply and

signal contact; with network man-

agement

6GK1 105-2AC10

Industrial Ethernet OSM ITP53

Optical switch module with 3 fiber

optic ports 100 Mbit/s, 5 ITP ports

10/100 Mbit/s and 8 digital inputs;

redundant 24 V DC supply and

signal contact; with network man-

agement,

for cross-building connection of

two Fast Ethernet networks with

OSM

6GK1 105-2AD10

Industrial Ethernet ESM TP40

Electrical switch module with

4 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and

4 digital inputs; redundant

24 V DC supply and signal con-

tact; with network management,

preferably for OS-LAN

6GK1 105-3AC00

Industrial Ethernet ESM ITP80

Electrical switch module with

8 ITP ports 10/100 Mbit/s and

8 digital inputs; redundant

24 V DC supply and signal con-

tact; with network management,

preferably for OS-LAN

6GK1 105-3AA10

Industrial Ethernet ESM TP80

Electrical switch module with

8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s and

8 digital inputs; redundant

24 V DC supply and signal con-

tact; with network management,

preferably for OS-LAN

6GK1 105-3AB10

Industrial Ethernet OSM BC08

Optical switch module with 8 fiber

optic ports 100 Mbit/s and

8 digital inputs; redundant

24 V DC supply and signal con-

tact; with network management

6GK1 105-4AA00

SCALANCE X101-1 Industrial

Ethernet media converter

For conversion from RJ45 TP to

multimode fiber optic cable

(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s;

1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port and

1 x 100 Mbit/s multimode BFOC;

redundant 24 V supply and signal

contact

6GK5 101-1BB00-2AA3 E)

SCALANCE X101-1LD Industrial

Ethernet media converter

For conversion from RJ45 TP to

singlemode fiber optic cable

(BFOC) with 100 Mbit/s;

1 x 10/100 Mbit/s RJ45 Port and

1 x 100 Mbit/s singlemode BFOC;

redundant 24 V supply and signal

contact

6GK5 101-1BC00-2AA3 E)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Passive network components: FastConnect

9/23

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Industrial Ethernet FastConnect (IE FC) is a fast assembly sys-

tem with insulation displacement for easy assembly and wiring

of 4-core and 8-core IE FC cables. Using the FC Stripping Tool it

is possible to remove the outer casing and the woven shield of

the IE FC cable accurately in a single step. The cable prepared

in this manner is subsequently assembled on the contacts of the

connection element.

■

Application

Connection elements

The connection elements which can be used depend on

whether the transmission rate is 10/100 Mbit/s or 1000 Mbit/s:

• IE FC RJ45 Plug 90/180 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association with

4-core (2 x 2) IE FC cables

• IE FC Outlet RJ45 (10/100 Mbit/s) in association with 4-core

(2 x 2) IE FC cables

• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s) with 8-core

(4 x 2) IE FC cables

The following table provides an overview of the available

switches, the transmission rates they support, and the IE FC

standard cables and IE FC connection elements which can be

used. In addition to the IE FC standard cables, Catalog IK PI of-

fers further IE FC cables with special properties.

IE FC RJ45 Plugs

The IE FC RJ45 Plugs are the ideal solution for communication

links with a transmission rate up to 100 Mbit/s. They permit sim-

ple, fast and direct assembly of the 4-core (2 x 2) twisted pair

(TP) FastConnect installation cables in the field (without patch

technology) up to a cable length of 100 m. Since the IE FC RJ45

Plugs have no parts which can be lost, assembly is also possible

under difficult conditions.

IE FC Outlet RJ45 and IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

Alternatives for conversion from RJ45 to the insulation displace-

ment system are the

• IE FC Outlet RJ45 for 4-core TP (2 x 2) IE FC cables and trans-

mission rates up to 100 Mbit/s and

• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet for 8-core TP (4 x 2) IE FC cables

and transmission rates up to 1000 Mbit/s.

The latter has the advantage that the existing wiring can still be

used if the communication is converted from 100 Mbit/s to

1000 Mbit/s. It is only necessary to replace the 2FE insert by one

of type 1GE. In contrast to the plugs, an RJ45 patch cable

(TP Cord) is additionally required for each outlet which connects

this to the network components or data terminal.

Detailed information on the FastConnect Outlets and the avail-

able TP Cords can be found in Catalog IK PI, Section "Industrial

Ethernet", and in the A&D Mall, or in CA 01 under "Communica-

tion/networks / SIMATIC NET communication systems".

Further information on network structures is provided in the man-

ual for TP and fiber-optic networks.

■

Design

IE FC RJ45 plug with 90° outgoing cable (left) and with 180° outgoing

cable (right)

Switches X414-3E, X408-2, X310, X308-2,

X308-2LD, X204 IRT, X202-2 IRT,

X202-2P IRT, X201-3P IRT, X224,

X216, X212-2, X212-2LD, X208,

X206-1LD,X204-2, ESM

X414-3E,

X408-2

Port type 10/100BaseTX 1000BaseTX

Transmission

rate 10/100 Mbit/s 1.000 Mbit/s

Max. cable

length 100 m 100 m

Cable type IE FC Standard

Cable 2 x 2 IE FC Standard

Cable 4 x 2 IE FC Standard

Cable 4 x 2

Connection

elements IE FC RJ45

Plug 90/180,

alternative: IE FC

Outlet RJ45

+ TP Cord

IE FC RJ45

Modular Outlet

with insert 2FE

+ TP Cord

IE FC RJ45

Modular Outlet

with insert 1GE

+ TP Cord

SCALANCE X-400

1000 Mbit/s connection

SIMATIC PCS 7

automation

system

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet

Insert 1GE

IE FC Standard Cable 4x2

IE FC RJ45 Modular

Outlet Insert 1GE

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Passive network components: FastConnect

9/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Industrial Ethernet FastConnect RJ45 Plugs are available in two

versions:

• with 180° (straight) outgoing cable,

• with 90° (angled) cable outlet.

They are used for optimized connection of Industrial Ethernet

FastConnect cables to data terminals and network components.

The plugs have a rugged, industry-compatible metal housing

that provides optimum protection against faults in data commu-

nication. The 4 integral insulation displacement contacts permit

simple, fault-free contacting of the various types of FC cable.

Following introduction of the stripped ends of the cables into the

tipped-up barrel contacts, the latter are pressed down for secure

contacting of the conductors.

The IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet (Base Module) designed for

transmission rates up to 1,000 Mbit/s consists of a rugged metal

housing with IP40 degree of protection which is suitable for both

DIN rail and wall mounting. It has 8 barrel contacts for connect-

ing 8-core Industrial Ethernet FC installation cables and an inter-

face for the replaceable insert, e.g.:

• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 2FE with 2 x RJ45 sockets

for 100 Mbit/s

• IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet Insert 1GE with 1 x RJ45 socket for

1,000 Mbit/s

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Industrial Ethernet

FCStandardCable GP2x2

For universal use, for connection

to IE FC Outlet RJ45 or IE FC

RJ45, 4-core (2 x 2), shielded

• Cut-to-length;

max. delivery length 1,000 m,

minimum ordering length 20 m

6XV1 840-2AH10

• Preferred length 1,000 m 6XV1 840-2AU10

Industrial Ethernet

FCStandardCable GP4x2

For universal use, for connection

to IE FC Modular Outlet RJ45,

8-core (4 x 2), shielded

• Cut-to-length;

max. delivery length 1,000 m,

minimum ordering length 20 m

6XV1 870-2E

Industrial Ethernet

FC Stripping Tool

Preadjusted stripping tool for fast

stripping of Industrial Ethernet FC

cables

6GK1 901-1GA00

Industrial Ethernet FC Blade

Cassettes

Spare blade cassettes for the

FC stripping tool, 5 cassettes

6GK1 901-1GB00

IE FC RJ45 Plug 180

RJ45 plug connector for Industrial

Ethernet with a rugged metal

housing and integrated insulation

displacement contacts for con-

necting Industrial Ethernet FC

installation cables; with 180°

cable outlet; for network compo-

nents and CPs/CPUs with Indus-

trial Ethernet interface

• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB10-2AE0

Industrial Ethernet FC RJ45

Plug 90

RJ45 plug connector for Industrial

Ethernet with a rugged metal

housing and integrated insulation

displacement contacts for con-

necting Industrial Ethernet FC

installation cables; with 90° cable

outlet

• 1 pack = 1 unit 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AA0

• 1 pack = 10 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AB0

• 1 pack = 50 units 6GK1 901-1BB20-2AE0

Industrial Ethernet

FC Outlet RJ45 6GK1 901-1FC00-0AA0

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with

Insert 1GE

FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for

Industrial Ethernet with a replace-

able insert for 1 x 1,000 Mbit/s

interface

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with

Insert 2FE

FastConnect RJ45 Outlet for

Industrial Ethernet with a replace-

able insert for 2 x 100 Mbit/s inter-

face

For further IE FC RJ45 Modular

Outlet versions and replaceable

inserts, see Catalog IK PI

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1

Documentation

Manual for TP and fiber-optic

networks

Network architecture, compo-

nents, configurations, installation

•German 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA0

• English 6GK1 970-1BA10-0AA1

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Passive network components:

ITP cables and connectors

9/25

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Electrical transmission media

Terminals can be connected through industrial twisted pairs

(ITPs). The preassembled ITP standard cable with Sub-D con-

nectors is available for connection between stations and network

components. Line lengths of up to 100 m can be achieved while

saving on patch technology.

The ITP standard cable 9/15 is equipped with a 9-pin and a

15-pin connector. The cable is used for direct connection of ter-

minals with ITP interface to Industrial Ethernet components with

ITP interface.

The ITP XP standard cable 9/9 is equipped with two 9-pin con-

nectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of two Indus-

trial Ethernet network components with ITP interface.

The ITP XP standard cable 15/15 is equipped with two 15-pin

connectors. This cable is crossed for direct connection of two

terminals with ITP interface.

The Industrial Ethernet ITP connectors have Sub-D connectors

made of metal and are available in two versions:

• 9-pin plug with straight cable outlet, for connection to

OSM/ESM, OLM or ELM

• 15-pin plug with variable cable outlet, for connection to termi-

nals with ITP interface

Alternatively, the terminals can also be connected to twisted pair

(TP cord) cables. Detailed information on TP cord cables can be

found in the IK PI catalog, in the A&D Mall or in CA 01 at "Com-

munication/Networks / SIMATIC NET communication systems".

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

ITP Standard Cable for

Industrial Ethernet

Not preassembled, cut-to-length

2 x 2-core, without connectors

For connection of a terminal; for

self-assembly of connectors or for

the connection between patch

panel and socket

6XV1 850-0AH10

ITP Standard Cable 9/15

ITP installation cable for direct

connection of terminals with ITP

interface to Industrial Ethernet

network components with ITP

interface;

with a 9-pin and a 15-pin Sub-D

plug

•2 m 6XV1 850-0BH20

•5 m 6XV1 850-0BH50

•8 m 6XV1 850-0BH80

•12 m 6XV1 850-0BN12

•15 m 6XV1 850-0BN15

•20 m 6XV1 850-0BN20

•30 m 6XV1 850-0BN30

•40 m 6XV1 850-0BN40

•50 m 6XV1 850-0BN50

•60 m 6XV1 850-0BN60

•70 m 6XV1 850-0BN70

•80 m 6XV1 850-0BN80

•90 m 6XV1 850-0BN88

•100 m 6XV1 850-0BT10

ITP XP Standard Cable 9/9

Crossed ITP installation cable for

direct connection of two Industrial

Ethernet network components

with ITP interface;

with two 9-pin Sub-D plugs

•2 m 6XV1 850-0CH20

•5 m 6XV1 850-0CH50

•8 m 6XV1 850-0CH80

•12 m 6XV1 850-0CN12

•15 m 6XV1 850-0CN15

•20 m 6XV1 850-0CN20

•30 m 6XV1 850-0CN30

•40 m 6XV1 850-0CN40

ITP XP Standard Cable 15/15

Crossed ITP installation cable for

direct connection of two terminals

with ITP interface;

with two 15-pin sub-D plugs

•2 m 6XV1 850-0DH20

•6 m 6XV1 850-0DH60

•10 m 6XV1 850-0DN10

ITP Connector for Industrial

Ethernet

• 9-pin, for connection to

OSM/ESM, OLM or ELM 6GK1 901-0CA00-0AA0

• 15-pin, for connection to

terminals with ITP interface 6GK1 901-0CA01-0AA0

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Passive network components: Fiber-optic cables

9/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Optical transmission media

Glass fiber-optic cables are preferably used as the optical trans-

mission medium. The two types of cable offered are suitable for

above-ground routing indoors or outdoors. They are available in

fixed lengths, precut/preassembled with 2 x 2 BFOC connectors

(FIBER OPTIC standard cable) or 2 x 2 SC-connectors

(FO Standard Cable).

The FO Standard Cable with 2 x 2 SC connectors is required for

optical networks in the Gigabit range, e.g. for implementing op-

tical Gigabit Ethernet rings with SCALANCE X414-3E and

MM492-2 media modules.

■

Technical specifications

Switches X414-3E + MM492-2,

X408-2 + MM492-2 X414-3E + MM491-2,

X408-2 + MM491-2,

X212-2, X212-2LD,

X202-2 IRT, X206-1LD,

X204-2, OSM

Port type 1000BaseSX 100BaseFX

Transmission rate 1000 Mbit/s 10/100 Mbit/s

Max. cable length 750 m 3000 m

Cable type FO Standard Cable Fiber optic standard

cable

FO multimode fiber

type 50/125 µm 62.5/125 µm

Connector type 2 x 2 SC 2 x 2 BFOC (ST)

Cable type FO

Standard Cable FIBER OPTIC

Standard Cable

Applications Universal cable for

installation indoors and

outdoors

Delivery format Cut-to-length,

pre-assembled with

4 BFOC(ST) or

4 SC connectors

Cut-to-length,

pre-assembled with

4 BFOC connectors

(ST)

Cable type (stan-

dard designation) AT-W(ZN)YY

2x1G50/125 AT-VYY 2G62.5/125

3.1B200 + 0.8F600 F

Fiber type Multimode gradient

fiber 50/125 mm Multimode gradient

fiber 62.5/125 mm

Damping

• At 850 nm ≤ 2.7 dB/km ≤ 3.1 dB/km

• At 1300 nm ≤ 0.7 dB/km ≤ 0.8 dB/km

Modal bandwidth

• At 850 nm ≥ 600 MHz × km ≥ 200 MHz × km

• At 1300 nm ≥ 1200 MHz × km ≥ 600 MHz × km

Number of fibers 2 2

Cable design Segmentable Segmentable outer

conductor

Core type Hollow core, filled Compact core

Materials

• Basic element PVC, orange/black PVC, gray

• Strain relief Aramide fiber Kevlar fiber and impreg-

nated glass fiber

• Outer sheath/color

of cable PVC, green PVC, black

Mechanical charac-

teristics

• Dimensions of ba-

sic element 2.9 mm diam. (3.5 ± 0.2) mm diam.

• Cable dimensions 4.5 x 7.4 mm (6.3 × 9.8) ± 0.4 mm

• Cable weight Approx. 40 kg/km Approx. 74 kg/km

• Permissible tensile

force ≤ 500 N ≤ 500 N (temporary)

• Bending radius 70 mm ≥ 100 mm only on the

flat side

• Resistance to later-

al force 300 N/cm –

Permissible ambi-

ent conditions

• Routing and instal-

lation temperature -5 ... +50 ºC -5 ... +50 ºC

• Operating temper-

ature -25 ... +80 ºC -20 ... +60 ºC

• Storage temper-

ature -25 ... +80 ºC -25 ... +70 ºC

Behavior in fire –Flame-retardant to

IEC 60332-3 and

VDE 0482-266-2-4

Silicone-free Yes Yes

Resistance to min-

eral oils and grease Limited resistance –

UL/CSA approvals OFNG, UL1651

FT4/IEEE1202 –

UV-resistant Yes –

Rodent protection –Yes

Gigabit length

• 1000BaseSX 750 m –

• 1000BaseLX 2000 m –

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Passive network components: Fiber-optic cables

9/27

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

1) Special tools and specially trained personnel are required for

pre-assembling glass fiber-optic cables.

Other lengths and other fiber-optic cables can be found in

Catalog IK PI.

Note:

Supplementary components for the SIMATIC NET cable range

can be ordered from your local contact person. For technical

support, please contact:

J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS

Tel.: +49 911 750-4465

Fax: +49 911 750-9991

E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com

Further information on assembly is provided in the manual for TP

and fiber-optic networks.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

FO Standard Cable

50/125 1)

Preferred lengths, preassembled

with 2 x 2 SC connectors:

•1 m 6XV1 873-6AH10

•3 m 6XV1 873-6DH30

•5 m 6XV1 873-6DH50

•10 m 6XV1 873-6AN10

•20 m 6XV1 873-6DN20

•50 m 6XV1 873-6DN50

•100 m 6XV1 873-6AT10

•200 m 6XV1 873-6AT20

•300 m 6XV1 873-6GT30

FIBER OPTIC CABLE standard

cable

62.5/125, splittable 1)

Preferred lengths, preassembled

with 2 x 2 BFOC (ST) connectors:

•1 m 6XV1 820-5BH10 B)

•3 m 6XV1 820-5BH30 B)

•5 m 6XV1 820-5BH50 B)

•10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10 B)

•20 m 6XV1 820-5BN20 B)

•50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50 B)

•100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10 B)

•200 m 6XV1 820-5BT20 B)

•300 m 6XV1 820-5BT30 B)

BFOC (ST) connector set

For FIBER OPTIC CABLE

standard cable, 20 units

6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0 B)

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

System connection PCS 7 systems

9/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

Connection of single stations, servers and clients

SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems for engineering, operation and

monitoring (also via Internet/Intranet), batch control, route con-

trol, asset management or IT applications are distributed be-

tween various SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations of single

station, server or client design depending on the configuration.

Depending on their task and the associated integration into

the complete system, these SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial

Workstations are connected either only on the plant bus, only

on the OS LAN (terminal bus) or on both buses of the Industrial

Ethernet network. The redundant or non-redundant connection

is made using onboard interfaces, simple network cards or spe-

cial communications processors (e.g. CP 1613).

CP 1613

Connection to plant bus

Single stations and servers can be operated on the plant bus via

Basic Communication Ethernet (network card plus BCE license)

or CP 1613 communication. CP 1613 communication is always

required for ES/OS single stations and OS servers if an operator

system has more than 8 subordinate automation systems or if

fault-tolerant automation systems are used. In all other cases,

the more cost-effective Basic Communication Ethernet (BCE)

can be used instead.

BCE and CP 1613 communication is embedded in each case in

an alternative SIMATIC PCS 7 Workstation for single station and

server.

The separately available desktop adapter network card can also

be used for BCE. The BCE license is already included with SI-

MATIC PCS 7 Workstations. If you use alternative hardware in-

stead for your stations, you require an additional BCE license for

each station which communicates over the plant bus via BCE.

The CP 1613 communication delivered with SIMATIC PCS 7

Workstations for single stations and servers instead of BCE is

a combination of CP 1613 communications processor and

S7-1613 communications software. However, if fault-tolerant

automation systems are used, ES/OS single stations and

OS servers require the S7-REDCONNECT software instead of

the S7-1613 communications software. ES/OS single stations

and OS servers with S7-1613 communications software can be

accordingly upgraded in this case using the S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade (see also page 9/28).

Single stations and servers with BCE can also be subsequently

upgraded to CP 1613 communication. Depending on the above-

mentioned criteria, either the S7-1613 communications software

or the S7-REDCONNECT software is required in addition to the

CP 1613 communications processor.

Connection to OS LAN (terminal bus)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstations in client, server or single

station designs are connected as standard to the OS LAN via the

onboard Industrial Ethernet interface. In the case of servers or

single stations without a connection to the plant bus, the network

card envisaged for BCE can be used as an alternative.

The OS LAN can also have a redundant configuration, where two

rings are connected together via two pairs of switches (see also

"Introduction" at the beginning of the catalog section on Indus-

trial Ethernet). A "SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant Terminal Bus

Adapter Package", comprising server and desktop adapter net-

work cards, is required to connect the stations to the two rings of

the redundant OS LAN.

Connection of automation systems

The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems communicate with

other subsystems of the process control system (e.g. operator

system or engineering system) via the Industrial Ethernet plant

bus. The automation systems are connected to the plant bus us-

ing the CP 443-1 communications processor, also redundant in

the case of fault-tolerant systems.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

System connection PCS 7 systems

9/29

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

System connection of single stations, servers and clients

Desktop adapter network card

for BCE and as spare part for

redundant terminal bus

INTEL PCI network card for con-

nection to Industrial Ethernet

(10/100/1000 Mbit/s), with RJ45

connection

A5E00504378 B)

SIMATIC PCS 7 Redundant

Terminal Bus Adapter Package

Server and desktop adapter for

designing a redundant terminal

bus,

consisting of 2 Intel PCI network

cards for connection to Industrial

Ethernet (10/100/1000 Mbit/s),

with RJ45 connection

6ES7 652-0XX01-1XF0 B)

CP 1613 A2

PCI card for connection to

Industrial Ethernet, with ITP and

RJ45 connections

6GK1 161-3AA01 B)

SIMATIC NET S7-1613/2006 for

Industrial Ethernet

S7 communications software for

CP 1613,

runtime software, in 2 languages

(German, English), executes with

Windows 2000 Professional/

2000 Server/ XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-1CB64-3AA0

SIMATIC NET

S7-REDCONNECT/2006

Software for fail-safe S7 commu-

nication over redundant networks,

for CP 1613, runtime software, in

2 languages (German, English),

executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation, soft-

ware and electronic manual on

CD-ROM, license key on diskette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AA0

SIMATIC NET

S7-REDCONNECT/2006

Upgrade

Software for expansion of

S7-1613 to S7-REDCONNECT,

runtime software, in 2 languages

(German, English), executes with

Windows 2000 Professional/

2000 Server/ XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AC0

System connection of single stations and servers which are not

based on the SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation

PCS 7 BCE V7.0

Runtime license for plant bus

communication via standard net-

work card and Basic

Communication Ethernet; already

integrated in SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Workstations,

in 3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 650-1CD07-2YB5

System connection of automation systems

CP 443-1

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

Industrial Ethernet through

TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 com-

munication, S5-compatible com-

munication (SEND/RECEIVE) with

FETCH/WRITE with or without

RFC 1006, diagnostics expan-

sion, Multicast, commissioning

through LAN 10/100 Mbit/s, with

electronic manual on CD-ROM

6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)

9/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7 allows you to integrate mobile or stationary

remote clients into the OS-LAN (terminal bus) via a SCALANCE

W788-1PRO access point.

The following applications can be implemented in this manner:

• Use of additional remote OS clients (1 or 2 on IWLAN)

• Linking of Web clients to a SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server (1 or

2 on IWLAN)

• Remote access to an engineering station with application of

Remote Desktop (Windows XP or Server 2003 operating sys-

tem) or PC Anywhere, e.g. during commissioning

Mobile remote clients (e.g. notebooks) possessing a WLAN in-

terface can communicate with the access point via it. Stationary

remote clients in a desktop/tower housing (SIMATIC PCS 7 In-

dustrial Workstations) require a SCALANCE W746-1PRO Ether-

net client module for the IWLAN communication with the access

point.

SCALANCE W746-1PRO Ethernet client module and

SCALANCE W788-1PRO access point are both very rugged,

use state-of-the-art authentication and encryption procedures,

and guarantee high reliability of the radio channel.

Note:

Please note that Industrial Wireless LAN is not approved of as a terminal

bus (OS-LAN) or plant bus of SIMATIC PCS 7.

■

Design

SCALANCE W746-1PRO Ethernet client module

The SCALANCE W746-1PRO Ethernet client module is highly

suitable for integrating devices with an Industrial Ethernet con-

nection into Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio networks with

reliable communication. The SCALANCE W746-1PRO Ethernet

client module handles the radio connection for a maximum of

eight connected devices with Ethernet interface. If one of the

connected devices is exchanged, the Ethernet client module

recognizes this immediately and administers the new address.

Special features of the SCALANCE W746-1PRO Ethernet client

module

• Versatile power supply facilities (operation on 100 V to 240 V

AC network with PS791-1PRO power supply)

• Antenna diversity for reliable reception in complex radio envi-

ronments with two ANT795-4MR omnidirectional antennas

screwed onto the housing, can be replaced by other types

from the SCALANCE W700 range

• Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with

radio approval in more than 30 countries

• Conforms to the IEEE 802.11b/g and IEEE 802.11a standards

• High reliability through reservation of data transfer rate with

IWLAN communication with SCALANCE W788-1PRO access

point

• WPA and 128-bit encryption (AES) for high security against il-

legal access

• Rugged metal enclosure resistant to shock and vibration, and

with IP65 dust protection

• Suitable for ambient temperatures from -20 to +60°C (resistant

to condensation)

For further information and detailed technical specifications, re-

fer to Catalog IK PI, the A&D Mall or Catalog CA 01 under "Com-

munication/networks, SIMATIC NET communication systems, In-

dustrial mobile communication".

SCALANCE

X414-3

SCALANCE

X204-2/X208

OS-LAN

(terminal bus)

PCS 7

Web server

OS clients

Redundant

OS server

Engineering station

Access point

SCALANCE W788-1PRO

Ethernet

Client module

SCALANCE

W746-1PRO

Stationary

remote client

Mobile remote client

with WLAN interface

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)

9/31

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SCALANCE W788-1PRO access point

The SCALANCE W788-1PRO access point is highly suitable for

designing Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN) radio networks with

reliable communication. It has an Industrial Ethernet interface for

the connection to the wire-bound network.

Special features of the SCALANCE W788-1PRO access point

• Versatile power supply facilities (operation on 100 V to 240 V

AC network with PS791-1PRO power supply)

• Antenna diversity for reliable reception in complex radio envi-

ronments with two ANT795-4MR omnidirectional antennas

screwed onto the housing, can be replaced by other types

from the SCALANCE W700 range

• Transmission rate up to 54 Mbit/s at 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz with

radio approval in more than 30 countries

• Conforms to the IEEE 802.11b/g and IEEE 802.11a standards

• WPA and 128-bit encryption (AES) for high security against il-

legal access

• Rugged metal enclosure resistant to shock and vibration, and

with IP65 dust protection

• Suitable for ambient temperatures from -20 to +60°C (resistant

to condensation)

For further information and detailed technical specifications, re-

fer to Catalog IK PI, the A&D Mall or Catalog CA 01 under "Com-

munication/networks, SIMATIC NET communication systems, In-

dustrial mobile communication".

■

Integration

The data and power connections for the SCALANCE

W746-1PRO Ethernet client module and the SCALANCE

W788-1PRO access point can be made using a hybrid cable or

separate cables (preferably over short distances):

• With separate cables, a 4-core TP (2 x 2) IE FC Standard Ca-

ble (type A) is used as the data cable. This Industrial Ethernet

cable is connected on site to the supplied IP67 hybrid plug

connector. A Power M12 Cable Connector PRO is additionally

required for the power supply. IE FC Standard Cable and

Power M12 Cable Connector PRO must be ordered in addi-

tion.

Example of data and power supply connections using separate cables

• If the data and power supply are connected using one cable,

an FC Modular Outlet with power insert and the hybrid cable

must be ordered in addition. The hybrid connector included in

the scope of supply and the FC Modular Outlet with power in-

sert can be assembled and connected on site.

Example of data and power supply connections using a hybrid cable

• If 100 ... 240 V AC is available on site, the PS791-1PRO power

supply can be used (to be ordered in addition). It is supplied

including AC connector and cable to the Ethernet client mod-

ule/access point, but without AC cable.

SCALANCE

W746-1PRO

(remote client)

24 V DC

Power cable 2x0.75

with power M12 cable

connector PRO

IE FC cable 2x2

with hybrid

plug-in connector

SCALANCE X-400

24 V DC

IE FC RJ45 Modular

Outlet Power Insert

IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0,34

IE Hybrid

cable connector

SCALANCE

W788-1PRO

Communication

Industrial Ethernet

Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN)

9/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

G) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5A002ENC3

1) Order directly from:

HARTING Deutschland GmbH & Co KG

P.O. Box 2451

D-32381 Minden

Tel. +49 571-8896-0

Fax. +49 571-8896-354

E-mail: de.sales@HARTING.com

Internet: www.HARTING.com

Further information on country approvals

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/simatic-net/ik-info

■

More information

Note:

Supplementary components for the SIMATIC NET cable range

can be ordered from your local contact person. Technical advice

on this subject is available from:

J. Hertlein A&D SE PS

Tel. +49 (0)911/750 44 65

Fax. 0911/750 99 91

E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Stationary remote client

SCALANCE W746-1PRO

IWLAN Ethernet client module

with built-in radio interface;

IEEE 802.11b/g/a radio networks

at 2.4/5 GHz up to 54 Mbit/s.

Country approvals; WPA/AES;

Power over Ethernet (PoE),

IP65 protection (-20 to +60 °C)

for administration of the radio

connection of up to eight linked

devices with Industrial Ethernet

connection

Scope of delivery:

Two ANT795-4MR antennas,

IP67 hybrid connector, mounting

material,

manual on CD-ROM (German,

English)

• Country approvals for operation

outside the USA and Canada 6GK5 746-1ST00-2AA6 G)

• Country approvals for operation

in the USA and Canada 6GK5 746-1ST00-2AB6 G)

Access point

SCALANCE W788-1PRO

IWLAN access point with built-in

radio interface; IEEE 802.11b/g/a

radio networks at 2.4/5 GHz up to

54 Mbit/s. Country approvals;

WPA/AES; Power over Ethernet

(PoE), IP65 protection

(-20to+60°C)

Scope of delivery:

Two ANT795-4MR antennas,

IP67 hybrid connector, mounting

material,

manual on CD-ROM (German,

English)

• Country approvals for operation

outside the USA and Canada 6GK5 788-1ST00-2AA6 G)

• Country approvals for operation

in the USA and Canada 6GK5 788-1ST00-2AB6 G)

Components for system connection

Data and power connection via

separate lines

IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2

4-core (2 x 2), shielded TP instal-

lation cable for universal use, can

be connected to IE FC Outlet

RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug; cut-to-

length; max. delivery unit 1000 m,

minimum ordering quantity 20 m

6XV1 840-2AH10

Power M12 Cable Connector

PRO

Socket for connection of

SCALANCE W-700 for 24 V DC

supply; 4-pole, a-coded, with

mounting instructions, 3 units

6GK1 907-0DC10-6AA3

Data and power connection via

common line

IE FC Standard Cable GP 2 x 2

4-core (2 x 2), shielded TP instal-

lation cable for universal use, can

be connected to IE FC Outlet

RJ45/IE FC RJ45 Plug; cut-to-

length; max. delivery unit 1000 m,

minimum ordering quantity 20 m

6XV1 840-2AH10

IE FC RJ45 Modular Outlet with

Power Insert

Fast Connect RJ45 Modular

Outlet for Industrial Ethernet with

a power insert for 1 x 24 V and

1 x 100 Mbit/s interface

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3

IE Hybrid Cable 2x2 + 4x0.34

4-core, shielded installation

cable;

cut-to-length; max. delivery unit

1000 m, minimum ordering quan-

tity 20 m

6XV1 870-2J

IP 67 hybrid connector

(1 unit included in delivery of

SCALANCE W746/788)

Plug for connection of

SCALANCE W-700 to Industrial

Ethernet and Power over Ethernet

(PoE), with mounting instructions,

1unit

09 45 125 1300.001)

Power supply for 100 to 240 V AC

PS791-1PRO power supply

AC/DC power supply, 10 W,

IP65 (-20 to +60°C),

input: 90 to 265 V AC, output:

24 V DC,

metal enclosure

Scope of delivery:

AC power 3+PE cable connector,

DC power cord M12, mounting

material, operating instructions

(German, English)

6GK5 791-1PS00-0AA6 G)

Accessories

For antennas and further acces-

sories for access points and

Ethernet client modules, refer to

Catalog IK PI, the A&D Mall or

Catalog CA 01 under "Communi-

cation/networks, SIMATIC NET

communication systems,

Industrial mobile communication"

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communication

Industrial Security

Introduction

9/33

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Example of "defense in depth" security architecture

The progressive standardization, opening and networking of

control systems has been accompanied by an enormous in-

crease in security risks. The potential dangers arising from de-

structive programs such as computer viruses, worms or trojans

or from access by unauthorized personnel range from network

overloads or failures, theft of passwords and data, to unautho-

rized access to the process automation. Apart from material

damage, specifically targeted sabotage can also have danger-

ous consequences for people and the environment.

■

Function

With its pioneering security concept, SIMATIC PCS 7 offers com-

prehensive solutions for safeguarding a process engineering

plant that are based on a hierarchical security architecture (de-

fense in depth). The special feature of this concept is its inte-

grated approach. It is not just restricted to the use of individual

security methods (e.g. encryption) or devices (e.g. firewalls). Its

strengths lie more in the interaction of a host of security mea-

sures in the plant network. The security concept is described in

detail in the manual "SIMATIC PCS 7 recommendations and in-

formation", and comprises advice and recommendations (best

practices) on the following topics:

• Creation of a network architecture with defense in depth, com-

bined with the segmentation of the plant into security cells

• Network administration with name resolution, assignment of

IP addresses and division into subnetworks

• Operation of plants in Windows domains (active directory)

• Administration of the Windows and SIMATIC PCS 7 operator

privileges; integration of the SIMATIC PCS 7 operator privi-

leges into the Windows administration

• Reliable control of the clock synchronization in the Windows

network

• Management of security patches for Microsoft products

• Use of antivirus software and firewalls

• Support and remote access (VPN, IPSec)

On the system side, SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 supports the imple-

mentation of guidelines and recommendations of the security

concept by means of:

• Compatibility with the current versions of the antivirus soft-

ware: Trend Micro OfficeScan, Symantec Norton AntiVirus and

McAfee Virusscan

• Application of the local Windows XP firewall

• SIMATIC security control (SSC) for automatic setting of safety-

related parameters of DCOM, registry and Windows firewall

during the setup

• User administration and authentication by means of SIMATIC

Logon

• Integration of the SCALANCE S602, S612 and S613 industrial

security modules of SIMATIC NET

The manual "SIMATIC PCS 7 Security Concept, Recommenda-

tions and Advice" is available on the Internet via the SIMATIC

Guide for Technical Documentation under "SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control Systems & Migration".

You can find the SIMATIC Guide for Technical Documentation on

the Internet.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/simatic-docu

INTERNET

Plant bus 1

Terminal bus 1 (OS-LAN) Terminal bus 2 (OS-LAN)

Plant bus 2

Security cell

Firewall

Firewall Firewall

Security cell

Manufacturing Execution

System (MES)

Enterprise Resource

Planning (ERP)

Communication

Industrial Security

Industrial Security components

9/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SCALANCE S industrial security modules can safeguard in-

dustrial systems/devices or network segments of an Ethernet

against unauthorized access by means of a firewall. Some of

them, e.g. SCALANCE S612 and S613, additionally use encryp-

tion and authentication (VPN) to protect the data transmission

between systems/devices or network segments against data

manipulation and espionage.

■

Design

SCALANCE S industrial security modules

The following SCALANCE S industrial security modules can be

used in the context of the SIMATIC PCS 7 security concept:

• SCALANCE S602 industrial security module

with firewall functionality

• SCALANCE S612 industrial security module

with firewall functionality and VPN (Virtual Private Network)

functionality for up to 32 devices (up to 64 simultaneous VPN

tunnels)

• SCALANCE S613 industrial security module

with firewall functionality and VPN (Virtual Private Network)

functionality for up to 64 devices (up to 128 simultaneous VPN

tunnels); suitable for extended temperature range from -20 to

+70 °C.

Security functions of the SCALANCE S industrial security mod-

ules

• Firewall functionality (S602, S612 and S613)

- Filtering of data packets as well as enabling or blocking of

communication links on the basis of filter lists (packet filter

firewall); IP and MAC addresses can be filtered, as well as

communication protocols (ports) with incoming and outgo-

ing communication.

- Saving of access data in a log file; for verification purposes

and for recognition of attacks and derivation of preventive

measures.

• VPN functionality (S612 and S613)

- Secure authentication (identification) of the network notes

through monitoring and checking the incoming data traffic

using proven VPN mechanisms.

- Data encryption and data integrity checking for protection

against espionage and data manipulation; establishment of

VPN tunnels to other security modules

Configuration

Using the supplied configuration tool, it is easy to create and

configure the security modules which are to communicate se-

curely with one another. You do not require any special

IT knowledge.

The complete configuration can be saved on the optional swap

medium C-PLUG (order separately) and transmitted to another

security module. This permits easy and fast replacement of

modules in the event of a fault.

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

F) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D002ENC3

Note:

For further components and accessories, especially cable material and

connectors as well as tools and supplementary material for assembly, re-

fer to page 9/23, 9/25 and 9/26 as well as to Catalog IK PI.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SCALANCE S industrial security modules

SCALANCE S602

Industrial security module for

protection against unauthorized

access by means of Stateful

Inspection Firewall

6GK5 602-0BA00-2AA3 F)

SCALANCE S612

Industrial security module for

protection against unauthorized

access by means of Stateful

Inspection Firewall as well as for

protection of up to 32 devices per

VPN tunnel (up to 64 VPN tunnels

simultaneously)

6GK5 612-0BA00-2AA3 F)

SCALANCE S613

Industrial security module for

protection against unauthorized

access by means of Stateful

Inspection Firewall as well as for

protection of up to 64 devices per

VPN tunnel (up to 128 VPN tun-

nels simultaneously); suitable for

extended temperature range from

-20 to +70° C

6GK5 613-0BA00-2AA3 F)

Accessories

C-PLUG

Swap medium for simple replace-

ment of devices in event of fault;

for saving of configuration and

application data, can be used in

SIMATIC NET products with

C-PLUG slot

6GK1 900-0AB00 B)

Communication

PROFIBUS

Introduction

9/35

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Communication at field level with PROFIBUS

Distributed peripherals such as remote I/O stations with their

I/O modules, transmitters, drives, valves or operator terminals

communicate with the automation systems (controllers) at field

level through a powerful real-time bus system. This communica-

tion is characterized by:

• Cyclic transmission of process data

• Acyclic transfer of interrupts, parameters and diagnostics

data

PROFIBUS is predestined for these tasks because it enables

high-speed communication with the intelligent distributed I/Os

by means of a communications protocol (PROFIBUS DP) as well

as communication and simultaneous power supply for transmit-

ters and actuators (PROFIBUS PA).

PROFIBUS is simple, rugged and reliable, can be expanded on-

line by further distributed components, and can be used in both

standard environments and hazardous areas. It supports the co-

existence of field devices from different vendors on one line (in-

teroperability) as well as the vendor-independent exchangeabil-

ity of devices from one profile family.

■

Benefits

SIMATIC PCS 7 utilizes the benefits of the PROFIBUS from start

to finish:

7Small planning and engineering overheads as well as low

commissioning costs

7Optimum distributed system structure with low hardware and

space requirements

7Significantly reduced overhead for wiring, jumpering, distribu-

tion, power supply and field mounting

7High-speed communication with high measurement accuracy

7Efficient engineering, interoperability and replaceability of de-

vices through vendor-independent device description

7Short commissioning times through short loop tests, easy pa-

rameterization and the elimination of calibration work

7Bidirectional communication and high amounts of information

permit enhanced diagnostics functions for fast fault locating

and troubleshooting

7Optimum life cycle management through processing and

evaluation of diagnostics and status information by an asset

management system

■

Function

Users have numerous facilities for communication and line diag-

nostics, as well as for diagnostics of the intelligent field devices

connected. Furthermore, the PROFIBUS is fully integrated into

the global asset management of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process

control system.

In addition to all these properties, the following PROFIBUS func-

tions are particularly relevant to process automation:

• Integration of previously installed HART devices

• Redundancy

• Safety-related communication with PROFIsafe up to SIL 3 ac-

cording to IEC 61508

• Clock synchronization

• Time tagging

On account of its exceptional characteristics, PROFIBUS is now

established in all sectors of the production, process and hybrid

industries and has become the most successful open field bus

in the world.

PROFIBUS transmission systems

PROFIBUS DP

7RS 485: simple and low-cost electrical transmission system

based on shielded two-wire cable.

7RS 485-iS: intrinsically-safe electrical transmission system for

hazardous areas up to Ex zone 1, implemented using a

shielded two-wire cable with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s.

7Fiber-optic: optical transmission system with glass or plastic

fiber-optic cables, for fast transmission of large quantities of

data in environments with high interferences or for covering

long distances.

PROFIBUS PA

7MBP (Manchester Coded; Bus Powered): intrinsically-safe

transmission system which permits simultaneous transmission

of digital data and powering of the field devices on a single

two-wire cable. It is suitable for direct connection of devices in

environments up to Ex zone 1 or 21 and associated sen-

sors/actuators in environments up to Ex zone 0 or 20.

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS PA

PROFIBUS DP

OLM OLM

Industrial Ethernet

RS 485-iS coupler

Long distances

with fiber-optic

DP/PA link

Automation system

Ex isolation

+ repeater

Communication

PROFIBUS DP

Introduction

9/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Application

The PROFIBUS DP fieldbus enables the SIMATIC PCS 7 auto-

mation systems (controllers) to communicate with distributed

I/Os from the ET 200 range (remote I/Os) as well as with

field/process devices, CPUs/CPs and operator terminals that

have a PROFIBUS DP interface. It is possible to route the

PROFIBUS DP into Ex zone 1 by using a fieldbus isolating trans-

former (RS 485-iS coupler) and the RS 485-iS transmission tech-

nology. Connection of the intelligent, distributed field/process

devices and operator terminals on PROFIBUS PA to the automa-

tion system takes place likewise through PROFIBUS DP.

Depending on the type of automation system and the number of

available slots, up to 4 PROFIBUS DP lines can be connected to

a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system through internal interfaces

in the CPU, and up to 10 PROFIBUS DP lines through additional

CP 443-5 Extended communications processors. On a

PROFIBUS DP line it is possible to operate up to 125 devices,

and on a bus segment up to 31 devices with PROFIBUS DP in-

terface (32 stations).

Electrical and optical transmission technologies offer many dif-

ferent configuration options for PROFIBUS DP networks. Electri-

cal networks can span up to approx. 10 km. With optical trans-

mission systems, the total size of the network is governed

primarily by the cycle times as a result of the almost loss-free

transmission.

With SIMATIC PCS 7, PROFIBUS DP topologies are always im-

plemented through the standard electrical PROFIBUS DP con-

nection on the automation system in the form of electrical or

mixed (electrical/optical) networks. In the case of mixed net-

works, the transition between the two media is implemented by

an optical link module (OLM). As regards communication be-

tween the stations, there is no difference between electrical two-

wire technology and fiber optic technology.

Electrical networks can be configured with a line or tree topol-

ogy. Mixed electrical/optical networks with OLMs as routers can

be configured with a line, ring or star topology.

■

Technical specifications

1) According to PROFIBUS installation guideline 2.262

PROFIBUS DP

Data transmission RS 485 RS 485-iS Fiber-optic

Transmission rate 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 1.5 Mbit/s 9.6 kbit/s ... 12 Mbit/s

Cable 2-wire shielded 2-wire shielded Plastic as well as multi-mode and

single-mode glass-fiber

Type of protection EEx(ib)

Topology Line, tree Line Ring, star, line

Nodes per segment 32 32 1) –

Nodes per network (with

repeater) 126 126 126

Cable length per segment depen-

dent on transmission rate 1200 m at max. 93.75 kbit/s

1000 m at 187.5 kbit/s

400 m at 500 kbit/s

200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s

100 m at 12 Mbit/s

1000 m at 187.5 kbit/s1)

400 m at 500 kbit/s1)

200 m at 1.5 Mbit/s1)

Max. 80 m (plastic)

2-3 km (multi-mode glass-fiber)

>15 km at 12 Mbit/s (single-mode

glass-fiber)

Repeater for signal refreshing

with RS 485 networks Max. 9 Max. 91) Not relevant

Communication

PROFIBUS DP

Electrical networks

9/37

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Shielded twisted-pair cables are used as the transmission me-

dium for electric PROFIBUS DP networks. The PROFIBUS DP

stations are connected to these bus lines through a bus connec-

tor (max. 32 stations per segment).

■

Design

FastConnect Stripping Tool

FastConnect

PROFIBUS FastConnect is a system for fast and easy assembly

of PROFIBUS copper cables. The system comprises compatible

components:

• FastConnect Standard Cable for fast assembly

• FastConnect Stripping Tool

with FastConnect Blade Cassettes (spare blade cassettes for

the stripping tool)

• FastConnect bus connector for PROFIBUS

Repeater for PROFIBUS

A repeater links the individual bus segments with RS 485 tech-

nology. Main applications are:

• Increase in number of nodes and distances

• Electrical isolation of segments

If diagnostics functions for physical cable diagnostics are re-

quired in addition to the standard repeater functionality, a diag-

nostics repeater can be alternatively used. It additionally per-

forms physical online monitoring of the copper bus cables. In the

event of a fault it sends a diagnostic message with detailed in-

formation about the type and location of the fault to the DP mas-

ter.

Active RS 485 terminating element

The active RS 485 terminating element is used to terminate bus

segments. The component supplied with 24 V DC independent

of the bus stations provides a defined RS 485 signal level, and

suppresses reflections on the line. Bus stations (e.g. ET 200S)

can be coupled and decoupled without feedback to/from

PROFIBUS networks terminated by active RS 485 terminating

elements.

RS 485-iS coupler

The RS 485-iS coupler is an isolating transformer with which the

PROFIBUS DP fieldbus can be routed intrinsically-safe into the

hazardous area.

The RS 485-iS coupler has the following functions:

• Connection of intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations, e.g.

ET 200iSP, ET 200iS or devices from other vendors with

Ex i DP connection

• Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485 transmis-

sion technology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS transmis-

sion technology with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s

• Suitable as a safety barrier

• Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area.

The RS 485-iS coupler as an open unit can only be used in hous-

ings, cabinets or rooms for electrical equipment. It is assembled

on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail which can be positioned horizontally or

vertically.

The RS 485-iS coupler is integrated into the PROFIBUS as fol-

lows:

• Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub-D

socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler, behind the

right front door).

• Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission

technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS

coupler, behind the right front door)

• The last bus station on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP

segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated

by a selectable resistance using the connector, Order No.

6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0.

Communication

PROFIBUS DP

Electrical networks

9/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Note:

For further information on electrical PROFIBUS networks as well as com-

ponents and accessories, particularly cable material for special applica-

tions, refer to Catalog IK PI, Chapter "PROFIBUS", Section "Electrical

networks with OLM".

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

PROFIBUS FastConnect

Standard Cable

Standard type with special design

for fast mounting, 2-core,

shielded, cut-to-length

Specify length in m

Max. delivery unit 1000 m,

minimum order quantity 20 m

6XV1 830-0EH10

Preferred lengths

-20 m 6XV1 830-0EN20

-50 m 6XV1 830-0EN50

-100 m 6XV1 830-0ET10

-200 m 6XV1 830-0ET20

-500 m 6XV1 830-0ET50

- 1000 m 6XV1 830-0EU10

Other PROFIBUS cables See Catalog IK PI

PROFIBUS FastConnect

Stripping Tool

Preadjusted stripping tool for fast

stripping of PROFIBUS

FastConnect bus cables

6GK1 905-6AA00

PROFIBUS FastConnect Blade

Cassettes

Spare blade cassettes for

PROFIBUS FastConnect

stripping tool, 5 units

6GK1 905-6AB00

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus

connector RS 485 with 90°

cable outlet

With insulation displacement

system,

max. data transfer rate 12 Mbit/s

• Without PG interface 6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0

• With PG interface 6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0

PROFIBUS FastConnect bus

connector RS 485 Plug 180

With 180° cable outlet, with insu-

lation displacement system, for

connection of PC, PG, OP

6GK1 500-0FC00

Other bus connectors

See Catalog IK PI

RS 485 Repeater for PROFIBUS

Data transfer rate max. 12 Mbit/s,

24 V DC, IP 20 housing

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0

RS 485 Diagnostic Repeater

For connection of 1 or 2 segments

to PROFIBUS DP; with online

diagnostics functions for monitor-

ing of bus cables

6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0

Active RS 485 Terminating

Element for PROFIBUS

For terminating bus segments for

data transfer rates from 9.6 kbit/s

to 12 Mbit/s

6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0

RS 485-IS Coupler

Isolating transformer for connec-

tion of PROFIBUS DP segments

with RS 485 and RS 485-iS trans-

mission technologies

6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0

PROFIBUS connector with

selectable terminating resistor

For connection of IM 152 to

PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS

transmission technology

6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0 B)

S7-300 rail

Lengths:

•160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0

•482 mm 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0

•530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0

•830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0

• 2000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communication

PROFIBUS DP

Optical networks with glass fiber-optic cables

9/39

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

We recommend use of glass fiber optic cables with 2 multi-mode

fibers for optical PROFIBUS networks in indoor and outdoor ar-

eas.

The standard FIBER OPTIC CABLE is available in fixed lengths

for distances up to 2000 m, preassembled with 4 BFOC connec-

tors. A BFOC connector set with 20 connectors is available as an

accessory.

Further fiber optic cables can be found in Catalog IK PI, Chapter

"PROFIBUS", Section "Optical networks with OLM".

Optical Link Module

Optical Link Modules (OLM) permit the construction of optical

and hybrid (electrical/optical) networks in line, ring or star topol-

ogy. The maximum distance between two OLMs can be up to

15 km for OLMs of type G12-1300 (see Catalog IK PI) and glass

fiber optic cables with single-mode fibers (on request). The

PROFIBUS OLM/G12 used as standard is equipped with one

RS 485 interface and two glass fiber optic cable interfaces

(4 BFOC sockets). The fiber optic line length between two OLMs

of this type can be up to 3000 m when using the standard FIBER

OPTIC CABLE.

The OLMs have a compact metal housing suitable for DIN rail

assembly. They automatically recognize all PROFIBUS data

transfer rates. Faults can be rapidly located as follows:

• Display of module status via floating signaling contact

• Checking of FO link quality (loss per section) via test output for

optical receivers for logging and plausibility checks.

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

1) Note:

Additional components of the SIMATIC NET wiring range can be ordered

from your local contact person.

For technical advice contact:

J. Hertlein, A&D SE PS

Tel.: +49 911 750-4465,

Fax: +49 911 750-9991

E-mail: juergen.hertlein@siemens.com

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

FIBER OPTIC CABLE

Standard glass FO cable,

splittable

Pre-assembled with 4 BFOC

connectors

Preferred lengths

•1 m 6XV1 820-5BH10 B)

•5 m 6XV1 820-5BH50 B)

•10 m 6XV1 820-5BN10 B)

•20 m 6XV1 820-5BN20 B)

•50 m 6XV1 820-5BN50 B)

•100 m 6XV1 820-5BT10 B)

Other lengths and cables See Catalog IK PI

BFOC Connector Set1)

For standard and trailing FIBER

OPTIC CABLES, 20 units

6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0 B)

PROFIBUS OLM/G12 V4.0

Optical link module with 1 x RS

485 and 2 x glass FOC interfaces

(4 BFOC sockets), for standard

distances up to 3000 m, with sig-

nal contact and measuring output

6GK1 503-3CB00 B)

Communication

PROFIBUS DP

Optical networks with plastic fiber-optic cables

9/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC NET plastic/PCF fiber-optic cables can be used to

design optical PROFIBUS DP networks inside buildings.

For AS interfacing of ET 200M with exclusively F modules,

plastic/PCF fiber-optic cables are an alternative if compliance

with safety integrity level SIL 3 is required for the safety-related

application. Using plastic/PCF fiber-optic cables, the ET 200M

systems are connected to the electrical bus cable of the

PROFIBUS DP via optical bus terminals (OBT). The advantage

of this configuration is that the isolating module essential for sig-

nal decoupling between the IM and the F modules in the case of

a direct electrical connection of the ET 200M (only F modules in

a rack with IM 153-2) can be omitted.

OBT for PROFIBUS DP

Using the OBT (optical bus terminal) for PROFIBUS, it is possible

to connect a PROFIBUS DP station with integrated optical inter-

faces to an RS 485 segment or a PROFIBUS DP station without

integrated optical interface. Plastic/PCF fiber-optic cables can

be used for the optical connection between the PROFIBUS DP

station with integrated optical interface and the OBT.

■

Design

We particularly recommend the following plastic/PCF standard

cables for implementing optical networks in indoor areas:

• PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic standard cable:

- Rugged round cable with purple PVC outer casing and Kev-

lar tension-relief elements as well as plastic fibers with rug-

ged polyamide inner casing.

- Easy to assemble on site with 2 x 2 Simplex connectors

- Cable lengths up to 50 m

• PROFIBUS PCF Fiber Optic standard cable:

- Preassembled, rugged round cable with purple PVC outer

casing and Kevlar tension-relief elements as well as two PCF

fibers (Polymer Optical Fiber)

- Cannot be assembled on site

- Cable lengths up to 300 m

Further SIMATIC NET plastic/PCF fiber optic cables can be

found in Catalog IK PI, Chapter "PROFIBUS", Section "Optical

networks with OBT and integrated interface".

The following components are available for on-site assembly of

the PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic standard cable:

• Simplex connector/polishing set (set with 100 simplex con-

nectors and 5 polishing sets)

• Stripping tool set for removing the outer casing and core cas-

ing

• You require additional plug adapters for connecting cables

with Simplex connectors to devices with integrated FO inter-

faces (e.g. IM 153-2 FO).

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Note:

For further information on optical PROFIBUS networks as well as compo-

nents and accessories, particularly cable material for special applica-

tions, refer to Catalog IK PI, Chapter "PROFIBUS", Section "Optical

networks with OLM" and "Optical networks with OBT and integral inter-

face".

OBT

IM 153-2

IM 153-2 FO

OBT

Safety-related

automation system

ET 200M

with standard

I/O modules

ET 200M

with safety-

F modules

Plastic Fiber Optic Cable

PROFIBUS DP

copper cable

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

PROFIBUS OBT

Optical bus terminal for connect-

ing a PROFIBUS station or an RS

485 segment without integrated

optical interface to the optical

PROFIBUS; without simplex con-

nector

6GK1 500-3AA00

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic,

standard cable

Robust round cable with 2 plastic

fiber optic cores, PVC external

sheath and PA internal sheath,

without connectors, for indoor

use, cut-to-length

6XV1 821-0AH10

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic,

duplex core

Plastic fiber optic cable with

2 cores, PVC sheath, without con-

nectors, for use in environments

with low mechanical stress, 50-m

ring

6XV1 821-2AN50 B)

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic,

Simplex Connector/Polishing

Set

100 simplex connectors and

5 polishing sets for assembling

PROFIBUS plastic fiber optic

cables for the optical PROFIBUS

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0 B)

PROFIBUS Plastic Fiber Optic,

Stripping Tool Set

To remove the external or core

sleeve of plastic fiber optic

cables

6GK1 905-6PA10 B)

Connection Adapter

Pack of 50, for using simplex con-

nectors with the integrated

FO interfaces (e.g. IM 153-2 FO);

for 25 modules

6ES7 195-1BE00-0XA0

Communication

PROFIBUS DP

AS connection

9/41

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

PROFIBUS DP lines can be connected to a SIMATIC PCS 7 au-

tomation system (controller) via up to 4 internal interfaces in the

CPU and up to 10 additional CP 443-5 Extended communica-

tions processors.

If a module slot provided in the CPU for the PROFIBUS connec-

tion is still vacant, an IF 964-DP interface module is required in

addition. When using data set routing with SIMATIC PDM, use of

the CP 443-5 Extended communications processor is essential

for the PROFIBUS connection.

■

Benefits

Advantages of the CP 443-5 Extended communications module:

• Compact design; 9-contact Sub-D socket for connection to

PROFIBUS DP

• Simple installation

Can be plugged into AS rack slot; connection to the other

S7-400 modules via backplane bus

• Operation without fan; backup battery or memory submodule

are not required

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

CP 443-5 Extended

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7

communication,

for data set routing of SIMATIC

PDM

6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0

IF 964-DP

Interface module for connection

of another PROFIBUS DP line, for

plugging into a free DP module

slot of the CPU

6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0

Communication

PROFIBUS DP

Y-Link

9/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The Y-link is a bus coupler for transition from a redundant

PROFIBUS DP master system to a single-channel

PROFIBUS DP master system. It can be used for connecting de-

vices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface to the redundant

PROFIBUS DP master system AS 414H/ AS 417H.

■

Design

The Y-link comprises:

• Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended

temperature range

• One Y-coupler incl. RS 485 repeater

• One IM 157 (IM/IM) bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature

modules, for extended temperature range

• One BM Y-coupler bus module

Evaluation of the Y-Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the

connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.

It is recommendable to have a redundant -24 V DC supply for

the Y-Link, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load power supplies.

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Fault-tolerant

automation system

Connection of non-redundant

PROFIBUS DP devices to

redundant PROFIBUS DP

Y-Link

redundant PROFIBUS DP

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Y-Link

For connection of devices with

only one PROFIBUS DP interface

to a fault-tolerant automation sys-

tem, comprising:

• 2 IM 153-2 High Feature inter-

face modules

• 1 Y-coupler

• 1 BM IM 157 bus module (IM/IM)

• 1 BM Y-coupler bus module

6ES7 197-1LA11-0XA0 B)

PS 307 load power supply

Including connection assembly;

120/230 V AC; 24 V DC

• 2 A; 50 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0

• 5 A; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

• 5 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0

• 10 A, 200 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA01-0AA0

PS 305 load power supply

24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC

• 2 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

Introduction

9/43

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Direct interfacing of the devices in the field, especially in the

hazardous area, together with the information content of the

communication, are of significant importance in the process in-

dustry. PROFIBUS PA, which permits both digital data transmis-

sion and the power supply on a two-wire line with the intrinsi-

cally-safe MBP transmission technology (Manchester Coded;

Bus Powered) is tailored to these requirements. It is optimally

suitable for direct integration of the pneumatic actuators, sole-

noid valves and sensors positioned in operating environments

up to Ex zone 1 or 0 into the process control system.

The typical response time of a transmitter of approx. 10 ms indi-

cates that short cycle times can be achieved with the

PROFIBUS PA even in the case of a segment configuration with

up to 31 devices. Practically all typical applications of the pro-

cess industry can be implemented - both with small or large

plant distances. Bidirectional communication and high informa-

tion content allow enhanced diagnostics for fast and exact fault

detection and elimination. The standardized communications

services guarantee interoperability and replaceability between

multi-vendor field devices and remote parameterization of the

field devices during operation.

The PROFIsafe profile allows seamless integration of safety

communication into the PROFIBUS PA. You need not configure

a separate safety bus for your safety-related applications. The

PROFIBUS PA with the PROFIsafe profile is incorporated in

"Safety Integrated for Process Automation". This comprehensive

range of products and services from Siemens for failsafe, fault-

tolerant applications in the process industry offers you attractive

and cost-effective alternatives to separate safety systems.

You can define the degree of redundancy separately for the con-

troller, fieldbus and I/O levels of your plant depending on the au-

tomation task and the derived safety requirements, and match

them to the field instrumentation (Flexible Modular Redundancy,

FMR). You can find an overview of the redundant architectures

of PROFIBUS PA under "Design".

The PROFIBUS PA is based on electrical transmission compo-

nents. A shielded two-wire cable is used for digital data trans-

mission and for the power supply. With line, tree and ring topol-

ogies, it is possible to configure networks with spur lines up to

120 m and bus segments up to approx. 1.9 km for operating en-

vironments up to Ex zone 2. With bus segments for hazardous

areas in line with zone 1, the max. possible length per spur line

is reduced to 30 m and per bus segment to 1 km. The line

lengths actually achievable in practice depend on the number of

PA devices and their current consumption. Bus segments are

terminated either automatically (with active field distributors AFD

in the case of ring topologies) or with the passive terminating el-

ement for PROFIBUS PA (SpliTConnect terminator).

The DP/PA Link is preferred for the gateway from PROFIBUS PA

to PROFIBUS DP. When using the DP/PA Link, the transmission

rate on the PROFIBUS DP is independent of the subordinate

PROFIBUS PA segments. The configuration of the DP/PA Link

depends on the operating environment (Ex zone) or the selected

redundancy architecture. The types of coupler described in the

Section "Gateways - DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler" are used for

the configuration. With a small amount of data (small quantity

framework) and low timing requirements, the DP/PA coupler can

also be operated in stand-alone mode as a gateway.

■

Benefits

Advantages provided by distributed field automation with appli-

cation of the PROFIBUS PA profile included low hardware over-

head, cost-effective engineering, increased operational safety

and problem-free maintenance. These advantages are under-

lined by the following features:

• Modularity and uniformity from the sensor up to the control

level permit new plant concepts

• Implementation of intrinsically-safe applications through use

of the fieldbus in hazardous areas

• Flexible Modular Redundancy (FMR) from the automation sys-

tem (controller) down to the PROFIBUS PA field device with re-

dundant architectures for environments up to Ex zone 2 (ring

and line topologies with coupler redundancy)

• Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device

and cabling overheads

• Reduced configuration costs through simple, central engi-

neering of the field devices (PROFIBUS PA and HART with

SIMATIC PDM, also cross-vendor)

• Simple installation using two wire cable for common power

supply and data transmission

• Reduced commissioning costs through simplified loop check

• Low servicing costs thanks to simple wiring and comprehen-

sive diagnostics facilities

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

Introduction

9/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions when using the DP/PA link as the

router

Basic PROFIBUS PA design versions are presented at this point.

In these configuration examples, DP/PA links are used in each

case as the DP/PA router. Up to 5 DP/PA couplers can be oper-

ated in a DP/PA link. Mixed configurations (e.g. line and ring on

one link) are also possible. The DP/PA router can also be imple-

mented with a DP/PA coupler. In this case, the PROFIBUS DP

connection is directly on the coupler instead of per interface

module.

Linear architecture with single coupler

In this design version, each PROFIBUS PA line is linked with one

DP/PA coupler of a DP/PA router. Depending on the operating

environment, you can use either the FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler

(up to Ex zone 2) or the Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (up to Ex zone 1).

The DP/PA router can be connected to a single or redundant

PROFIBUS DP.

Linear architecture with redundant couplers

The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PROFIBUS PA line with

two FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers of a DP/PA router. This router is

operable on a single or redundant PROFIBUS DP. The AFS

switches the PROFIBUS PA line to the active one of the two re-

dundant couplers.

Flexible Modular Redundancy is possible at the device level by

grouping individual devices in different PROFIBUS PA lines.

Only one PROFIBUS PA line can be configured with coupler re-

dundancy on each DP/PA router. A PROFIBUS PA ring cannot

then be operated on this router.

Ring architecture

Active field distributors (AFD) integrate PROFIBUS PA field

devices via 4 short-circuit proof spur line connections into

a PROFIBUS PA ring with automatic bus termination. The

PROFIBUS PA ring is connected to two FDC 157-0 DP/PA cou-

plers of a DP/PA router. The DP/PA router can be operated on a

single or redundant PROFIBUS DP. Up to 8 AFDs can be config-

ured per ring.

Flexible Modular Redundancy is possible at the device level by

grouping individual devices on different AFDs. Only one ring can

be configured on each DP/PA router. A PROFIBUS PA line with

coupler redundancy cannot then be operated on this router.

The following limits must be observed for a PROFIBUS PA ring

with respect to the configuration with PROFIBUS PA devices:

• Max. 31 PROFIBUS-PA devices

• Max. current consumption of all PROFIBUS-PA devices: 1 A

Particular advantages of the ring architecture:

• High availability

• Transparent redundancy management of the intelligent

FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers for the higher-level system

• Active bus terminations for automatic bus termination in the

FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers and the AFDs permit:

- Automatic, bumpless isolation of defective sub-segments in

event of short-circuit or wire breakage

- Changing of the ring configuration and the instrumentation

during operation, including addition or removal of ring seg-

ments

• Safety-related and fault-tolerant applications with low device

and cabling overheads

■

Technical specifications

PROFIBUS PA

PROFIBUS DP

Active field

splitter

Active field distributors

DP/PA Link

with redundant DP/PA couplers

DP/PA Link

with redundant DP/PA couplers

Direct fieldbus interfacing

AS 414FH/

AS 417FH

PROFIBUS PA

Data transmission MBP

Transmission rate 31.25 Mbit/s

Cable 2-wire shielded

Type of protection EEx(ia/ib)

Topol ogy Line, tree, ring

PA devices per segment/coupler 31

PA devices per DP/PA link 64

Cable length per segment depen-

dent on transmission rate 1900 m: standard

1900 m: EEx(ib)

1000 m: EEx(ia)

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

Routers: DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler

9/45

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

To create a smooth network transition between PROFIBUS DP

and PROFIBUS PA, the SIMATIC product range offers two ver-

sions: the DP/PA coupler and the DP/PA link.

The following criteria can be applied when choosing the network

transition:

• DP/PA coupler:

For small quantity frameworks (volumes of data) and low tim-

ing requirements; limiting of data transfer rate on the

PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s

• DP/PA link:

For large number of stations and high cycle time require-

ments; data transfer rate on the PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s

■

Application

The two DP/PA routers are based on two versions of the

DP/PA coupler:

• Ex [i] DP/PA coupler (max. output current 110 mA)

for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line or

tree topology in environments up to Ex zone 1, not for redun-

dant architectures (coupler redundancy, ring)

• FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler (max. output current 1000 mA)

for implementation of PROFIBUS PA networks with a line, tree

or ring topology in environments up to Ex zone 2; can be used

for the redundant architectures "Ring" and "Coupler redun-

dancy"

DP/PA couplers are also integral components of the DP/PA link

(see design). The DP/PA link connects PROFIBUS DP and

PROFIBUS PA together, and decouples the transmission rates.

In contrast to the DP/PA coupler which limits the data transmis-

sion rate on the PROFIBUS DP to 45.45 kbit/s, the DP/PA link

does not influence the performance of the PROFIBUS DP.

The DP/PA link functions as a slave on the PROFIBUS DP and as

a master on the PROFIBUS PA. From the viewpoint of the host

PROFIBUS DP master, the DP/PA link is a modular slave whose

modules are the devices connected on the PROFIBUS PA. Ad-

dressing of these devices is carried out indirectly via the DP/PA

link which itself only requires one node address. The host

PROFIBUS master can scan devices connected to the

DP/PA link all at once.

If the router is a DP/PA coupler, the nodes on the PROFIBUS PA

are directly addressed by the PROFIBUS DP master (controller).

The DP/PA coupler is an electrical node, but is transparent for

communication between the master and PA field devices; it

therefore does not require setting of parameters or addresses

(exception: FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler used as PROFIBUS diag-

nostics slave).

PROFIBUS diagnostics with FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler,

configured as PROFIBUS diagnostics slave

FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers configured as PROFIBUS diagnos-

tics slaves supply extensive diagnostic and status information

via PROFIBUS for swift location and clearance of faults:

• I&M data (Identification & Maintenance)

• Current and voltage values on the main cable

• Redundancy status

• Wire breakage

• Short-circuit

• Signal level

For this purpose, each FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler requires its

own PROFIBUS address. This applies independent of use in a

DP/PA link or as a DP/PA router.

The DP/PA link and DP/PA couplers as DP/PA routers can be

mounted on an S7-300 profile rail. They are operated with 24 V

DC, and can be installed in environments up to Ex zone 2 with

extended temperature range.

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

Routers: DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler

9/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

Configuration examples with DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler

DP/PA link:

The DP/PA link is a modular combination consisting of the

IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface module (with op-

tional redundancy) and up to 5 DP/PA couplers (Ex [i] or

FDC 157-0) packaged in an S7-300 design.

All components of the DP/PA link are interconnected through the

S7 backplane bus. Use of active bus modules on the backplane

allows hot swapping of individual modules and redundancy of

the IM 153-2 High Feature PROFIBUS DP interface modules and

the FDC 157-0 DP/PA coupler.

The PS 307 or PS 305 load power supply can be used for the

24 V DC. With a redundant IM 153-2 High Feature interface

module for PROFIBUS DP, it is also recommendable to have a

redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two PS 307/PS 305 load

power supplies.

The PROFIBUS PA lines/rings designed with the DP/PA couplers

are physically separated as regards current input, but form one

bus system in communication terms. A PROFIBUS PA ring or a

PROFIBUS PA line with coupler redundancy can be operated on

each DP/PA link. Further PROFIBUS PA lines can be operated

on this DP/PA link using individual couplers. The FDC 157-0

DP/PA couplers provided for the ring coupling or coupler redun-

dancy must always be located at the right-hand end of a se-

quence of up to 5 couplers.

The following basic components are available to configure the

DP/PA link:

• IM 153-2 High Feature interface module for extended temper-

ature range

• DP/PA coupler (Ex [i] and FDC 157-0)

• Components for redundant design and for hot swapping

- DIN rail for hot swapping (as an alternative to the standard

DIN rail)

- BM PS/IM for 1 load power supply and 1 IM 153-2 High Fea-

ture module

- IM/IM (IM 157) bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature

modules, for redundant and non-redundant design and for

extended temperature range

- DP/PA bus module for one DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or

FDC 157-0, for extended temperature range (up to

5 DP/PA couplers possible per DP/PA link)

- DP/PA but module for 2 DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0, for ex-

tended temperature range

Additive option:

• PS 307 load power supply for 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC, version

in 2, 5 or 10 A, or

PS 305 load power supply for 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC,

2 2

4 5

4 53 7 86

13 4

PROFIBUS PA

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS PA

High Speed solution with DP/PA link

DP/PA link

• IM 153-2 interface module (single/redundant)

• DP/PA couplers (max. 5 per IM 153-2)

• Slave on DP side - master on PA side

• Max. 64 PA devices (244 bytes I/O data)

Low-cost solution with direct addressing

DP/PA coupler

• transparent for communication

• Ex version 13.5 V / 110 mA

• Non-Ex version 31 V / 1000 mA

PROFIBUS master

S7-400

DP/PA link

DP/PA coupler

up to 12 Mbit/s 45.45 kbit/s

31.25 kbit/s

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

Routers: DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler

9/47

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Technical specifications

DP/PA coupler

Connection for PROFIBUS PA

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 2 terminals of a 4-pole screw-type

terminal, integral terminating

resistor

• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 4-pole screw-type terminal for

connection and looping through,

selectable terminating resistor

Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D plug,

contact assignment as described

in IEC 61158/EN 50170

Backplane bus Connection through S7 back-

plane bus connector (only neces-

sary for DP/PA link); non-floating

The active BM DP/PA bus mod-

ules are required for the hot

swapping function

Diagnostic displays

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and

DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Bus activity "DP" (yellow)

Bus activity "PA" (yellow)

24 V DC "ON" (green)

• Additive with DP/PA coupler

FDC 157-0 Group fault "SF" (red)

Bus fault "BF" (rot)

DP/PA coupler activated, feed-

ing/transmitting "ACT" (yellow),

only with PA redundancy

Power supply 24 V DC (20.4 V ... 28.8 V)

Current consumption

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Max. 400 mA

• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Max. 2300 mA

Voltage at coupler output

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 13 V ... 14 V DC

• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 31 ±1V DC

Max. current at coupler output

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 110 mA

• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 1 A (up to 50 °C), 0.8 A (up to

60 °C)

Power loss

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] Approx. 7 W

• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 Approx. 13.4 W

Operating temperature

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] and

DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0 -25 ... +60 °C

(horizontal installation)

-25 ... +40 °C (vertical installation)

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 80 x 125 x 130

Weight Approx. 515 g

IM 153-2 High Feature (for extended temperature range)

Function Linking of PROFIBUS DP

(9.6 kbit/s to 12 Mbit/s, slave

functionality) and PROFIBUS PA

with support of the "Configuration

in Run" function

The DP/PA link function is only

implemented by extending the

IM 153-2 High Feature with one or

more DP/PA couplers. Stand-

alone operation of the IM 153-2

High Feature is not possible.

1 Y coupler, up to

5 DP/PA couplers or up to

64 slaves can be connected

Isolation from the higher-level DP

master system

Interfaces

• Connection for PROFIBUS DP 9-pin Sub-D plug, contact assign-

ment as described in

IEC 61158/EN 50170, Vol. 2

• Backplane bus Connection through S7 back-

plane bus connector, non-floating

Bus modules and profile rails for

hot swapping are required for the

hot swapping function and for a

redundant PROFIBUS DP inter-

face module.

Diagnostic displays Group fault "SF" (red)

Bus fault DP "BF 1" (red)

Bus fault PA "BF 2" (red)

IM active "ACT" (yellow)

24 V DC "ON" (green)

Power supply 24 V DC

Current consumption Max. 100 mA (in DP/PA link)

Max. 200 mA (in Y-link)

Power loss Approx. 2 W (in DP/PA link)

Approx. 4 W (in Y-link)

Voltage failure bridging 20 ms

Mechanical design of power

supply 4-pin screw terminal, short-

circuiting link between PE and

M24; the short-circuiting link must

be removed for floating operation

(independent of this, the DP inter-

face is always floating)

Permissible operating temperature -25 ... +60 °C

(horizontal installation)

-25 ... +40 °C (vertical installation)

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 40 x 125 x 130

Weight Approx. 350 g

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

Routers: DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler

9/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

DP/PA coupler

For transition from RS 485 to MBP

• DP/PA coupler Ex [i] 6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0

• DP/PA coupler FDC 157-0,

redundant design possible 6ES7 157-0AC83-0XA0 B)

IM 153-2 High Feature

Interface module for DP/PA Link

and Y-Link; for extended temper-

ature range

6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0 B)

Accessories

PS 307 load power supply

Including connection assembly;

120/230 V AC; 24 V DC

• 2 A; 50 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0

• 5 A; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

• 5 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0

• 10 A, 200 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA01-0AA0

PS 305 load power supply

24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC

• 2 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0

Standard profile rails

(without hot swapping function)

• 482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0

• 530 mm wide 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0

Components for hot swapping and for redundant design

Active bus modules for hot

swapping

• BM PS/IM

for one load power supply and

one IM 153-2 High Feature mod-

ule

6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0

• BM IM 157

For two IM 153-2 High Feature

modules, for redundant and

non-redundant configuration, for

extended temperature range, for

hot swapping function,

permissible operating tempera-

ture -25...+60 °C

6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0

•BM DP/PA

For one DP/PA coupler Ex [i] or

FDC 157-0,

for extended temperature range,

for hot swapping function,

permissible operating tempera-

ture -25 to +60 °C

6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0

•BM DP/PA

For two DP/PA couplers

FDC 157-0,

for extended temperature range,

for hot swapping function,

permissible operating tempera-

ture -25 to +60 °C

6ES7 195-7HG80-0XA0 B)

Profile rail for hot swapping

For max. 5 active bus modules

• 482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0

• 530 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

• 620 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

Active field distributor AFD

and active field splitter AFS

9/49

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Active field distributor AFD

An active field distributor (AFD) can integrate up to

4 PROFIBUS PA field devices via short-circuit proof spur line

connections into a PROFIBUS PA ring with automatic bus termi-

nation. The PROFIBUS PA ring is connected to two FDC 157-0

DP/PA couplers of a DP/PA router. Up to 8 AFDs and up to

31 PROFIBUS PA devices can be configured per ring. The num-

ber of PROFIBUS PA devices is additionally limited by the max.

current consumption of 1 A for all devices.

An AFD can be replaced during operation. The function of the

PROFIBUS PA devices on the other AFDs is not influenced by

this.

Active field splitter AFS

The active field splitter (AFS) connects a PROFIBUS PA line with

two redundant FDC 157-0 DP/PA couplers of a DP/PA router. The

AFS switches the PROFIBUS PA line to the active one of the two

redundant couplers.

Up to 31 PROFIBUS PA devices can be connected on the

PROFIBUS PA line. This number is additionally limited by the

max. current consumption of 1 A for all devices.

■

Technical specifications

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Active field distributor AFD and active field splitter AFS

Active field distributor AFD

Connection of PROFIBUS PA field

devices • Max. 4 per AFD

• Max. 31 per ring

• Operating environment up to

zone 2 or 22

• Max. current consumption of all

devices 1 A

Current Imax. per spur line X1 to X4 60 mA

Power supply 16 V DC (16 ... 32 V)

Current consumption Approx. 20 mA

Power loss Approx. 600 mW

Output voltage for PA section 31 V ±1V DC

Voltage failure bridging 5 ms

Output current for PA section (for

dimensioning of device configura-

tion)

Diagnostic displays Status PA main line PA1, PA2

(green)

Fault PA main line PA1, PA2 (red)

Status/fault PA spur line X1 to X4

(green)

Permissible operating temperature -25 ... +70 °C

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120 x 57 x 80

Weight Approx. 700 g

Active field splitter AFS

Connection of PROFIBUS PA field

devices • Max. 31 per line

• Operating environment up to

zone 2 or 22

• Max. current consumption of all

devices 1 A

Power supply 16 V DC (16 ... 32 V)

Current consumption Approx. 20 mA

Power loss Approx. 600 mW

Output voltage for PA section 31 V ±1V DC

Voltage failure bridging 5 ms

Output current for PA section (for

dimensioning of device configura-

tion)

Diagnostic displays Status PA main line PA1, PA2

(green)

Fault PA main line PA1, PA2 (red)

Permissible operating temperature -25 ... +70 °C

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 120 x 57 x 80

Weight Approx. 700 g

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Active field distributor AFD

with 4 short-circuit-proof spur line

connections for integration of field

devices

6ES7 157-0AF81-0XA0 B)

Active field splitter AFS

for connecting a PROFIBUS PA

line to 2 redundant FDC 157-0

DP/PA couplers; automatic

switchover to the active coupler

6ES7 157-0AF82-0XA0 B)

Profile rail adapter

for an active field distributor AFD

or active field splitter AFS,

optional

6ES7 157-0AF83-0XA0

Active field distributor AFD and active field splitter AFS

Communication

PROFIBUS PA

FastConnect/SpliTConnect

9/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

PROFIBUS FC process cables, color-coded for the various ap-

plications (Ex, non-Ex area) are available for designing field bus

networks in accordance with IEC 61158-2 (e.g. PROFIBUS PA).

The FastConnect stripping tool can be used to strip the FC pro-

cess cable for PROFIBUS PA to the correct length for casing and

shield.

■

Design

SpliTConnect

The SpliTConnect Tap enables the design of fieldbus segments

according to IEC 61158-2 with field device connection points.

The SpliTConnect Coupler can be used to construct a

PROFIBUS PA hub by connecting SpliTConnect Taps in series.

By replacing the contacting screw by the SpliTConnect Termina-

tor, the SpliTConnect Tap can be used as a bus terminating ele-

ment.

Terminal equipment can be connected directly through the

FC process cable. Using the SpliTConnect M12 Outlet, PA field

devices can also be connected to the SpliTConnect Tap by an

M12 connection. The SpliTConnect M12 Jack is a connecting el-

ement between an FC process cable and an M12 connector on

the PROFIBUS PA field device. For details on SpliTConnect net-

work components, see Catalog IK PI.

FC Process cable

DP/PA link SpliTConnect

terminator

SpliTConnect

coupler

SpliTConnect

M12 Jack

Connector on

PA field device

SpliTConnect taps

SpliTConnect M12 Outlet

for direct connection of

PA field devices to the

SpliTConnect tap

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

FC Process Cable

2-core, shielded

• Blue for Ex applications 6XV1 830-5EH10

• Black for non-Ex applications 6XV1 830-5FH10

Sold by the meter:

Max. delivey unit 1000 m,

minimum ordering quantity 20 m

PROFIBUS FastConnect

Stripping Tool

Stripping tool for rapid stripping

of insulation from PROFIBUS

FastConnect bus cables

6GK1 905-6AA00

PROFIBUS FastConnect

Blade Cassettes

Spare blade cassettes for the

PROFIBUS FastConnect strip-

ping tool, 5 pcs

6GK1 905-6AB00

SpliTConnect Tap

For design of PROFIBUS PA seg-

ments and connection of PA field

devices, insulation displacement

system, IP67, 10 pcs

6GK1 905-0AA00

SpliTConnect M12 Outlet

Replacement element for direct

connection of PA field devices to

the SpliTConnect Tap, 5 pcs

6GK1 905-0AB10

SpliTConnect Coupler

Connection element for cascad-

ing SpliTConnect Taps in order to

configure star points, 10 pcs

6GK1 905-0AC00

SpliTConnect Terminator

For termination of PROFIBUS PA

segments, 5 pcs

• Terminator (Ex); use possible in

hazardous area 6GK1 905-0AD00

• Terminator (non-Ex); use not

possible in hazardous area 6GK1 905-0AE00

SpliTConnect M12 Jack

Connection element between

FC process cable and M12 plug

on the PROFIBUS PA field device,

5pcs

6GK1 905-0AF00

Communication

Other communication

AS-Interface

9/51

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The actuator-sensor interface (AS-Interface) is a multi-vendor

networking system for simple - usually binary - actuators and

sensors in the lowest field area. AS-Interface enables a wiring

loom with parallel wiring to be replaced by a simple two-wire ca-

ble shared by all sensors or actuators.

The AS-Interface works by the master-slave principle. Sensors/

actuators connected through the AS-Interface cable are con-

trolled by the master as slaves.

Note:

AS-Interface is integrated in SIMATIC pcs 7 as a subordinate

bus. Consequently, this bus does not offer the full functionality of

SIMATIC PCS 7; this applies in particular to diagnostics func-

tions. Further information, see Catalog IK PI.

■

Design

System components

The basic components of a system installation are:

• CP 343-2 AS-Interface master module for ET 200M or/and

DP/AS-Interface link for connection of an AS-Interface line to

PROFIBUS DP

• AS-Interface shaped cable (use of round cable also possible

if preferred)

• Modules for connecting standard sensors/actuators

• Power supply unit for powering the slaves

• Actuators and sensors with an integrated slave ASIC

• Address programming device for setting the slave address

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

CP 343-2

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-300

and ET 200M to AS-Interface,

without front connector

6GK7 343-2AH00-0XA0

Front Connector

20-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0

CP 343-2 Manual

Including software and examples

•German 6GK7 343-2AH00-8AA0

• English 6GK7 343-2AH00-8BA0

•French 6GK7 343-2AH00-8CA0

• Italian 6GK7 343-2AH00-8EA0

DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

PROFIBUS DP/ AS-Interface

gateway, degree of protection

IP 20

6GK1 415-2AA01

Manual for

DP/AS-Interface Link 20E

Paper version

incl. type and GSD files

•German 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA0

• English 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA1

•French 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA2

• Spanish 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA3

• Italian 6GK1 971-2DS01-0AA4

Communication

Other communication

Modbus

9/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Modbus is connected to PROFIBUS DP using an ET 200M with

a CP 341 communications processor. The latter enables the fast

and efficient exchange of data through point-to-point coupling.

The CP 341 communications module is available in 3 versions

with different transmission physics:

• RS 232C (V.24)

• 20 mA (TTY)

• RS 422/RS 485 (X.27)

The MODBUS Master or MODBUS Slave loadable drivers are

needed for the Modbus coupling.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

CP 341 communications

processor

with one RS 232 C (V.24) interface

6ES7 341-1AH01-0AE0

RS 232 connecting cable

for linking to SIMATIC S7

•5 m 6ES7 902-1AB00-0AA0

•10 m 6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0

•15 m 6ES7 902-1AD00-0AA0

CP 341 communications

processor

with one 20 mA (TTY) interface

6ES7 341-1BH01-0AE0

20 mA (TTY) connecting cable

for linking to SIMATIC S7

•5 m 6ES7 902-2AB00-0AA0

•10 m 6ES7 902-2AC00-0AA0

•50 m 6ES7 902-2AG00-0AA0

CP 341 communications

processor

with one RS 422/485 (X.27)

interface

6ES7 341-1CH01-0AE0

RS 422/485 connecting cable

for linking to SIMATIC S7

•5 m 6ES7 902-3AB00-0AA0

•10 m 6ES7 902-3AC00-0AA0

•50 m 6ES7 902-3AG00-0AA0

Loadable drivers for CP 341

MODBUS master (RTU format)

• Single license 6ES7 870-1AA01-0YA0

• Single license, without software

or documentation 6ES7 870-1AA01-0YA1

MODBUS slave (RTU format)

• Single license 6ES7 870-1AB01-0YA0

• Single license, without software

or documentation 6ES7 870-1AB01-0YA1

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update Nov 2008

10/2 Introduction

10/4 Microbox automation system

10/7 Standard automation systems

10/15 Fault-tolerant

automation systems

10/24 Safety-related

automation systems

Automation systems

Introduction

10/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

■

Overview

Scalable automation systems, overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system offers a wide range

of automation systems whose performances are finely matched

to one another within wide limits. This results in fine scaling of the

automation performance over the complete performance range.

The automation systems offered can be differentiated according

to various criteria. In accordance with the design, they are cate-

gorized as:

• Microbox automation system with software controller

• Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range with hard-

ware controller

■

Application

Microbox automation system

The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system repre-

sents the starter system in the lower performance range of

SIMATIC PCS 7. As a result of its exceptional physical properties

and small dimensions, it is particularly suitable for use at plant

level in industrial applications.

Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range

In these "Automation system bundles", selected components of

the SIMATIC S7-400 are combined together.

The following characteristics make the SIMATIC S7-400 predes-

tined for use as a SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system:

7Modular design without fans

7High expansion capability and ruggedness

7Single or redundant design

7Comprehensive communication facilities

7Integral system functions

7Integrable safety functions (Safety Integrated)

7Simple linking of central or distributed I/O

In accordance with their functionalities, the modular automation

systems of the S7-400 range can be classified into:

• Standard automation systems

• Fault-tolerant automation systems

• Safety-related automation systems

Various automation systems are available with a price/perfor-

mance ratio which can be tailored to your system requirements.

The CPU of the automation systems is already equipped as stan-

dard with an onboard PROFIBUS DP fieldbus connection.

Depending on the type of CPU, 1 or 2 further PROFIBUS DP in-

terfaces are possible using additional IF 964-DP interface mod-

ules. PROFIBUS communication modules can be additionally fit-

ted if required.

■

Design

Microbox automation system

The compact and rugged automation system based on the

SIMATIC Microbox PC 427B has been designed for mainte-

nance-free 24-hour continuous operation at ambient tempera-

tures up to 55 °C. Since there are no fans or rotating storage me-

dia, it is resistant to vibration and shock.

The Windows XP Embedded operating system, the WinAC RTX

controller software, and the SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor diagnos-

tics software are preinstalled on the supplied 2-GB Compact-

Flash card. The scope of delivery also includes an AS runtime

license for 250 POs.

Modular automation systems of the S7-400 range

The SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems of the S7-400 range

are delivered as preassembled and tested all-in-one systems

(AS bundles) at no extra charge. Each of these AS bundles is

already combined with a SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 process objects (PO).

The configuration of the AS bundles and their Order Nos. can be

individually combined by selecting preconfigured ordering

units. System-specific ordering configurations are available for

this purpose in the Sections "Standard automation systems",

"Fault-tolerant automation systems" and "Safety-related automa-

tion systems". In order to facilitate selection of preferred configu-

rations, these are additionally listed with their complete Order

Nos.

As an alternative to this catalog for ordering the AS bundles,

a configurator offered in the catalog & online ordering system

"A&D Mall" (www.siemens.com/automation/mall) can also be

used.

Depending on the configuration as Single Station or Redundant

Station, an AS bundle is equipped with the following compo-

nents:

• 1 or 2 racks with 9 or 18 slots

• 1 or 2 SIMATIC S7-400 CPUs

• 1, 2 or 4 PS 405 (24 V DC) or PS 407 (120/230 V AC/DC)

power supplies, without backup batteries in each case

• 1 or 2 x RAMs from 768 KB to 30 MB

• 1 or 2 memory cards with 2 to 16 MB RAM

• 1, 2 or 4 interface modules for Industrial Ethernet plant bus

(via CP or integrated in CPU)

• Additive PROFIBUS communications processors (by means

of configurator up to 4 per Single Station, up to 8 per Redun-

dant Station)

• 4 sync modules for a range up to 10 m or 10 km and 2 fiber-

optic sync cables, 1 m (longer lengths can be ordered sepa-

rately)

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX

AS 414

AS 416

AS 417

Microbox

automation system

with software controller

Standard automation systems

of S7-400 series with

hardware controller

Automation systems

Introduction

10/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

■

Technical specifications

Typical mixed quantity frameworks for SIMATIC PCS 7 S7-400 automation systems

Note:

The values quoted here are not AS-specific maximum values for the par-

ticular item but represent a typical distribution of the available total ca-

pacity of the AS during mixed operation of all the items of an assembled

block.

Comparison of main memory and processing time of the

S7-400 automation systems

412

H/F/FH

414-3IE AS

414-3 AS

414

H/F/FH

416-2 AS

416-3 AS

416-3IE AS

417-4 AS

417

H/F/FH

417-4 AS

417

H/F/FH

Memory card [in MB] 22/4 48/16 16 416

Analog value measure-

ments 10 35 125 125 125 150 700

Digital value measure-

ments 15 110 350 350 350 400 1.200

PID controls 635 110 110 110 130 300

Motors 10 50 125 125 125 150 450

Valves 10 50 125 125 125 150 450

SFC 015 40 40 40 50 200

Steps 0150 400 400 400 500 2.000

Dosing 0 3 15 15 15 15 45

Digital inputs DI 50 220 800 800 800 850 2.000

Digital outputs DO 25 110 300 300 300 315 1.000

Analog inputs AI 20 80 250 250 250 275 800

Analog outputs AO 10 40 110 110 110 130 400

Process objects (PO) 50 283 890 890 890 995 3.145

AS type Integrated main

memory in MB Processing time

in ns

AS 414-3/414-3IE 2,8 45

AS 416-2 5,6 30

AS 416-3/416-3IE 11,2 30

AS 417-4 30 18

AS 412H/F/FH 0,768 75

AS 414H/F/FH 2,8 45

AS 417H/F/FH 30 18

Automation systems

Microbox automation system

10/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

■

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX

With consideration of the scalable automation performance, the

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system represents

the starter system in the bottom performance range of SIMATIC

PCS 7.

The compact and rugged design as well as the complete ab-

sence of fans and rotating storage media mean that it resistant

to vibration and shock, and make it highly suitable for mainte-

nance-free 24-hour continuous operation at ambient tempera-

tures up to 55 °C. Particularly with small applications, it is an ex-

ceptionally good alternative to standard automation systems of

S7-400 design.

■

Application

As a result of its exceptional physical properties and small di-

mensions, the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation sys-

tem is exceptionally suitable for industrial use at plant level. Just

like the runtime systems (AS plus OS) and complete systems

(AS plus OS and ES) based on SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX, it can be

used for:

• Small production applications

• Package units

• Laboratory automation

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX can also be combined with SIMATIC

PCS 7 BOX or automation systems of S7-400 design within a

plant.

■

Design

Design of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX

The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX Microbox automation system is

based on a SIMATIC Microbox PC 427B with a system-specific

configuration. The following are preinstalled on the supplied

2-GB CompactFlash card:

• Windows XP Embedded operating system

• WinAC RTX controller software

• SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor diagnostics software

Microbox automation system with CompactFlash card

The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX has an integral power supply with

electrical isolation and mains buffering. Process data can be

safely saved by a buffered 2-MB SRAM.

Parameterizable monitoring functions (program execution/

watchdog, processor and board temperatures) as well as en-

hanced diagnostics/messages (e.g. operating hours counter,

hard disk/system status) can be recorded via SIMATIC PC

DiagMonitor and the maintenance station (PCS 7 asset manage-

ment), and evaluated or signaled by LED (power/watchdog).

4 x USB 2.0

COM1

Cooling slots

All-metal enclosure

Interface inscriptions

Displays:

Power

Watchdog

24 V DC

power supply

DVI-I connection

(DVI/VGA combined)

2 x Gigabit

Ethernet

PROFIBUS

12 Mbit/s

Automation systems

Microbox automation system

10/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Two Ethernet interfaces 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ45) are inte-

grated in the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX for plant bus communica-

tion with SIMATIC PCS 7 subsystems such as operator system,

engineering system or maintenance station.

ET 200M, ET 200ISP and ET 200S I/O stations can be linked

over a PROFIBUS DP interface to a comprehensive range of low-

cost signal/function modules as well as intelligent field/process

devices on the PROFIBUS PA.

The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX is configured using the central en-

gineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system.

The engineering system also administers the AS Runtime li-

censes of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX. The scope of delivery

of the SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX already includes an AS Runtime

license for 250 POs. This can be expanded by further AS Run-

time licenses for 100 POs. The process objects of additional

AS Runtime licenses are then added to process objects which

already exist.

■

Technical specifications

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX

Design and equipment features

Design DIN rail or wall mounting;

horizontal (preferred) or vertical

Degree of protection to EN 60529

(front/rear) IP20

CPU

• Processor Intel Pentium M 1.4 GHz

• Front Side Bus 400 MHz

• Second Level Cache 2 MB

Chipset Intel Alviso 910GML

Main memory 1 GB DDR2-SDRAM (SO-DIMM

modules)

Graphics

• Graphics controller Intel 2D/3D GMA900, integrated

in chipset

• Graphics memory Dynamic video memory 8 to

128 MB

• Resolutions/colors/frequencies

-CRT Up to 1600 x 1200 / 32 bit colors /

60 to 120 Hz

- DVI Up to 1600 x 1200 / 32 bit colors

Drives

• Flash drive For CompactFlash card, 2 GB

• CD-ROM / DVD-RW / diskette Connectable via USB (not

included in scope of delivery)

Interfaces

• PROFIBUS/MPI 12 Mbit/s (electrically isolated,

CP 5611-compatible), 9-contact

Sub-D socket

• Ethernet 2 x 10/100/1000 Mbit/s (RJ 45),

two independent controllers

•USB 4 x USB 2.0/high-speed

• Serial 1 x COM1 (V.24), 9-contact Sub-D

connector

• Parallel -

• Graphics connection 1 x DVI-I (DVI/VGA combined):

• DVI: digital

• VGA analog

• Keyboard/mouse Connectable via USB (not

included in scope of delivery)

LED displays • Power

• Watchdog

Operating system / basic software

Operating system Windows XP Embedded prein-

stalled on CompactFlash card

(CF card) 2 GB, no activation

required

System-tested SIMATIC industrial

software WinAC RTX

DiagMonitor

Monitoring/diagnostics functions

Watchdog • Monitoring of program execution

• Restart can be parameterized

following faults

• Monitoring time adjustable in the

software

Temperature • Processor

• Motherboard

(via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor and

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Manage-

ment)

Operating hours counter (via SIMATIC PC DiagMonitor and

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Manage-

ment)

Safety

Protection class Protection class I compliant with

IEC 61140

Safety directives EN 60950-1; UL 60950;

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 60950-1;

UL 508; CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142

or CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05

Noise level

Operation < 40 dB (A) to DIN 45635-1

■

Technical specifications

Automation systems

Microbox automation system

10/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC)

Emitted interference EN 55022 Class B; FCC Class A

Immunity to conducted interference

on the supply lines

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst)

± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; sym-

metrical surge)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; asym-

metrical surge)

Immunity to interference on signal

lines

± 1 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;

length < 3 m)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-4; burst;

length > 3 m)

± 2 kV (to IEC 61000-4-5; surge;

length > 30 m)

Immunity to static discharge ± 6 kV contact discharge (to

IEC 61000-4-2)

± 8 kV air discharge (to

IEC 61000-4-2)

Immunity to high-frequency irradia-

tion 10 V/m, 80 to 1000 MHz and

1.4 to 2 GHz, 80 % AM (to

IEC 61000-4-3)

1 V/m, 2 to 2.7 GHz, 80 % AM

(to IEC 61000-4-3)

10 V, 10 kHz to 80 MHz, 80 % AM

(to IEC 61000-4-6)

Immunity to magnetic fields 100 A/m, 50/60 Hz (to

IEC 61000-4-8)

Climatic conditions

Temperature Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-1, IEC 60068-2-2,

IEC 60068-2-14

• Operation Horizontal mounting:

• 0 to +50 °C

• 0 to +55 °C (reduced perfor-

mance)

Vertical mounting:

• 0 to +45 °C

• Storage/transport -20 to +60 °C

• Gradient Operation: max. 10 °C/h; stor-

age: 20 °C/h, no condensation

Relative humidity Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-78, IEC 60068-2-30

• Operation 5 to 80 % at 25 °C (no condensa-

tion)

• Storage/transport 5 to 95 % at 25 °C (no condensa-

tion)

Mechanical environmental conditions

Vibrations Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-6

• Operation 10 to 58 Hz: 0.075 mm,

58 to 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²

• Storage/transport 5 to 9 Hz: 3.5 mm,

9 to 500 Hz: 9.8 m/s²

Shock Tested according to

IEC 60068-2-27, IEC 60068-2-29

• Operation 150 m/s², 11 ms

• Storage/transport 250 m/s², 6 ms

■

Technical specifications

Approvals

CE living accommodation

• Emitted interference EN 61000-6-3: 2001

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-1: 2001

CE industrial environment

• Emitted interference EN 61000-6-4: 2001

• Noise immunity EN 61000-6-2: 2005

cULus UL 60950-1, Report E11 5352

and CAN/CSA-C22.2

No. 60950-1; UL 508 and

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 142;

CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 14-05

Power supply (electrically isolated)

Power supply 24 V DC (20.4 to 28.8 V)

Short-term voltage dip Max. 10 ms at 0.85 nominal sup-

ply voltage (max. 10 events per

hour; recovery time min. 1 s)

Max. current consumption (at 24 V

DC) 2.5 A

Power failure signaling Power Fail signal

Dimensions and weights

Dimensions (W x H x D) in mm 262 x 133 x 47

Weight Approx. 2 kg

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX

Assembled and preinstalled auto-

mation system on the basis of the

SIMATIC Microbox PC 427B with

Windows XP Embedded operat-

ing system, WinAC RTX controller

software and SIMATIC PC

DiagMonitor diagnostics software

on 2-GB CompactFlash card

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license V7.0 for 250 POs

6ES7 654-0UC11-0XX0

Additional and expansion components

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license (can be added to exist-

ing licenses)

7 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese, Japanese), executes with

Windows XP Professional, single

license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

•100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5

Individual components

(included in scope of delivery of SIMATIC PCS 7 AS RTX)

SIMATIC PC CompactFlash

card

•2 GB 6ES7 648-2BF01-0XF0 B)

■

Technical specifications

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

■

Overview

The AS 414-3 / 414-3IE, AS 416-2, AS 416-3 / 416-3IE and

AS 417-4 standard automation systems are extremely robust,

and feature high processing and communications perfor-

mances.

■

Application

The AS 414-3 / 414-3IE automation systems are tailored for small

applications with small quantity frameworks. They therefore fulfill

the requirements for a low-cost starter solution with a modular

and scalable system based on the S7-400 controller range.

Larger quantity frameworks can be implemented using the

AS 416-2, AS 416-3 / 416-3IE and AS 417-4 automation sys-

tems. These systems are preferred for medium-sized systems

and bigger.

Automation systems with integral Industrial Ethernet

interface

In addition to the AS 414-3 and AS 416-3 systems with Industrial

Ethernet connection via CP 443-1, two automation systems are

now offered where the Industrial Ethernet interface is integrated

in the CPU. These AS 414-3IE and AS 416-3IE systems are a

little cheaper than the comparable AS 414-3 and AS 416-3 sys-

tems with the same performance, but differ in their time synchro-

nization (NTP instead of S7). When using the AS 414-3IE and

AS 416-3IE systems, there are therefore two separate time syn-

chronization circuits within the SIMATIC PCS 7 system. This re-

sults in two alternatives for users:

• Create two different servers as masters for NTP and S7 time

synchronization, and tolerate any time differences which may

result

• Use a SICLOCK central plant clock as the common time mas-

ter

■

Design

The standard automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are avail-

able as preassembled and tested all-in-one systems (AS bun-

dles) at no extra charge.

Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM of these

AS bundles varies as follows:

The firmware of the standard automation systems listed in this

catalog can be updated in two ways:

• Per Flash-EPROM memory card (8 MB)

• From the central engineering system via the Industrial Ether-

net plant bus

Runtime licenses

The SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 POs already in-

tegrated in each AS bundle can be expanded by additional

Runtime licenses for 100, 1000 or 10000 POs. The process ob-

jects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to process

objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or

1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant with regard to

the implementable quantity framework. The AS Runtime licenses

are administered in the engineering system of the SIMATIC

PCS 7 process control system (on an engineering station or in

the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX).

Individual configuration of AS bundles

The equipment of the standard automation systems as well as

their Order Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting pre-

configured ordering units. System-specific ordering configura-

tions are available for this purpose in the Section "Selection and

ordering data".

The recommended preferred configurations are additionally

listed with their complete Order Nos.

As an alternative to the ordering data in this catalog, the

configurator offered in the catalog & online ordering system

"A&D Mall" (www.siemens.com/automation/mall) can also be

used to select and order the standard automation systems for

SIMATIC PCS 7.

AS type Main memory

AS 414-3 / 414-3IE 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)

AS 416-2 5.6 MB (2.8 MB each for program and data)

AS 416-3 / 416-3IE 11.2 MB (5.6 MB each for program and data)

AS 417-4 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the

number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the

number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 414-3

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for

IF module)

2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

CPU type

• CPU 414-3 (up to approx. 250 POs) C

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

• 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus

• 1 x CP 443-1 1

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 416-2

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP)

5.6 MB RAM (2.8 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

CPU type

• CPU 416-2 (up to approx. 800 POs) G

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus

• 1 x CP 443-1 1

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the

number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the

number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 2

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 416-3

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot for

IF module)

11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.

3,000 POs) E

CPU type

• CPU 416-3 (up to approx. 900 POs) H

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

• 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus

• 1 x CP 443-1 1

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 417-4

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 4 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and 2 slots

for IF modules)

30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.

3,000 POs) E

CPU type

• CPU 417-4 (up to approx. 3,000 POs) K

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

• 1 x IF 964-DP 1

• 2 x IF 964-DP 2

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus

• 1 x CP 443-1 1

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the

number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3

1) With the UR2 rack in combination with a redundant power supply, the

number of additive CP 443-5 Extended is limited to 3

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 414-3IE

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for

IF module)

2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

CPU type

• CPU 414-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 250 POs) D

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

• 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus

• Integrated, without CP 443-1 0

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 416-3IE

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 2 DP interfaces (MPI/DP and slot for

IF module)

11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.

3,000 POs) E

CPU type

• CPU 416-3 PN/DP (up to approx. 900 POs) J

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

• 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus

• Integrated, without CP 443-1 0

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Recommended preferred types

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 standard automation systems with Industrial Ether-

net interfacing via CP, recommended preferred types

AS 414-3 automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

additive IF 964-DP and without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

CPU 414-3 with 3 interfaces

(MPI/DP, DP and slot for IF mod-

ule), 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each

for program and data), CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8BC01-5DB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CC01-5DB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8BC01-5JB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CC01-5JB0 B)

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8BC01-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CC01-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8BC01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CC01-3GB0 B)

AS 416-2 automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

additive IF 964-DP and without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

CPU 416-2 with 2 interfaces

(MPI/DP and DP), 5.6 MB RAM

(2.8 MB each for program and

data), CP 443-1 communications

processor for connection to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus as

well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CG01-5DB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8DG01-5DB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CG01-5JB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8DG01-5JB0 B)

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CG01-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8DG01-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CG01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8DG01-3GB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

AS 416-3 automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

additive IF 964-DP and without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

CPU 416-3 with 3 interfaces

(MPI/DP, DP and slot for IF mod-

ule), 11.2 MB RAM (5.6 MB each

for program and data), CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8DH01-5DB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EH01-5DB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8DH01-5JB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 16 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8EH01-5JB0 B)

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8DH01-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EH01-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8DH01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 16 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8EH01-3GB0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 417-4 automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

additive IF 964-DP and without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

CPU 417-4 with 4 interfaces

(MPI/DP, DP and 2 slots for IF

modules), 30 MB RAM (15 MB

each for program and data),

CP 443-1 communications pro-

cessor for connection to Industrial

Ethernet plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CK01-5DB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EK01-5DB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CK01-5JB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EK01-5JB0 B)

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CK01-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EK01-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CK01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EK01-3GB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Individual components

SIMATIC PCS 7 standard automation systems with integral Indus-

trial Ethernet interface module, recommended preferred types

AS 414-3IE automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 4435 Extended, comprising:

CPU 414-3 PN/DP with 2 DP inter-

faces (MPI/DP and preassembled

IF 964-DP module), 2.8 MB RAM

(1.4 MB each for program and

data), as well as

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8BD10-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CD10-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8BD10-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CD10-3GB0 B)

AS 416-3IE automation system

with Runtime license for

100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

CPU 416-3 PN/DP with 2 DP inter-

faces (MPI/DP and preassembled

IF 964-DP module), 11.2 MB RAM

(5.6 MB each for program and

data), as well as

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CJ10-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EJ10-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CJ10-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 16 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8EJ10-3GB0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (can be

added to existing licenses)

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes in the engineer-

ing system with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

•100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5

• 1,000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5

• 10,000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Individual components for standard SIMATIC PCS 7 automation

systems

CPU 414-3

RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for

program and data);

module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 414-3XM05-0AB0 B)

CPU 416-2

RAM 5.6 MB (2.8 MB each for

program and data);

module occupies 1 slot

6ES7 416-2XN05-0AB0 B)

CPU 416-3

RAM 11.2 MB (5.6 MB each for

program and data);

module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 416-3XR05-0AB0 B)

CPU 417-4

RAM 30 MB (15 MB each for pro-

gram and data);

module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 417-4XT05-0AB0

CPU 414-3 PN/DP

RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for

program and data);

module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 414-3EM05-0AB0 B)

CPU 416-3 PN/DP

RAM 11.2 MB (5.6 MB each for

program and data);

module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 416-3ER05-0AB0 B)

Memory card RAM

•2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0

•4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0

•8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0

•16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0

•64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0

Memory Card Flash-EPROM

Only required to update firmware

•8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Standard automation systems

10/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

CP 443-1

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

Industrial Ethernet through

TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 com-

munication, S5-compatible com-

munication (SEND/RECEIVE) with

FETCH/WRITE with or without

RFC 1006, diagnostics expan-

sion, Multicast, commissioning

through LAN 10/100 Mbit/s, with

electronic manual on CD-ROM

6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0

CP 443-5 Extended

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7

communication, for increasing the

number of DP lines, for data set

routing with SIMATIC PDM and for

10-ms time stamp,

electronic manual on CD;

module occupies 1 slot

6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0

IF 964-DP

Interface module for connection

of another PROFIBUS DP line, for

plugging into a free DP module

slot of the CPU

6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0

PS 407 power supply module;

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/4 A,

24 V DC/0.5 A;

with battery compartment for

1 backup battery, module occu-

pies 1 slot

6ES7 407-0DA02-0AA0

PS 407 power supply module;

10 A

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0

PS 407 power supply module;

10 A, redundant design possi-

ble

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0

PS 407 power supply module;

20 A

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0

PS 405 power supply module;

24 V DC; 5 V DC/4 A, 24 V

DC/0.5 A;

with battery compartment for

1 backup battery, module occu-

pies 1 slot

6ES7 405-0DA02-0AA0

PS 405 power supply module;

10 A

24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

PS 405 power supply module;

10 A, redundant design possi-

ble

24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0 B)

PS 405 power supply module;

20 A

24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0

Backup battery

Type AA, 2.3 Ah 6ES7 971-0BA00

Aluminum UR1 rack

18 slots 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0 B)

Aluminum UR2 rack

9 slots 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0

Aluminum CR3 rack

4 slots 6ES7 401-1DA01-0AA0

Steel UR1 rack

18 slots 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0

Steel UR2 rack

9 slots 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

■

Overview

Fault-tolerant automation systems are used to reduce the risk of

production failures. The higher investment costs for fault-tolerant

automation systems are frequently negligible compared to the

costs resulting from production failures. The higher the costs of

a production failure, the more worthwhile it is to use a fault-toler-

ant system.

Fault-tolerant automation systems can be mounted in a UR2-H

compact rack with divided backplane bus or in two separate

racks (UR1 or UR2). The design in two racks allows physical

separation of the redundant subsystems, e.g. by a fireproof par-

tition.

Fault-tolerant automation systems can be used on their own in a

plant configuration, or together with standard and safety-related

automation systems.

■

Design

Fault-tolerant automation systems for SIMATIC PCS 7 are avail-

able as preassembled and tested all-in-one systems (AS bun-

dles) at no extra charge.

Depending on the type of automation system, the RAM of these

AS bundles varies as follows:

Runtime licenses

Each AS bundle is already provided as standard with the

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process objects

(PO). The number of process objects can be extended by addi-

tional Runtime licenses for 100, 1000 or 10000 POs. The process

objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to process

objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or

1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant. The AS Run-

time licenses are administered on a SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering

system or in the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX.

Connection of process I/Os

Several PROFIBUS DP lines with distributed process I/Os can be

operated on each sub-AS through the internal PROFIBUS DP in-

terface or by using additional communications processors.

• The ET 200M remote I/O stations are connected via two

IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules on a special bus

module to two redundant PROFIBUS DP segments.

• The intelligent field devices on the PROFIBUS PA are con-

nected over a DP/PA link to two redundant IM 153-2 High

Feature interface modules.

• Non-redundant PROFIBUS DP devices, e.g. ET 200S

distributed I/O devices, can be connected to the redundant

PROFIBUS DP over the Y-link.

These configurations can also be mixed together.

Communication over the plant bus

The AS 412H, AS 414H and AS 417H automation systems are

connected as standard by one communications processor per

sub-AS to the plant bus.

The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,

which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the

availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant

rings it makes sense to use two communications processors

per sub-AS and to distribute their connections between the two

rings (4-way connection). Double faults such as failure of the

OSM/SCALANCE switch on ring 1 with simultaneous interruption

in the bus cable on ring 2 can thus be tolerated.

AS type Main memory

AS 412H 768 KB (512 KB for program and 256 KB for data)

AS 414H 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)

AS 417H 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Individual configuration of AS bundles

The equipment of the fault-tolerant automation systems as well

as their Order Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting

preconfigured ordering units. System-specific ordering configu-

rations are available for this purpose in the following Section

"Selection and ordering data".

These are divided into:

• Single stations: AS 412-3-1H, AS 414-4-1H and AS 417-4-1H

with only one CPU, e.g. for the following cases:

- Subsequent expansion to a redundant system

- Redundant configuration on UR1 racks, comprising 2 Single

Stations, 4 sync modules and 2 sync fiber-optic cables

• Redundant stations: AS 412-3-2H, AS 414-4-2H and

AS 417-4-2H with two redundant CPUs, mounted on one com-

mon rack (UR2-H) or two separate racks (UR2)

In order to rapidly access the recommended preferred configu-

rations, these are additionally listed with their complete Order

Numbers.

As an alternative to the ordering data in this catalog, the

configurator offered in the catalog & online ordering system

"A&D Mall" (www.siemens.com/automation/mall) can also be

used to select and order fault-tolerant automation systems for

SIMATIC PCS 7.

Ordering information:

For a redundant configuration based on 2 Single Stations, you

additionally require 4 sync modules (up to 10 m or 10 km) and

2 fiber-optic sync cables. Their selection depends on the dis-

tance between the two Single Stations.

The AS 412H (AS 412-3-1H/AS 412-3-2H) automation systems

currently only support sync modules with a range up to 10 m.

Fiber-optic sync cables longer than 1 m must always be ordered

separately (2 of each required).

■

Function

The fault-tolerant automation systems of SIMATIC PCS 7 are

based on the 1-out-of-2 principle. In the event of a fault, they

switch over to the standby system. These systems use a com-

pletely redundant design to maximize availability. Therefore all

important system components are present twice, such as:

• Central processing unit

• Power supply

• Hardware for linking the two CPUs

Which other components are also made available in pairs in the

interest of availability depends on the application-specific sys-

tem architecture.

The two subsystems of a redundant automation system are elec-

trically isolated from one another. This increases the system sta-

bility with respect to electromagnetic interference.

The firmware of the fault-tolerant automation systems can be up-

dated in two ways:

• Per Flash-EPROM memory card (8 MB)

• From the central engineering system via the Industrial Ether-

net plant bus

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/17

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 412-3-1H (Single Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master)

768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and 256 KB

for data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx.

50 POs) A

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

CPU type

• CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 1 x CP 443-11) 1

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 2

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 414-4-1H (Single Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP

master)

2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

CPU type

• CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 1 x CP 443-11) 1

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 2

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 417-4-1H (Single Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP

master)

30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.

3,000 POs) E

CPU type

• CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2,500 POs) M

Additive IF 964-DP interface module

• Without additive IF 964-DP 0

• 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 1 x CP 443-11) 1

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 2

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 412-3-2H (Redundant Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP master)

2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program

and 256 KB each for data)

6ES7 656-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx.

50 POs) A

• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

CPU type

• 2 x CPU 412-3H (up to approx. 50 POs) A

Sync modules and cables

• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m

and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m 3

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-1 for 4-way connection1) 2

Rack

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design C

• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design E

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign H

• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/19

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 414-4-2H (Redundant Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master)

2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 656-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

CPU type

• 2 x CPU 414-4H (up to approx. 250 POs) E

Sync modules and cables

• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m

and

2 x FO sync cable, 1 m

• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and

2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-1 for 4-way connection1) 2

Rack

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design C

• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design E

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign H

• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 417-4-2H (Redundant Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master)

2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 656-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

• 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.

3,000 POs) E

CPU type

• 2 x CPU 417-4H (up to approx. 2,500 POs) M

Sync modules and cables

• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m

and

2 x FO sync cable, 1 m

• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and

2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-1 for 4-way connection1) 2

Rack

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dant design C

• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design E

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign H

• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundant de-

sign K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Recommended preferred types

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems -

Single Stations, recommended preferred types

AS 412-3-1H automation sys-

tem with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, without sync

modules and cables, comprising:

1 x CPU 412-3H with one inte-

grated interface (MPI/DP mas-

ter), 768 KB main memory

(512 KB for program and 256 KB

for data), CP 443-1 communica-

tions processor for connection to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus as

well as

• UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design, without backup batter-

ies, memory card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8BA01-3CB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8BA01-3GB0 B)

AS 414-4-1H automation sys-

tem with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, without sync

modules and cables, comprising:

1 x CPU 414-4H with 2 integrated

interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master), 2.8 MB main memory

(1.4 MB each for program and

data), CP 443-1 communications

processor for connection to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus as

well as

• UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design, without backup batter-

ies, memory card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8BE01-3CB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design, without backup batter-

ies, memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CE01-3CB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8BE01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CE01-3GB0 B)

AS 417-4-1H automation sys-

tem with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, without sync

modules and cables, comprising:

1 x CPU 417-4H with 2 integrated

interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master), 30 MB main memory

(15 MB each for program and

data), CP 443-1 communications

processor for connection to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus as

well as

• UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design, without backup batter-

ies, memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8CM01-3CB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design, without backup batter-

ies, memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-8EM01-3CB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8CM01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 16 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-8EM01-3GB0 B)

Fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems -

Redundant stations, recommended preferred types

AS 412-3-2H automation sys-

tem with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

2 x CPU 412-3H with 2 x

1 integrated interface (MPI/DP

master), 2 x 768 KB main memory

(512 KB each for program and

256 KB each for data), two

CP 443-1 communications pro-

cessors for connection to Indus-

trial Ethernet plant bus as well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

4 sync modules for distances up

to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync

cables, 1 m

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design, without back-

up batteries, 2 memory cards

of 2 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8BA31-1CB0 B)

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 2 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8BA31-1GB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/21

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

AS 414-4-2H automation sys-

tem with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

2 x CPU 414-4H with 2 x

2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP

master and DP master),

2 x 2.8 MB main memory (1.4 MB

each for program and data),

2 x CP 443-1 communications

processors for connection to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus as

well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

4 sync modules for distances up

to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync

cables, 1 m

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design, without back-

up batteries, 2 memory cards

of 2 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8BE31-1CB0 B)

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design, without back-

up batteries, 2 memory cards

of 4 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8CE31-1CB0 B)

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 2 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8BE31-1GB0 B)

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 4 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8CE31-1GB0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 417-4-2H automation sys-

tem with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

2 x CPU 417-4H with 2 x

2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP

master and DP master), 2 x

30 MB RAM (15 MB each for pro-

gram and data), 2 x CP 443-1

communications processors for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

4 sync modules for distances up

to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync

cables, 1 m

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design, without back-

up batteries, 2 memory cards

of 4 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8CM31-1CB0 B)

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design, without back-

up batteries, 2 memory cards

of 8 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8DM31-1CB0 B)

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundant design, without back-

up batteries, 2 memory cards

of 16 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8EM31-1CB0 B)

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 4 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8CM31-1GB0 B)

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 8 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8DM31-1GB0 B)

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 16 MB RAM each

6ES7 656-8EM31-1GB0 B)

Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems

(can be added to existing licenses)

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes in the engineer-

ing system with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

•100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5

• 1,000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5

• 10,000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Individual components

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Individual components of the fault-tolerant SIMATIC PCS 7

automation systems

CPU 412-3H

RAM 768 KB (512 KB for program

and 256 KB for data)

Module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0 B)

CPU 414-4H

RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for

program and data)

Module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0 B)

CPU 417-4H

RAM 30 MB (15 MB each for pro-

gram and data)

Module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0 B)

Sync set

For linking the two redundant 412-

3H, 414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;

for distances up to

• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync mod-

ules for up to 10 m and 2 fiber-

optic sync cables, 1 m each

6ES7 656-7XX30-0XX0

• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync mod-

ules for up to 10 km

Note: please order fiber-optic

sync cables (2 units) in the re-

quired length separately.

6ES7 656-7XX40-0XX0

Sync module

For linking the two CPUs 412-3H,

414-4H or 417-4H;

two modules required per CPU

For distances of up to

• 10 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0

• 10 km 6ES7 960-1AB04-0XA0

Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)

For connecting the two 412-3H,

414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;

each redundant automation sys-

tem requires 2 cables

•1 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-5AA0

•2 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-5BA0

• 10 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-5KA0

Other lengths auf Anfrage

Memory Card RAM

•1 MB 6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0

•2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0

•4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0

•8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0

• 16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0

• 64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0

Memory Card Flash-EPROM

Only required to update firmware.

Alternative: firmware update via

the engineering system

•8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

CP 443-1

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

Industrial Ethernet through

TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 com-

munication, S5-compatible com-

munication (SEND/RECEIVE) with

FETCH/WRITE with or without

RFC 1006, diagnostics expan-

sion, Multicast, commissioning

through LAN 10/100 Mbit/s, with

electronic manual on CD-ROM

6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0

CP 443-5 Extended

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

PROFIBUS as DP master or for

S7 communication, for increasing

the number of DP lines, for data

set routing with SIMATIC PDM

and for 10-ms time stamp,

electronic manual on CD;

module occupies 1 slot

6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0

PS 407 power supply module;

10 A

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0

PS 407 power supply module;

10 A, redundant design

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0

PS 407 power supply module;

20 A

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0

PS 405 power supply module;

10 A

24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0

PS 405 power supply module;

10 A, redundant design

24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0 B)

PS 405 power supply module;

20 A

24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0

Backup battery

Type AA, 2.3 Ah 6ES7 971-0BA00

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Fault-tolerant automation systems

10/23

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Options

Y-Link

• Bus coupler for transition from a redundant PROFIBUS DP

master system to a single-channel PROFIBUS DP master sys-

tem

• For connecting devices with only one PROFIBUS DP interface

to the redundant PROFIBUS DP master system AS 412H /

AS 414H / AS 417H

The Y-link comprises:

• Two IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules for extended

temperature range

• One Y-coupler incl. RS 485 repeater

• One IM157 (IM/IM) bus module for two IM 153-2 High Feature

modules, for extended temperature range

• One BM Y-coupler bus module

Evaluation of the Y-Link diagnostics (and hence indirectly of the

connected DP standard slaves) is supported by driver blocks.

Aluminum UR1 rack

18 slots 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0 B)

Aluminum UR2 rack

9 slots 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0

Aluminum UR2-H rack

For divided central controllers;

2 x 9 slots

6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0

Steel UR1 rack

18 slots 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0

Steel UR2 rack

9 slots 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0

Steel UR2-H rack

For divided central controllers;

2 x 9 slots

6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0

Y-Link

For connection of devices with

only one PROFIBUS DP interface

to a fault-tolerant automation sys-

tem

6ES7 197-1LA11-0XA0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

■

Overview

Safety-related automation systems are used for critical applica-

tions where a fault could endanger life or result in damage to the

plant or the environment. These F/FH systems frequently re-

ferred to as "fail-safe automation systems" detect both faults in

the process and their own internal faults in association with the

safety-related F modules of the ET 200 distributed I/O systems

or fail-safe transmitters connected directly via the fieldbus. They

automatically transfer the plant to a safe state in the event of a

fault.

■

Design

In general, two design versions are differentiated across all ar-

chitectural levels of a system based on Safety Integrated for

Process Automation:

• Single-channel, non-redundant design

• Redundant, fault-tolerant design

These two design versions are highly variable and offer a wide

scope for design with regard to different customer requirements.

Standard (basic process control) and safety-related functions

can be combined flexibly, not only in the area of distributed I/O.

Even at the controller level, they can be combined in one system

or separated. In addition, there are numerous possibilities aris-

ing from the use of flexible modular redundancy.

At the individual architectural levels (controller, fieldbus, distrib-

uted I/O) the configuration alternatives shown in the figure are

available depending on the distributed I/O used (ET 200M and

ET 200S remote I/O stations or PROFIBUS PA devices accord-

ing to Profile 3.0).

Design versions for safety-related systems

ET 200M

PROFIBUS PA

ET 200S

ET 200M

AS 412F/

AS 414F/

AS 417F

AS 412FH/

AS 414FH/

AS 417FH

AS 412FH/

AS 414FH/

AS 417FH

PROFIBUS DP

F-modules

Active field

splitter

Active field distributors

F- and standard modules

Flexible Modular Redundancy

at module or device level

F- and standard modules

F- and

standard

modules

Standard modules

Module or channel

redundancy over

several separate

stations

DP/PA Link

with redundant

DP/PA couplers

DP/PA Link

with redundant

DP/PA couplers

PROFIBUS PA

DP/PA Link

Y-Link

Distributed I/O and

direct fieldbus interfacing

Direct fieldbus interfacing Distributed I/O

Redundant, high-availability

and fault-tolerant configuration

Single-channel,

non-redundant configuration

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/25

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

The safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems at the

controller level are categorized in accordance with the two de-

sign versions as follows:

•Single stations

AS 412F, AS 414F and AS 417F with only one CPU (safety-

related)

•Redundant stations

AS 412FH, AS 414FH and AS 417FH with two redundant

CPUs (safety-related and fault-tolerant)

Single stations and redundant stations are available as preas-

sembled and tested all-in-one systems (AS bundles) without

extra charge. They are based on the hardware of the AS 412H,

AS 414H or AS 417H fault-tolerant automation systems ex-

panded by safety functions with S7 F Systems.

Similar to the fault-tolerant systems used as a basis, the RAM of

the safety-related AS bundles varies as follows:

All F/FH systems are TÜV-certified and comply with the safety

requirements up to SIL 3 according to IEC 61508.

In the systems with multitasking capability, several programs

can be executed simultaneously in one CPU – basic process

control (BPCS) applications or also safety-related applications.

The programs are reaction-free, i.e. faults in BPCS applications

have no effect on safety-related applications, and vice versa.

Special tasks with very short response times can also be imple-

mented.

The redundant FH systems operating according to the 1-out-of-

2 principle consist of two subsystems of identical design. These

are electrically isolated from each other to achieve optimum

EMC, and are synchronized with each other via fiber-optic ca-

bles. A bumpless switchover is made from the active subsystem

to the standby subsystem in the event of a fault. The two sub-

systems can be present in the same rack or separated by up to

10 km. The spatial separation provides additional security in the

case of extreme influences in the environment of the active sub-

system, e.g. resulting from a fire.

The redundancy of the FH systems is only used to increase the

availability. It is not relevant to processing of the safety functions

and the associated fault detection.

Runtime licenses

Each AS bundle is already provided as standard with the

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for 100 process objects

(PO). The number of process objects can be extended by addi-

tional Runtime licenses for 100, 1000 or 10000 POs. The process

objects of additional Runtime licenses can be added to process

objects which already exist. The number and type (e.g. 100 or

1000) of additional Runtime licenses are irrelevant. The

AS Runtime licenses are administered on a SIMATIC PCS 7

engineering system or in the SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX.

Communication over the plant bus

The safety-related automation systems are connected as stan-

dard to the plant bus using one communications processor per

AS (F-systems) or sub-AS (FH-systems).

The plant bus can be implemented in the form of a ring structure,

which can also be configured with redundant architecture if the

availability requirements are high. When there are two redundant

rings it makes sense to use two communications processors per

AS (F-systems) or sub-AS (FH-systems) and to distribute their

connections between the two rings(4-way connection). Double

faults such as failure of the OSM/SCALANCE switch on ring 1

with simultaneous interruption in the bus cable on ring 2 can thus

be tolerated.

Individual configuration of AS bundles

The equipment of the safety-related automation systems as well

as their Order Nos. can be individually compiled by selecting

preconfigured ordering units. System-specific ordering configu-

rations are available for this purpose in the following Section

"Selection and ordering data".

These are divided into:

• Single stations: AS 412F, AS 414F and AS 417F with only one

CPU

• Redundant stations: AS 412FH, AS 414FH and AS 417FH with

two redundant CPUs, mounted on one common rack (UR2-H)

or two separate racks (UR2)

In order to rapidly access the recommended preferred configu-

rations, these are additionally listed with their complete order

numbers.

As an alternative to the ordering data in this catalog, the

configurator offered in the catalog & online ordering system

"A&D Mall" (www.siemens.com/automation/mall) can also be

used to select and order safety-related automation systems for

SIMATIC PCS 7.

Ordering information

The AS 412F/FH automation systems currently only support

sync modules with a range up to 10 m. Fiber-optic sync cables

longer than 1 m must always be ordered separately (2 of each

required).

AS type RAM

AS 412F/FH 768 KB (512 KB for program and 256 KB for data)

AS 414F/FH 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for program and data)

AS 417F/FH 30 MB (15 MB each for program and data)

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

■

Function

Safety functions

The safety functions of an application are implemented by the

safety-related program executed in the CPU of the F/FH systems

together with the safety-related F-modules of the ET 200 distrib-

uted I/O systems or directly by failsafe transmitters connected

via the fieldbus.

The PROFIsafe profile is used for the safe PROFIBUS DP com-

munication between CPU and process I/O. PROFIsafe expands

the message frames by additional information with which the

PROFIsafe communications partners can recognize and com-

pensate transmission errors such as delays, incorrect se-

quences, repetitions, losses, faulty addressing or data falsifica-

tion.

Standard modules can be used in F/FH systems in addition to

safety-related F-modules - mixed in a remote I/O station or in

separate stations, in a common PROFIBUS segment or in sepa-

rate PROFIBUS segments. Basic process control (BPCS) appli-

cations and safety applications can be automated in such mixed

configurations with one and the same system and configured

with uniform standard tools.

One CPU processes BPCS and safety functions in parallel.

Mutual interference during processing is prevented by ensuring

that the BPCS programs and the safety-related programs are

kept strictly separate and that the data exchange is by means of

special conversion function blocks. The safety functions are pro-

cessed twice in different sections of a CPU by means of redun-

dant, diverse instruction processing. Potential errors are de-

tected by the system during the subsequent comparison of

results.

The S7 F Systems engineering tool as a component of the

SIMATIC Manager allows parameterization of the F/FH systems

and the safety-related F-modules from the ET 200 series. It sup-

ports configuration by means of functions for:

• Comparison of safety-related F-programs

• Recognition of changes in the F-program using the checksum

• Separation of safety-related and standard functions.

Access to the F-functions can be password-protected.

The F-block library integrated in S7 F Systems contains pre-

defined function blocks for generation of safety-related applica-

tions with the CFC or the SIMATIC Safety Matrix based on it. The

certified F-blocks are extremely robust and intercept program-

ming errors such as division by zero or out-of-range values. They

avoid the need for diverse programming tasks for detecting and

reacting to errors.

■

Options

Ordering information

An AS 412H, AS 414H or AS 417H system is required as the

hardware for a safety-related automation system.

The following H systems can be used depending on the type

and structure of the safety-related automation system:

• For single-channel AS 412F, AS 414F or AS 417F safety-re-

lated systems: one each of AS 412-3-1H, AS 414-4-1H or

AS 417-4-1H

• For fault-tolerant and safety-related AS 412FH, AS 414FH or

AS 417FH systems:

- With both subsystems in one rack: one each of AS 412-3-2H,

AS 414-4-2H or AS 417-4-2H

- With the two subsystems in different racks: two each of

AS 412-3-1H, AS 414-4-1H or AS 417-4-1H

You require the following components in addition:

• S7 F Systems

F programming tool with F block library for programming

safety-related user programs on the engineering system (see

Chapter "Engineering system")

• F Runtime license

For processing safety-related user programs, for one

AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or AS 417F/FH system

• Option: SIMATIC Safety Matrix

The convenient safety lifecycle tool for configuration of opera-

tion and servicing (see Chapter "Engineering system")

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/27

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 412F (Single Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 1 interface (MPI/DP master)

768 KB RAM (512 KB for program and 256 KB

for data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx.

50 POs) A

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

CPU type

• CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT license

(up to approx. 50 POs) B

Additive interface modules

• Without additive interface module 0

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 1 x CP 443-11) 1

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 2

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 414F (Single Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master)

2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

CPU type

• CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT license

(up to approx. 250 POs) F

Additive interface modules

• Without additive interface module 0

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 1 x CP 443-11) 1

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 2

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged into the UR2 rack with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 417F (Single Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and DP

master)

30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 654-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• Memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• Memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

• Memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.

3,000 POs) E

CPU type

• CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT license

(up to approx. 2,500 POs) N

Additive interface modules

• Without additive interface module 0

• 1 x IF 964-DP 1

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 1 x CP 443-11) 1

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 2

Rack

• UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

• UR1 (18 slots), aluminum 5

• UR1 (18 slots), steel 6

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 1 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 1 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundancy possible E

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 1 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 1 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 1 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 3 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 4 x CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 412FH (Redundant Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

2 x CPU with 1 interface each (MPI/DP master)

2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for program

and 256 KB each for data)

6ES7 656-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• 2 x memory card 1 MB RAM (up to approx.

50 POs) A

• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

CPU type

• 2 x CPU 412-3H with S7 F Systems RT license

(up to approx. 50 POs) B

Sync modules and cables

• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m

and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m 3

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-1 for 4-way connection1) 2

Rack

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

edundancy possible E

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible, H

• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/29

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

1) Up to 5 CPs can be plugged in per subsystem with a single power

supply, or up to 3 with a redundant power supply.

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 414FH (Redundant Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master)

2 x 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 656-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• 2 x memory card 2 MB RAM (up to approx.

180 POs) B

• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

CPU type

• 2 x CPU 414-4H with S7 F Systems RT license

(up to approx. 250 POs) F

Sync modules and cables

• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m

and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and

2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-1 for 4-way connection1) 2

Rack

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundancy possible E

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Selection and ordering data Order No.

AS 417FH (Redundant Station)

with SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime license for

100 POs

2 x CPU with 2 interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master)

2 x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for program and

data)

6ES7 656-

7 7 7 7 7 -7 7 B7

Type of delivery

• Preassembled and tested 8

Memory card

• 2 x memory card 4 MB RAM (up to approx.

300 POs) C

• 2 x memory card 8 MB RAM (up to approx.

800 POs) D

• 2 x memory card 16 MB RAM (up to approx.

3,000 POs) E

CPU type

• 2 x CPU 417-4H with S7 F Systems RT license

(up to approx. 2,500 POs) N

Sync modules and cables

• 2 x 2 sync modules for distances up to 10 m

and 2 x FO sync cable, 1 m 3

• 2 x 2 sync modules for up to 10 km and

2 x FO sync cable, 1 m, for testing 4

Interface module to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus1)

• 2 x CP 443-1 for redundant interface module1) 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-1 for 4-way connection1) 2

Rack

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), aluminum 1

• 1 x UR2-H (2 x 9 slots), steel 2

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), aluminum 3

• 2 x UR2 (9 slots), steel 4

Power supply (without backup batteries)

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC B

• 2 x PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, redun-

dancy possible C

• 2 x PS 407, 20 A for 120/230 V AC/DC D

• 2 x 2 PS 407, 10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundancy possible E

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC G

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible H

• 2 x PS 405, 20 A for 24 V DC J

• 2 x PS 405, 10 A for 24 V DC, redundancy

possible K

Additive PROFIBUS DP interface modules1)

• Without CP 443-5 Extended 0

• 2 x CP 443-5 Extended 1

• 2 x 2 CP 443-5 Extended1) 2

• 2 x 3 CP 443-5 Extended1) 3

• 2 x 4 CP 443-5 Extended1) 4

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Recommended preferred types

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems -

Single Stations, recommended preferred types

AS 412F automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, without sync

modules and cables, comprising:

1 x CPU 412-3H with one inte-

grated interface (MPI/DP master)

and S7 F Systems RT license,

768 KB RAM (512 KB for program

and 256 KB for data) as well as

• UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 1 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to plant bus

6ES7 654-8AB01-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 1 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to plant bus

6ES7 654-8AB02-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 1 MB

RAM, 1 x CP 443-1 communi-

cations processor for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 654-8AB01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 1 MB

RAM, 2 x CP 443-1 communi-

cations processor for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 654-8AB02-3GB0 B)

AS 414F automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, without sync

modules and cables, comprising:

1 x CPU 414-4H with 2 integrated

interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master) and S7 F Systems RT

license, 2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB

each for program and data) as

well as

• UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to plant bus

6ES7 654-8CF01-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 4 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to plant bus

6ES7 654-8CF02-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM, 1 x CP 443-1 communi-

cations processor for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 654-8CF01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 4 MB

RAM, 2 x CP 443-1 communi-

cations processor for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 654-8CF02-3GB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/31

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

AS 417F automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, without sync

modules and cables, comprising:

1 x CPU 417-4H with 2 integrated

interfaces (MPI/DP master and

DP master) and S7 F Systems RT

license, 30 MB RAM (15 MB each

for program and data) as well as

• UR2 aluminum rack (9 slots)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 16 MB RAM, 1 x CP 443-

1 communications processor

for connection to plant bus

6ES7 654-8EN01-3BB0 B)

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, without

backup batteries, memory

card 16 MB RAM, 2 x CP 443-

1 communications processor

for connection to plant bus

6ES7 654-8EN02-3BB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 16 MB

RAM, 1 x CP 443-1 communi-

cations processor for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 654-8EN01-3GB0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, without backup bat-

teries, memory card 16 MB

RAM, 2 x CP 443-1 communi-

cations processor for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 654-8EN02-3GB0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems -

Redundant Stations, recommended preferred types

AS 412FH automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

2 x CPU 412-3H, each with inte-

grated interface (MPI/DP master)

and S7 F Systems RT license,

2 x 768 KB RAM (512 KB each for

program and 256 KB each for

data) as well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

4 sync modules for distances up

to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync

cables, 1 m

- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundancy possible, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards with 1 MB RAM each,

2 x CP 443-1 communications

processor for connection to

plant bus

6ES7 656-8AB31-1EB0 B)

- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundancy possible, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards with 1 MB RAM each,

2 x 2 CP 443-1 communica-

tions processors for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 656-8AB32-1EB0 B)

- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A

for 24 V DC, without backup

batteries, 2 memory cards with

1 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-1

communications processors

for connection to plant bus

6ES7 656-8AB31-1GB0 B)

- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A

for 24 V DC, without backup

batteries, 2 memory cards with

1 MB RAM each, 2 x 2 CP 443-

1 communications processors

for connection to plant bus

6ES7 656-8AB32-1GB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

AS 414FH automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

2 x CPU 414-4H, each with

2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP

master and DP master) and

S7 F Systems RT license, 2 x

2.8 MB RAM (1.4 MB each for

program and data) as well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

4 sync modules for distances up

to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync

cables, 1 m

- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundancy possible, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards with 4 MB RAM each,

2 x CP 443-1 communications

processor for connection to

plant bus

6ES7 656-8CF31-1EB0 B)

- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundancy possible, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards with 4 MB RAM each,

2 x 2 CP 443-1 communica-

tions processors for connec-

tion to plant bus

6ES7 656-8CF32-1EB0 B)

- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A

for 24 V DC, without backup

batteries, 2 memory cards with

4 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-1

communications processors

for connection to plant bus

6ES7 656-8CF31-1GB0 B)

- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A

for 24 V DC, without backup

batteries, 2 memory cards with

4 MB RAM each, 2 x 2 CP 443-

1 communications processors

for connection to plant bus

6ES7 656-8CF32-1GB0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 417FH automation system

with SIMATIC PCS 7

AS Runtime license for 100 POs

Preassembled and tested, without

CP 443-5 Extended, comprising:

2 x CPU 417-4H, each with

2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP

master and DP master) and

S7 F Systems RT license, 2

x 30 MB RAM (15 MB each for

program and data) as well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

4 sync modules for distances up

to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic sync

cables, 1 m

- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundancy possible, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards with 16 MB RAM each,

2 x CP 443-1 communications

processor for connection to

plant bus

6ES7 656-8EN31-1EB0 B)

- 2 x 2 PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC, re-

dundancy possible, without

backup batteries, 2 memory

cards 16 MB RAM, 2 x 2

CP 443-1 communications

processors for connection to

plant bus

6ES7 656-8EN32-1EB0 B)

- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A

for 24 V DC, without backup

batteries, 2 memory cards with

16 MB RAM each, 2 x CP 443-

1 communications processors

for connection to plant bus

6ES7 656-8EN31-1GB0 B)

- 2 PS 405 power supplies; 10 A

for 24 V DC, without backup

batteries, 2 memory cards with

16 MB RAM each, 2 x 2

CP 443-1 communications

processors for connection to

plant bus

6ES7 656-8EN32-1GB0 B)

Runtime licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems (can be

added to existing licenses)

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license

6 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish, Chi-

nese), executes in the engineer-

ing system with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

•100 POs 6ES7 653-2BA00-0XB5

• 1,000 POs 6ES7 653-2BB00-0XB5

• 10,000 POs 6ES7 653-2BC00-0XB5

AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH and AS 417F/FH engineering

(see Chapter "Engineering System", Section "Engineering Process

Safety")

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/33

Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

Individual components

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Individual components of the safety-related SIMATIC PCS 7

automation systems

S7 F Systems RT License

For processing safety-related

application programs, for one

AS 412F/FH, AS 414F/FH or

AS 417F/FH system

6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0

CPU 412-3H

RAM 768 KB (512 KB for program

and 256 KB for data)

Module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 412-3HJ14-0AB0 B)

CPU 414-4H

RAM 2.8 MB (1.4 MB each for

program and data)

Module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 414-4HM14-0AB0 B)

CPU 417-4H

RAM 30 MB (15 MB each for pro-

gram and data)

Module occupies 2 slots

6ES7 417-4HT14-0AB0 B)

Sync set

For linking the two redundant

412-3H, 414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;

for distances up to

• 10 m, consisting of 4 sync mod-

ules for up to 10 m and 2 fiber-

optic sync cables, 1 m each

6ES7 656-7XX30-0XX0

• 10 km, consisting of 4 sync mod-

ules for up to 10 km

Note: please order fiber-optic

sync cables (2 units) in the re-

quired length separately.

6ES7 656-7XX40-0XX0

Sync module

For linking the two 412-3H,

414-4H or 417-4H CPUs; two

modules required per CPU

For distances of up to

• 10 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-0XA0

• 10 km 6ES7 960-1AB04-0XA0

Sync cable (fiber-optic cable)

For connecting the two 412-3H,

414-4H or 417-4H CPUs;

each redundant automation sys-

tem requires 2 cables

•1 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-5AA0

•2 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-5BA0

• 10 m 6ES7 960-1AA04-5KA0

Other lengths auf Anfrage

Memory Card RAM

•1 MB 6ES7 952-1AK00-0AA0

•2 MB 6ES7 952-1AL00-0AA0

•4 MB 6ES7 952-1AM00-0AA0

•8 MB 6ES7 952-1AP00-0AA0

•16 MB 6ES7 952-1AS00-0AA0

•64 MB 6ES7 952-1AY00-0AA0

Memory Card Flash-EPROM

Only required to update firmware;

alternative: firmware update via

the engineering system

•8 MB 6ES7 952-1KP00-0AA0

CP 443-1

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

Industrial Ethernet through

TCP/IP, ISO and UDP; for S7 com-

munication, S5-compatible com-

munication (SEND/RECEIVE) with

FETCH/WRITE with or without

RFC 1006, diagnostics expan-

sion, Multicast, commissioning

through LAN 10/100 Mbit/s, with

electronic manual on CD-ROM

6GK7 443-1EX11-0XE0

CP 443-5 Extended

Communications processor for

connection of SIMATIC S7-400 to

PROFIBUS as DP master or for S7

communication, for increasing the

number of DP lines, for data set

routing with SIMATIC PDM and for

10-ms time stamp,

electronic manual on CD;

module occupies 1 slot

6GK7 443-5DX04-0XE0

PS 407 power supply module;

10 A

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0KA02-0AA0

PS 407 power supply module;

10 A, redundant design possi-

ble

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/10 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0KR02-0AA0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Automation systems

Safety-related automation systems

10/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · Update November 2008

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

PS 407 power supply module;

20 A

120/230 V AC/DC; 5 V DC/20 A,

24 V DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 407-0RA02-0AA0

PS 405 power supply module;

10 A

24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0KA02-0AA0

PS 405 power supply module;

10 A, redundant design possi-

ble

24 V DC; 5 V DC/10 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0KR02-0AA0 B)

PS 405 power supply module;

20 A

24 V DC; 5 V DC/20 A, 24 V

DC/1 A;

with battery compartment for

2 backup batteries, module occu-

pies 2 slots

6ES7 405-0RA02-0AA0

Backup battery

Type AA, 2.3 Ah 6ES7 971-0BA00

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Aluminum UR1 rack

18 slots 6ES7 400-1TA11-0AA0 B)

Aluminum UR2 rack

9 slots 6ES7 400-1JA11-0AA0

Aluminum UR2-H rack

For divided central controllers;

2 x 9 slots

6ES7 400-2JA10-0AA0

Steel UR1 rack

18 slots 6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0

Steel UR2 rack

9 slots 6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0

Steel UR2-H rack

For divided central controllers;

2 x 9 slots

6ES7 400-2JA00-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

11/2 Introduction

11/4 Central I/O

11/4 Central I/O modules

11/5 Expansion units for central I/O

11/6 SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA

terminal module

11/9 ET 200M distributed I/O

11/9 Introduction

11/10 Power supply

11/11 Interface modules

11/12 ET 200M accessories

11/13 Bundles

11/14 DI - digital input modules

11/16 DO - digital output modules

11/18 DI/DO - digital input/output

modules

11/19 AI - analog input modules

11/21 AO - analog output modules

11/22 Ex modules [EEi xb]

11/23 Modules with HART

11/25 F modules

11/27 Closed-loop control modules

11/29 Counter modules

11/30 ET 200iSP distributed I/O

11/30 Introduction

11/32 ET 200iSP power supply unit

11/33 IM 152-1 interface module

11/34 Electronics modules and

watchdog module

11/37 RS 485-IS coupler

11/38 Stainless steel wall enclosure

11/39 ET 200S distributed I/O

11/39 Introduction

11/41 Terminal modules

11/43 Interface modules

11/44 Power modules

11/45 Digital electronics modules

11/47 Analog electronics modules

11/49 Motor starters

11/53 SIGUARD safety technology

11/56 ET 200pro distributed I/O

11/56 Introduction

11/59 Interface module IM 154-2 DP

High Feature

11/60 Digital electronics modules

EM 141, EM 142

11/61 Analog electronics modules

EM 144, EM 145

11/63 Safety-related electronics modules

11/64 Power module PM-E

Process I/O

Introduction

11/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system offers various pos-

sibilities for connecting I/O devices and for detecting and emit-

ting process signals through sensors and actuators:

• Analog and digital I/O modules of the SIMATIC S7-400 oper-

ated centrally in the automation system

• ET 200M, ET 200S, ET 200iSP and ET 200pro remote I/O sta-

tions with an extensive range of cost-effective signal and func-

tion modules, connected through PROFIBUS DP to the auto-

mation system (AS)

• Direct AS connection of intelligent, distributed field/process

devices and operator terminals through PROFIBUS DP/PA (re-

dundant or in hazardous zones 0, 1, 2 or 20, 21, 22 also pos-

sible)

Signal groups of the SIMATIC S7-400 can be operated centrally

in the automation system and are mainly used in small applica-

tions or systems of limited distributed expansion.

Distributed process I/Os are mainly used nowadays: ET 200

remote I/Os in conjunction with classical field/process devices

and HART field devices or intelligent field/process devices di-

rectly on PROFIBUS. Decisive for this are properties such as:

• Modularity and consistency

• Flexible adaptability to the plant structure

• Minimum cabling and engineering requirements

• Low commissioning, servicing and lifecycle costs

• Wide technical bandwidth

■

Design

Integration of I/O modules in the hazardous area

ET 200 in explosive gas and dust atmospheres

1) Dust atmospheres: installation of components always in an enclosure with IP6x degree of protection.

2) With 10 A DC standard power supply

3) Also complies with FM/UL according to Class I Division 2

The diagram shows the various interfacing possibilities for the

distributed I/Os of SIMATIC PCS 7 with consideration of various

ambient conditions.

012

FM/UL

ATEX

Zone 2 Zone 1 Zone 0

Class I Zone 2 Class I Zone 1 Class I Zone 0

ET 200M

S7-400

ET 200S

ET 200iSP

SITRANS F SITRANS P

Industrial Ethernet

PROFIBUS DP

PROFIBUS PA

Zone 22 Zone 21 Zone 20

Class II Zone 2 Class II Zone 1 Class II Zone 0

FM/UL

1) 3)

Ex e, Ex d

Ex i, Ex e, Ex d

Ex i

DUST

GAS

Process control system

Fieldbus

Isolating Transformer

Hazardous area

Actuators/

sensors

Actuators/

sensors

Actuators/

sensors

DP/PA link

Actuators/

sensors

Process I/O

Introduction

11/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Ex I/O modules from the ET 200M range

The ET 200M can be run in Ex zone 2/22. The actuators/sensors

can be positioned in Ex zone 1/21 when suitable Ex input/output

modules are used. Hot swapping of I/O modules within Ex zone

2 is allowed with the right permit (e.g. fire certificate). FM ap-

provals: Class I, Division 2 and Class I, Zone 2.

Field devices with PROFIBUS PA capability

Using PROFIBUS it is possible to integrate field/process devices

directly in Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22, and sensors/actuators can

also be integrated in zone 0 or 20. FM approvals: Class I,

Division 1 and Class I, Zone 0.

Integration of actuators/sensors using ET 200iSP

The ET 200iSP appropriate for gaseous and dusty atmospheres

can be installed, according to CENELEC II 2 G (1) GD Eex d e

[ib/ia] IIC T4 directly in the Ex zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 as well as in

non-hazardous areas. The intrinsically-safe sensors, actuators

and HART field devices can also be located in zone 0 or 20 if

necessary.

Intrinsically-safe operator control unit

An intrinsically safe PC operator control unit can be used in haz-

ardous areas, zone 1, 2, 21 or 22, if required. For further details

on this operator control unit, see Catalog "Add Ons for the SI-

MATIC PCS 7 Process Control System".

■

Function

Possible online modifications among the process I/Os

ET 200M • Adding of ET 200M stations

• Adding of I/O modules for the station

• Reparameterization of I/O modules

• Parameterization of connected HART field

devices with SIMATIC PDM

ET 200iSP • Adding of ET 200iSP stations

• Adding of modules for the station

• Reparameterization of modules

ET 200S • Adding of ET 200S stations

PROFIBUS DP,

PROFIBUS PA • Adding of PROFIBUS DP stations

• Adding of DP/PA links and field devices

• Parameterization of field devices with

SIMATIC PDM

Process I/O

Central I/O

Central I/O modules

11/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Signal modules from the SIMATIC S7-400 range can be used in

the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system if necessary. These are

primarily an alternative to use of distributed I/Os in the case of

small applications or systems with a small distributed configura-

tion.

For SIMATIC PCS 7, the I/O modules listed in the Ordering data

have been selected from the range of S7-400 signal modules.

Notes:

Apart from these selected modules it is also possible to use -

with limitations in functions - all other I/O modules from the cur-

rent range of S7-400 signal modules.

All process data from the I/O are available for PCS 7 engineering

in the CFC, and can be graphically interconnected to the signal

name in the signal list. Diagnostics information is generated au-

tomatically when using the I/O modules listed here.

When using other I/O modules, integration in SIMATIC PCS 7

is limited to the process data, i.e. the full scope of diagnostics

functions is not automatically available. These modules can

therefore only be used meaningfully in SIMATIC PCS 7 if the

diagnostics capability can be omitted.

Online modifications and redundancy are not supported by the

central I/O.

■

Technical specifications

You can find the detailed technical data of the S7-400 modules

at the following points:

• Catalog ST 70 or

• on the Mall/CA 01 under "Industrial automation systems / Con-

trollers / SIMATIC S7"

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 421 Digital Input Modules

• 32 inputs, 24 V DC 6ES7 421-1BL01-0AA0

• 32 inputs, 120 V AC/DC 6ES7 421-1EL00-0AA0

• 16 inputs, 24 V DC,

with process/diagnostics inter-

rupt

6ES7 421-7BH01-0AB0

• 16 inputs, 24 to 60 V AC/DC,

with process/diagnostics inter-

rupt

6ES7 421-7DH00-0AB0

• 16 inputs, 120/230 V AC/DC,

inputs according to IEC 1131-2

Type 2

6ES7 421-1FH20-0AA0

SM 422 Digital Output Modules

• 32 outputs; 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 422-1BL00-0AA0

• 32 outputs, 24 V DC, 0.5 A;

with diagnostics 6ES7 422-7BL00-0AB0

• 16 outputs, 24 V DC; 2 A 6ES7 422-1BH11-0AA0

• 16 outputs; relay contacts 6ES7 422-1HH00-0AA0

• 16 outputs, 120/230 V AC; 2 A 6ES7 422-1FH00-0AA0

SM 431 Analog Input Modules

• 16 inputs, non-floating, 13 bit 6ES7 431-0HH00-0AB0

• 8 inputs, floating, 13 bit 6ES7 431-1KF00-0AB0

• 8 inputs, floating, 14 bit, with

linearization (RTD/TC) 6ES7 431-1KF10-0AB0

• 8 inputs, floating, 14 bit 6ES7 431-1KF20-0AB0

• 16 inputs, floating, 16 bit; pro-

cess interrupt capability, with

diagnostics interrupt

6ES7 431-7QH00-0AB0

• 8 inputs, floating, 16 bit; process

interrupt capability, for thermo-

couples, with diagnostics inter-

rupt

6ES7 431-7KF00-0AB0

• 8 inputs, floating, 16 bit; process

interrupt capability, for thermal

resistors, with diagnostics inter-

rupt

6ES7 431-7KF10-0AB0

SM 432 Analog Output Modules

• 8 outputs, floating, 13 bit; for

±10 V, 0 to 10 V, 1 to 5 V,

± 20 mA, 0 to 20 mA, 4 to 20 mA

6ES7 432-1HF00-0AB0

Front Connector (1 unit)

• With screw contacts 6ES7 492-1AL00-0AA0

• With spring clamps 6ES7 492-1BL00-0AA0

• With crimp contacts 6ES7 492-1CL00-0AA0 B)

Process I/O

Central I/O

Expansion units for central I/O

11/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Expansion units can be used for the distributed expansion of the

SIMATIC S7-400. The IM 460-x interface modules are used as

the interface for these expansion units.

Restrictions compared to standard I/O modules from the

ET 200M range

• No redundant interfacing of expansion units

• No configuration during normal operation

Subracks

The universal racks (UR) are used for SIMATIC PCS 7. They can

be used as central racks and as expansion racks. Other racks:

see Catalog ST 70.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

IM 460-0 interface module

• Transmitter module for central

controller

• Without transmission of voltage

to the expansion unit

• Cable up to 5 m long

• With K-bus for communication

with CPs and FMs in the expan-

sion unit

• For connecting as many as 8 ex-

pansion units

6ES7 460-0AA01-0AB0

IM 461-0 interface module

Corresponding receiver module

for the expansion unit

6ES7 461-0AA01-0AA0

IM 460-1 interface module

• Transmitter module for central

controller

• With transmission of the 5 V sup-

ply for I/O modules

• Cable up to 1.5 m long

• Without transmission of the

K-bus, hence solely for commu-

nication from I/O modules

6ES7 460-1BA01-0AB0

IM 461-1 interface module

Corresponding receiver module

for the expansion unit

6ES7 461-1BA01-0AA0

Central controller

IM 460-x

IM 461-x

Expansion units

I/O modules,

CP and FM

CPU

IM 460-3 interface module

• Transmitter module for central

controller

• Without transmission of voltage

to the expansion unit

• Cable up to 100 m long

• With K-bus for communication

with CPs and FMs in the expan-

sion unit

• For connecting as many as 8 ex-

pansion units

6ES7 460-3AA01-0AB0

IM 461-3 interface module

Corresponding receiver module

for the expansion unit

6ES7 461-3AA01-0AA0

UR1 rack

for central controllers and expan-

sion units

•18 slots

• Suitable for redundant power

supply

6ES7 400-1TA01-0AA0

UR2 rack

for central controllers and expan-

sion units

•9 slots

• Suitable for redundant power

supply

6ES7 400-1JA01-0AA0

Accessories

468-1 connecting cable

for connecting IM 460-0 and

IM 461-0; IM 460-3 and IM 461-3

•0.75 m 6ES7 468-1AH50-0AA0

•1.5 m 6ES7 468-1BB50-0AA0

•5 m 6ES7 468-1BF00-0AA0

Additional lengths for connecting

IM 460-3 and IM 461-3

•10 m 6ES7 468-1CB00-0AA0

•25 m 6ES7 468-1CC50-0AA0

•50 m 6ES7 468-1CF00-0AA0

•100 m 6ES7 468-1DB00-0AA0

Terminator

for IM 461-0 6ES7 461-0AA00-7AA0

468-3 connecting cable

for connecting IM 460-1 and

IM 461-1

•0.75 m 6ES7 468-3AH50-0AA0

•1.5 m 6ES7 468-3BB50-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA terminal module

11/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The terminal modules SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA (Marshaled Termina-

tion Assemblies) enable simple, fast and reliable connection of

field devices, sensors and actuators to the I/O modules of the

ET 200M remote I/O stations. They can be used to significantly

reduce the costs and required work for cabling and commission-

ing, and prevent wiring errors.

The individual SIMATIC PCS 7 MTAs are each tailored to specific

I/O modules from the ET 200M range (see design for assignment

table). MTA versions are available for standard I/O modules as

well as for redundant and safety-related I/O modules.

The SIMATIC PCS 7 MTAs are connected to the I/O modules us-

ing 3 m or 8 m long preassembled cables.

■

Design

• SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA in versions for standard, redundant and

safety-related I/O modules of the ET 200M distributed I/O sys-

tem

• Redundant 24 V DC supply

• 3 or 8 m long preassembled cables for connecting SIMATIC

PCS 7 MTA and ET 200M module, in each case with:

- 50/25-pole Sub-D socket or 25-pole Sub-D connector, for

connection to SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA

- 40/20-pole Siemens front connector, female version, for con-

nection to ET 200M module

• Screw terminals for the 1:1 connection of field devices, sen-

sors and actuators

• Fuse assembly with LED for each input/output channel

• Test and release as SIMATIC PCS 7 system component with

corresponding approvals (FM, UL, CE, ATEX, TÜV)

ET 200M

redundant

ET 200M

single

Preassembled

cable with

front connector

MTA

Process I/O

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA terminal module

11/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Product overview with information on combinable ET 200M modules and connection cables

MTA type Input/output area. Order No. of MTA Order No. of ET 200M

module Order No. of connecting cable I/O

redundancy

8 channels, AI 1 - 5 V

0/4 - 20 mA

6ES7 650-1AA51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0

(from product version 5) 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)

yes

8 channels, AO 4 to 20 mA 6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0 6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0

(from product version 3) 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)

yes

8 channels, AI TC Thermocouple types B, C,

N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U 6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF10-0AB0

(from product version 4)

and

6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0

6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)

8 channels, AI

RTD Resistance thermometers

Pt100, Pt200, Pt500, Pt1000,

Ni100, Ni120, Ni200, Ni500,

Ni1000, Cu10

6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0 6ES7 331-7PF00-0AB0

(from product version 8)

and

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0

6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)

16 channels, DO 24 V DC, 0.5 A 6ES7 650-1AD10-2XX0 6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0 (8 m)

yes

6 channels F-AI

(safety-related) 4 to 20 mA 6ES7 650-1AH51-5XX0 6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0

(from product version 6) 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)

yes

16 channels, DI 24 V DC 6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0 6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0

(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AM0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AM0 (8 m)

yes

24 channels F-DI

(safety-related) 24 V DC 6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0 6ES7 326-1BK00-0AB0

and

6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0

(from product version 1)

6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)

yes

10 channels F-DO

(safety-related) 24 V DC, 2 A 6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0 (8 m)

yes

10 channels F-DO

relay (safety-

related)

110 - 220 V AC, 5 A;

24 V DC, 5 A

6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

(from product version 2) 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0 (3 m)

6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0 (8 m)

yes

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA AI,

8-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/sensors to a single

or two redundant ET 200M analog

input modules

6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0

Input range: 1 ... 5 V and

0/4 ... 20 mA

6ES7 650-1AA51-2XX0

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA AO,

8-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/actuators to a

single or two redundant ET 200M

analog output modules

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0

Output range: 4 ... 20 mA

6ES7 650-1AB51-2XX0

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA AI TC,

8-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/sensors to a single

ET 200M analog input module

6ES7 331-7PF10-0AB0 or

6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0

Input range: Thermocouple types

B, C, N, E, R, S, J, L, T, K, U

6ES7 650-1AF51-2XX0 B)

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA AI RTD,

8-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/sensors to a single

ET 200M analog input module

6ES7 331-7PF00-0AB0 or

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0

Measuring range: Resistance

thermometers Pt100, Pt200,

Pt500, Pt1000, Ni100, Ni120,

Ni200, Ni500, Ni1000, Cu10

6ES7 650-1AG51-2XX0

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA DO,

16-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/sensors to a single

or two redundant ET 200M digital

output modules

6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0

Output range: 24 V DC, 0.5 A

6ES7650-1AD10-2XX0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA terminal module

11/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA F-AI,

6-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/sensors to a single

or two redundant safety-related

ET 200M analog input modules

6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0

Input range: 4 to 20 mA

Accessories included:

• One 5.6 V Zener diode board for

MTA F-AI, 6-channel,

6ES7 650-1BB51-0XX0

• One 6.2 V Zener diode board for

MTA F-AI, 6-channel,

6ES7 650-1BC51-0XX0

• Two FET switch adapters for

MTA F-AI, 6-channel,

6ES7 650-1BD51-0XX0

6ES7 650-1AH51-5XX0 B)

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA DI,

16-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/sensors to a single

or two redundant ET 200M digital

input modules

6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0

Input range: 24 V DC

6ES7 650-1AC11-3XX0

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA F-DI,

24-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/sensors to a single

or two redundant safety-related

ET 200M digital input modules

6ES7 326-1BK00-0AB0 or

6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0

Input range: 24 V DC

6ES7 650-1AK11-7XX0

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA F-DO,

10-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/actuators to a

single or two redundant safety-

related ET 200M digital output

modules 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

Output range: 24 V DC, 2 A

6ES7 650-1AL11-6XX0

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA F-DO relay,

10-channel

Terminal module for connection of

field devices/actuators to a

single or two redundant safety-

related ET 200M digital output

modules 6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

Output range: 110 ... 220 V AC,

5A; 24VDC, 5A

Notice:

Available with 12/2007

6ES7 650-1AM31-6XX0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Preassembled cable for connection of ET 200 module and SIMATIC

PCS 7 MTA

Connecting cable with 40-pole

front connector for ET 200M

and 50-pole Sub-D connector

(female) for MTA

Lengths:

•3 m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AS0

•8 m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AS0

Connecting cable with 40-pole

front connector for ET 200M

and 25-pole Sub-D connector

for MTA

Lengths:

•3 m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AT0

•8 m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AT0

Connecting cable with 40-pole

front connector for ET 200M

and 25-pole Sub-D connector

(female) for MTA

Lengths:

•3 m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AN0

•8 m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AN0

Connecting cable with 20-pole

front connector for ET 200M

and 25-pole Sub-D connector

(female) for MTA

Lengths:

•3 m 6ES7 922-3BD00-0AM0

•8 m 6ES7 922-3BJ00-0AM0

Accessories

Power monitor board (PMB)

for display of status of redundant

MTA power supply

6ES7 650-1BA01-0XX0

Boards and adapter for

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA F-AI,

6-channel

• 5.6 V Zener diode board 6ES7 650-1BB51-0XX0 B)

• 6.2 V Zener diode board 6ES7 650-1BC51-0XX0 B)

• FET switch adapter 6ES7 650-1BD51-0XX0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Introduction

11/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Within the ET 200 range, ET 200M represents the main series

of distributed I/O systems for process control applications with

SIMATIC PCS 7.

The ET 200M has a versatile range of I/O modules of S7-300 de-

sign, including ones with special I&C functions.

• Standard analog and digital modules

• Redundant I/O modules (DI 16 x DC 24 V, with diagnostics

capability; DO 32 x DC 24 V/0.5 A; AI 8 x 12 bit)

• I/O modules with enhanced diagnostics capability

• Ex I/O modules

• Controller and counter modules

• HART modules

• F-modules for safety-related applications

When using active bus modules, faulty I/O modules can be re-

placed while the plant is in operation (RUN) without influencing

adjacent modules (hot swapping function).

The following actions are possible with the automation system in

RUN:

• Addition of new modules within a station

• Reparameterization of modules

• Addition of ET 200M stations

The connected HART field devices can be parameterized using

SIMATIC PDM.

Note:

Apart from these selected modules it is also possible to use - with limita-

tions in functions - all other I/O modules from the current range of S7-300

signal modules.

■

Design

An ET 200M remote I/O station comprises:

• 1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules (can be omitted in

the case of a central 24 V DC supply for the plant)

• 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 153 interface modules for connection via

PROFIBUS DP with transmission rates of up to 12 Mbit/s

• Up to 12 I/O modules for connection of sensors/actuators

All I/O modules have optical electrical isolation from the back-

plane bus. Up to 12 I/O modules can be connected to an

IM 153-2 High Feature interface module, or up to 8 to an IM 153-

2 FO High Feature interface module. The interface modules can

also have a redundant design if required.

In addition to the standard SIMATIC S7 I/O modules, special

I/O modules with diagnostics capability offer the following func-

tions, among others:

• Channel-based diagnostics, e.g. open-circuit, short-circuit,

limit violations

• Internal module monitoring, e.g. parameterization error, RAM

error, tripped fuse

• Flatter monitoring for sensors

• Pulse stretching

• Output of a selectable substitute value on failure of the central

processing unit

In the event of a fault, the modules with diagnostics capability

automatically pass on the corresponding message to the opera-

tor station, permitting fast and simple troubleshooting.

The ET 200M can be used in standard environments and also in

Ex zones 2 and 22. The actuators/sensors can be positioned in

Ex zones 1 and 21 when suitable Ex input/output modules are

used. Hot swapping of I/O modules within Ex zone 2 and 22 is

allowed with the right permit (e.g. fire certificate).

■

Technical specifications

You can find detailed technical data on the ET 200M and S7-300

I/O modules

• in Catalog ST 70 or

• in the Mall / Catalog CA 01 under "Industrial automation sys-

tems / Controllers / SIMATIC S7"

■

Options

SIPLUS extreme range for extended temperature ranges and

corrosive environments

The "standard" properties of an individual device or system are

often insufficient for harsh environmental conditions, applica-

tions in corrosive environments or extreme temperature ranges.

Depending on the location of use, the result could be limitations

in functionality or operational safety or even total failure of the

plant.

The SIPLUS extreme range offers individually adapted standard

products which permit retention of the functionality of your plant

or process even under extreme conditions of use. These in-

clude:

• Ambient temperature range from -25 to +60/+70 °C

• Condensation, high humidity

• Increased mechanical stress

• Extreme loading by media, e.g. toxic atmospheres

• Voltage ranges deviating from the standard

• Increased degree of protection (dust, water)

You can find a summary of the available range of products clas-

sified according to their special properties on the Internet. The

corresponding SIPLUS product is assigned there to the stan-

dard product. Note: SIPLUS products are also included in the

Catalog ST 70.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/siplus

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Power supply

11/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

You can use the PS 307 or PS 305 load power supplies as the

power supply module for the ET 200M. You can select different

input voltages and output currents (120/230 V AC with 2 A, 5 A

or 10 A or 24 to 110 V DC with 2 A) depending on the applica-

tion.

With a redundant ET 200M configuration, it is also recommend-

able to have a redundant 24 V DC supply, e.g. with two PS 307 /

PS 305 load power supplies.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

PS 307 Load Power Supply

Including connection assembly;

• 120/230 V AC; 24 V DC

- 2 A; 50 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0

- 5 A; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

- 5 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0

- 10 A, 200 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA01-0AA0

PS 305 Load Power Supply

Including connection assembly;

• 24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC

- 2 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Interface modules

11/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The IM 153-2 High Feature interface module (electrical

PROFIBUS DP transmission) or IM 153-2 FO High Feature inter-

face module (optical PROFIBUS DP transmission) is required to

connect the ET 200M remote I/O station to the PROFIBUS DP

fieldbus. Depending on the fieldbus configuration (single/redun-

dant), the ET 200M remote I/O station can be connected via one

single or two redundant interface modules.

The IM 153-2 High Feature supports the following functions:

7HART configuring of intelligent field devices

7Configuration of ET 200M I/Os in RUN mode of the automation

system

7Connection to redundant AS 412H / AS 414H / AS 417H auto-

mation systems

7Use of ET 200M function modules (controller and counter

modules)

7Operation of up to 12 I/O modules per remote I/O station

7Time stamping (SOE) with the safety-related SM 326F digital

input module (F-DI24)

7Transmission of additional values with HART secondary vari-

ables of the HART SM 331 and SM 332 analog modules (up to

4 per channel or up to 8 per module)

On the other hand, the fiber-optic (FO) version IM 153-2 FO High

Feature provides the following functions:

7HART configuring of intelligent field devices

7Configuration of ET 200M I/Os in RUN mode of the automation

system

7Connection to redundant AS 412H, AS 414H and AS 417H

automation systems

7Use of ET 200M function modules (controller and counter

modules)

7Operation of up to 8 I/O modules per remote I/O station

Notes:

In order to use the hot swapping function, it is necessary to use the active

bus modules and the DIN rail for hot swapping (refer to page 11/12).

When using the IM 153-2 FO, additional plastic FOCs and an assembly

set for Simplex connectors are required (refer to page 9/40).

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

IM 153-2 High Feature

Slave interface module for con-

nection of an ET 200M to

PROFIBUS DP, with time stamp

(accuracy 1 ms), support of

HART functionality, F modules,

FM modules, "Configuration in

RUN" function; also for use in

redundant systems

6ES7 153-2BA02-0XB0 B)

IM 153-2 FO High Feature

Slave interface module for con-

nection of an ET 200M to optical

PROFIBUS DP; support of HART

functionality, F modules, FM mod-

ules, "Configuration in RUN" func-

tion; also for use in redundant

systems

6ES7 153-2BB00-0XB0 B)

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

ET 200M accessories

11/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Following components are available as accessories for the

ET 200M:

• Bus modules for hot swapping

• DIN rail for hot swapping

• Covers for backplane bus and bus modules

• Front connectors

• Ex partition for ET 200M

• LK 393 cable duct

• DM 370 dummy module

Ex partition

A mechanical isolation is required between the IM 153 interface

module and the first Ex I/O module. For the hot swapping func-

tion, an Ex partition is installed which guarantees the prescribed

isolation distance between non-intrinsically-safe and intrinsi-

cally-safe areas of an ET 200M remote I/O station.

LK 393 cable duct

The LK 393 cable duct provides the prescribed isolation be-

tween the load voltage input and the intrinsically safe inputs/out-

puts. The cable duct is easy to fit following insertion of the load

voltage inputs L+.

DM 370 dummy module

• Reservation of slots for unconfigured I/O modules

• Retention of design and address assignment when replacing

by I/O module

■

Design

The figure shows use of the various bus modules for hot swap-

ping - at the top for a redundant connection, at the bottom for a

non-redundant connection.

ET 200M

standard

modules

Redundant

IM 153-2

High Feature

Special modules,

80 mm wide,

e.g. FM 355

Bus module BM 1x80

Bus module BM 2x40

Bus module IM 153/IM 153

ET 200M

standard modules

IM 153-2

High Feature

Bus module PS/IMBus module BM 2x40

Redundant

connection

Singular

connection

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Bus modules for hot swapping

• BM PS/IM for load power supply

and IM 153,

incl. 1 bus module cover

6ES7 195-7HA00-0XA0

• BM 2x40 for 2 modules, each

40 mm wide 6ES7 195-7HB00-0XA0

• BM 1x80 for 1 module, 80 mm

wide 6ES7 195-7HC00-0XA0

• BM IM/IM

for two IM 153-2/-2 FOs for de-

sign of redundant systems

6ES7 195-7HD10-0XA0

Profile rail for hot swapping

• 482 mm long (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0

•530 mm long 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

•630mm long 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0

• 2000 mm long, for vertical instal-

lation 6ES7 195-1GC00-0XA0

Covers

Pack with 4 backplane bus

covers and 1 bus module cover

6ES7 195-1JA00-0XA0

Front connector (1 unit)

• 20-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AJ00-0AA0

• 20-pin, with spring contacts 6ES7 392-1BJ00-0AA0

• 40-pin, with screw contacts 6ES7 392-1AM00-0AA0

• 40-pin, with spring contacts 6ES7 392-1BM01-0AA0

• 20-pin, FastConnect 6ES7 392-1CJ00-0AA0 B)

• 40-pin, FastConnect 6ES7 392-1CM00-0AA0 B)

Front connector for Ex analog

input module

6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0 (1 unit)

• 20-pin, with screw contacts

Enables an accuracy of ± 1.5 °K

for the internal cold junction tem-

perature when taking thermocou-

ple temperature measurements in

the measuring mode "internal

compensation" at ambient tem-

peratures of 0 ... 60 °C

6ES7 392-1AJ20-0AA0

Ex partition for ET 200M

• Separation of IM 153 and down-

stream Ex modules within an

ET 200M line

• Mixed operation of non-Ex and

Ex modules within an ET 200M

line

• For supporting the hot swapping

function in connection with

IM 153-2

6ES7 195-1KA00-0XA0

LK 393 cable duct

[EEx ib] IIC-conform routing of

load voltage cable in front plug,

5units

6ES7 393-4AA00-0AA0

DM 370 dummy module

including bus connector, labeling

strips

6ES7 370-0AA01-0AA0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Bundles

11/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The following preassembled bundles are available for the

ET 200M:

• I/O subsystem for ET 200M stations with up to 8 I/O modules

suitable for hot swapping, comprising:

- DIN rail for active bus modules, 482 mm long (19 inches)

- PS/IM bus module

- PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface module

• I/O subsystem Extended for ET 200M stations with up to

12 I/O modules suitable for hot swapping, comprising:

- DIN rail for active bus modules, 630 mm long

- PS/IM bus module

- PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface module

• IM 153 redundancy bundle

for operation of the ET 200M on the AS 412H / AS 414H /

AS 417H fault-tolerant automation system, comprising:

- 2 PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules

- 1 IM/IM active bus module

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

I/O subsystem for ET 200M

for ET 200M stations with up to

8 I/O modules, suitable for hot

swapping, comprising:

• DIN rail for active bus modules,

482 mm long (19 inches)

• PS/IM bus module

• PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High

Feature interface module

6ES7 654-0XX08-1XA0 B)

I/O subsystem extended for

ET 200M

for ET 200M stations with up to

12 I/O modules, suitable for hot

swapping, comprising:

• DIN rail for active bus modules,

630 mm long

• PS/IM bus module

• PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High

Feature interface module

6ES7 654-0XX08-1XB0 B)

IM 153 redundancy bundle

for operation of a ET 200M station

on the AS 412H, AS 414H or

AS 417H fault-tolerant automa-

tion system, comprising:

• 2 PROFIBUS DP IM 153-2 High

Feature interface modules

• 1 IM/IM active bus module

6ES7 153-2AR03-0XA0 B)

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

DI - digital input modules

11/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The digital input modules described here break down into

• simple signal modules for direct and alternating voltage, and

• modules with diagnostics capability that automatically output

a corresponding message to the operator system in the event

of a fault.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 321 for floating contacts (supply with DC voltage)

16 inputs, 24 V DC

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 16

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-1BH02-0AA0

16 inputs, 24 V DC

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 16; active low

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-1BH50-0AA0

16 inputs, 24 V DC, high-speed

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 16

• 0.05 ms input delay

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-1BH10-0AA0

32 inputs, 24 V DC

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 16

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 321-1BL00-0AA0

16 inputs, 48 to 125 V DC

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-1CH20-0AA0 B)

SM 321 for floating contacts (supply with DC/AC voltage)

16 inputs, 24 to 48 V AC/DC

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 1

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 321-1CH00-0AA0 B)

SM 321 for floating contacts (supply with AC voltage)

32 inputs, 120 V AC

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 321-1EL00-0AA0 B)

8 inputs, 120/230 V AC

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 2

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-1FF01-0AA0 B)

16 inputs, 120/230 V AC

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 4

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-1FH00-0AA0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

DI - digital input modules

11/15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

SM 321 for non-floating contacts (supply with AC voltage)

8 inputs, 120/230 V AC

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 1

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 321-1FF10-0AA0 B)

SM 321 modules with diagnostics capability

(IM 153-2 High Feature interface module required)

for floating contacts (supply with DC voltage)

16 inputs, 24 V DC

Redundant design possible

(module and channel redun-

dancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 16

•Time stamping in association

with IM 153-2 High Feature, ac-

curacy 5 ms, rising or falling

edge, can be parameterized

channel-granular

• Two short-circuit-proof sensor

supplies for 8 channels each

• Sensor supply by the module,

additional external redundant

sensor supply possible

• Diagnostics of missing sensor

supply for channel group

(8 channels)

• Diagnostics inside module

• Wire break monitoring

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-7BH01-0AB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

16 inputs, NAMUR

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

•Time stamping in association

with IM 153-2 High Feature, ac-

curacy 5 ms, rising or falling

edge, can be parameterized

channel-granular

• Two sensor supplies (8.2 V DC

or 18 V DC each)

• Connection of NAMUR sensors

or contacts with resistor circuit

• Pulse stretching

• Channel-granular diagnostics

(short-circuit, open-circuit, chat-

ter monitoring, discrepancy with

changeover contacts)

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 321-7TH00-0AB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

DO - digital output modules

11/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The digital output modules described here break down into

• simple signal modules for DC and AC voltage with different

output currents per channel, with a selection of relay modules

available for higher output currents and voltages,

• modules with diagnostics capability that supply data for trou-

bleshooting and enable parameterizable reactions to a failure

of the automation system.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 322 for DC voltage (suitable for solenoid valves, contactors,

indicator lights etc.)

8 outputs, 24 V DC / 2 A

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 4

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1BF01-0AA0

16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1BH01-0AA0

16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A,

high-speed

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Output delay max. 0.2 ms

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1BH10-0AA0

32 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 322-1BL00-0AA0

8 outputs, 48 to 125 V DC / 1.5 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 4

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1CF00-0AA0 B)

SM 322 for AC voltage (suitable for AC coils, contactors, motor

starters, small motors and indicator lights)

8 outputs, 120/230 V AC / 2 A

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 4

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1FF01-0AA0 B)

16 outputs, 120/230 V AC / 1 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1FH00-0AA0 B)

32 outputs, 120/230 V AC / 1 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Front connector required: 2 x

20-contact

6ES7 322-1FL00-0AA0 B)

SM 322 for relay output (suitable for AC/DC solenoid valves,

contactors, motor starters, small motors and indicator lights)

8 outputs, 24 to 120 V DC,

48 to 230 V AC, max. 2 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 2

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1HF01-0AA0

8 outputs, 24 to 120 V DC,

48 to 230 V AC, max. 5 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 1

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 322-1HF10-0AA0

16 outputs, 24 to 120 V DC,

48 to 230 V AC, max. 2 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-1HH01-0AA0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

DO - digital output modules

11/17

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SM 322 modules with diagnostics capability

(with channel and module diagnostics)

for DC voltage (suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and

indicator lights)

8 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 8

• 2 connections per output (with

and without series diode)

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU stop

(parameterizable)

• Wire break monitoring per chan-

nel

• Load voltage monitoring per

channel

• Short-circuit monitoring to M/L+

per channel

• Module-internal diagnostics

functions

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-8BF00-0AB0

16 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A

Redundant design possible

(module and channel redun-

dancy)

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 4

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU stop

(parameterizable)

• Wire break monitoring per chan-

nel (with 0 and 1 signals)

• Signaling of output overload

• Load voltage monitoring or

ground monitoring per channel

group

• Short-circuit monitoring to M/L+

per channel group

• Module-internal diagnostics

functions

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 322-8BH01-0AB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

for AC voltage (suitable for AC coils, contactors, motor starters,

small motors and indicator lights)

8 outputs, 120/230 V AC / 2 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 1

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU stop

(parameterizable)

• Module-internal diagnostics

functions

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 322-5FF00-0AB0 B)

16 outputs, 24/48 V AC/DC /

0.5 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 1

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU stop

(parameterizable)

• Module-internal diagnostics

functions

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 322-5GH00-0AB0 B)

for relay output (suitable for AC/DC coils, contactors, motor

starters, small motors and indicator lights)

8 outputs, 24 to 120 V DC, 24 to

230 V AC / max. 5 A

• Electrically isolated in groups

of 1

• With RC suppressor element for

protection of contacts per chan-

nel

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU stop

(parameterizable)

• Module-internal diagnostics

functions

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 322-5HF00-0AB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

DI/DO - digital input/output modules

11/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

• Standard signal module for DC voltage (24 V DC) with

8 digital inputs and 8 digital outputs

• For connection of switches, 2-wire proximity switches (BERO),

solenoid valves, contactors, signal lamps

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 323 for DC voltage (suitable for switches, BERO proximity

switches, solenoid valves, contactors, indicator lights etc.)

• 8 inputs 24 V DC

- Suitable for connection of

2-wire proximity switches

(BERO) as sensors

• 8 outputs, 24 V DC / 0.5 A

• Inputs and outputs electrically

isolated in groups of 8

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7323-1BH01-0AA0

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

AI - analog input modules

11/19

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The analog input modules described here break down into

• multi-function modules for current, voltage and temperature

measurements, and

• special, highly accurate modules for current and voltage mea-

surements or temperature measurements.

All modules automatically supply channel-specific and module-

internal diagnostics data, except module 6ES7 331-1KF01-

0AB0. With the latter module, channel failure is identified by the

PCS 7 analog driver block.

The individual channels of the analog input modules can be pa-

rameterized in groups independently of each other.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 331 modules for current, voltage and temperature measure-

ments

8 inputs, individually parame-

terizable

• Resolution 12 bit + sign

• Current measurement 0/4 to

20 mA (8 channels; 2 wires with

external supply or 4 wires)

• Voltage measurement

(8 channels)

• Resistance thermometer Pt100,

Ni100, Ni1000, LG-Ni1000

(8 channels; 2, 3 or 4 wires)

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 331-1KF01-0AB0

8 inputs in 4 channel groups

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Changeover of measurement

type by range module per chan-

nel group

• Resolution 14 bit + sign

• Current measurement 0/4 to

20 mA (8 channels; 2 or 4 wires)

• Voltage measurement

(8 channels)

• Resistance thermometer Pt100,

Ni100 (4 channels, 2 or 4 wires)

• Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L

(8 channels),

internal compensation or exter-

nal compensation with compen-

sating box or 0 °C cold junction

• Wire break monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 331-7KF02-0AB0

2 inputs in 1 channel group

• Changeover of measurement

type by range module

• Resolution 14 bit + sign

• Current measurement 0/4 to

20 mA (2 channels; 2 or 4 wires)

• Voltage measurement

(2 channels)

• Resistance thermometer Pt100,

Ni100 (1 channel, 2 or 4 wires)

• Thermocouples type E, N, J, K, L

(2 channels),

internal compensation or exter-

nal compensation with compen-

sating box or 0 °C cold junction

• Wire break monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 331-7KB02-0AB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

AI - analog input modules

11/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

SM 331 modules for current and voltage measurements

8 inputs in 4 channel groups,

high-speed

• Resolution 13 bit + sign

• Measurement type and range

selection adjustable per channel

group

• Current measurement 0/4 to

20 mA (2 or 4 wires)

• Voltage measurement

• Limit monitoring adjustable for

2 channels

• Fast updating of measured val-

• Supporting of isochronous

mode

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 331-7HF01-0AB0

8 inputs in 4 channel groups

Redundant design possible

(module and channel redun-

dancy)

• Resolution 15 bit + sign

• Current measurement 0/4 to

20 mA (8 channels; 2 or 4 wires)

• Voltage measurement

(8 channels)

• Wire break monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 331-7NF00-0AB0 B)

8 inputs in 4 channel groups

• Resolution 15 bit + sign

• Fast module cycle (min. 10 ms

for 4 channels)

• Current measurement 0/4 to

20 mA (8 channels; 2 wires with

external supply or 4 wires)

• Voltage measurement

(8 channels)

• Wire break monitoring

• Short-circuit-proof

• Isolation between channel

groups

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 331-7NF10-0AB0 B)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 331 modules for temperature measurement

8 inputs in 4 channel groups

• Resolution 15 bit

• Resistance thermometer

Pt100 ... 1000, Ni100 ... 1000,

Cu10 (8 channels; 2, 3 or

4wires)

• Short-circuit-proof

• Wire break monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 331-7PF01-0AB0 B)

8 inputs in 4 channel groups

• Resolution 15 bit

• Thermocouples type B, C, N, E,

R, S, J, L, T, K, U (8 channels),

internal compensation; external

compensation with Pt100

through separate inputs possi-

ble

• Fast module cycle (10 ms for

4 channels)

• Short-circuit-proof

• Wire break monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 331-7PF11-0AB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

AO - analog output modules

11/21

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The analog output modules for voltage and current described

here break down into

• modules with 12 bit resolution and various numbers of chan-

nels, and

• a high-precision module with 15 bit resolution.

The analog output modules can be parameterized in groups in-

dependently of each other and automatically supply all channel-

specific and module-internal diagnostics data.

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 332 modules for current and voltage outputs

2 outputs in 2 channel groups

• Resolution 12 bit + sign

• Voltage 0/1 to 5/10 V; ±10 V

(2 channels; 2 or 4 wires)

• Current 0/4 to 20 mA; ±20 mA

(2 channels; 2 wires)

• Parameterizable substitute val-

ue output in case of CPU stop

• Broken wire monitoring (only for

current)

• Short circuit monitoring (only for

voltage)

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 332-5HB01-0AB0

4 outputs in 4 channel groups

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Resolution 12 bit + sign

• Voltage 0/1 to 5/10 V; ±10 V

(4 channels; 4 wires)

• Current 0/4 to 20 mA; ±20 mA

(4 channels; 2 wires)

• Parameterizable substitute val-

ue output in case of CPU stop

• Broken wire monitoring (only for

current)

• Short circuit monitoring (only for

voltage)

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 332-5HD01-0AB0

8 outputs in 8 channel groups

Redundant design possible

(module and channel redun-

dancy)

• Resolution 12 bit + sign

• Voltage 0/1 to 5/10 V; ±10 V

(8 channels; 4 wires)

• Current 0/4 to 20 mA; ±20 mA

(8 channels; 2 wires)

• Parameterizable substitute val-

ue output in case of CPU stop

• Broken wire monitoring (only for

current)

• Short circuit monitoring (only for

voltage)

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 332-5HF00-0AB0

4 outputs in 4 channel groups

• Resolution 15 bit + sign

• Voltage 0/1 to 5/10 V; ±10 V

(4 channels; 4 wires)

• Current 0/4 to 20 mA; ±20 mA

(4 channels; 2 wires)

• Parameterizable substitute val-

ue output in case of CPU stop

• Isolated by channel

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 332-7ND02-0AB0 B)

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Ex modules [EEi xb]

11/22 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The following analog and digital I/O modules are suitable for use

in hazardous plants. They separate the non-intrinsically safe

electrical circuits of the automation system and the intrinsically

safe electrical circuits of the process. Sensors and actuators

suitable for placing in zone 1 or 21 and 2 or 22 hazardous areas

as well as intrinsically safe equipment compliant with DIN 50020

and [EEx ib] IIC can be operated on these modules.

All Ex modules come with diagnostics capability (channel and

module diagnostics).

Ex modules identified by "redundant design possible"

(6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0, 6ES7 331-

7RD00-0AB0, 6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0) can also be configured

redundant when used in non-hazardous plants.

For additional Ex modules, refer to page 11/23.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ex digital input module

4 NAMUR inputs in 4 channel

groups

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Voltage supply to sensors 8.2 V

• Individually floating channels

• Wire break and short-circuit

monitoring (directly at the con-

tact for contacts with external

resistor circuit)

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 321-7RD00-0AB0

Ex digital output module

4 outputs, 24 V DC / 10 mA in

4 channel groups

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Individually floating channels

• Wire break monitoring

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-5SD00-0AB0

4 outputs, 15 V DC / 20 mA in

4 channel groups

• Individually floating channels

• Wire break monitoring

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 322-5RD00-0AB0

Ex analog input module

4 inputs, 0/4 to 20 mA in

4 channel groups

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Individually floating channels

• Resolution 15 bit + sign

• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire

transmitters possible

• Wire break monitoring

• Measurement range monitoring

• Short-circuit-proof

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 331-7RD00-0AB0

8 inputs in 4 channel groups

• Resolution 15 bit + sign

• Thermocouples type T, U, E, J,

L, K, N, R, S, B (8 channels)

Internal compensation; external

compensation with Pt100

(2 channels), compensating box

or 0/50 °C cold junction

• Resistance thermometer Pt100,

Pt200, Ni100 (4 channels; 2-wire

or 4-wire, 3-wire Pt100 on

request)

• Wire break monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

Note:

A special front connector for the

Ex analog input module 6ES7

331-7SF00-0AB0 enables greater

accuracy when taking thermo-

couple temperature measure-

ments in "internal compensation"

mode (see page 11/12).

6ES7 331-7SF00-0AB0

Ex analog output module

4 outputs, 0/4 to 20 mA in

4 channel groups

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Individually floating channels

• Resolution 15 bit

• For 2-wire transmitters

• Wire break monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 332-5RD00-0AB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Modules with HART

11/23

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The modules with HART (High-

way Addressable Remote

Transducer) which can be

used in ET 200M remote I/O

stations (with IM 153-2 High

Feature interface module) per-

mit connection of HART de-

vices to SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems.

All transmitters or HART actuators certified for digital communi-

cation using the HART protocol can be connected via these

modules.

Conventional transmitters with 4 to 20 mA technology without

HART protocol can also be connected.

All modules with HART come with diagnostics capability (chan-

nel and module diagnostics). The diagnostics and monitoring

functions are directly available in SIMATIC PCS 7. They require

no additional engineering. Plain text messages output on the op-

erator station provide information on faults or changes in the

HART parameter settings.

Homogenous integration in the SIMATIC Process Device Man-

ager (PDM) and the PCS 7 Asset Management permit intuitive

online diagnostics and parameterization of all connected field

devices from a central position.

■

Function

HART is a serial transmission procedure with which additional

parameter data such as measuring ranges, attenuation etc. can

be sent to transmitters and actuators over a 4 to 20-mA current

loop. The HART jobs for each channel can be remotely initiated

over the PROFIBUS DP. This usually takes place from the central

engineering system of the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control sys-

tem per SIMATIC PDM.

The modules with HART have the following features:

• Connections compatible with the conventional analog mod-

ules of the ET 200M

• Additional communications possibility over the current loop

• 8 analog channels per module (2 analog channels with Ex

modules)

• Each channel is a primary master of the HART protocol

• Selectable input range per channel (AI):

- 0 to 20 mA (without HART function)

-± 20 mA (without HART function, not with Ex module)

- 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)

• Selectable output range per channel (AO):

- 0 to 20 mA (with/without HART function; in the case of

Ex module, only without HART function)

- 4 to 20 mA (with/without HART function)

Additional functions of the HART analog modules

6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 and 6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0:

• Supplementary HART variables (up to 4 per channel, up to

8 per module) allow the transmission of additional values

from/to the HART devices

• Modules can be operated in redundant mode (module and

channel redundancy)

Parameterization

• For the analog input modules (AI), it is possible to parameter-

ize e.g. conversion time, input range, limits, alarms, smooth-

ing of measured values

• For the analog output modules (AO), it is possible to parame-

terize e.g. output range, response on stoppage of AS (CPU),

diagnostics

• Remote parameterization (per PROFIBUS DP) of the HART

transmitters and actuators with SIMATIC PDM

• It is still possible to parameterize the HART devices using an

operator terminal (handheld).

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Modules with HART

11/24 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Technical specifications

You can find the detailed technical data of the modules with

HART at the following points:

• Catalog IK PI (Catalog Section "Distributed I/Os") or

• on the Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200M"

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 331 HART analog input

module

Redundant design possible

(module and channel redun-

dancy)

8 inputs, 0/4 to 20 mA or ±20 mA

• Resolution: 15 bit + sign

• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire

transmitters possible

• HART (2-wire or 4-wire)

• Wire break monitoring

• Short-circuit-proof

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 331-7TF01-0AB0 B)

SM 332 HART analog output

module

Redundant design possible

(module and channel redun-

dancy)

8 outputs, 0/4 to 20 mA

• Resolution: 15 bit + sign

• For 2-wire actuators

•HART (2-wire)

• Wire break monitoring

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 332-8TF01-0AB0 B)

Ex analog input module with

HART [EEx ib]

2 inputs, 0/4 to 20 mA in

2 channel groups

• Individually floating channels

• Resolution: 15 bit + sign

• Connection of 2-wire or 4-wire

transmitters possible

• Wire break monitoring

• Short-circuit-proof

• HART (2-wire or 4-wire)

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 331-7TB00-0AB0 B)

Ex analog output module with

HART [EEx ib]

2 outputs, 0/4 to 20 mA in

2 channel groups

• Individually floating channels

• Resolution: 12 bit + sign

• For 2-wire actuators

• Wire break monitoring

•HART

• Front connector required:

20-contact

6ES7 332-5TB00-0AB0 B)

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

F modules

11/25

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The safety functions of the AS 414F/FH and AS 417F/FH automa-

tion systems are matched to the safety-related I/O modules

(F-modules) of the ET 200M distributed I/O system. The F-signal

modules (DI/DO/AI) in the ET 200M remote I/O stations are able

to guarantee plant safety even in the event of a CPU failure. They

are of redundant design, and can diagnose both internal and ex-

ternal faults. They carry out self-tests for this purpose, e.g. for

short-circuit or wire breakage, and automatically monitor the dis-

crepancy time defined in the parameter settings. They comply

with the requirements up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508) or AK 6

(VDE 0801).

The input modules operate internally with single-channel evalu-

ation (SIL 2 sensors), 2-out-of-2 evaluation (SIL 3 sensors) or

2-out-of-3 channel evaluation (only F-AI module). A safety re-

sponse is triggered immediately there are any differences. The

type of evaluation influences the number of usable inputs (chan-

nels). For example, only half of the existing inputs are available

in the case of 2-out-of-2 channel evaluation.

The digital output modules enable safe disconnection through a

second disconnect path in the event of a faulty output.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SM 326F failsafe digital input module for floating contacts

24 inputs, 24 V DC

Electrically isolated in groups

of 12

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• 4 short-circuit-proof sensor

power supplies, each for

6 channels, isolated in groups

of 3

• External sensor power supply

possible

• SIL 2: single-channel evaluation,

24 channels

• SIL 3: 2-out-of-2 evaluation on

the module, 12 channels

(adjustable discrepancy time)

• Short-circuit monitoring to L+

• Discrepancy monitoring

• Supports time stamping (SOE)

• Diagnostics inside module

• PROFIsafe telegram

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 326-1BK01-0AB0

8 inputs, NAMUR [EEx ib]

Isolated by channel

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• 8 short-circuit-resistant sensor

power supplies, each for

1 channel, mutually isolated

• SIL 2: single-channel evaluation,

8 channels

• SIL 3: 2-out-of-2 evaluation on

the module, 4 channels

(adjustable discrepancy time)

• Wire break and short-circuit

monitoring (for contacts with

external resistor circuit)

• Discrepancy monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• PROFIsafe telegram

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 326-1RF00-0AB0

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

F modules

11/26 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Options

Isolating module

The following components are available as accessories for the

F modules:

• Isolating module

- For isolation of F and standard modules in an ET 200M re-

mote I/O station

- For signal isolation when using a copper bus connection

(only F modules in an ET 200M remote I/O station with

IM 153-2)

• Isolating bus submodule for isolating module, when using an

active backplane bus

Note:

The isolating module for F modules and the isolating bus sub-

module can only be used together. The 40-mm wide gap cannot

be used for other modules.

SM 326F failsafe digital output,

suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and signal lamps

10 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A

Electrically isolated in groups of 5

(outputs with internal diode)

Redundant design possible

(module and channel redun-

dancy)

• SIL 2, SIL 3 parameterizable

(10 channels)

• P/P-switching (for non-floating

loads; ground and earth con-

nected together)

• Wire break and short-circuit

monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• PROFIsafe telegram

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 326-2BF01-0AB0

8 outputs, 24 V DC, 2 A

Electrically isolated in groups of 4

• SIL 2, SIL 3 parameterizable

(8 channels)

• P/M-switching (for floating

loads; ground and earth sepa-

rate)

• Wire break and short-circuit

monitoring

• Diagnostics inside module

• PROFIsafe telegram

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 326-2BF40-0AB0

SM 336F failsafe analog input module

6 inputs, 4 to 20 mA

Redundant design possible

(module redundancy)

• Resolution 13 bit + sign

• Isolated from the backplane bus

• 2-wire or 4-wire connection

• SIL 2: two-channel evaluation,

6sensors

• SIL 3: two-channel evaluation,

12 sensors (adjustable toler-

ance window)

• Wire break monitoring

• Tolerance monitoring between

2 sensors (SIL 3)

• Diagnostics inside module

• PROFIsafe telegram

• Front connector required:

40-contact

6ES7 336-1HE00-0AB0

Options

Isolating module

For F modules, 40 mm wide

• For isolation of F and standard

modules in an ET 200M rack

• For signal isolation when using a

copper bus connection (only F

modules in a rack with IM 153-2)

6ES7 195-7KF00-0XA0

Isolating bus module

80 mm wide, for isolating module,

when using an active backplane

bus

6ES7 195-7HG00-0XA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

F-modules

ET 200 rack

only for SIL 3 operation,

SIL 2 also possible

without isolating module

ET 200 rack

Isolating bus submodule

for active

backplane bus

Isolating module for isolation of

standard and F-modules

PROFIBUS

copper connection

PROFIBUS

copper connection

or fiber-optic cable

IM 153-2

Isolating

module

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Closed-loop control modules

11/27

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The FM 355 is an intelligent 4-channel controller module for uni-

versal control tasks. It can be used to control temperature, pres-

sure and flow.

The following versions of the FM 355 are available:

• FM 355 C

Continuous-action controller with 4 analog outputs for control-

ling analog actuators

• FM 355 S

Step or pulse controller with 8 digital outputs for controlling

motor-driven (integrating) actuators or binary controlled actu-

ators (e.g. electrical heating strips and cartridges)

• FM 355-2 C/S

Specially optimized for temperature controls with user-friendly

online self-optimization integrated

■

Function

The FM 355 / FM 355-2 modules have four separate control

channels. These controllers have the following features:

• Predefined controller structures for

- fixed-setpoint control,

- cascade control,

- ratio control,

- 3-component control

• Various operating modes:

- automatic mode,

- manual mode,

- safety mode,

- follow-up mode,

- backup mode

• Sampling interval (dependent on the resolution of the analog

inputs and the compensation input):

- at 12 bit: 20 ms to 100 ms (only FM 355-2)

- at 14 bit: 100 ms to 500 ms (dependent on the number of en-

abled analog inputs)

• 2 control algorithms:

- self-optimized temperature control algorithm,

- PID algorithm

• Integrated online self-optimization without configuration (only

FM 355-2)

- for faster adoption of the operating point

• User-friendly controller optimization

• Backup mode: The controller can maintain its control function

in the event of CPU failure or CPU stop. Programmable safety

setpoint values or safety manipulated variables are set for this

purpose.

• Feedforward control: The analog inputs can be optionally

used for feedforward control as well as for actual value acqui-

sition.

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Closed-loop control modules

11/28 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Integration

Use in SIMATIC PCS 7

The FM 355 / FM 355-2 modules can be used to implement con-

trol tasks outside the SIMATIC PCS 7 automation system. The

modules have not only controller structures but also analog and

digital channels, thus eliminating the need for additional mod-

ules to detect the setpoint/actual value or to control the actuator.

On the one hand this reduces the work load for the CPU, on the

other hand it enables backup mode with which the control sys-

tem continues to work even if the CPU fails. In this case the

FM 355 module can be operated further with an OP operator

panel (does not apply to FM 355-2).

The operator panel is connected to the PROFIBUS DP fieldbus

for this purpose. The CPU of the automation system can surren-

der input privilege to the operator panel in normal operation as

well. The parameters that can be accessed with the operator

panel are the setpoint and manipulated variable. If the FM 355

module is operated from the operator panel, the automation sys-

tem reads back the values accessible from the operator panel

after the input privilege is withdrawn or recovered again. Bump-

less continuation of the operations is thus assured.

IM 153-2 High Feature interface modules are needed for the

PROFIBUS DP connection when the FM 355 / FM 355-2 control-

ler modules are used in ET 200M.

PCS 7 blocks

CFC blocks with OS faceplates for all FM 355 modules are in-

cluded in the scope of supply of the standard SIMATIC PCS 7 li-

brary (part of engineering software). These blocks are integrated

into the PCS 7 driver concept. This guarantees homogenous

system integration (including automatic diagnostics messages).

Parameterization in HW-Config

A configuration package containing all parameterization masks

required for configuring, parameterizing and commissioning is

included in the scope of supply of the FM 355 controller mod-

ules.

Note:

In the case of the FM 355 C and FM 355 S controller modules, the chan-

nels are not electrically isolated from one another

IM 153-2

FM-355 module

(80 mm wide)

Standard

modules

Automation

system

ET 200 Rack

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

FM 355 C controller module

With 4 analog outputs for

4 continuous-action controllers

Required front connector:

2x20-pin

Incl. multi-lingual configuration

package, manual and Getting

Started (German, English,

French, Italian) on CD-ROM

6ES7 355-0VH10-0AE0

FM 355 S controller module

With 8 digital outputs for 4 step or

pulse controllers

Required front connector:

2x20-pin

Incl. multi-lingual configuration

package, manual and Getting

Started (German, English,

French, Italian) on CD-ROM

6ES7 355-1VH10-0AE0

FM 355-2 C temperature con-

troller module

With 4 analog outputs for

4 continuous-action controllers

Required front connector:

2x20-pin

Incl. multi-lingual configuration

package, manual and Getting

Started (German, English,

French, Italian) on CD-ROM

6ES7 355-2CH00-0AE0

FM 355-2 S temperature con-

troller module

With 8 digital outputs for 4 step or

pulse controllers

Required front connector:

2x20-pin

Incl. multi-lingual configuration

package, manual and Getting

Started (German, English,

French, Italian) on CD-ROM

6ES7 355-2SH00-0AE0

Process I/O

ET 200M distributed I/O

Counter modules

11/29

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The FM 350-1 counter module is a single-channel intelligent

counter module for simple counting tasks, suitable for the direct

connection of incremental encoders. It provides a comparison

function with 2 preselectable reference values, as well as inte-

grated digital outputs for outputting a reaction upon reaching the

reference value.

The FM 350-2 counter module is an eight-channel intelligent

counter module for universal counting and measuring tasks, as

well as for simple positioning jobs (max. 4 axes).

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

FM 350-1 counter module

Counting functions up to 500 kHz

1 channel for the connection of

5 V and 24 V incremental encod-

ers

Required front connector:

1x20-pin

incl. configuration package on

CD-ROM

6ES7 350-1AH03-0AE0

FM 350-2 counter module

8 channels with max. 20 kHz

counting frequency; for 24 V

encoders, for the following tasks:

counting, frequency measure-

ment, speed measurement,

period measurement, dosing

Required front connector:

1x40-pin

incl. configuration package on

CD-ROM

6ES7 350-2AH00-0AE0

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

Introduction

11/30 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The ET 200iSP is a modular, intrinsically-safe I/O system in IP30

degree of protection, and can be configured with up to

32 electronics modules (4/8-channel). The range of electronics

modules covers:

• 8-channel digital input module DI, can also be used as

counter or frequency meter

• 4-channel digital output module DO with external actuator

switch-off via High or Low signal (H/L switch-off)

• 4-channel analog input modules AI for temperature measure-

ments with resistance thermometer or thermocouple

• 4-channel analog input modules AI for connection of 2/4-wire

transmitters with or without HART functionality

• 4-channel analog output module AO for connection of field de-

vices with or without HART functionality

The ET 200iSP suitable for gas and dust atmospheres according

to the ATEX directive 94/9/EU can be installed directly in the Ex

zones 1, 2, 21 or 22 as well as in non-hazardous areas. The in-

trinsically-safe sensors, actuators and HART field devices can

also be located in zone 0 or 20 if necessary.

■

Design

The ET 200iSP consists of the following components:

• Carrier system with terminal modules for prewiring, and also

for inserting power supply, interface and electronics modules,

mounted on an S7-300 rail

• 1 or 2 (redundant) power supply modules PS with pressurized

enclosure

• 1 or 2 (redundant) IM 152 interface modules for PROFIBUS DP

• Up to 32 electronics modules (4/8-channel) in any combina-

tion, including watchdog module

• Terminating module (included in scope of delivery of terminal

modules for the PROFIBUS interface)

Assembly is quick and easy:

• Latching of terminal modules onto the S7-300 rail

• Prewiring of process signal cables on the terminal modules

using spring-loaded or screw-type connections

• Plugging-in of power supply, interface and electronics mod-

ules without the need for additional tools

The maximum number of electronics modules which can be

used per station may be limited depending on the current con-

sumption of the modules required to solve the automation task.

However, up to 16 electronics modules can be used without lim-

itation.

If the ET 200iSP is used in a hazardous area, it must be installed

in an appropriate Ex housing which at least corresponds to the

IP54 degree of protection. Appropriate versions of an IP65 hous-

ing are offered in the Section "Stainless steel wall housings".

Exceptional features of the ET 200iSP architecture

• Installation and testing of the wiring is possible in advance

without the electronics module

• Isolation of the mechanical and electronic systems, in con-

junction with the independent process wiring, permits fast and

easy replacement of the electronics modules

• Mechanical coding which is carried out when an electronics

module is plugged onto a terminal module for the first time

prevents the connection of incorrect replacement modules

• Hot swapping of the power supply modules and electronics

modules is possible without a fire certificate

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

Introduction

11/31

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Integration

Distributed ET 200iSP stations are connected to the SIMATIC

PCS 7 automation systems (controllers) via the PROFIBUS DP,

which can be routed intrinsically-safe into Ex zone 1 using an

isolating transformer (RS485-iS coupler) as barrier. Data transfer

rates of up to 1.5 Mbit/s are possible.

The modern architecture with independent wiring and automatic

slot coding supports simple and reliable hot swapping of individ-

ual modules without a fire certificate. To increase plant availabil-

ity, both the power supply and the PROFIBUS DP interface can

be of redundant design.

The ET 200iSP is integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 using standard

driver blocks. You can therefore configure and parameterize the

ET 200iSP in the SIMATIC Manager of the engineering system

extremely simply using HW Config. The system function CiR

(Configuration in Run) is also supported, and permits the follow-

ing changes to be made to the configuration during runtime:

• Adding of an ET 200iSP station

• Adding of a module in an ET 200iSP station

• Reparameterization of modules.

Vendor-specific information and maintenance data are saved

powerfail-proof on the electronics modules.

The existing standard diagnostics drivers preprocess the diag-

nostics messages generated by internal or external faults (e.g.

wire breakage or short-circuit) as well as status messages of the

connected HART field devices for the host operator system and

the maintenance station of the PCS 7 asset management. The

ET 200iSP and the HART field devices can also be parameter-

ized using SIMATIC PDM (process device manager). With SI-

MATIC PDM you can directly access the HART field devices on

the ET 200iSP by routing via PROFIBUS DP.

■

Technical specifications

For detailed technical specifications, especially on individual

components such as power supply module, interface module or

electronics modules, see:

• Catalog IK PI

• Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200iSP"

Degree of protection IP30

Ambient temperature -20 ... +70 °C

Loading of media According to ISA-S71.04 severity level G1; G2; G3 (except for NH3, only level G2 in this case)

EMC Electromagnetic compatibility according to NE21

Vibration resistance 0.5 g continuously, 1 g occasionally

Approvals, standards

•ATEX II 2 G (1) GD

I M2 Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4

Ex de [ia/ib] I

•IECEx Zone 1 Ex de [ia/ib] IIC T4

• cFMus Class I,II,II NI Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4

AIS Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G

Class I Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4

•cULus Class I,II,II Division 2, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G T4

providing int. safe circuits for Division 1, Groups A, B, C, D, E, F, G

Class I Zone 1, AEx de [ia/ib] IIC T4

• PROFIBUS EN 50170, Volume 2

•IEC IEC 61131, Part 2

•CE According to 94/9/EU (ATEX 100a), 89/336/EEC and 73/23/EEC

• Shipbuilding approval Classification companies

• ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)

• BV (Bureau Veritas)

• DNV (Det Norske Veritas)

• GL (Germanischer Lloyd)

• LRS (Lloyds Register of Shipping)

• Class NK (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai)

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

ET 200iSP power supply unit

11/32 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

ET 200iSP power supply unit is the designation for the combina-

tion of one (standard) or two redundant power supply modules

PS with the matching terminal module:

• Standard: TM-PS-A terminal module

• Redundancy: TM-PS-B terminal module (additionally)

Power supply modules and terminal modules must each be or-

dered separately.

Functions of the power supply modules

• They provide the ET 200iSP with the safely isolated operating

voltages for

- logic (via the backplane bus),

- PROFIBUS DP interface (IM 152-1),

- power bus (for powering the electronics modules).

• They handle the safety-related limitation of the output voltage.

• They have a pressurized metal enclosure (explosion protec-

tion EEx d).

• They can be operated in redundant mode.

■

Design

Depending on the operating mode (standard or redundant), one

or two power supply modules are plugged onto the correspond-

ing terminal modules. Hot swapping is also possible in the haz-

ardous area.

The operating status of the power supply modules is displayed

on two LEDs on the IM 152 interface module (one for each mod-

ule).

The 24 V DC supply for the station is provided via EX e terminals

on the terminal module of the power supply unit. This connection

must not be removed in the hazardous area. The feeding power

supply must be installed in the non-hazardous area.

The ET 200iSP must be terminated on the right-hand side (fol-

lowing the last electronics module) by a terminating module. The

terminating module is included in the scope of delivery of the

IM 152.

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Power supply module PS for

ET 200iSP 6ES7 138-7EA01-0AA0

TM-PS-A terminal module

for standard operation 6ES7 193-7DA10-0AA0 B)

TM-PS-B terminal module

for redundant operation 6ES7 193-7DB10-0AA0 B)

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

IM 152-1 interface module

11/33

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The IM 152 interface module connects the ET 200iSP to the

PROFIBUS DP with intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS transmission

technology with transmission rates up to 1.5 Mbit/s. A redundant

connection is also possible. In this case the ET 200iSP is con-

nected via two interface modules to two redundant

PROFIBUS DP segments of a fault-tolerant automation system.

The IM 152 is plugged onto a special terminal module (to be or-

dered separately). The following terminal modules are available:

• TM-IM/EM60 terminal module for one interface module and

one electronics module (with screw-type or spring-loaded ter-

minals)

• TM-IM/IM terminal module for two interface modules (for re-

dundant PROFIBUS DP connection)

Tasks of the IM 152 interface module

• Connection of ET 200iSP to the intrinsically-safe

PROFIBUS DP

• Autonomous communication with the host automation system

• Preparation of data for the fitted electronic modules

• Saving of parameters of the electronics modules

• The IM 152 can assign a 20-ms time stamp to digital process

signals.

The maximum address space of the interface module is

244 bytes for inputs, and 244 bytes for outputs.

■

Design

The terminal module of the IM 152 (TM-IM/EM or TM-IM/IM) is

connected directly next to the power supply unit on the DIN rail.

The PROFIBUS DP connection of the IM 152 is made using the

standard Sub-D socket on the terminal module. The matching

connection element we provide is a special terminating plug with

selectable terminating resistance. The terminating resistance

must be activated on the last ET 200iSP station of each

PROFIBUS DP segment.

Hot swapping of the IM 152 and the PROFIBUS connector is per-

missible under hazardous conditions.

A terminating module is provided together with the IM 152, and

must be fitted at the right end of each ET 200iSP station following

the last electronics module.

The IM 152 has a slot for micro memory cards (MMC). The firm-

ware can therefore be updated either via the PROFIBUS DP or

using MMCs.

The PROFIBUS addresses can be set using DIL switches at the

front which are protected by a cover.

LEDs on the front of the IM 152 signal the supply voltage, group

faults, bus faults, the active IM with redundant operation, and the

operating state of the fitted power supply modules.

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

For further accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see Catalog

IK PI or the A&D Mall/CA 01 under "ET 200iSP distributed I/O".

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

IM 152-1 interface module for

ET 200iSP

incl. terminating module

6ES7 152-1AA00-0AB0

TM-IM/EM60 terminal module

for ET 200iSP

for one IM 152 module and one

electronics module

• TM-IM/EM60S (screw-type

terminals) 6ES7 193-7AA00-0AA0 B)

• TM-IM/EM60S (spring-loaded

terminals) 6ES7 193-7AA10-0AA0 B)

TM-IM/IM terminal module for

ET 200iSP

for two IM 152 modules

(redundant operation)

6ES7 193-7AB00-0AA0

Accessories

PROFIBUS connector with

selectable terminating resistor

for connection of IM 152 to

PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS

transmission technology

6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0 B)

RS 485-IS coupler

Isolating transformer for connec-

tion of PROFIBUS DP segments

with RS 485 and RS 485-iS trans-

mission technologies

6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0

S7-300 rails

• 585 mm long, suitable for

assembly of ET 200iSP in a

650-mm wide wall housing

6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0

• 885 mm long, suitable for

assembly of ET 200iSP in a

950-mm wide wall housing

6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

Electronics modules and watchdog module

11/34 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Electronics modules

The current range of electronics modules covers:

• 8-channel digital input module DI NAMUR, can also be used

as counter or frequency meter

• 4-channel digital output module DO with external actuator

switch-off via High or Low signal (H/L switch-off)

• 4-channel analog input modules AI for temperature measure-

ments with resistance thermometer (RTD) or thermocouple

(TC)

• 4-channel analog input modules AI for connection of 2/4-wire

transmitters with or without HART functionality

• 4-channel analog output module AO for connection of field de-

vices with or without HART functionality

A TC sensor module for internal temperature compensation is

provided with the 4 AI TC module, and is fitted on the corre-

sponding terminals of the associated terminal module. External

compensation is possible for the 4 AI RTD module by connect-

ing a Pt100.

The DO modules have a switch-off function which is triggered by

an external signal (High or Low) from a switch-off device in the

hazardous area. This permits implementation of an external

switch-off independent of the automation system (controller). It

is also possible to combine several DO modules into a switch-off

group for this purpose. The intrinsically-safe power supply for

the switch-off device is either via the watchdog module or a sep-

arate intrinsically-safe source.

Watchdog module

The watchdog module has two fundamental functions:

• Monitoring of the ET 200iSP remote I/O station for hardware

failures (hardware lifebeat); external, applicative failure moni-

toring is also possible via an I/O address area of the module

• Intrinsically-safe power supply for external actuator switch-off

The watchdog module must be plugged onto a terminal module

(order separately). The first slot directly next to the interface

module is provided for the watchdog module. You can use the

same terminal modules for the watchdog module as for the elec-

tronics modules.

■

Design

• The electronics modules are plugged as planned onto the cor-

responding terminal modules using screw-type systems

(TM-EM/EM60S) or spring-loaded systems (TM-EM/EM60C).

The terminal modules must be ordered in addition.

• The mechanical coding of the terminal module which is car-

ried out when an electronics module is plugged on for the first

time prevents the connection of incorrect replacement mod-

ules.

• Hot swapping of individual modules is possible under hazard-

ous conditions.

• The process signals are connected to the terminals of the ter-

minal modules assigned according to the plan, using either

conventional screw-type or spring-loaded systems (conduc-

tor cross-sections 0.14 to max. 2.5 mm²) depending on the

type of module.

• All electronics modules are implemented in the EEx i "intrinsi-

cally safe" degree of protection and can be easily replaced

under hazardous conditions (hot swapping).

• Using a spare module plugged onto a terminal module for

electronics modules (TM-EM/EM60S/ TM-EM/EM60C), you

can reserve a slot for any electronics modules or close a gap

resulting from the design. The spare module can be simply re-

placed by the electronics module at a later point in time.

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

Electronics modules and watchdog module

11/35

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Digital electronics modules

Digital input modules

8 DI NAMUR

For evaluation of NAMUR sen-

sors, connected/non-connected

contacts, as well as for recording

counter pulses or measuring fre-

quencies

• 8 x NAMUR (NAMUR sensor

on/off, NAMUR changeover

contact) or connected/

non-connected inputs

(single/changeover contact)

• 2 channels optionally usable as

counters (max. 5 kHz) or fre-

quency meters (1 Hz ... 5 kHz)

• Time tagging 5 ms, rising or fall-

ing edge

• Wire break monitoring

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Sensor power supply monitoring

• Flutter monitoring

6ES7 131-7RF00-0AB0 B)

Digital output module with

H switch-off

(external actuator switch-off via

H-signal);

for switching of solenoid valves,

DC relays, signal lamps, actua-

tors

4 DO DC 23.1 V/20 mA

• 4 channels with 20 mA each

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

• Parameterizable connection of

substitute value in case of CPU

failure

• Load-free switching of outputs

via external intrinsically-safe

signal

6ES7 132-7RD01-0AB0 B)

4 DO DC 17.4 V/27 mA

• 4 channels with 27 mA each or

• 2 outputs connected in parallel

with 54 mA each

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

• Parameterizable connection of

substitute value in case of CPU

failure

• Load-free switching of outputs

via external intrinsically-safe sig-

nal

6ES7 132-7RD11-0AB0

4 DO DC 17.4 V/40 mA

• 4 channels with 40 mA each or

• 2 outputs connected in parallel

with 80 mA each

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

• Parameterizable connection of

substitute value in case of CPU

failure

• Load-free switching of outputs

via external intrinsically-safe sig-

nal

6ES7 132-7RD21-0AB0

Digital output module with

L switch-off

(external actuator switch-off via

L-signal);

for switching of solenoid valves,

DC relays, signal lamps, actua-

tors

4 DO DC 23.1 V/20 mA

• 4 channels with 20 mA each

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

• Parameterizable connection of

substitute value in case of CPU

failure

• Load-free switching of outputs

via external intrinsically-safe

signal

6ES7 132-7GD00-0AB0 B)

4 DO DC 17.4 V/27 mA

• 4 channels with 27 mA each or

• 2 outputs connected in parallel

with 54 mA each

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

• Parameterizable connection of

substitute value in case of CPU

failure

• Load-free switching of outputs

via external intrinsically-safe sig-

nal

6ES7 132-7GD10-0AB0

4 DO DC 17.4 V/40 mA

• 4 channels with 40 mA each or

• 2 outputs connected in parallel

with 80 mA each

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

• Parameterizable connection of

substitute value in case of CPU

failure

• Load-free switching of outputs

via external intrinsically-safe sig-

nal

6ES7 132-7GD20-0AB0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

Electronics modules and watchdog module

11/36 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

For further accessories such as labeling strips or plates, see Catalog

IK PI or the A&D Mall/CA 01 under "ET 200iSP distributed I/O".

Analog electronics modules

Analog input modules

4 AI I 2 WIRE HART

For measuring currents with

2-wire transmitters with/without

HART functionality

• 4 x 4 ... 20 mA, HART, 2-wire

transmitter

• Transmitter load: max. 750 Ω

• Resolution 12 bit + sign

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

6ES7 134-7TD00-0AB0 B)

4 AI I 4 WIRE HART

For measuring currents with

4-wire transmitters with/without

HART functionality

• 4 x 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART, 4-wire

transmitter

• Transmitter load: max. 750 Ω

• Resolution 12 bit + sign

• Wire break monitoring

6ES7 134-7TD50-0AB0

4 AI RTD

For measuring resistances as well

as for temperature measurements

with resistance thermometers

• 4 x RTD, resistance thermometer

Pt100/Ni100

• 2-, 3-, 4-wire

• Resolution 15 bit + sign

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

6ES7 134-7SD50-0AB0

4 AI TC

For measuring thermal e.m.f. as

well as for temperature measure-

ments with thermocouples

• 4 x TC (thermocouples)

• Type B [PtRh-PtRh]

• Type N [NiCrSi-NiSi]

• Type E [NiCr-CuNi]

• Type R [PtRh-Pt]

• Type S [PtPh-Pt]

• Type J [Fe-CuNi]

• Type L [Fe-CuNi]

• Type T [Cu-CuNi]

• Type K [NiCr-Ni]

• Type U [Cu-CuNi]

• Resolution 15 bit + sign

• Internal temperature compensa-

tion possible using TC sensor

module (included in scope of

delivery of module)

• External temperature compen-

sation via PT100 connected to

RTD module of same ET 200iSP

station

• Wire break monitoring

6ES7 134-7SD00-0AB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Analog output modules

4 AO I HART

For output of currents to field

devices with/without HART func-

tionality

• 4 x 0/4 ... 20 mA, HART

(max. load 750 Ω)

• Resolution 14 bit

• Short-circuit monitoring

• Wire break monitoring

• Parameterizable substitute val-

ue in case of CPU failure

6ES7 135-7TD00-0AB0 B)

Watchdog module

For failure monitoring and for the

intrinsically-safe power supply of

an external actuator switch-off

6ES7 138-7BB00-0AB0 B)

Terminal modules

TM-EM/EM60S terminal module

for ET 200iSP

For two electronics modules,

screw terminals

6ES7 193-7CA00-0AA0 B)

TM-EM/EM60C terminal module

for ET 200iSP

For two electronics modules,

spring-loaded terminals

6ES7 193-7CA10-0AA0 B)

Accessories

Reserve module

For any electronics module 6ES7 138-7AA00-0AA0 B)

S7-300 rail

• 585 mm long, suitable for

assembly of ET 200iSP in a

650-mm wide wall housing

6ES7 390-1AF85-0AA0

• 885 mm long, suitable for

assembly of ET 200iSP in a

950-mm wide wall housing

6ES7 390-1AJ85-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

RS 485-IS coupler

11/37

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Tasks of the RS 485-iS coupler

• Conversion of the electrical PROFIBUS DP RS 485 transmis-

sion technology into the intrinsically-safe RS 485-iS transmis-

sion technology with a transmission rate of 1.5 Mbit/s

• Required to connect intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP stations,

e.g. ET 200iSP, ET 200iS or devices from other vendors with

Ex i DP connection

• Functionality as a safety barrier

• Additional use as a repeater in the hazardous area

• Passive bus station (no configuration necessary)

• Certified according to ATEX 100a

■

Design

• The RS 485-iS coupler is an open unit; assembly is only per-

missible in housings, cabinets or rooms for electrical equip-

ment.

• The RS 485-iS coupler is approved for use in hazardous areas

of zone 2.

It must be fitted in a housing which at least corresponds to the

IP54 degree of protection. A manufacturer’s declaration for

zone 2 (according to EN 50021) is required for the housing

and the necessary cable glands.

• The RS 485-iS coupler can be used in a horizontal or vertical

position.

• Installation is on a SIMATIC S7-300 rail.

• Diagnostics LEDs on the front panel signal the operating sta-

tus.

Connection to PROFIBUS DP

• Connection to standard PROFIBUS DP via standard Sub-D

socket (at the bottom on the RS 485-iS coupler, behind the

right front door).

Integral bus connection for PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS

transmission technology

• Connection of PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS transmission

technology via screw terminals (at the top of the RS 485-iS

coupler, behind the right front door)

• The last bus station on the intrinsically-safe PROFIBUS DP

segment (not further RS 485-iS couplers) must be terminated

by a selectable resistance using the connector, Order No.

6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0.

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

RS 485-IS coupler

Isolating transformer for connec-

tion of PROFIBUS DP segments

with RS 485 and RS 485-iS trans-

mission technologies

6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0

Accessories

PROFIBUS connector with

selectable terminating resistor

For connection of IM 152 to

PROFIBUS DP with RS 485-iS

transmission technology

6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0 B)

S7-300 rails

Lengths:

•160 mm 6ES7 390-1AB60-0AA0

•482 mm 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0

•530 mm 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0

•830 mm 6ES7 390-1AJ30-0AA0

• 2000 mm 6ES7 390-1BC00-0AA0

PROFIBUS Fast Connect bus

cable

Standard type with special design

for fast mounting, 2-core,

shielded, cut-to-length; max.

delivery unit 1000 m, minimum

ordering quantity 20 m

6XV1 830-0EH10

Process I/O

ET 200iSP distributed I/O

Stainless steel wall enclosure

11/38 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Design

ET 200iSP modules can also be installed in stainless steel wall

housings designed to meet more exacting protection require-

ments. The housings are available in three different sizes. They

comply with degree of protection IP65 and can also be used in

Ex zone 1.

1) The ET 200iSP components have to be ordered separately

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Stainless steel housing IP65 for Ex zone 1 in protection class EEx e

Empty housing without installa-

tion of modules, for use in gas-

eous area, IP65

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 3 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 41) and 2 rows of

blanking plugs

6DL2 804-0AD30

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 5 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 66)

6DL2 804-0AD50

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 3 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 68) and 2 rows of

blanking plugs

6DL2 804-0AE30

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 5 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 111)

6DL2 804-0AE50

Empty housing without installa-

tion of modules, for use in

dusty area, IP65

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 3 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 41) and 2 rows of blanking

plugs

6DL2 804-0DD30

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 5 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 66)

6DL2 804-0DD50

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 3 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 68) and 2 rows of blanking

plugs

6DL2 804-0DE30

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 5 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 111)

6DL2 804-0DE50

Housing with installation of ET

200iSP modules, for use in gas-

eous area, IP65 (IP54 when

using an air-conditioning noz-

zle) 1)

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 3 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 41) and 2 rows of

blanking plugs

6DL2 804-1AD30

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 5 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 66)

6DL2 804-1AD50

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 3 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 68) and 2 rows of

blanking plugs

6DL2 804-1AE30

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in gaseous ar-

ea, with 5 rows of M16 cable

glands (total 111)

6DL2 804-1AE50

Housing with installation of

modules, for use in dusty area,

IP65 1)

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 3 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 41) and 2 rows of blanking

plugs

6DL2 804-1DD30

• Wall housing 650 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 15 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 5 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 66)

6DL2 804-1DD50

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 3 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 68) and 2 rows of blanking

plugs

6DL2 804-1DE30

• Wall housing 950 x 450 x 230, for

installation of max. 25 ET 200iSP

modules, for use in dusty area,

with 5 rows of M16 cable glands

(total 111)

6DL2 804-1DE50

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Introduction

11/39

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The ET 200S is a bit-modular distributed I/O system in IP 20 de-

gree of protection and is approved for operation in Ex zone 2

or 22 (except for operation with motor starters). It is designed

with independent wiring that supports the hot swapping of I/O

modules (with fire certificate).

The range of I/Os that can be used with SIMATIC PCS 7 includes

power modules for electronics modules and motor starters, ana-

log and digital signal modules, and motor starters up to 7.5 kW.

The implementation of safety engineering applications is sup-

ported by:

• Safety-related F-components which are integrated in the SI-

MATIC Safety Integrated System, e.g. terminal, power and

electronics modules as well as motor starters

• SIGUARD safety engineering for motor starter applications

with conventional safety logic in plants of safety categories

2 to 4 (EN 954-1)

Note:

In addition to the selected modules, all other current ET 200S

electronics modules can be used, but with limited functionality.

Use of components from the SIPLUS extreme range in extended

temperature ranges and under medial loading on request.

■

Design

Main components of the ET 200S distributed I/O system:

•Terminal modules enable the electrical and mechanical con-

nection of the I/O modules and carry the terminals for the pro-

cess wiring:

- TM-P terminal modules for power modules

- TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules

- TM-DS/TM-RS terminal modules for motor starters and

TM-xB expansion modules

•IM 151 interface module for connecting the PROFIBUS DP to

the ET 200S station. The terminal module is included in the

scope of delivery.

•Power modules for PM-E electronics modules and PM-D mo-

tor starters

- Individual grouping of load and sensor supply voltages and

their monitoring, as well as

for the safe shutting down of digital output modules

- Supplying and monitoring the auxiliary voltages for motor

starters, as well as for the shutting down of a complete group

of motor starters

•Electronics modules for process data exchange

- Digital electronics modules for connecting digital sensors

and actuators

- Analog electronics modules for connecting analog sensors

and actuators

•Motor starter modules for switching and protecting any

three-phase loads

•Accessories

- Reserve module for reserving a slot for any electronics mod-

ule

- Label sheets for printing ID labels on a laser printer

- Shield connection: shield connecting element, shield termi-

nal, ground terminal, copper voltage bus 3 x 10 mm;

components for the low-impedance connection of cable

shielding at low cost of installation

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Introduction

11/40 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Mounting

The terminal modules that can be mounted on a DIN rail (35 x

15 x 7.5 or 15 mm) form the carrier system for the I/O modules.

They are used for the process wiring and enable the electrical

and mechanical connection of the I/O modules. The terminal

modules can be prewired and tested without the I/O modules.

The I/O modules are simply plugged in place later. Terminal

modules are available with screw connections, spring-loaded

terminals or FastConnect design for fast mounting.

The automatic coding of the I/O modules reliably prevents the

risk of injury to persons and/or destruction of modules through

accidental mounting of the wrong module.

Expansion limits

Depending on the IM 151 interface module used, the expansion

of an ET 200S station is subject to the following limits:

• A maximum total of 63 I/O modules per station can be inserted

between interface module and terminating module

• The maximum permissible width of an ET 200S station is 2 m

• The maximum address volume of all the inserted I/O modules

is 244 byte for input data and 244 byte for output data

• The maximum number of parameters is restricted to 244 byte

per station

ET 200S configuration

The SIMATIC ET 200 configurator can be used to compile an

ET 200S station rapidly and simply. It knows the configuration

rules, and supports selection of all components and associated

accessories in interactive mode. The SIMATIC ET 200 is avail-

able in the current CD-ROM Catalog CA 01 and on the Internet.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/et200

■

ATechnical specifications

Detailed technical data on the ET 200S can be found

• in the IK PI catalog or

• in the Mall / CA 01 at "Distributed I/Os / ET 200S“

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Terminal modules

11/41

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

• Terminal modules are mechanical modules for integrating the

power and electronics modules as well as the motor starters

and expansion modules (Ordering data of the terminal mod-

ules for motor starters and expansion modules can be found

under "Motor starters")

• For constructing the independent wiring using self-assem-

bling voltage buses

• Alternatively with screw-type or spring-loaded terminals and

Fast Connect design

• Replaceable terminal box

• Automatic coding of the electronics modules

• Build-as-you-go shielding of the backplane bus for high data

security

• Optional plug-in shield connection

• Color coding facility for the terminals and for identifying the

slot numbers

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Terminal Modules TM-P for Power Modules

TM-P15S23-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, screw-type terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CC20-0AA0

TM-P15C23-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, spring-type terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CC30-0AA0

TM-P15N23-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, Fast Connect

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CC70-0AA0

TM-P15S23-A0 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to

the left, screw-type terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CD20-0AA0

TM-P15C23-A0 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to

the left, spring-type terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CD30-0AA0

TM-P15N23-A0 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to

the left, Fast Connect

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CD70-0AA0

TM-P15S22-01 Terminal Module

2 x 2 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, screw-type

terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CE00-0AA0

TM-P15C22-01 Terminal Module

2 x 2 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, spring-

loaded terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CE10-0AA0

TM-P15N22-01 Terminal Module

2 x 2 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, Fast Con-

nect

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CE60-0AA0

TM-P30S44-A0 Terminal Module

7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to

the left, screw-type terminals for

PM-E F PROFIsafe

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CK20-0AA0

TM-P30C44-A0 Terminal Module

7 x 2 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interrupted to

the left, spring-loaded terminals

for PM-E F PROFIsafe

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CK30-0AA0

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Terminal modules

11/42 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Accessories for the terminal modules, see the IK PI catalog or

A&D Mall / CA 01 at "Distributed I/Os / ET 200S"

TM-E Terminal Modules for Electronic Modules

TM-E15S24-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, screw-type terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CA20-0AA0

TM-E15C24-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, spring-type terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CA30-0AA0

TM-E15N24-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 4 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, Fast Connect

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CA70-0AA0

TM-E15S24-01 Terminal Module

2 x 4 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, screw-type

terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CB20-0AA0

TM-E15C24-01 Terminal Module

2 x 4 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, spring-

loaded terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CB30-0AA0

TM-E15N24-01 Terminal Module

2 x 4 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, Fast Con-

nect

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CB70-0AA0

TM-E15S23-01 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, screw-type

terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CB00-0AA0

TM-E15C23-01 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, spring-

loaded terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CB10-0AA0

TM-E15N23-01 Terminal Module

2 x 3 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, Fast Con-

nect

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CB60-0AA0

TM-E15N26-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, Fast Connect

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CA80-0AA0

TM-E15S26-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, screw-type terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CA40-0AA0

TM-E15C26-A1 Terminal Module

2 x 6 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, spring-type terminals

Ordering unit 5 pieces

6ES7 193-4CA50-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

TM-E30S44-01 Terminal Module

4 x 4 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, screw-type

terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CG20-0AA0

TM-E30C44-01 Terminal Module

4 x 4 terminals, no terminal

access to AUX1 bus, AUX1 inter-

connected to the left, spring-

loaded terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CG30-0AA0

TM-E30S46-A1 Terminal Module

4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, screw-type terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CF40-0AA0

TM-E30C46-A1 Terminal Module

4 x 6 terminals, terminal access to

AUX1 bus, AUX1 interconnected

to the left, spring-type terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CF50-0AA0

TM-E15S24-AT Terminal Module

For internal temperature compen-

sation with 2AI TC High Feature,

screw-type terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CL20-0AA0

TM-E15C24-AT Terminal Module

For internal temperature compen-

sation with 2AI TC High Feature,

spring-loaded terminals

Ordering unit 1 piece

6ES7 193-4CL30-0AA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Interface modules

11/43

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

• IM 151-1 high feature (RS 485)

• Interface module for electrical connection of the ET 200S to

PROFIBUS DP using copper bus cables

• Handles all data exchange with the PROFIBUS DP master

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

IM151-1 interface module

for ET 200S, High Feature 6ES7 151-1BA02-0AB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Power modules

11/44 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

PM-E power modules

• For all types of electronic modules (including safety-oriented

electronic modules); limitations resulting from power supply

with PM-E DC 24 V

• For monitoring and, depending on the version, fusing the volt-

age to electronic modules provided via the TM-P terminal

module (load and sensor supply voltage)

• Diagnostics message for voltage and blown fuse (can be

switched off per configuration)

• Two versions with different supply voltages:

- PM-E DC 24 V (not for 2 DI AC 120 V, 2 DI AC 230 V and

2 DO AC 24 to 230 V)

- PM-E DC 24 to 48 V; AC 24 to 230 V; with additional fuse

PM-E F power modules

• For all non-safety-oriented types of electronic modules with

24 V DC supply

• For monitoring the voltage to electronic modules provided via

the TM-P terminal module (load and sensor supply voltage)

• For safe switching off of series-connected standard digital

output modules 24 V DC (up to 10 A) via relay contacts (up to

Cat. 3 according to EN 954 or SIL 2 according to IEC 61508):

- 2 DO / 0.5 A standard, 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0

- 2 DO / 2 A standard, 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0

- 2 DO / 0.5 A high feature, 6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0

- 2 DO / 2 A high feature, 6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0

- 4 DO / 0.5 A standard, 6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0

- 4 DO / 2 A standard, 6ES7 132-4BD31-0AA0

• Two versions:

- PM-E F pm DC 24 V PROFIsafe for ungrounded loads (sep-

arate ground and earth); with two additional safety-oriented

digital outputs (p/m switching, up to Cat. 4 / SIL 3)

- PM-E F pp DC 24 V PROFIsafe for grounded loads (ground

and earth connected), e.g. actuators for connection to a

central ground

■

Design

Depending on the possible combinations listed in the table, the

power modules are plugged onto corresponding TM-P terminal

modules. Power modules are suitable for dividing the ET 200S

into potential groups. A power module must be provided at the

beginning of each potential group. In addition, the first module

following the IM 151-1 High Feature interface module must al-

ways be a power module.

The TM-P terminal module of the power module interrupts the

voltage buses (P1/P2) and therefore opens up a new potential

group. All sensor and load supplies of the downstream electron-

ics modules are fed from the TM-P and monitored by the power

module. The total current of all modules of a potential group is

limited by the maximum current carrying capacity of the power

module (up to 10 A depending on the voltage and temperature

range; for details, refer to the technical specifications of the

power modules in Catalog IK PI).

Possible combinations of the TM-P terminal modules and

PM-E power modules

TM-P terminal modules for power modules

Screw-type

terminal

6ES7 193-...

15S23-A1 15S23-A0 15S22-01 30S44-A0

...4CC20 -

0AA0 ...4CD20 -

0AA0 ...4CE00-

0AA0 ...4CK20-

0AA0

Spring terminal

6ES7 193-...

TM-

P15C23-A1 TM-

P15C23-A0 TM-

P15C22-01 TM-

P30C44-A0

...4CC30 -

0AA0 ...4CD30 -

0AA0 ...4CE10-

0AA0 ...4CK30-

0AA0

Fast Connect

6ES7 193-...

TM-

P15N23-A1 TM-

P15N23-A0 TM-

P15N22-01 --

...4CC70 -

0AA0 ...4CD70 -

0AA0 ...4CE60-

0AA0

Power modules

PM-E DC 24 V • • •

PM-E

DC 24 ... 48 V/

AC 24 ... 230 V

• • •

PM-E F DC 24 V

PROFIsafe •

PM-D F DC 24 V

PROFIsafe •

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Power module PM-E for electronics modules

Power module PM-E

• 24 V DC / 10 A

- Monitoring of the load voltage 6ES7 138-4CA01-0AA0 B)

• 24 ... 48 V DC; 24 ... 230 V AC

- Monitoring of the fuse

- Monitoring of the load voltage

6ES7 138-4CB11-0AB0 B)

Power module PM-E F

• PM-E F pm DC 24 V PROFIsafe

- 1 x relay 24 V DC/10 A,

P/M-switching, for switching-

off series-connected standard

digital output modules (up to

AK 4, SIL 2)

- 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, P/M-switch-

ing, with wire breakage moni-

toring by channel

(with "1" signal)

- Safe monitoring of communi-

cation with PROFIsafe

- Diagnostics inside module

- Overload diagnostics by chan-

nel

6ES7 138-4CF02-0AB0 B)

• PM-E F pp DC 24 V PROFIsafe

- 1 x relay 24 V DC/10 A,

P/P-switching, for switching-off

series-connected standard

digital output modules (up to

AK 4, SIL 2)

- Safe monitoring of communi-

cation with PROFIsafe

- Diagnostics inside module

- Overload diagnostics by chan-

nel

6ES7 138-4CF41-0AB0 B)

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Digital electronics modules

11/45

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

• 2- and 4-channel digital inputs and outputs for the ET 200S

• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic

coding.

• High-feature versions for enhanced plant availability, addi-

tional functions and comprehensive diagnostics

• Hot swapping of modules possible

• Safety-related digital input module 4/8 F-DI PROFIsafe

• Safety-related digital output module 4 F-DO PROFIsafe

24 V DC/2 A

• Isolated from the backplane bus

■

Design

Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and digital modules

1) See Manual "ET 200S failsafe modules" in the documentation packages "S7 F Systems" and "S7 Distributed Safety"

TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules

Screw-type terminal

Order No. 6ES7 193...

TM-E15S26-

…4CA40-

0AA0

TM-E15S24-

…4CA20-

0AA0

TM-E15S24-

…4CB20-

0AA0

TM-E15S23-

…4CB00-

0AA0

TM-E15S24-

…4CL20-0AA0

TM-E30S44-

…4CG20-

0AA0

TM-E30S46-

…4CF40-0AA0

Spring terminal

Order No. 6ES7 193...

TM-E15C26-

…4CA50-

0AA0

TM-E15C24-

…4CA30-

0AA0

TM-E15C24-

…4CB30-

0AA0

TM-E15C23-

…4CB10-

0AA0

TM-E15C24-

…4CL30-0AA0

TM-E30C44-

…4CG30-

0AA0

TM-E30C46-

…4CF50-0AA0

Fast Connect

Order No. 6ES7 193...

TM-E15N26-

…4CA80-

0AA0

TM-E15N24-

…4CA70-

0AA0

TM-E15N24-

…4CB70-

0AA0

TM-E15N23-

…4CB60-

0AA0

-- -- --

Electronics modules

2DI 24 V DC Standard

2DI 24 V DC High Feature

4DI 24 V DC Standard

4DI 24 V DC High Feature

• • • •

4DI 24 … 48 V AC/DC High

Feature • • • •

4 DI NAMUR • • • •

2DI 120 V AC Standard • • • •

2DI 230 V AC Standard • • • •

2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A High

Feature

4 DO 24 V DC/0.5 A Standard

• • • •

2 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard

2 DO 24 V DC/2 A High Feature

4 DO 24 V DC/2 A Standard

• • • •

2 DO 24 … 230 V AC/2 A • • • •

2RO, 24 … 120 V DC/5 A,

24 … 230 V AC/5 A

2RO, 24 … 48 V DC/5 A,

24 … 230 V AC/5 A

• • • •

4/8 failsafe DI 24 V DC1) • •

4 failsafe DO 24 V DC/2 A1) • •

Reserve (width 15 mm) • • • • •

Reserve (width 30 mm) • •

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Digital electronics modules

11/46 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Digital inputs for floating contacts

DI 2 x 24 V DC, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 131-4BB01-0AA0 B)

DI 4 x 24 V DC, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 131-4BD01-0AA0 B)

DI 2 x 24 V DC, High Feature;

with diagnostics

• Short-circuit monitoring

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 131-4BB01-0AB0 B)

DI 4 x 24 V DC, High Feature;

with diagnostics

• Short-circuit monitoring

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 131-4BD01-0AB0

DI 4 x 24 to 48 V AC/DC, High

Feature; with diagnostics

• Wire break monitoring (external

resistance circuit required)

• Monitoring of the fuse

• Monitoring of the load voltage

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 131-4CD00-0AB0 B)

DI 4 x 24 V DC, NAMUR

Ordering unit 1 item

6ES7 131-4RD00-0AB0 B)

DI 2 x 120 V AC, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 131-4EB00-0AB0 B)

DI 2 x 230 V AC, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 131-4FB00-0AB0 B)

Failsafe digital input

4/8 F-DI 24 V DC PROFIsafe

8 DI safety-related SIL 2 or 4 DI

safety-related SIL 3, with diagnos-

tics

• Cyclic short-circuit test

• Discrepancy monitoring of

2 channels for SIL 3 (adjustable

discrepancy time)

• Safe monitoring of communica-

tion with PROFIsafe

Ordering unit 1 item

6ES7 138-4FA03-0AB0 B)

Digital outputs for DC voltage (suitable for solenoid valves,

DC contactors, indicator lights etc.)

DO 2 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4BB01-0AA0 B)

DO 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4BB31-0AA0

DO 2 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, High

Feature, with diagnostics

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU fail-

ure (parameterizable)

• Short-circuit monitoring by

channel

• Broken wire monitoring by chan-

nel (when "1" signal)

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4BB01-0AB0 B)

DO 2 x 24 V DC/2 A, High Fea-

ture, with diagnostics

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU fail-

ure (parameterizable)

• Short-circuit monitoring by

channel

• Broken wire monitoring by chan-

nel (when "1" signal)

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4BB31-0AB0 B)

DO 4 x 24 V DC/0.5 A, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4BD01-0AA0

DO 4 x 24 V DC/2 A, standard

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4BD32-0AA0 B)

Digital output for AC voltage (suitable for solenoid valves,

AC contactors, indicator lights etc.)

DO 2 x 24 to 230 V AC, 2 A

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU fail-

ure (parameterizable)

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4FB01-0AB0 B)

Relay output (suitable for solenoid valves, contactors, motor

starters, miniature motors and indicator lights)

2 x RO, NO contact

24 to 120 V DC/5 A

24 to 230 V AC/5 A

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU fail-

ure (parameterizable)

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4HB01-0AB0

2 x RO, changeover contact

24 to 48 V DC/5 A

24 to 230 V AC/5 A

• Connection of a default value by

channel in the event of CPU fail-

ure (parameterizable)

Ordering unit 5 items

6ES7 132-4HB10-0AB0 B)

Failsafe digital output

4 F-DO 24 V DC/2 A PROFIsafe

Safety-related up to SIL 3, with

diagnostics, switching to low/high

• Short-circuit monitoring by

channel

• Overload monitoring by channel

• Broken wire monitoring by chan-

nel (when "1" signal)

• Safe monitoring of communica-

tion with PROFIsafe

• Diagnostics inside module

Ordering unit 1 item

6ES7 138-4FB02-0AB0 B)

Accessories

Reserve modules for ET 200S

for reserving unused slots for any

electronics module

• 15 mm wide (Ordering unit

5items) 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0 B)

• 30 mm wide (Ordering unit

1item) 6ES7 138-4AA11-0AA0 B)

For further accessories, e.g. for

labeling, see Catalog IK PI

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Analog electronics modules

11/47

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

• Analog inputs and outputs for the ET 200S

• Can be plugged onto TM-E terminal modules with automatic

coding.

• High-feature variants with enhanced accuracy and resolution

• Hot swapping of modules possible

■

Design

Possible combinations of the TM-E terminal modules and analog modules

TM-E terminal modules for electronics modules

Screw-type terminal

Order No. 6ES7 193...

TM-E15S26-A1

…4CA40-0AA0

TM-E15S24-A1

…4CA20-0AA0

TM-E15S24-01

…4CB20-0AA0

TM-E15S23-01

…4CB00-0AA0

TM-E15S24-AT

…4CL20-0AA0

Spring terminal

Order No. 6ES7 193...

TM-E15C26-A1

…4CA50-0AA0

TM-E15C24-A1

…4CA30-0AA0

TM-E15C24-01

…4CB30-0AA0

TM-E15C23-01

…4CB10-0AA0

TM-E15C24-AT

…4CL30-0AA0

Fast Connect

Order No. 6ES7 193...

TM-E15N26-A1

…4CA80-0AA0

TM-E15N24-A1

…4CA70-0AA0

TM-E15N24-01

…4CB70-0AA0

TM-E15N23-01

…4CB60-0AA0

Electronics modules

2AI U Standard

2AI U High Feature

• • • •

2AI I 2WIRE Standard • • • •

2AI I 2/4WIRE High Feature • •

2 AI I 4WIRE Standard • •

2AI RTD Standard • •

2AI RTD High Feature • • • •

2 AI TC Standard • • • •

2 AI TC High Feature •

2AO U Standard

2AO U High Feature

• •

2 AO I Standard

2AO I High Feature

• • • •

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Analog electronics modules

11/48 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Analog input

•AI 2 x U (±5V, 1...5V, ±10 V) /

13 bit, standard

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

6ES7 134-4FB01-0AB0

• AI 2 x I, 2-wire transmitter

(4 ... 20 mA) / 13 bit, standard

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

- Wire break monitoring

6ES7 134-4GB01-0AB0 B)

• AI 2 x I, 4-wire transmitter

(±20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 13 bit,

standard

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

- Wire break monitoring

6ES7 134-4GB11-0AB0 B)

• AI 2 x TC / 15 bit, standard

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

- Wire break monitoring

- Compensation through exter-

nal Pt100 in the same station

with AI 2 x RTD standard

6ES7 134-4JB00-0AB0 B)

• AI 2 x RTD / 15 bit, standard

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

- Wire break monitoring

- Resistance thermometer

Pt100, Ni100 (2, 3 or 4 wires)

6ES7 134-4JB50-0AB0 B)

• AI 2 x U (1...5 V, ±5V, ±10 V) /

15 bit, High Feature

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

6ES7 134-4LB02-0AB0 B)

• AI 2 x I, 2/4-wire transmitter

(±20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) / 15 bit,

high feature

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

- Wire break monitoring

6ES7 134-4MB02-0AB0 B)

• AI 2 x TC / 15 bit, high feature

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

- Wire break monitoring

- Internal temperature compen-

sation with TM-E15S24-AT or

TM-E15C24-AT terminal mod-

ule

6ES7 134-4NB01-0AB0 B)

• AI 2 x RTD / 15 bit, high feature

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Overflow/underflow diagnos-

tics

- Wire break monitoring

- Resistance thermometer

Pt100/200/500/1000,

Ni100/1000 (2, 3 or 4 wires)

- Temperature in Celsius or

Fahrenheit

6ES7 134-4NB51-0AB0 B)

Analog output

• AO 2 x U (1...5 V / 12 bit, ±10 V /

13 bit), standard

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Connection of substitute value

in event of CPU stop (parame-

terizable)

- Short-circuit monitoring

6ES7 135-4FB01-0AB0 B)

•AO 2 x I (±20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) /

13 bit, standard

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Connection of substitute value

in event of CPU stop (parame-

terizable)

- Wire break monitoring

6ES7 135-4GB01-0AB0 B)

• AO 2 x U (1 ... 5 V, ±10 V) /

15 bit, high feature

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Connection of substitute value

in event of CPU stop (parame-

terizable)

- Short-circuit monitoring

6ES7 135-4LB02-0AB0 B)

•AO 2 x I (±20 mA, 4 ... 20 mA) /

15 bit, high feature

- Module-internal diagnostics

- Connection of substitute value

in event of CPU stop (parame-

terizable)

- Wire break monitoring

6ES7 135-4MB02-0AB0 B)

Accessories

Reserve modules for ET 200S

for reserving unused slots for any

electronics module

• 15 mm wide (5 units) 6ES7 138-4AA01-0AA0 B)

• 30 mm wide (1 unit) 6ES7 138-4AA11-0AA0 B)

For further accessories, e.g. for

labeling, see Catalog IK PI

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Motor starters

11/49

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

• Completely factory-wired motor starters for switching and pro-

tecting any three-phase loads

• Can be used as a direct-on-line, reversing or soft starter

• High Feature motor starter with a combination comprising

starter circuit breaker, solid-state overload protection and con-

tactor or soft starter up to 7.5 kW

• Safety-oriented motor starters based on the High Feature mo-

tor starters (direct-on-line and reversing starters) with integral

redundancy function for shutdown reliability up to Category 4

(EN 954-1)

• With self-assembling 50 A power bus, i.e. the load current is

only supplied once for a group of motor starters

• Hot swapping is permissible

• Inputs and outputs for activating and signaling the states have

been integrated

• Diagnostics capability for active monitoring of the switching

and protection functions

• Can be combined with brake control module for controlling

electromechanical brakes in three-phase motors

■

Design

Power modules and motor starters are operated on the terminal

modules which are assigned to them in the tables in the sections

"High Feature motor starters" and "Safety-oriented motor start-

ers". The terminal modules are a carrier system which is simulta-

neously used for the power supply to the motor starters (elec-

tronics: 24 V DC and load: 400 V AC).

24 V DC for the electronics is provided by the power module in-

serted to the left of the first motor starter. The power module and

the downstream motor starters constitute a potential group

whose scope is limited by the current carrying capacity of the

power module. When this limit is reached, a new potential group

must be established with a further power module.

The load current is applied to the first (left) TM-xxxxS32 motor

starter terminal module, and reaches the other motor starters via

the power bus of the adjacent TM-xxxxS31 terminal modules.

The power bus is designed for loads up to 50 A. When this limit

is reached, a new load group must be started with a further

TM-xxxxS32 terminal module, and provided with load current.

Brake control modules for motor starters

High Feature and safety-oriented motor starters can be ex-

panded by a brake control module for controlling electrome-

chanical brakes in three-phase motors. The following modules

are available:

• For brakes with external supply 24 V DC/4 A:

- xB3 (with two optional inputs for special functions)

-xB1

• For brakes with internal supply 500 V DC/0.7 A:

- xB4 (with two optional inputs for special functions)

-xB2

The externally supplied 24 V DC brakes can be released inde-

pendent of the switching status of the motor starter. The 500 V

DC brakes, on the other hand, are generally supplied direct from

the junction plate of the motor via a rectifier module and cannot

be released if the motor starter is switched off. These brakes

cannot be used in conjunction with the DSS1e-x motor starter

(direct-on-line soft starter).

The outputs of the brake control modules can also be used for

other purposes e.g. for controlling DC valves. Independent spe-

cial functions can be implemented with the help of two optional

local inputs each on a brake control module xB3 or xB4 and a

control module 2DI of the High Feature motor starter. These op-

erate independently of the bus and higher-level control, e.g. to

implement rapid stop functions for slide controls.

Brake control modules are operated on different terminal mod-

ules depending on the design:

Brake control

modul Terminal module for brake control module

xB1 oder xB2 TM-xB15S24-01

3RK1 903-0AG00 --

xB3 oder xB4 -- TM-xB215S24-01

3RK1 903-0AG01

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Motor starters

11/50 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

High Feature motor starters

The High Feature motor starters are used together with the PM-D

power module. Combined with a terminal module according to

the table, a PM-D power module opens up a new potential

group. The scope of the group is limited in that the value speci-

fied for the current carrying capacity of the power module (10 A

for PM-D) must not be exceeded by the total current of all mod-

ules in a potential group.

The PM-D handles the following tasks for the motor starters in a

potential group:

• Supply of voltages for the electronics via the voltage buses of

the terminal modules

• Monitoring of voltages for the electronics and contactors

Safety-oriented motor starters

In EMERGENCY STOP applications, safety-oriented motor start-

ers can be shut down selectively by means of the upstream

PM-D F PROFIsafe power module. Up to 6 shut-down groups

can be formed per power module. The PM-D F PROFIsafe ob-

tains the shut-down signal from the F/FH automation system via

the interface module of the ET 200S.

Combined with a terminal module according to the table, a

PM-D F PROFIsafe power module opens up a new potential

group. The scope of the group is limited in that the total current

of all modules in a potential group must not exceed the current

carrying capacity of the power module (with PM-D F PROFIsafe:

inrush current 10 A; continuous current 5 A).

Supplementary/expansion modules for safety-oriented motor

starter applications

The PM-D F X1 power/expansion module permits selective shut-

down of 1 to 6 shut-down groups through external safety de-

vices (e.g. safety relay or AS-i safety monitor). The PM-D F X1

uses the safety-oriented shut-down signals connected to the

module to trigger the downstream failsafe motor starters which

then safely switch off the assigned motors.

In addition, external safety devices can also be powered by a

safe 24 V DC voltage V1 via the safety-oriented PM-D F X1

power/expansion module.

The F-CM contact multiplier equipped with four safe floating

contacts (NO contacts) can be used together with the PM-D F

PROFIsafe or the PM-D F X1 as an interface to plants with con-

ventional safety engineering. It has internal diagnostics func-

tions, and can be set to one of 6 shut-down groups.

Terminal modules for

motor starters and power modules

With power bus supply

for one load group,

including 3 caps for ter-

mination of power bus

TM-DS65-

S32

3RK1 903-

0AK00

TM-RS130-

S32

3RK1 903-

0AL00

With power bus bushing TM-DS65-

S31

3RK1 903-

0AK10

TM-RS130-

S31

3RK1 903-

0AL10

With screw terminals -- -- TM-P15-S27-

3RK1 903-

0AA00

Power module

PM-D 24 V DC •

Motor starters

DS1e-x

High Feature direct-on-

line starter

•

DSS1e-x

High Feature direct-on-

line soft starter

•

RS1e-x

High Feature reversing

starter

•

Terminal modules for motor

starters, power modules and

supplementary/expansion modules

With power bus supply

for one load group,

including 3 caps for

termination of power bus

TM-FD65-

S32

3RK1 903-

3AC00

TM-FRS130-

S32

3RK1 903-

3AD00

With power bus bushing TM-FD65-

S31

3RK1 903-

3AC10

TM-FRS130-

S31

3RK1 903-

3AD10

With screw terminals -- -- TM-

PF30S47-F0

3RK1 903-

3AA00

Power module

PM-D F PROFIsafe •

Motor starters

F-DS1e-x

High Feature

direct-on-line starter

•

F-RS1e-x

High Feature reversing

starter

•

Terminal modules for

supplementary/expansion modules

Without supply from left

(as power module) TM-PFX30 S47-

3RK1 903-3AE00

With supply from left

(for expansion) TM-PFX30 S47-

3RK1 903-3AE10

-- TM-FCM30-S47

3RK1 903-3AB10

Additional/expansion modules

PM-D F X1

safety-oriented power/

expansion module

•

F-CM

safety-oriented contact

multiplier

•

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Motor starters

11/51

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

High Feature motor starters

With diagnostics, expandable with brake control module

DS1e-x direct-on-line starters

Mechanical switching, electronic

overload protection

• Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 to 3.0 A 3RK1 301-0AB10-0AA4

• Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 to 8.0 A 3RK1 301-0BB10-0AA4

• Up to 7.5 kW/400 V;

2.4to16.0A 3RK1 301-0CB10-0AA4

DSS1e-x soft starters

Electronic switching, electronic

overload protection

• Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 to 3.0 A 3RK1 301-0AB20-0AA4

• Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 to 8.0 A 3RK1 301-0BB20-0AA4

• Up to 7.5 kW/400 V;

2.4to16.0A 3RK1 301-0CB20-0AA4

RS1e-x reversing starters

Mechanical switching, electronic

overload protection

• Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 to 3.0 A 3RK1 301-0AB10-1AA4

• Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 to 8.0 A 3RK1 301-0BB10-1AA4

• Up to 7.5 kW/400 V;

2.4to16.0A 3RK1 301-0CB10-1AA4

Accessories

Terminal modules for motor

starters

• TM-DS65-S32

for DS1e-x, DSS1e-x direct start-

ers with supply connection for

power bus, incl. 3 caps for ter-

minating the power bus

3RK1 903-0AK00 A)

• TM-DS65-S31

for DS1e-x, DSS1e-x direct start-

ers without supply connection

for power bus

3RK1 903-0AK10 A)

• TM-RS130-S32

for RS1e-x reversing starter with

supply connection for power

bus, incl. 3 caps for connecting

the power bus

3RK1 903-0AL00 A)

• TM-RS130-S31

for RS1e-x reversing starter with-

out supply connection for power

bus

3RK1 903-0AL10 A)

PM-D power module

for direct and reversing starters;

24 V DC, with diagnostics

3RK1 903-0BA00 A)

Terminal module for PM-D

power module

TM-P15-S27-01

3RK1 903-0AA00

Jumper modules

• M15-PEN

Terminal block PE/N, 15 mm

wide, for jumpering a 15-mm

module

3RK1 903-0AH00

• M30-PEN

Terminal block PE/N, 30 mm

wide, for jumpering a 30-mm

module

3RK1 903-0AJ00

• M15-L123

Terminal block L1/L2/L3, 15 mm

wide, for jumpering a 15-mm

module

3RK1 903-0AE00

• M30-L123

Terminal block L1/L2/L3, 30 mm

wide, for jumpering a 30-mm

module

3RK1 903-0AF00

Control modules

• Control module 2DI COM

DC 24 V

Digital input module with two in-

puts for parameterizable motor

starters, for mounting on front of

motor starter, with PC connec-

tion (LOGO! PC cable 6ED1057-

1AA00-0AB0 required)

3RK1 903-0CH10 A)

• Control module 2DI LC COM

DC 24 V

Like control module 2DI COM,

plus input for switching to manu-

al local mode

3RK1 903-0CH20 A)

M65-PEN-F infeed module

65 mm wide, incl. two caps,

in combination with TM-DS65-

32/TM-RS130-S32

3RK1 903-2AC00

M65-PEN-S connection module

65 mm wide, in combination with

TM-DS65-31/TM-RS130-S31

3RK1 903-2AC10

Brake control expansion

module

For motors with mechanical brake

•xB1

24 V DC / 4 A 3RK1 903-0CB00 A)

•xB2

500 V DC / 0.7 A 3RK1 903-0CC00

•xB3

24 V DC / 4 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC

with two optional inputs

3RK1 903-0CE00 A)

•xB4

500 V DC / 0.7 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC

with two optional inputs

3RK1 903-0CF00 A)

Terminal modules for brake

control expansion module

• TM-xB15S24-01

for xB1 or xB2 3RK1 903-0AG00

• TM-xB215S24-01

for xB3 or xB4 3RK1 903-0AG01 A)

A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

Motor starters

11/52 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99

Note:

For color-coded labels and further accessories for ET 200S configura-

tions with High Feature motor starters and for ET 200S configurations with

safety-related motor starters, refer to "Distributed I/Os / ET 200S" in the

A&D Mall or in the Catalogs IK PI and CA 01.

Safety-related motor starters

With diagnostics, expandable with brake control module

F-DS1e-x safety-related direct

starter

Mechanical switching, electronic

overload protection

• Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 to 3.0 A 3RK1 301-0AB13-0AA4

• Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 to 8.0 A 3RK1 301-0BB13-0AA4

• Up to 7.5 kW/400 V;

2.4to16.0A 3RK1 301-0CB13-0AA4

F-RS1e-x safety-related

reversing starter

Mechanical switching, electronic

overload protection

• Up to 1.1 kW/400 V; 0.3 to 3.0 A 3RK1 301-0AB13-1AA4

• Up to 3.0 kW/400 V; 2.4 to 8.0 A 3RK1 301-0BB13-1AA4

• Up to 7.5 kW/400 V;

2.4to16.0A 3RK1 301-0CB13-1AA4

Accessories

Terminal modules for safety-

related motor starters

• For F-DS1e-x direct starter, with

coding

-TM-FDS65-S32 with supply

connection for power bus 3RK1 903-3AC00 A)

-TM-FDS65-S31 without supply

connection for power bus 3RK1 903-3AC10 A)

• For F-RS1e-x reversing starter,

with coding

-TM-FRS130-S32 with supply

connection for power bus 3RK1 903-3AD00 A)

-TM-FRS130-S31 without sup-

ply connection for power bus 3RK1 903-3AD10 A)

PM-D F PROFIsafe power

module

for direct and reversing starters;

24 V DC, with diagnostics

3RK1 903-3BA01 A)

Terminal module for

PM-D F PROFIsafe power

module

TM PF30 S47-F0

3RK1 903-3AA00 A)

Jumper modules and control

modules

See under High Feature motor

starters

M65-PEN-F infeed module

65 mm wide, incl. two caps, in

combination with TM-DS65-32 /

TM-RS130-S32

3RK1 903-2AC00

M65-PEN-S connection module

65 mm wide, in combination with

TM-DS65-31/TM-RS130-S31

3RK1 903-2AC10

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Brake control expansion

module

For motors with mechanical brake

•xB3

24 V DC / 4 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC

with two optional inputs

3RK1 903-0CE00 A)

•xB4

500 V DC / 0.7 A, DI 2 x 24 V DC

with two optional inputs

3RK1 903-0CF00 A)

Terminal modules for brake

control expansion module

TM-xB215S24-01 for xB3 or xB4

3RK1 903-0AG01 A)

PM-D F X1 power module

For power supply of emergency

stop signals of external safety

units; for 6 switch-off groups,

24 V DC

3RK1 903-3DA00 A)

Terminal module for PM-D F X1

power module

•TM-PFX30 S47-G0

With infeed on left 3RK1 903-3AE10 A)

•TM-PFX30 S47-G1

Without infeed on left 3RK1 903-3AE00 A)

F-CM contact multiplexer

With 4 safe floating contacts 3RK1 903-3CA00

Terminal module for F-CM

contact multiplexer

TM-FCM30 S47-F01

3RK1 903-3AB10

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

SIGUARD safety technology

11/53

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The SIGUARD safety system is based on special terminal and

power modules that can be combined with the ET 200S motor

starters and a failsafe kit to achieve the highest safety category

4 (according to EN 954-1). It enables the evaluation of emer-

gency stop circuits, the monitoring of protective doors or the im-

plementation of time-delayed shut-downs. The costs involved in

the configuration and wiring of conventional safety systems are

no longer incurred. All standard safety applications can be cov-

ered with SIGUARD (see the ET 200S manual for examples of

applications).

■

Design

Components required for applications with safety require-

ments

1) PM-D F3 power module only approved up to Category 3

2) F kit required for standard motor starter only; already integrated in high

feature motor starter

Possible combinations of power and terminal modules

1) For F1 or F2 in higher-level or individual safety group (voltage group)

2) For F1 or F2 in lower-level cascaded safety group (partial voltage group)

3) For expansion with F3 or F4 in separate ET 200S station (voltage group)

4) For expansion with F3 or F4 in the same ET 200S station (partial voltage

group)

Components required Safety category acc. to EN 954-1

2 3 4

PM-D F1...5 • • • 1)

TM-PF30 S47-.. • • •

F-Kit 1/2 •2) • 2) • 2)

PM-X • • •

TM-X15 S27-01 • • •

Redundantly

switching, external

infeed contactor

• •

PM-D

F1 PM-D

F2 PM-D

F3 PM-D

F4 PM-D

F5 PM-X

TM-PF30 S47-B1 1) • •

TM-PF30 S47-B0 2) • •

TM-PF30 S47-C1 3) • •

TM-PF30 S47-C0 4) • •

TM-PF30 S47-D0 •

TM-X15 S27-01 •

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

SIGUARD safety technology

11/54 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Terminal modules for SIGUARD power modules

The terminal modules integrate the SIGUARD power modules.

Using different terminal modules it is possible to separate vari-

ous safety circuits by function or else to cascade them. Each

such group has to be terminated with a SIGUARD PM-X connec-

tion module.

• The TM-PF30 S47-B1 terminal module always stands at the

beginning of a safety segment and integrates either the

PM-D F1 power module for emergency stop applications or

the PM-D F2 power module for protective door monitoring.

The 2-channel connection of the safety sensor (e.g. emer-

gency stop button) as well as the 24 V DC supply for the elec-

tronics (V1) and the contactor supply (V2) of the motor starters

have to be connected to this terminal module. Connections for

the ON button (enable) and the safe output of the power mod-

ule are also available.

• The TM-PF30 S47-B0 terminal module is used for the cascad-

ing of subordinate safety segments and integrates either the

PM-D F1 power module for emergency stop applications or

the PM-D F2 power module for protective door monitoring. No

additional auxiliary voltage has to be connected to this termi-

nal module. The supply is fed through the terminal module

voltage buses from the preceding PM-D F1 or PM-D F2 power

module. Switching off the voltage of the preceding power

module means that the terminal module has no voltage either.

• The TM-PF30 S47-C1 terminal module always stands at the

beginning of an expansion of a safety segment in a new sta-

tion, e.g. in an interlaced configuration. It integrates the PM-D

F3 power module for time-delayed shut-down or the PM-D F4

power module for direct shut-down in physically separated

ET 200S stations. The 24-V voltages for the electronics (V1)

and for the contactor supply (V2) are provided again. The

shut-down command of a preceding ET 200S station is inte-

grated through a safe input. Separate terminals are available

for connecting the feedback circuit to the upstream ET 200S

station. It is not possible to connect safety sensors to this ter-

minal module.

• The TM-PF30 S47-C0 terminal module is used to cascade

subordinate safety segments and integrates either the PM-

DF3 power module for time-delayed shut-down or the PM-DF4

power module. Only the supply voltage V2 for the contactor

supply need be connected on this terminal module. The sup-

ply with V1 is via the voltage buses of the terminal modules of

the previous power modules (partial voltage group). It is not

possible to connect safety sensors to this terminal module.

• The TM-PF30 S47-D0 terminal module is used to integrated

the PM-D F5 power module. At this terminal module it is pos-

sible to forward safe signals to external systems through four

groups, each with two safety relay contacts in redundant con-

figuration. The terminal module must always be positioned be-

tween one of the above mentioned terminal modules and a ter-

minal module for the TM-X connection module. It is not

possible to connect safety sensors to this terminal module.

TM-X terminal module for SIGUARD connection module

For connecting an external incoming supply contactor (second

shut-down option) in Categories 3 and 4. The SIGUARD con-

nection module is inserted to the right of the last motor starter in

a safety segment. The terminals for connecting the positively

driven NC contact of the contactor are located alongside the ter-

minals for connecting the contactor coil on the TM-X terminal

module. If no redundant contactor is required in Category 2

(EN 954-1), for example, the feedback circuit has to be closed

at these terminals by a jumper. This arrangement is also used in-

stead of SIGUARD power module as an interface to the external

safety relay when external safety relays are used.

SIGUARD PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4/F5 power modules

The following SIGUARD PM-D power modules are available for

selection:

• PM-D F1 for evaluating emergency stop circuits with the func-

tion "Monitored start".

• PM-D F2 for monitoring safety doors with the function "Auto-

matic start".

• PM-D F3 as expansion for PM-D F1/F2 for time-delayed trip-

ping.

• PM-D F4 for expanding safety circuits with other ET200S mo-

tor starters, e.g. on a different tier.

• PM-D F5 for transmitting the status of PM-D F1...4 over four

floating relay circuits to external safety devices (contact multi-

pliers)

No additional PM-S power module is required when using the

SIGUARD power modules. SIGUARD PM-D F1/F2/F3/F4 power

modules monitor auxiliary voltages and contain the complete

functionality of a safety relay. The PM-D F1 and PM-D F2 mod-

ules can be combined with the PM-D F3 or PM-D F4 modules.

A PM-D F5 can be arranged in any position between

PM-D F1...4 and a PM-X.

Every safety circuit, starting with a PM-D F1 ... 4, has to be ter-

minated with a PM-X.

Failsafe kit

Every standard motor starter in a safety segment has to be sup-

plemented by the failsafe kit (F-kit) in order to monitor the switch-

ing function. F-kit 1 supplements the DS1-x direct-on-line starter,

F-kit 2 the RS1-x reversing starter.

The F-kits comprise

• contact carriers for the terminal modules,

• one or two auxiliary switch blocks for the contactor(s) of the

motor starter and

• connecting lines.

High feature motor starters and their terminal modules come

equipped with the F-kit functions.

Process I/O

ET 200S distributed I/O

SIGUARD safety technology

11/55

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

A) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIGUARD Terminal Modules

PM-PF30 S47 B1 Terminal

Module

For PM-D F1/2 power modules

with U1/U2 incoming supply and

sensor connection

3RK1 903-1AA00 A)

PM-PF30 S47 B0 Terminal

Module

For PM-D F1/2 power modules

with sensor connection

3RK1 903-1AA10 A)

PM-PF30 S47 C1 Terminal

Module

For PM-D F3/4 power modules

with U1/U2 incoming supply and

IN+/IN- control input

3RK1 903-1AC00 A)

PM-PF30 S47 C0 Terminal

Module

For PM-D F3/4 power modules

with U2 incoming supply

3RK1 903-1AC10

PM-PF30 S47 D0 Terminal

Module

For PM-D F5 power modules

3RK1 903-1AD10

PM-X15 S27 01 Terminal Module

For SIGUARD connection module

3RK1 903-1AB00 A)

SIGUARD Power Modules

PM-D F1 SIGUARD Power

Module

EMERGENCY STOP; monitored

start; 2-channel

3RK1 903-1BA00

PM-D F2 SIGUARD Power

Module

Protective door; autostart;

2-channel

3RK1 903-1BB00

PM-D F3 SIGUARD Power

Module

Expansion to F1/2 for an addi-

tional voltage group;

time-delayed

3RK1 903-1BD00

PM-D F4 SIGUARD Power

Module

Expansion to F1/2 for an addi-

tional voltage group

3RK1 903-1BC00

PM-D F5 SIGUARD Power

Module

Expansion to PM-D F1 up to

PM-D F4, contact multiplier

3RK1 903-1BE00

Accessories

PM-X SIGUARD

Connection module for incoming-

feeder contactor; external safety

circuits

3RK1 903-1CB00 A)

Failsafe kit 1

Failsafe kit for DS1-x standard

motor starter (not necessary for

High Feature motor starter)

3RK1 903-1CA00 A)

Failsafe kit 2

Failsafe kit for RS1-x standard

motor starter (not necessary for

High Feature motor starter)

3RK1 903-1CA01 A)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Introduction

11/56 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC ET 200pro is a modular I/O system with high IP65/66/67

protection suitable for use at machine level outside the control

cabinet. As a result of the innovative design, the ET 200pro has

a relatively small size and can be flexibly adapted to the require-

ments of the respective automation task with regard to the con-

nection system and I/Os. Summary of the most important fea-

tures of the SIMATIC ET 200pro:

• Distributed I/O system with IP65/67 protection for use without

a control cabinet at machine level

• Small, multi-functional complete solution: analog and digital

I/O modules as well as safety-related digital I/O modules

• Communication over PROFIBUS DP, transmission rate up to

12 Mbit/s

• Mixed design of fail-safe and standard modules possible in

the same station

• Free selection of connection system: direct, ECOFAST or

M12 7/8"

• Power module for simple implementation of load groups

• Hot swapping of modules

• Simple assembly and independent wiring

• Comprehensive diagnostics: exact to the module or channel

■

Design

The architecture of the ET 200pro is based on the proven sepa-

ration of modules from the bus/power supply connection system.

This permits the T functionality for bus and 24 V DC power sup-

ply for the interface module, and prewiring of sensor/actuator

connections for the electronics modules (independent wiring).

When servicing, the independent wiring permits hot swapping of

an electronics module without having to switch off the remaining

station. This can continue without interruption during the re-

placement. When replacing an electronics module, the com-

plete I/O wiring remains on the connection module, and need be

neither labeled nor removed.

Up to 16 electronics modules can be arranged in any order be-

tween the interface module (left) and the terminating module

(right limit).

Modules of an ET 200pro station

The ET 200pro modules are usually designed in two or three

parts. Interface and power modules as well as digital and analog

electronics modules comprise:

• Bus module as mechanical and electrical connection element

of the individual ET 200pro modules (they form the backplane

bus of the system)

• Electronics or interface module

• Connection module

The ET 200pro modules are fitted when delivered on the associ-

ated bus module.

An ET 200pro station comprises:

• Module support

• Interface module for PROFIBUS DP

• Connection module for the PROFIBUS DP interface module

- CM IM DP direct with up to 6 M20 cable glands

- CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu

- CM IM DP M12 7/8"

• Max. 16 electronics modules with associated connection

modules which may be assembled up to a station width of 1 m

• Terminating module (included in scope of delivery of interface

module)

Expansion modules

The following expansion modules are available:

• Digital electronics modules

• Analog electronics modules

• Safety-related electronics modules

• I/O connection modules

- CM IO 4 x M12 for digital or analog electronics modules

- CM IO 8 x M12 for digital electronics modules

- CM IO 12 x M12 for 4/8 F-DI/4 F-DO

- CM IO 16 x M12 for 8/16 F-DI

• Power module electronics PM-E

• Connection modules for power module

- CM PM-E direct with up to 2 M20 cable glands

- CM PM-E ECOFAST Cu

- CM PM-E 7/8"

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Introduction

11/57

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Module support

Various module supports are available for mounting the

ET 200pro:

• Narrow module support

The narrow module support permits complete preassembly

on a workbench as a result of two mounting flanges outside

the ET 200pro station.

• Compact-narrow module support

The compact-narrow module support permits the most space-

saving design.

Expansion limits

• Number of electronics modules per station (between interface

module and terminating module): up to 16

• Max. width (without module support): 1 m

• Electronics/sensor supply 1L+ max. 5 A per ET 200pro station

• Load voltage supply 2L+ max. 10 A per potential group

• Maximum address range of an ET 200pro station: 244 bytes

for inputs and 244 bytes for outputs

ET 200pro configuration

The SIMATIC ET 200 configurator can be used to compile an

ET 200pro station rapidly and simply. It knows the configuration

rules, and supports selection of all components and associated

accessories in interactive mode. The SIMATIC ET 200 is avail-

able in the current CD-ROM Catalog CA 01 and on the Internet.

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/et200

■

Integration

The distributed ET 200pro system is connected to SIMATIC

PCS 7 automation systems (controllers) over PROFIBUS DP.

Data transfer rates of up to 12 Mbit/s are possible.

The ET 200pro is integrated into SIMATIC PCS 7 using standard

driver blocks. You can therefore configure and parameterize the

ET 200pro in the SIMATIC Manager of the engineering system

extremely simply using HW-Config.

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Introduction

11/58 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Technical specifications

For detailed technical specifications, especially for individual

components such as interface module, power module and elec-

tronics modules, see:

• Catalog IK PI

• Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200pro"

General technical specifications

Electronics modules • Digital inputs/outputs

• Analog inputs/outputs

• Safety-related digital inputs/

outputs

Connection system for actuator/

sensor M12 round plug connection with

standard assignments for

actuator/sensor

Data transfer rate, max. 12 Mbit/s (PROFIBUS DP)

Power supply 24 V DC

Current consumption of an ET

200pro (internal and sensor supply,

non-switched voltage), up to 55 °C,

max.

≤ 5 A

Load current for ET 200pro per

incoming supply (IM, PM, switched

voltage), up to 55 °C, max.

10 A

For total configuration with looping

through (several ET 200pro), up to

55 °C, max.

16 A (with direct connection

module)

Degree of protection IP65/66/IP67 for interface, digital

and analog modules

Material Thermoplast (glass-fiber

reinforced)

Ambient conditions

Temperature 0 ... 55 °C (-25 °C on request)

Relative humidity 5 ... 100 %

Atmospheric pressure 795 ... 1080 hPa

Mechanical stress

Vibrations Vibration test according to

IEC 60068, Part 2-6 (sinusoidal)

• Constant acceleration 5 g,

occasionally 10 g, for interface,

digital and analog modules

• 2 g for motor starters

Shock • Shock test according to

IEC 680068 Part 2-27, half-sine,

30 g, 18 ms duration for inter-

face, digital and analog mod-

ules

• 15 g, 11 ms duration for motor

starters

Approvals UL, CSA and cULus

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Interface module IM 154-2 DP High Feature

11/59

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The IM 154-2 DP High Feature interface module is responsible

for PROFIBUS communication between the ET 200pro station

and the host automation system (controller) as PROFIBUS DP

master. The scope of delivery of the interface module also in-

cludes a terminating module which is plugged in following the

last electronics module of the station.

■

Function

Features of the IM 154-2 DP High Feature interface module

• Mounted on delivery on the bus module

• Connects the ET 200pro station to the PROFIBUS DP via the

connection module

• Prepares the data for the connected electronics modules

• Max. 16 electronics modules can be operated on an interface

module - also safety-related

• PROFIBUS DP address of the ET 200pro station can be set on

the connection module

• Terminating resistor of the PROFIBUS DP can be switched on

and off on the connection module

• Maximum address range: 244 bytes for inputs and 244 bytes

for outputs

• Powers the ET 200pro station via the connection module with

the sensor/electronics supply 1L+ and the load power supply

2L+

• Integral power module for the load power supply 2L+

■

Technical specifications

For detailed technical specifications of the interface module,

see:

• Catalog IK PI

• Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200pro"

■

Accessories

Connection modules

The connection module for the IM 154-2 DP High Feature inter-

face module (to be ordered separately) is available in three dif-

ferent connection versions:

• CM IM DP direct

• CM IM DP ECOFAST Cu

• CM IM DP M12 7/8"

The PROFIBUS address can be set on the connection module

per DIL switch. The segmenting terminating resistor can be con-

nected using a further DIL switch.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

IM154-2 High Feature interface

module

for ET 200pro; for communication

between ET 200pro and host

masters over PROFIBUS DP; sup-

port of PROFIsafe

6ES7 154-2AA00-0AB0 B)

Connection module for IM154-2

High Feature interface module

• CM IM DP ECOFAST connection

module

for connection of PROFIBUS DP

and 24 V DC power supply to

PROFIBUS interface modules,

2 ECOFAST Cu connections

6ES7 194-4AA00-0AA0 B)

• CM IM DP direct connection

module

for direct connection of

PROFIBUS DP and 24 V DC

power supply to PROFIBUS in-

terface modules, up to six M20

cable glands

6ES7 194-4AC00-0AA0 B)

• CM IM DP M12 7/8" connection

module

for connection of PROFIBUS DP

and 24 V DC power supply to

PROFIBUS interface modules,

2 x M12 and 2 x 7/8"

6ES7 194-4AD00-0AA0 B)

Cables and further accessories

For cables and further accesso-

ries for CM IM DP ECOFAST,

CM IM DP direct and CM IM DP

M12 7/8" connection modules,

see Catalog IK PI or Mall/CA 01

under "Distributed I/O /

ET 200pro"

General accessories

ET 200pro module support

• Narrow, for interface, electronics

and power modules

-500 mm 6ES7 194-4GA00-0AA0

- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GA60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GA20-0AA0

• Compact-narrow, for interface,

electronics and power modules

-500 mm 6ES7 194-4GC70-0AA0

- 1000 mm 6ES7 194-4GC60-0AA0

- 2000 mm, can be cut to length 6ES7 194-4GC20-0AA0

Spare fuse

12.5 A fast-blow, for interface and

power modules, 10 units per pack

6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Digital electronics modules EM 141, EM 142

11/60 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The following digital electronics modules can be used for con-

necting actuators/sensors in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7:

Digital input modules

• EM 8 DI DC 24 V High Feature

- Digital electronics module with eight inputs

- Suitable for standard switches and proximity switches

(BEROs)

- Rated input voltage 24 V DC

- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to ground" per

channel

- Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel

- Process alarm

- Parameterizable input delay

Digital output modules

• EM 4 DO DC 24 V; 2 High Feature

- Digital electronics module with four outputs

- Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and indicator

lights

- Output current 2 A per output

- Rated load voltage 24 V DC

- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of outputs to ground" per channel

- Diagnostics "Short-circuit of outputs to P" per channel

- Diagnostics "Open-circuit in outputs" per channel

- Diagnostics "Load voltage missing" per module

- Parameterizable substitute value

■

Technical specifications

For detailed technical specifications of the digital electronics

modules, see:

• Catalog IK PI

• Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200pro"

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Accessories

Connection modules

Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-avail-

able 5-contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The con-

nection module is plugged onto the electronics module, and

screwed to the latter. The following connection modules (to be

ordered separately) are available for the above-mentioned elec-

tronics modules:

• CM IO 4x M12 (for EM DI and EM DO)

• CM IO 8x M12 (for EM DI)

Depending on the selected connection module, each plug for

the 8-channel digital input module has one or two channels:

• 4 x M12 round plug connections with 2 channels per plug

(double assignment)

• 8 x M12 round plug connections with 1 channel per plug

(single assignment)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Digital electronics modules

Digital input modules

Digital input module 8 DI High

Feature

24 V DC, with channel diagnos-

tics, including bus module. Con-

nection module must be ordered

separately

6ES7 141-4BF00-0AB0 B)

Digital output modules

Digital output module 4 DO

High Feature

24 V DC, 2 A, with channel diag-

nostics, including bus module.

Connection module must be

ordered separately

6ES7 142-4BD00-0AB0 B)

Accessories

Connection module CM IO

4xM12

4 M12 sockets for connecting

digital or analog sensors/actua-

tors to ET 200pro

6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0 B)

Connection module CM IO

8xM12

8 M12 sockets for connecting

digital sensors/actuators to

ET 200pro

6ES7 194-4CB00-0AA0 B)

Module labels

for color-coded identification of

the CM IOs in white, red, blue and

green; pack with 100 units of

each color

6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0

Further accessories

For plugs, cables and further

accessories, see Catalog IK PI or

Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/O

/ ET 200pro"

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Analog electronics modules EM 144, EM 145

11/61

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The following analog electronics modules can be used for con-

necting actuators/sensors in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7:

Analog input modules

EM 4 AI U High Feature

• 4 inputs for voltage measurements

• Input ranges:

-± 10 V, resolution 15 bit + sign

-± 5 V, resolution 15 bit + sign

- 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bit

- 1 to 5 V, resolution 15 bit

• Electrically isolated from load voltage 2L+

• Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module

• Diagnostics "Short-circuit, open-circuit" per channel (depend-

ing on measuring range)

• Process interrupt with limit violation on channel 0

• Permissible common-mode voltage 5 Vpp AC

EM 4 AI I High Feature

• 4 inputs for current measurements

• Input ranges:

-± 20 mA, resolution 15 bit + sign

- 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit

- 4 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit

• Two-wire and four-wire transmitters can be connected

• Electrically isolated from load voltage 2L+

• Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module

• Diagnostics "Short-circuit, open-circuit" per channel (depend-

ing on measuring range)

• Process interrupt with limit violation on channel 0

• Permissible common-mode voltage 5 Vpp AC

EM 4 AI RTD High Feature

• 4 inputs for isolated (floating) resistance measurements or

resistance thermometers with 2-, 3- and 4-wire connections

• Input ranges:

- Resistance measurement: 150 Ω; 300 Ω; 600 Ω; 3000 Ω;

resolution 15 bit

- Resistance thermometer: Pt100; Ni100; Ni120; Pt200; Ni200;

Pt500; Ni500; Pt1000; Ni1000; resolution 15 bit + sign

• Automatic compensation of line resistances with 3- and 4-wire

connections

• Parameterizable temperature coefficient with resistance-type

sensors

• Electrically isolated from load voltage supply 1L+ and 2L+

• Linearization of sensor characteristics

• Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel (terminals 1 and 3 are

monitored for open-circuit)

• Permissible common-mode voltage 10 Vpp AC

Analog output modules

EM 4 AO U High Feature

• 4 outputs for voltage output

• Output ranges:

-± 10 V, resolution 15 bit + sign

- 1 to 5 V, resolution 14 bit

- 0 to 10 V, resolution 15 bit

• Electrically isolated from sensor supply voltage 1L+

• Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module

• Diagnostics "Open-circuit in outputs" per channel

• Substitute value output

EM 4 AO I High Feature

• 4 outputs for current output

• Output ranges:

-± 20 mA, resolution 15 bit + sign

- 4 to 20 mA, resolution 14 bit

- 0 to 20 mA, resolution 15 bit

• Electrically isolated from sensor supply voltage 1L+

• Diagnostics "Short-circuit of sensor supply to M" per module

• Diagnostics "Open-circuit" per channel

• Substitute value output

■

Technical specifications

For detailed technical specifications of the analog electronics

modules, see:

• Catalog IK PI

• Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200pro"

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Analog electronics modules EM 144, EM 145

11/62 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Accessories

Connection modules

Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-avail-

able 5-contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The con-

nection module is plugged onto the electronics module, and

screwed to the latter. The connection module CM IO 4 x M12 (to

be ordered separately) is available for the above-mentioned

electronics modules:

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Analog electronics modules

Analog input modules

Analog input module 4 AI U

High Feature, ±10 V; ±5V; 0to

10 V; 1 to 5 V, channel diagnos-

tics, including bus module. Con-

nection module must be ordered

separately

6ES7 144-4FF00-0AB0 B)

Analog input module 4 AI I

High Feature, ±20 mA; 0 to

20 mA; 4 to 20 mA, channel diag-

nostics, including bus module.

Connection module must be

ordered separately

6ES7 144-4GF00-0AB0 B)

Analog input module 4 AI RTD

High Feature; resistances: 150,

300, 600 and 3000 Ohm; resis-

tance thermometers: Pt100, 200,

500, 1000, Ni100, 120, 200, 500

and 1000; channel diagnostics,

including bus module. Connec-

tion module must be ordered sep-

arately

6ES7 144-4JF00-0AB0 B)

Analog output modules

Analog output module 4 AO U

High Feature, ±10 V; 0 to 10 V;

1 to 5 V, channel diagnostics,

including bus module. Connec-

tion module must be ordered sep-

arately

6ES7 145-4FF00-0AB0 B)

Analog output module 4 AO I

High Feature, ±20 mA; 0 to

20 mA; 4 to 20 mA, channel diag-

nostics, including bus module.

Connection module must be

ordered separately

6ES7 145-4GF00-0AB0 B)

Accessories

Connection module CM IO

4xM12

4 M12 sockets for connecting

digital or analog sensors/actua-

tors to ET 200pro

6ES7 194-4CA00-0AA0 B)

Module labels

for color-coded identification of

the CM IOs in white, red, blue and

green; pack with 100 units of

each color

6ES7 194-4HA00-0AA0

Further accessories

For plugs, cables and further

accessories, see Catalog IK PI or

Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed

I/O / ET 200pro"

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Safety-related electronics modules

11/63

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

In combination with the safety-related automation systems of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, the safety-related elec-

tronics modules of SIMATIC ET 200pro can be used to imple-

ment safety applications. The safety-related digital inputs record

the signal statuses from safety-related sensors, and generate

corresponding safety telegrams for the automation system. De-

pending on the safety telegrams of the automation system, the

safety-related digital outputs trigger safe shut-down procedures.

They are also responsible for monitoring short-circuits and

cross-circuits up to the actuator. The safe communication with

the automation systems is carried out over PROFIBUS with

PROFIsafe.

All modules are certified up to SIL 3 (IEC 61508) and Cat. 4

(EN954-1).

The following modules are available:

Safety-related digital input module EM 8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe

• 16 inputs (SIL2/Cat.3) or 8 inputs (SIL3/Cat.3 or Cat.4)

• Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity switches

(BEROs)

• Rated input voltage 24 V DC

• 4 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each

• External sensor power supply possible

• Group fault display (SF; red LED)

• Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs4F) is

output on the VsF LED and the associated channels

• Status and fault displays per input (dual-color green/red LED)

• Identification data

• Parameterizable diagnostics

• Can only be operated in safety mode

Safety-related digital input/output module EM 4/8 F-DI,

4 F-DO 2 A

• Inputs

- 8 inputs (SIL 2/Cat. 3) or 4 inputs (SIL 3/Cat. 3 or Cat. 4)

- Suitable for standard switches and 3/4-wire proximity

switches (BEROs)

- Rated input voltage 24 V DC

- 2 short-circuit-proof sensor supplies for 4 inputs each

- External sensor power supply possible

•Outputs

- 4 outputs, current sourcing/sinking

- Output current 2 A

- Rated load voltage 24 V DC

- Suitable for solenoid valves, DC contactors and indicator

lights

• Group fault display (SF; red LED)

• Fault display for each sensor power supply (Vs1F to Vs2F) is

output on the VsF LED and the associated channels

• Status and fault displays per input/output (dual-color

green/red LED)

• Identification data

• Parameterizable diagnostics

• Achievable safety class SIL 3

• Can only be operated in safety mode

■

Technical specifications

For detailed technical specifications of the safety-related elec-

tronics modules, see:

• Catalog IK PI

• Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200pro"

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Safety-related electronics modules

11/64 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Accessories

Connection modules

Actuators and sensors are connected using commercially-avail-

able 5-contact M12 plugs on the connection module. The con-

nection module is plugged onto the electronics module, and

screwed to the latter. One of the following connection modules

(to be ordered separately) is required for each of the above-

mentioned electronics modules:

• Connection module CM IO 16 x M12

for the electronics module 8/16 F-DI, 24 V DC/2 A

• Connection module CM IO 12 x M12

for the electronics module 4/8 F-DI/4 F DO, 24 V DC/2 A

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Safety-related electronics modules

Safety-related digital input

module

Safety-related digital input

module 8/16 F-DI PROFIsafe

24 V DC, including bus module.

Connection module must be

ordered separately

6ES7 148-4FA00-0AB0 B)

Safety-related digital input/output

module

Safety-related digital input/out-

put module 4/8 F-DI, 4 F-DO 2 A

24 V DC, including bus module.

Connection module must be

ordered separately

6ES7 148-4FC00-0AB0 B)

Accessories

Connection module

• CM IO 16 x M12 for the electron-

ics module 8/16 F-DI,

24 V DC/2 A

6ES7 194-4DD00-0AA0 B)

• CM IO 12 x M12 for the electron-

ics module 4/8 F-DI/4 F DO,

24 V DC/2 A

6ES7 194-4DC00-0AA0 B)

Further accessories

For plugs, cables and further

accessories, see Catalog IK PI or

Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/O/

ET 200pro"

Process I/O

Dezentrale Peripherie ET 200pro

Power module PM-E

11/65

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

The power module PM-E DC 24 V is used within an ET 200pro

station when generating 24 V DC load voltage groups for elec-

tronics modules.

You can position power modules in an ET 200pro station any-

where to the right of the interface module. The first power mod-

ule is already integrated in the interface module.

Each power module which you install in the ET 200pro station in-

terrupts the load voltage busbar, and opens up a new potential

group (common potential) for the load voltage supply 2L+. All

subsequent load voltages of the electronics modules are fed

from this power module. Each power module has a replaceable

fuse for protecting the device. Only line protection according to

DIN VDE 0100 need be provided externally in addition.

The electronics/sensor supply 1L+ is not interrupted by the

power module, it is looped through.

The power module is fitted on the associated bus module when

delivered.

■

Technical specifications

For detailed technical specifications of the power module PM-E,

see:

• Catalog IK PI

• Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed I/Os / ET 200pro"

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Accessories

Connection module

The connection module for the power module PM-E is used to

connect the load voltage 2L+. It is fitted on the power module.

The module must be ordered separately, and is available with

the following types of connection:

• CM PM-E direct

•CMPM-EECOFAST

• CM PM-E 7/8"

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Power module

Power module PM-E DC 24 V

For generating 24 V DC load volt-

age groups for electronics mod-

ules within an ET 200pro station.

6ES7148-4CA00-0AA0 B)

Accessories

Connection modules for power

module

• Connection module CM PM-E

ECOFAST

for supply of 24 V DC load volt-

age, 1 ECOFAST Cu connection

6ES7 194-4BA00-0AA0 B)

• Connection module CM PM-E

direct

for supply of 24 V DC load volt-

age, up to two M20 cable

glands

6ES7 194-4BC00-0AA0 B)

• Connection module CM PM-E

7/8"

for supply of 24 V DC load volt-

age, 1 x 7/8"

6ES7 194-4BD00-0AA0 B)

Spare fuse

12.5 A fast-blow, for interface and

power modules, 10 units per pack

6ES7 194-4HB00-0AA0

Further accessories

For plugs, cables and further

accessories, see Catalog IK PI or

Mall/CA 01 under "Distributed

I/O / ET 200pro"

Process I/O

11/66 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

12/2 SIMATIC IT

IT world

SIMATIC IT

12/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Integration and synchronization of all business processes

with SIMATIC IT

In order to remain competitive, manufacturers must shorten their

product launch times, increase production transparency and

flexibility, optimize planning and scheduling, and reduce waste,

storage costs and downtimes. At the same time, directives and

high-quality standards must be observed in the global produc-

tion locations, and maximum productivity and optimum costs

must be guaranteed.

Manufacturing Execution Systeme (MES), such as SIMATIC IT

from Siemens, permit effective integration of product processes

and material management systems, and support the coordina-

tion of all equipment and applications relevant to production dur-

ing all phases.

SIMATIC IT can be used to model the complete production

know-how, to precisely define the operating processes, and to

record data in real-time from the ERP and production levels. It is

then possible to control corporate processes more effectively, to

minimize downtimes, production waste and postprocessing, to

optimize stockkeeping, and to react rapidly and flexibly to

changing customer requirements.

■

Design

SIMATIC IT consists of various components designed for differ-

ent tasks which can all be coordinated by the SIMATIC IT Pro-

duction Modeler.

The basic functions are implemented using SIMATIC IT compo-

nents. These are available in the form of the following product

bundles:

• SIMATIC IT Plant Intelligence (formally known as MIS - Man-

agement Information System)

Defines key performance indicators conforming to the plant

model. SIMATIC IT Plant Intelligence allows realistic assess-

ment of the plant performance.

• SIMATIC IT Genealogy Management

For materials management in the entire company, taking into

account the legal terms and conditions. Typical tasks are re-

verse and forwards genealogy, fundamental material monitor-

ing, and synchronization of material master data with the ERP

system.

• SIMATIC IT Order Management

For job management from planning to execution, including

scheduling, materials planning, new planning of sequence,

monitoring and recording of execution.

Further bundles are available, e.g. SIMATIC IT Basic Tracking &

Tracing, SIMATIC IT Basic Production Management or

SIMATIC IT Production Suite, providing a fully-scaled product

portfolio.

Summary of SIMATIC IT bundles

Each of these product bundles contains the optional SIMATIC IT

Client Application Builder (CAB) which provides the GUI for the

MES applications in a complete Web-based environment. Pat-

ented functions for optimization of image updating are available

based on standard technology. The SIMATIC IT Client Applica-

tion Builder offers complete support for operator stations which

require practically no administrative overhead (so-called zero

administration cost clients).

Production

Suite

Basic

Production

Management

Order

Management

Genealogy

Management

Basic

Tracking

& Tracing

MIS

Order

Management

Material

Management

Data

Management

Historian

IT world

SIMATIC IT

12/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Additional options can be separately purchased for each

bundle:

• SIMATIC IT PDS-I (Predictive Detailed Scheduler - Interactive)

is the detailed scheduling component of SIMATIC IT. It coordi-

nates and processes the job list coming from the ERP (Enter-

prise Resources Planning) or APS (Advanced Planning Sys-

tem) with consideration of all available resources in real-time.

An advanced, dedicated interface even allows users who

have no IT or scheduling experience to produce optimum pro-

duction job planning. A number of predefined steps addition-

ally support users in selection of the best planning scenario.

• SIMATIC IT Report Manager

offers comprehensive reporting functions. It provides valuable

knowledge concerning the company and supports users in

complying with statutory requirements for ad hoc reporting

(e.g. EU directive EC 178/2002 for Europe, US bioterrorism

act for North America).

• SIMATIC IT OEE-DTM Option (Overall Equipment Efficiency /

Down Time Management)

offers support for the dedicated configuration for downtime

management and efficient utilization of the overall equipment

through various predefined KPIs for evaluation of perfor-

mance and efficiency. It also allows customized performance

calculations as well as real and consistent efficiency analysis

using graphic objects. Thanks to integration within the com-

plete SIMATIC IT infrastructure, it supports the implementation

of corrective and/or preventive actions for avoiding reductions

in quality.

• SIMATIC IT SPC (Statistical Process Control)

is used for the dedicated configuration of statistical process

control through various predefined KPIs for evaluation with the

most common control charts (e.g. Nelson and Western Elec-

tric). It also allows customized KPI calculations as well as con-

sistent statistical analyses with application of graphic objects.

Thanks to integration within the complete SIMATIC IT infra-

structure, it supports the implementation of corrective and/or

preventive actions for avoiding reductions in quality.

The MES product range of SIMATIC IT is completed by the fol-

lowing components for special ISA-95 functions (also offered as

stand-alone products):

• SIMATIC IT Unilab

Laboratory Information System / Laboratory Information Man-

agement System (LIMS) for management and control of labo-

ratory data and processes.

• SIMATIC IT Interspec

Specifications Management System for support of product

lifecycle / Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) for manage-

ment and control of production specifications in the entire

company.

• SIMATIC IT XHQ

provides decision-makers in a company with a tool for making

better, faster and more sound decisions at all levels through

the assistance of role-based Web views, thus increasing the

company’s total performance. This allows manufacturers to

positively influence the production result through early and

qualified decisions concerning the production sequence. As

a result of the complete overview of all critical business and

operating data from various sources within the company, op-

erators and managers are able to check the true performance

compared to corporate targets. SIMATIC IT XHQ is initially fo-

cused on the chemical and oil & gas industries.

■

Function

SIMATIC IT from Siemens offers significant advantages. The

model of the business and production processes is transparent,

understandable, and independent of the control systems. Even

complex business and production processes are easy to model.

Subsequent modifications can be incorporated efficiently and

without problem.

Modeling of the business and production processes with

SIMATIC IT allows complete documentation as well as effective

protection of know-how.

The plant and production models can be saved in libraries, and

then used again in other projects. In this manner, they can be

used at any company location for standardization of procedures.

Best practices are therefore available everywhere. This prevents

implementation errors, provides investment safeguarding, re-

duces launch and maintenance costs, and results in a signifi-

cant shortening in the project duration.

The product architecture and functionality of SIMATIC IT are in

conformance with ISA-95, the internationally recognized stan-

dard for Manufacturing Execution Systems and Manufacturing

Operation Management.

■

Integration

Integration of SIMATIC IT and SIMATIC PCS 7

The Product Integration Pack is available for joint projects with

SIMATIC IT und SIMATIC PCS 7, and includes two data media

(one each for the two target systems SIMATIC IT and SIMATIC

PCS 7). These contain the software updates required for inte-

grated configurations.

A user manual is also enclosed which provides information and

important notes for persons planning, developing and imple-

menting integration projects.

The integration pack can be obtained using the SIMATIC IT pur-

chasing methods.

■

More information

Contact partners

Marketing Germany

Andreas Kempenich

E-mail: andreas.kempenich@siemens.com

Europe Helpline: +49 (0) 180 5050 111

Siemens Automation and Drives

Automation Solutions MES

Viale Cembrano, 11

I-16148 Genua, Italy

Tel.: +39 010 3434-1

Fax: +39 010 383 115

E-mail: marketing.simatic-it@siemens.com

Additional information is available in the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/simatic-it

IT world

12/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

13/2 Introduction

Migration to

SIMATIC PCS 7

Migration to SIMATIC PCS 7

Introduction

13/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Migration strategy

Globalization and incessantly increasing competitive pressures

are forcing companies to continuously increase productivity and

shorten product time to market. To this end, it is necessary to

continuously optimize engineering procedures and the process,

and to simultaneously consider new industrial requirements and

directives.

Today, many systems and plants must be expanded and mod-

ernized to ensure that companies can continue to provide prod-

ucts meeting market requirements. However, since the installed

basis of hardware, application software and know-how of the op-

erating and maintenance engineers represents an enormous

value, the safeguarding of investments for companies operating

the plants is always assigned a high priority during all modern-

ization plans.

Experience has shown that the success of migration is largely

determined by providing a technical solution that optimally

matches the customer requirements and the customer’s plant.

Minimization of the technical and financial risks together with

safeguarding of investments for as long a period as possible are

always fundamental aspects. The different lifecycles of the vari-

ous system components must also be considered, which cur-

rently vary from 5 years for PC-based workstations, 15 years for

controllers, up to 25 years or more for input/output components

and wiring. Therefore Siemens does not consider its task to sim-

ply be the complete replacement of an existing system, but in

close collaboration together with customers and their system in-

tegrators of an individual, future-oriented solution based on the

state-of-the-art SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system - always

under the directives:

7Step-by-step system innovation

7Adaptable to the specific conditions of the plant

7Flexible according to production requirements

System

aspects

HMI/batch

- Replaces old HMI

- Replaces batch

system

Controller/network

- Replaces controller

- Gateway to

SIMATIC PCS 7

I/O field connection

- Further use of I/Os

- Field connection

elements for SIMATIC

PCS 7

Strategy

- Plant/product future

- Planned modernization

(revamping)

Cost reduction

- Maintenance budget

- Investment budget

Time-to-Market

- Production time

- Available downtime

Innovation pressure

- Improved process

control

- IT integration

- Advanced process

control &

asset management

Lifecycle phases

- Maintenance &

modernization

- Expansion &

improvement

- Renewal/replacement

with state-of-the-art

technology

Siemens migration strategy

Plant

aspects

Production

aspects

Innovative technologies

FlexibleAdaptableStep-by-step

Migration to SIMATIC PCS 7

Introduction

13/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Function

Portfolio of the migration products

Early on Siemens recognized the significance of migration for

process automation, and for many years has offered a wide

range of innovative migration products and solutions for its glo-

bally proven systems. Right from the beginning, the maxim of

Siemens’ migration strategy is to modernize the existing in-

stalled basis in steps without completely changing the system;

and where possible without or with minimal plant downtime.

Siemens has the products to support customers’ endeavors to

achieve long-term safeguarding of investments together with

maximization of their return on assets, even for legacy systems

from other vendors.

Siemens’ know-how in the migration sector has continuously

grown as time has passed. The experience gained in numerous

migration projects has been incorporated into new products and

technologies which are even more efficient. For example, "Data-

base Automation" (DBA) is available for engineering of operation

and monitoring systems. Using DBA and a plug-in interface, it is

possible to download the configuration data, and to display and

configure them using a standardized user interface. DBA allows

system-based migration of operator system data from different

output systems in standardized form, thus providing uniform

software quality, security and understandability.

The migration products can be categorized as follows:

Step-by-step migration with the right products and services

ET 200M

PROFIBUS PA

HMI

SIMATIC PCS 7

SIMATIC IT

PROFIBUS DP

S7-400 S, H, HF

controller

Motor

I/O

interface

I/O

Controller

Engineering

Station Engineering

System

Wiring

rack

Server Server

Gateway

Importing of

engineering data

of old OS

Importing of

controller

engineering

Linking

of existing

I/O modules to

PCS 7/AS

Migration services in every step of migration project

Gateway to

data coupling

Field Termination

Adapter

OS replacement

by server for

PCS 7/OS

Clients

Legacy system

Migration component Description

OS migration products • Interface from SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server to system bus of legacy system

• OS conversion tool (e.g. DBA)

• Faceplate library

Services for OS migration Tools/services for conversion of process displays

Services for AS migration Tools/services for function-based conversion of AS engineering data to SIMATIC PCS 7

BATCH migration components Enables existing system to use SIMATIC BATCH

Gateway • Gateway between system bus of legacy system and SIMATIC PCS 7 (mainly for AS-AS communication)

• Engineering tool for gateway

Reuse of legacy system I/Os or Field

Termination Assembly (FTA) • Reuse of I/Os (connection of old I/Os to SIMATIC PCS 7 automation systems, mostly for Siemens systems)

• Field Termination Assemblies (FTAs) for field cabling

Migration to SIMATIC PCS 7

Introduction

13/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Typical migration scenarios

The migration path that a user takes depends on the specific

technical and economical factors of each migration project. The

migration products offer the modularity and flexibility required to

implement different scenarios. The following are typical migra-

tion scenarios which can be implemented using these migration

products:

Scenario 1: Replacement of existing HMI system by a SIMATIC

PCS 7 operator system

If the HMI (Human Machine Interface) system is technically ob-

solete, if the stocking of spare parts is too expensive, if it no

longer complies with current directives and standards for oper-

ator workstations, or if functional expansions are required (e.g.

IT integration), it is possible to simply replace the existing HMI

system by a SIMATIC PCS 7 operator system. The controller with

application software and the process I/O are retained.

The benefits of these migration step are:

• Minimum costs

• Clear risk

• Lengthening of service life of complete plant

• New application possibilities

• Opening of system for IT world

Scenario 2: Expansion of existing plant

The existing plant is initially retained, and is modernized by ex-

panding with further sections/units with SIMATIC PCS 7.

The benefits of these migration step are:

• Simple, step-by-step increase in production capacity

• Clear risk

• Introduction of new technologies (e.g. PROFIBUS fieldbus,

HMI)

• Opening of system for IT world

• Together with scenario 1, enables process control using a uni-

form operator system

Scenario 3: Comprehensive modernization

Bottlenecks in the provision of spare parts, insufficient support,

and the necessity for functional expansions (e.g. fieldbus tech-

nology or IT integration) can also force comprehensive modern-

ization of the old system using the future-oriented SIMATIC

PCS 7 process control system. Conversion may also be possible

during operation. Further use of the existing I/O level is sup-

ported, and the investments made for wiring, hardware compo-

nents or application engineering are safeguarded.

The benefits of these migration step are:

• Increase in performance

• Introduction of new technologies (e.g. PROFIBUS fieldbus,

HMI)

• Opening of system for IT world

• Lengthening of service life of complete plant

• Reduction in number of system suppliers

• Elimination of bottlenecks

Migration to SIMATIC PCS 7

Introduction

13/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Migration spectrum

The migration of our own process control systems to SIMATIC

PCS 7 is a matter of course for Siemens, and a significant

component of the continued supplier/customer relationship.

Siemens is additionally able to offer migration solutions for pro-

cess control systems from other vendors, e.g. for systems from

ABB, Honeywell or Emerson.

Siemens can work closely with the customer’s system integrators

when implementing migration projects, for they have the know-

how gained over many years of working with the user and ex-

actly know the plant as well as the customer’s requirements. This

partnership is a guarantee for the companies operating plants

that they will receive an optimum migration solution. A further im-

portant aspect is that Siemens supports the migration products

as well as the standard products by means of product updating

and customer support. A special strength of Siemens compared

to other suppliers of migration solutions is the ability to offer cus-

tomers long-term support through know-how, servicing and pro-

vision of components, spare parts and upgrades.

With the future-oriented SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system,

innovative migration solutions and services, many years of

know-how in process automation and migration, as well as con-

tinuous worldwide servicing, Siemens demonstrates its exper-

tise and offers the security of a reliable partner.

Migration Support Center

Siemens has established several global Migration Support Cen-

ters which offer customers further support for migration projects

in addition to product support:

• Migration concepts

• Quotation preparation

• Engineering/project management

Development of further migration products and tools

Through the development of flexible migration solutions and ser-

vices, comprehensive sector know-how, migration experience

developed over many years, and worldwide support, Siemens

has laid the foundation for the development of migration solu-

tions for third-party control systems. This allows users of third-

party control systems to take advantage of the globally leading

SIMATIC technology in order to safeguard their investments in

new automation technology for the future.

■

More information

For further information, see the Chapter “Additional migration

products and solutions”.

SIMATIC PCS 7

OS clients

SIMATIC PCS 7

OS clients

SIMATIC PCS 7

Engineering

PCS 7

OS server

PCS 7/

third-party OS

Other

systems

MBUS

PROVOX

Controller

and I/O

Third-party

control system

SIMATIC IT

Management

Console

APT

AS 235

CS 275

4-mation

H1 TF Ethernet

Control

Builder F

Envox

Bailey

Infi/Net 90

ABB

Freelance

Bailey Plant

Loop/

INFI-NET

PCS 7/TM OS PCS 7/505 OS PCS 7/90 OS PCS 7/F2K OS PCS 7/PVX OS

PCS 7/

APACS+ OS

PCS 7/

OPMC OS

TELEPERM M SIMATIC 505 Emerson

PROVOX

OpenPMC

APACS+/

QUADLOG

SIMATIC

PCS 7

OpenPMC

Controller S7-41x

S7-

417H

AC 800F

Data

Highway

Migration to SIMATIC PCS 7

13/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

14/2 Basic hardware V6.1

14/4 Starter systems V6.1

14/5 ES software V6.1

14/9 OS software V6.1

14/13 SIMATIC BATCH Software V6.1

14/14 Route Control Software V6.1

14/15 Asset Management Software

V6.1

14/16 PROFIBUS PA components

14/17 Automation systems

Ordering data for

previous version

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Basic hardware V6.1

14/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Single station

SIMATIC PC in rack of 19" design,

Pentium 4 3.4 GHz, 1 GB RAM

(2 x 512 MB), sound, SATA-RAID

1 with 2 hard disks of 120 GB,

graphics controller on board with

dynamic video memory, DVD

writer DVD±RW IDE, 3.5" diskette

drive, optical mouse,

FastEthernet RJ45 on board for

connection to OS-LAN,

without monitor, keyboard and

printer,

SIMATIC PCS 7 software pre-

installed and 2 restore DVDs

Windows 2000 Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese, Japanese)

• SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IL43

BCE W2K

Connection to plant bus through

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) with FastEthernet RJ45 net-

work card (PCI card)

6ES7 650-0LC16-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IL43 IE

W2K

Connection to plant bus via

Industrial Ethernet with CP 1613

A2 communications processor

6ES7 650-0LC16-0YX1 D)

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese, Japanese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IL43

BCE WXP

Connection to plant bus through

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) with FastEthernet RJ45 net-

work card (PCI card)

6ES7 650-0LF16-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 ES/OS IL43 IE

WXP

Connection to plant bus via

Industrial Ethernet with CP 1613

A2 communications processor

6ES7 650-0LF16-0YX1 D)

Server

SIMATIC PC in rack of 19" design,

Pentium 4 3.4 GHz, 1 GB RAM

(2 x 512 MB), sound, SATA-RAID

1 with 2 hard disks of 120 GB,

graphics controller on board with

dynamic video memory, DVD-

ROM IDE, 3.5" diskette drive, opti-

cal mouse,

FastEthernet RJ45 on board for

connection to OS-LAN,

without monitor, keyboard and

printer,

SIMATIC PCS 7 software pre-

installed and 2 restore DVDs

Windows 2000 Server MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese, Japanese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

IL43 BCE W2K

Connection to plant bus through

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) with FastEthernet RJ45 net-

work card (PCI card)

6ES7 650-0LE16-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

IL43 IE W2K

Connection to plant bus via

Industrial Ethernet with

CP 1613 A2 communications pro-

cessor

6ES7 650-0LE16-0YX1 D)

Windows Server 2003 MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese, Japanese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

IL43 BCE SRV03

Connection to plant bus through

Basic Communication Ethernet

(BCE) with FastEthernet RJ45

network card (PCI card)

6ES7 650-0LH16-0YX0 D)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Server

IL43 IE SRV03

Connection to plant bus via

Industrial Ethernet with CP 1613

A2 communications processor

6ES7 650-0LH16-0YX1 D)

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Basic hardware V6.1

14/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

1) The PCS 7 systems are delivered as standard with a "European power

cable". The country-specific versions listed above are required for some

countries.

Client

SIMATIC PC in rack of 19" design,

Pentium 4 3.4 GHz, 512 MB RAM

(2 x 256 MB), SATA hard disk 120

GB, graphics controller on board

with dynamic video memory,

DVD-ROM IDE, 3.5" diskette

drive, optical mouse,

FastEthernet RJ45 on board for

connection to OS-LAN,

without monitor, keyboard and

printer,

SIMATIC PCS 7 preinstalled and

2 restore DVDs

Windows 2000 Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese, Japanese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client

IL43 W2K 6ES7 650-0LD16-0YX0 D)

Windows XP Professional MUI

operating system

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish, Chinese, Japanese)

•SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client

IL43 WXP 6ES7 650-0LG16-0YX0 D)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Additional and expansion components

Memory modules for expanding

the main memory

• 512 MB memory expansion kit

for SIMATIC Rack PC IL 43

(2 x 256 MB) for dual channel

6ES7 648-2AF30-0GB0 B)

• 1 GB memory expansion kit for

SIMATIC Rack PC IL 43

(2 x 512 MB) for dual channel

6ES7 648-2AF40-0GB0 B)

• 2 GB memory expansion kit for

SIMATIC Rack PC IL 43

(2 x 1 GB) for dual channel

6ES7 648-2AF50-0GB0 B)

SIMATIC PC keyboard

(USB connection)

• International key assignment 6ES7 648-0CB00-0YA0

Tower kit for SIMATIC PCS 7

Industrial Workstations

based on Rack PC 547B and

IL 43

• Tower kit for conversion of a

Rack PC into an industrial Tower

6ES7 648-1AA00-0XC0

3-m power cable for Rack PC 1)

• For Great Britain 6ES7 900-0BA00-0XA0

• For Switzerland 6ES7 900-0CA00-0XA0

• For USA 6ES7 900-0DA00-0XA0

• For Italy 6ES7 900-0EA00-0XA0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Starter systems V6.1

14/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX PCS 7 Basic Package

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX complete

system (ES, OS and AS)

assembled and preinstalled,

comprising:

• SIMATIC Box PC 627, 24 V DC,

with WinAC Slot 416 and

Windows XP Professional MUI

(German, English, French, Ital-

ian, Spanish)

• Memory card 2 MB

• Backup battery

• Mouse

• SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V6.1 for AS/OS, 250

POs/RC 8K,

3 languages (German, English,

French), floating license for

1user

• PCS 7 Library Blocks V6.1,

3 languages (German, English,

French), runtime license for

1 automation system

6ES7 650-2MA16-0YX0 D)

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX runtime

system (OS and AS)

assembled and preinstalled,

comprising:

• SIMATIC Box PC 627, 24 V DC,

with WinAC Slot 416 and

Windows XP Professional MUI

(German, English, French, Ital-

ian, Spanish)

• Memory card 2 MB

• Backup battery

• Mouse

• SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Single Station V6.1,

250POs/RT8K,

3 languages (German, English,

French), single license for

1 installation

• PCS 7 Library Blocks V6.1,

3 languages (German, English,

French), runtime license for 1

automation system

6ES7 650-2MB16-0YX0 D)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

PCS 7 Basic Package V6.1

comprising:

• 1 x AS 416-3 with

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC

- UR2 rack (9 slots)

- Memory card 8 MB

- CP 443-1EX11

- CP443-5 Extended

• 1 x engineering station with

- Basic device SIMATIC PCS 7

ES/OS IL 43 BCE WXP

- PCS 7 engineering software

for AS/OS; 1000 POs/RC 32K,

floating license

- SFC Visualization, floating

license

- PCS 7 Import/Export Assis-

tant, floating license

- SIMATIC PDM PCS 7, floating

license

• 1 x OS Single Station

- Basic device SIMATIC PCS 7

ES/OS IL 43 BCE WXP

- PCS 7 OS Software Single

Station for 1000 POs/RT 32K,

single license

- SFC Visualization, floating

license

6ES7 650-3GD16-0YX0 D)

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

ES software V6.1

14/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Standard engineering software

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Electronic documentation on

PCS 7 toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

Engineering software for AS

• 250 POs (process objects) 6ES7 658-1AA16-0YA5

• 1000 POs 6ES7 658-1AB16-0YA5

• 2000 POs 6ES7 658-1AC16-0YA5

• 3000 POs 6ES7 658-1AD16-0YA5

• 5000 POs 6ES7 658-1AE16-0YA5

• Unlimited POs 6ES7 658-1AF16-0YA5

Engineering software for OS

• 250 POs/RC 8K 6ES7 658-2DA16-0YA5

• 1000 POs/RC 32K 6ES7 658-2DB16-0YA5

• 2000 POs/RC 64K 6ES7 658-2DC16-0YA5

• 3000 POs/RC 100K 6ES7 658-2DD16-0YA5

• 5000 POs/RC 150K 6ES7 658-2DE16-0YA5

• 8500 POs/RC 256K 6ES7 658-2DF16-0YA5

Engineering software for AS/OS

• 250 POs/RC 8K 6ES7 658-5AA16-0YA5

• 1000 POs/RC 32K 6ES7 658-5AB16-0YA5

• 2000 POs/RC 64K 6ES7 658-5AC16-0YA5

• 3000 POs/RC 100K 6ES7 658-5AD16-0YA5

• 5000 POs/RC 150K 6ES7 658-5AE16-0YA5

• Unlimited POs/RC 256K 6ES7 658-5AF16-0YA5

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Software V6.1 Rental License

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003

Rental license for 50 hours

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• For AS, 2000 POs 6ES7 658-1AC16-0YA6

• For OS, 2000 POs/RC 64K 6ES7 658-2DC16-0YA6

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPacks for engineering software

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

Engineering Software AS

for extending the engineering

software for AS

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• From 250 POs to 1000 POs 6ES7 658-1AB16-0YD5

• From 1000 POs to 2000 POs 6ES7 658-1AC16-0YD5

• From 2000 POs to 3000 POs 6ES7 658-1AD16-0YD5

• From 3000 POs to 5000 POs 6ES7 658-1AE16-0YD5

• From 5000 POs to unlimited POs 6ES7 658-1AF16-0YD5

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

Engineering Software OS

for extending the engineering

software for OS

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• From 250 POs/RC 8K to

1000 POs/RC 32K 6ES7 658-2DB16-0YD5

• From 1000 POs/RC 32K to

2000 POs/RC 64K 6ES7 658-2DC16-0YD5

• From 2000 POs/RC 64K to

3000 POs/RC 100K 6ES7 658-2DD16-0YD5

• From 3000 POs/RC 100K to

5000 POs/RC 150K 6ES7 658-2DE16-0YD5

• From 5000 POs/RC 150K to

8500 POs/RC 256K 6ES7 658-2DF16-0YD5

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

Engineering Software AS/OS

for extending the engineering

software for AS/OS

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• From 250 POs/RC 8K to

1000 POs/RC 32K 6ES7 658-5AB16-0YD5

• From 1000 POs/RC 32K to

2000 POs/RC 64K 6ES7 658-5AC16-0YD5

• From 2000 POs/RC 64K to

3000 POs/RC 100K 6ES7 658-5AD16-0YD5

• From 3000 POs/RC 100K to

5000 POs/RC 150K 6ES7 658-5AE16-0YD5

• From 5000 POs/RC 150K to

unlimited POs/RC 256K 6ES7 658-5AF16-0YD5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

ES software V6.1

14/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Version Cross Checker

Version Trail

Import/Export Assistant

Route Control Engineering

Engineering F/FH Systems

Note:

With a S7 F Systems Upgrade from V5.x to V6.0, the type of S7 F Systems

license changes from single license to floating license.

Safety Matrix

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Version Cross Checker

V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-1CX16-2YB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Version Trail V6.1

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional, Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk,

certificate of license, terms and

conditions

6ES7 658-1FX16-2YB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Import/Export

Assistant V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-1DX16-2YB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control

Engineering V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-7DX16-0YB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

S7 F Systems V6.0

Programming and configuration

environment for creating and

using safety-related STEP 7 pro-

grams for a target system based

on S7-400H

2 languages (German, English),

executes with Windows

XP Professional SP2, Windows

Server 2003 SP1/SP2 and

Windows 2000 SP4, floating

license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

Certificate of license as well as

software and electronic docu-

mentation on CD

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YA5

S7 F Systems Upgrade from

V5.x to V6.0

2 languages (German, English),

executes with Windows

XP Professional SP2, Windows

Server 2003 SP1/SP2 and

Windows 2000 SP4, floating

license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

Certificate of license as well as

software and electronic docu-

mentation on CD

6ES7 833-1CC01-0YE5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Tool

Creation, configuration, compila-

tion, loading and online monitor-

ing of the Safety Matrix in a

SIMATIC PCS 7 environment

Including SIMATIC Safety Matrix

Viewer for SIMATIC PCS 7, for

operation and monitoring of the

Safety Matrix in a SIMATIC PCS 7

environment with several operator

control levels

2 languages (German, English),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional, Windows XP

Professional or Windows 2003

Server, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: Certificate of

license and authorization diskette

for Safety Matrix Tool and Safety

Matrix Viewer; software and elec-

tronic documentation on CD

6ES7 833-1SM00-0YA5 C)

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Editor

Creation and checking of the

Safety Matrix logic on an external

computer without a SIMATIC

PCS 7/ STEP 7 environment

2 languages (German, English),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional, Windows XP

Professional or Windows 2003

Server, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: Certificate of

license and authorization dis-

kette; software and electronic

documentation on CD

6ES7 833-1SM40-0YA5 C)

C) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99S

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

ES software V6.1

14/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SIMATIC PDM

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PDM Single Point

SIMATIC PDM Single Point V6.0

for operation and parameteriza-

tion of one field device; communi-

cation via PROFIBUS DP/PA or

HART modem, including 1 TAG,

cannot be expanded with respect

to functions or with TAG

option/PowerPack

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0

and device library as well as sup-

plementary DVD with Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools

6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5

SIMATIC PDM Basic

SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0

for operation and parameteriza-

tion of field devices and compo-

nents, communication via

PROFIBUS DP/PA, HART

modem/interface, RS 232,

Modbus, SIREC bus, SIPART DR,

including 4 TAGs

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0

and device library as well as sup-

plementary DVD with Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5

• Rental license for 50 hours 6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6

Functional options for SIMATIC PDM V6.0

Integration in STEP 7 /

SIMATIC PCS 7

Only required if integration of

SIMATIC PDM into HW-Config is

to be used

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5

Routing through S7-400

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5

Communication via standard

HART multiplexer

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5

TAG options / PowerPacks

SIMATIC PDM TAG option

for TAG expansion, additive to

SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• Up to 128 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5

• Up to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5

• Up to 1024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5

• Up to 2048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5

SIMATIC PDM PowerPack

for subsequent TAG expansion of

all SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product

configurations

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• From 128 TAGs to 512 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5

• From 512 TAGs to 1024 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5

• From 1024 TAGs to 2048 TAGs 6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5

• From 2048 TAGs to unlimited

TAGs 6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

ES software V6.1

14/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Controller optimization

Simulation with S7-PLCSIM

Predefined SIMATIC PDM V6.0 product configurations for special

applications

SIMATIC PDM Service V6.0

Complete package for stand-

alone users for servicing, with

• SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0

• Option "128 TAGs"

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0

and device library as well as sup-

plementary DVD with Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools

6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5

SIMATIC PDM S7 V6.0

Complete package for use in a

SIMATIC S7 configuration envi-

ronment, with

• SIMATIC PDM Basic V6.0

• Option "Integration in

STEP 7/PCS 7"

• Option "128 TAGs"

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0

and device library as well as sup-

plementary DVD with Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools

6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5

SIMATIC PDM PCS 7 V6.0

Complete package for integra-

tion into the engineering toolset of

the SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering

system

Floating license for 1 user, with

• SIMATIC PDM Basic

• Option "Integration in

STEP 7/PCS 7"

• Option "Routing through S7-400"

• Option "128 TAGs"

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

2 CDs with SIMATIC PDM V6.0

and device library as well as sup-

plementary DVD with Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools

6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 PID Tuner V6.1

Controller optimization; option

package for CFC

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003

Floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 653-0SP16-2YB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

S7-PLCSIM V5.3

Functional testing of programs

which were created with

CFC/SFC, on PC/PG

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows 2000

Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 841-0CC04-0YA5

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

OS software V6.1

14/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

OS standard software for single station / server / client

1) A process object (PO) is a synonym for an operable and observable block

with approx. 30 variables.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

OS Software Single Station

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Single Station V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, single license for

1 installation

Electronic documentation on

PCS 7 toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• 250 POs/RT 8K 1) 6ES7 658-2AA16-0YA0

• 1000 POs/RT 32K 6ES7 658-2AB16-0YA0

• 2000 POs/RT 64K 6ES7 658-2AC16-0YA0

• 3000 POs/RT 100K 6ES7 658-2AD16-0YA0

• 5000 POs/RT 150K 6ES7 658-2AE16-0YA0

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

OS Software Single Station

V6.1

for extending the OS software for

a single station

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• From 250 POs/RT 8K to 1000

POs/RT 32K 6ES7 658-2AB16-0YD0

• From 1000 POs/RT 32K to 2000

POs/RT 64K 6ES7 658-2AC16-0YD0

• From 2000 POs/RT 64K to 3000

POs/RT 100K 6ES7 658-2AD16-0YD0

• From 3000 POs/RT 100K to 5000

POs/RT 150K 6ES7 658-2AE16-0YD0

OS Software Server

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Server V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Server or Windows Server

2003, single license for

1 installation

Electronic documentation on

PCS 7 toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• 250 POs/RT 8K 6ES7 658-2BA16-0YA0

• 1000 POs/RT 32K 6ES7 658-2BB16-0YA0

• 2000 POs/RT 64K 6ES7 658-2BC16-0YA0

• 3000 POs/RT 100K 6ES7 658-2BD16-0YA0

• 5000 POs/RT 150K 6ES7 658-2BE16-0YA0

• 8500 POs/RT 256K 6ES7 658-2BF16-0YA0

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

OS Software Server V6.1

for extending the OS Software

Server

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Server or Windows Server

2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• From 250 POs/RT 8K to 1000

POs/RT 32K 6ES7 658-2BB16-0YD0

• From 1000 POs/RT 32K to 2000

POs/RT 64K 6ES7 658-2BC16-0YD0

• From 2000 POs/RT 64K to 3000

POs/RT 100K 6ES7 658-2BD16-0YD0

• From 3000 POs/RT 100K to 5000

POs/RT 150K 6ES7 658-2BE16-0YD0

• From 5000 POs/RT 150K to 8500

POs/RT 256K 6ES7 658-2BF16-0YD0

OS Software Client

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Client V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Electronic documentation on

PCS 7 toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

6ES7 658-2CX16-0YA5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

OS software V6.1

14/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

OS archiving

SFC Visualization

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer

Connectivity Pack and Client Access Licenses

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Expansion of integral high-performance cyclic buffer archive

(512 variables) of OS Single Station and OS Server

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

OS Archive V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• For expansion from 512 to

1500 variables 6ES7 658-2EA16-2YD0

• For expansion from 1500 to

5000 variables 6ES7 658-2EB16-2YD0

• For expansion from 5000 to

10000 variables 6ES7 658-2EE16-2YD0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Bundle

OS Archive V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

4 license key disks, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions

• 4 x 5000 variables for 4 stations

each (Single Station/Server) 6ES7 652-1EA16-2YB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7

SFC Visualization V6.1

for displaying and operating SFC

sequence controls on an operator

station

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 652-0XD16-2YB5

SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade

SFC Visualization V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 652-0XD16-2YF5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Safety Matrix Viewer

for SIMATIC PCS 7

Operation and monitoring of the

safety matrix in the SIMATIC

PCS 7 environment with several

operating levels

2 languages (German, English),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional, Windows XP

Professional or Windows 2003

Server, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: Certificate of

license and authorization dis-

kette; software and electronic

documentation on CD

6ES7 833-1SM60-0YA5 C)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

WinCC/Connectivity Pack

Single license for 1 installation 6AV6 371-1DR06-1AX0

WinCC/Client Access License

for access of (office) computers

(without WinCC installation) to

archive and alarm data of an

operator station (OS single sta-

tion/OS server) per OPC HDA,

OPC A&E or OLE-DB

Single license for 1 installation

6AV6 371-1ES06-0AX0

WinCC/Client Access License

per Prozessor

for access of client to archive and

alarm data of an operator station

(OS single station/OS server) per

OPC HDA, OPC A&E or OLE-DB

License for any number of clients

per processor

6AV6 371-1ES06-0CX0

C) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99S

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

OS software V6.1

14/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

OS redundancy OS long-term archiving

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Design of redundant OS single stations

WinCC/Redundancy V6.0 SP3

for alignment of archives following

OS restart; single license for

2 installations

Installation required on each of

the two redundant OS single sta-

tions

6AV6 371-1CF06-0DX0

Design of redundant OS servers

SIMATIC PCS 7 Server

Redundancy V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Server or Windows Server

2003, single license for

2 installations

with OS Software Server und

WinCC/Redundancy as well as

RS 232 connecting cable, 10 m

Type of delivery:

2 license key disks, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• 250 POs/RT 8K 6ES7 652-3XA16-2YA0

• 2000 POs/RT 64K 6ES7 652-3XC16-2YA0

• 3000 POs/RT 100K 6ES7 652-3XD16-2YA0

• 5000 POs/RT 150K 6ES7 652-3XE16-2YA0

• 8500 POs/RT 256K 6ES7 652-3XF16-2YA0

PowerPacks for PO expansion:

see OS Software Server

PowerPack V6.1 (2 PowerPacks

each required)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC StoragePlus V1.1

Software for long-term archiving

of data from the SIMATIC PCS 7

process control system; for up to

4 single stations, servers or pairs

of servers

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 652-0XC11-2YB0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Central Archive

Server V6.1

Software for long-term archiving

of data from the SIMATIC PCS 7

process control system; for up to

11 servers or pairs of servers

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-2FX16-0YB0

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

SIMATIC BATCH Software V6.1

14/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

PCS 7 Web Server

1) Deviating from the specification in the ordering data, the license of the

OS Software Client V6.1 in this special application is also enabled for the

Microsoft Windows Server 2003 operating system.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Server

V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• For 3 clients 6ES7 658-2GA16-2YB0

• For 10 clients 6ES7 658-2GB16-2YB0

• For 25 clients 6ES7 658-2GC16-2YB0

• For 50 clients 6ES7 658-2GD16-2YB0

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack Web

Server V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

For expansion of PCS 7 Web

server license

• From 3 to up to 10 clients 6ES7 658-2GB16-2YD0

• From 10 to up to 25 clients 6ES7 658-2GC16-2YD0

• From 25 to up to 50 clients 6ES7 658-2GD16-2YD0

OS Software Client

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Software

Client V6.1 1)

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Electronic documentation on

PCS 7 toolset DVD

Type of delivery:

• License key disk, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions

• PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA and supplementary

CDs/DVDs (e.g. Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools)

6ES7 658-2CX16-0YA5

SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnos-

tics Client V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-2JX16-2YB0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Web Diagnos-

tics Server V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-2HX16-2YB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

Server Basic Package V6.1

(PO 150)

For single station or client/server

configuration, comprising

• Batch server for 150 batch POs

• Recipe System

• Batch Control Center (BatchCC)

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 657-0SA16-0YB0 SIMATIC BATCH

PO Options V6.1

For expansion of the SIMATIC

BATCH Server Basic Package

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• To batch with 300 POs 6ES7 657-0XE16-2YB0

• To batch with 600 POs 6ES7 657-0XB16-2YB0

• To batch with 1800 POs 6ES7 657-0XC16-2YB0

• To batch with unlimited POs 6ES7 657-0XD16-2YB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Route Control Software V6.1

14/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

1) Whereas process objects (PO) represent operable and observable blocks

with approx. 30 variables, batch process objects (batch POs) represent

instances of plant units and equipment modules (EPH/EOP).

SIMATIC BATCH

PowerPacks V6.1

For expansion of batch POs

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

• From batch with 300 POs to

batch with 600 POs 6ES7 657-0XB16-2YD0

• From batch with 600 POs to

batch with 1800 POs 6ES7 657-0XC16-2YD0

• From batch with 1800 POs to

batch with unlimited POs 6ES7 657-0XD16-2YD0

SIMATIC BATCH

BatchCC V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0LX16-2YB5

SIMATIC BATCH

Recipe System V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0AX16-2YB5

SIMATIC BATCH

Batch Planning V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0BX16-2YB5

SIMATIC BATCH

Hierarchical Recipe V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0FX16-2YB0

SIMATIC BATCH

ROP Library V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0GX16-2YB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH

Separation Procedures/

Formulas V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0HX16-2YB0

SIMATIC BATCH API V6.1

1 language (English), executes

with Windows 2000 Professional/

2000 Server or Windows XP

Professional/ Server 2003, single

license for 1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 657-0MX16-2YB0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control Server

V6.1

for up to 30 simultaneous

material transports

For single station and cli-

ent/server configuration

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Server or Windows Server

2003,

single license for 1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 658-7FA16-0YB0

SIMATIC Route Control Server

PowerPack V6.1

for expansion of SIMATIC Route

Control Server

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Server or Windows Server

2003,

single license for 1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• From 30 to up to 100 simulta-

neous material transports 6ES7 658-7FB16-0YD0

• From 100 to up to 300 simulta-

neous material transports 6ES7 658-7FC16-0YD0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Asset Management Software V6.1

14/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SIMATIC Route Control Center

V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional,

floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 658-7EX16-0YB5

SIMATIC Route Control Engi-

neering V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

• Floating license for 1 user 6ES7 658-7DX16-0YB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime

V6.1

incl. 128 asset TAGs1) and one

OPC server license

For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX, single station or client

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-7GA16-0YB0

SIMATIC PCS 7 PowerPack

Asset Runtime V6.1

for expanding the TAGs of

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime

V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

• From 128 to 512 asset TAGs,

incl. one OPC server license 6ES7 658-7GB16-0YD0

• From 512 to 1024 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GC16-0YD0

• From 1024 to 2048 asset TAGs 6ES7 658-7GD16-0YD0

• From 2048 to unlimited asset

TAGs 6ES7 658-7GH16-0YD0

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

PROFIBUS PA components

14/15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

1) With asset TAGs, the number of asset objects monitored in SIMATIC PCS 7

is licensed. An asset object represents individual hardware components

within a SIMATIC PCS 7 project, e.g.

- measuring devices, positioners, switchgear or remote I/Os monitored per

EDD or

- basic devices or Ethernet components monitored in the maintenance sta-

tion via an OPC link.

In conjunction with PowerPacks, licenses are available for 128, 512, 1024,

2048 and unlimited asset TAGs.

Asset Engineering

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Engineer-

ing V6.1

For installation on SIMATIC PCS 7

BOX, single station or client

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-7GX16-0YB5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

DP/PA Coupler

For transition from RS 485 to MBP

•Ex version 6ES7 157-0AD82-0XA0

• Non-Ex version 6ES7 157-0AC82-0XA0

IM 153-2 High Feature

Interface module for DP/PA Link

and Y-Link

6ES7 153-2BA81-0XB0 B)

Accessories

PS 307 Load Power Supply

Including connection assembly;

120/230 V AC; 24 V DC

• 2 A; 50 mm wide 6ES7 307-1BA00-0AA0

• 5 A; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA00-0AA0

• 5 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 307-1EA80-0AA0

• 10 A, 200 mm wide 6ES7 307-1KA01-0AA0

PS 305 Load Power Supply

24/48/60/110 V DC; 24 V DC

• 2 A, extended temperature

range; 80 mm wide 6ES7 305-1BA80-0AA0

Standard profile rails

(without hot swapping function)

• 482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 390-1AE80-0AA0

• 530 mm wide 6ES7 390-1AF30-0AA0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

PROFIBUS PA components

14/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Components for hot swapping and for redundant design

Active bus modules for hot

swapping

• BM IM 157

For two IM 153-2 High Feature

modules, for redundant and

non-redundant configuration, for

extended temperature range, for

hot swapping function,

permissible operating tempera-

ture -25 ... +60 °C

6ES7 195-7HD80-0XA0

• BM DP/PA

For one DP/PA coupler,

for extended temperature range,

for hot swapping function,

permissible operating tempera-

ture -25 ... +60 °C

6ES7 195-7HF80-0XA0

Profile rail for hot swapping

For max. 5 active bus modules

• 482 mm wide (19 inches) 6ES7 195-1GA00-0XA0

• 530 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GF30-0XA0

• 620 mm wide 6ES7 195-1GG30-0XA0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Automation systems

14/17

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Standard automation systems (bundles)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering units for SIMATIC PCS 7 standard automation systems

with Industrial Ethernet interfacing via CP

AS 414-3 automation system

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 414-3 with

3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot

for IF module), 2.8 MB main

memory (1.4 MB each for pro-

gram and data), CP 443-1 com-

munications processor for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-3QD48-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-3QE48-0XX0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6QD48-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6QE48-0XX0 B)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0QX48-0XX0

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-1QD58-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-1QE58-0XX0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4QD58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4QE58-0XX0 B)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0QX58-0XX0

AS 416-2 automation system

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 416-2 with

2 interfaces (MPI/DP and DP),

5.6 MB main memory (2.8 MB

each for program and data),

CP 443-1 communications pro-

cessor for connection to Industrial

Ethernet plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-3JE48-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-3JF48-0XX0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6JE48-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6JF48-0XX0 B)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0JX48-0XX0

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-1JE58-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-1JF58-0XX0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4JE58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4JF58-0XX0 B)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0JX58-0XX0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Automation systems

14/18 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

AS 416-3 automation system

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 416-3 with

3 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and slot

for IF module), 11,2 MB main

memory (5,6 MB each for pro-

gram and data), CP 443-1 com-

munications processor for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-3KF48-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 16 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-3KG48-0XX0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6KF48-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6KG48-0XX0 B)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0KX48-0XX0

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 8 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-1KF58-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 16 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-1KG58-0XX0 B)

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 8 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4KF58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4KG58-0XX0 B)

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0KX58-0XX0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 417-4 automation system

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 417-4 with

4 interfaces (MPI/DP, DP and

2 slots for IF modules), 30 MB

main memory (15 MB each for

program and data), CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-3LE48-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 20 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-3LG48-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6LE48-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 20 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-6LG48-0XX0

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0LX48-0XX0

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots):

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-1LE58-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, 2 backup

batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-1LG58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4LE58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4LG58-0XX0

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0LX58-0XX0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Automation systems

14/19

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Fault-tolerant/safety-related automation systems (bundles)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 414-4-1H automation

system

Prepared system with one CPU

414-4H for physically separated

redundant systems, for F systems

or for later upgrading to a redun-

dant system

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 414-4-1H with

2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP

master and DP master), 2.8 MB

main memory (1.4 MB each for

program and data), CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots),

without sync modules

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0MX48-0XX0

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots),

without sync modules

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design possible, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 2 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-2MD58-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design possible, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-2ME58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 2 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4MD58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4ME58-0XX0

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0MX58-0XX0

AS 414-4-2H automation

system

Complete fault-tolerant system

with two CPUs 414-4H

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 414-4-2H with

2 x 2 integrated interfaces

(MPI/DP master and DP master),

2 x 2.8 MB main memory (1.4 MB

each for program and data), two

CP 443-1 communications pro-

cessors for connection to Indus-

trial Ethernet plant bus as well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

with 4 sync modules for distanc-

es up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic

sync cables, 1 m

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundant design possible,

4 backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 2 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-2ND68-0XC0

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundant design possible,

4 backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 4 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-2NE68-0XC0

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, 4 backup

batteries, 2 memory cards of

2 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-4ND68-0XC0

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, 4 backup

batteries, 2 memory cards of

4 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-4NE68-0XC0

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0NX68-0XC0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Ordering data for previous version SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1

Automation systems

14/20 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

S7 F Systems Runtime License

AS 417-4-1H automation

system

Prepared system with one CPU

417-4H for physically separated

redundant systems, for F systems

or for later upgrading to a redun-

dant system

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 417-4-1H with

2 integrated interfaces (MPI/DP

master and DP master), 30 MB

main memory (15 MB each for

program and data), CP 443-1

communications processor for

connection to Industrial Ethernet

plant bus as well as

• Aluminum UR1 rack (18 slots),

without sync modules

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0RX48-0XX0

• Aluminum UR2 rack (9 slots),

without sync modules

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design possible, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 4 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-2RE58-0XX0

- PS 407 power supply; 10 A for

120/230 V AC/DC, redundant

design possible, 2 backup

batteries, memory card 16 MB

RAM

6ES7 654-2RG58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 4 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4RE58-0XX0

- PS 405 power supply; 10 A for

24 V DC, 2 backup batteries,

memory card 16 MB RAM

6ES7 654-4RG58-0XX0

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0RX58-0XX0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

AS 417-4-2H automation

system

Complete fault-tolerant system

with two CPUs 417-4H

comprising:

SIMATIC PCS 7 AS Runtime

license for 100 POs (applies to

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 also as

Runtime license PCS 7 Library

Blocks)

Controller type 417-4-2H with

2 x 2 integrated interfaces

(MPI/DP master and DP master),

2 x 30 MB main memory (15 MB

each for program and data), two

CP 443-1 communications pro-

cessors for connection to

Industrial Ethernet plant bus as

well as

• Aluminium UR2-H rack

(2 x 9 slots),

with 4 sync modules for distanc-

es up to 10 m and 2 fiber-optic

sync cables, 1 m

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundant design possible,

4 backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 4 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-2PE68-0XC0

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundant design possible,

4 backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 8 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-2PF68-0XC0 B)

- Two PS 407 power supplies;

10 A for 120/230 V AC/DC,

redundant design possible,

4 backup batteries, 2 memory

cards of 16 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-2PG68-0XC0

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, 4 backup

batteries, 2 memory cards of

4 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-4PE68-0XC0

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, 4 backup

batteries, 2 memory cards of

8 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-4PF68-0XC0

- Two PS 405 power supplies;

10 A for 24 V DC, 4 backup

batteries, 2 memory cards of

16 MB RAM each

6ES7 654-4PG68-0XC0

- Without power supply, without

backup batteries, without

memory card

6ES7 654-0PX68-0XC0

B) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: EAR99H

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

S7 F Systems RT License

For processing safety-related

application programs, for one

AS 414F/FH or AS 417F/

FH system

6ES7 833-1CC00-6YX0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

15/2 Software Update Service

15/4 Software/licenses for system com-

munication via Industrial Ethernet

15/6 SIMATIC PDM upgrades

15/7 Upgrades for engineering system

15/8 Upgrades for operator system

15/10 Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

15/11 Upgrades for SIMATIC Route

Control

15/12 Upgrades for Asset Management

15/13 SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V4.02

to V6.1

15/13 SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades

V5.x/V6.0 to V6.1

15/16 SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V4.02 to

V5.2

Update/

upgrade packages

Update/upgrade packages

Software Update Service

15/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Software Update Service for SIMATIC PCS 7

Siemens offers a low-cost Software Update Service (SUS) for the

SIMATIC PCS 7 software. If you utilize this service, you partici-

pate in the further development of the SIMATIC PCS 7 software

you are using, and are always in possession of the latest release

versions. You can participate in the Software Update Service for

SIMATIC PCS 7 by purchasing SUS packages, and is only pos-

sible on the basis of the current software versions at the time of

purchase.

The SUS packages represent a structural division of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 software product range using functional and

system-specific aspects. The number and composition of the

package components identified as list elements are mainly

characterized by license aspects (see "Design" for structure and

contents). A list element can represent a single software product

or also be a synonym for several products of the same type.

When purchasing one SUS package, you automatically receive

all upgrades and ServicePacks for the software referred to in this

SUS package for one year. Within this period of one year, you are

therefore authorized to update one corresponding license from

your stock for each list element in this package. The total num-

ber of SUS packages of one type which you require is therefore

determined by the list element which includes most of the soft-

ware licenses you use.

Delivery is to the address entered in the order. An SUS is auto-

matically extended for a further year unless canceled no later

than 3 months prior to expiration. Cancellation must be made in

writing, and must be sent to the dispatch center with reference

to the contract number.

Software Update Service for TIA products

In addition to the SUS for the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control

system, there is also an SUS for SIMATIC PCS 7 products used

in a different context (CFC, SIMATIC PDM) within the scope of

Totally Integrated Automation (TIA). In the case of SIMATIC PDM,

this is identical to the SUS PDM package for the Software Up-

date Service for SIMATIC PCS 7.

The SUS range is rounded-off by the SUS for SIMATIC S7 prod-

ucts used in the context of SIMATIC PCS 7, e.g. SUS

S7-PLCSIM.

■

Design

Structure and content of the SUS packages for the SIMATIC

PCS 7 Software Update Service

Note:

Each item of an SUS package (list element) represents one soft-

ware license.

SUS Engineering AS/OS

• PCS 7 Engineering AS/OS from 250 POs to unlimited POs

• PCS 7 Import/Export Assistant

• PCS 7 PID-Tuner

• Version Cross Manager

• Version Trail

• PCS 7 SFC Visualization

•PCS7 BCE

SUS PDM

• PDM Single Point, 1 TAG

• PDM Basic from 4 TAGs to unlimited TAGs

PDM Service from 128 TAGs to unlimited TAGs

PDM S7 from 128 TAGs to unlimited TAGs

PDM PCS 7 from 128 TAGs to unlimited TAGs

PDM Integration in STEP 7/PCS 7

PDM Routing S7 400

• PDM Standard HART Multiplexer

SUS Runtime OS

• PCS 7 OS Software Single Station from 250 POs to 5000 POs

OS Software Server from 250 POs to 8500 POs

• PCS 7 OS Archive

• StoragePlus, PCS 7 Central Archive Server (CAS)

• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server/OS Client (multi-functional)

• PCS 7 OpenPCS 7 Server (stand-alone)

•PCS7 BCE

• PCS 7 SFC Visualization

SUS OS Client, SFC Visualization

• PCS 7 OS Software Client

• PCS 7 SFC Visualization

SUS OS Web Server

• PCS 7 OS Web Server from 3 clients to 50 clients

• PCS 7 OS Web Diagnostics Server

• PCS 7 OS Web Diagnostics Client

SUS Asset Management

• PCS 7 Asset Engineering

• PCS 7 Asset Runtime

• PCS 7 Asset Runtime Basic Package including 100 TAGs

Update/upgrade packages

Software Update Service

15/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SUS SIMATIC BATCH Server

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Server Basic Package from 10 UNITs

to unlimited UNITs

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Hierarchical Recipe

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH ROP Library

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Separation Procedures/Formulas

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH API

SUS SIMATIC BATCH Client

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC

• PCS 7 SIMATIC BATCH Batch Planning

SUS SIMATIC Route Control

• PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Engineering

• PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Center

• PCS 7 SIMATIC Route Control Server: 30 to 300 simultaneous

material transports

•PCS7 BCE

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Software

Update Service

Subscription for 1 year with auto-

matic extension; requirement:

current software version

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for Engineering AS/OS 6ES7 658-1XX00-0YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for PDM 6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for Runtime OS 6ES7 658-2XX00-0YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for OS Client, SFC Visualization 6ES7 658-2CX00-0YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for OS Web Server 6ES7 658-2GX00-2YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for Asset Management 6ES7 658-7GX00-0YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for SIMATIC BATCH Server 6ES7 657-0SA00-0YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for SIMATIC BATCH Client 6ES7 657-0XX00-2YL8

• PCS 7 Software Update Service

for Route Control 6ES7 658-7DX00-0YL8

Software Update Service for

TIA products

(SIMATIC PCS 7 products used in

a different context as well as

SIMATIC S7 products used with

SIMATIC PCS 7)

Subscription for 1 year with auto-

matic extension; requirement:

current software version

• CFC Software Update Service 6ES7 658-1EX00-2YL8

• SIMATIC PDM Software Update

Service 6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8

• S7-PLCSIM Software Update

Service 6ES7 841-0CA01-0YX2

Update/upgrade packages

Software/licenses for system communication via

Industrial Ethernet

15/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

With SIMATIC PCS 7, communications software and licenses of

SIMATIC NET are used for the system communication via Indus-

trial Ethernet. Their version cycle is not usually synchronous with

that of SIMATIC PCS 7.

Whereas SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 communicates with SIMATIC NET

products V6.4 (Edition 2006), the system components of

SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x only work together with SIMATIC NET prod-

ucts V6.3 (Edition 2005). Therefore the following ordering data

again shows a comparison of the two versions.

When upgrading from SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x to V7.0, it must be

observed that a separate upgrade from V6.3 (Edition 2005) to

V6.4 (Edition 2006) is only required for the S7-REDCONNECT

communications software. For the other products, the version

upgrade is implemented during the SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrade

with the SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade Packages V6.x to V7.0.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Communications software/licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0

SIMATIC NET S7-1613/2006

(V6.4) for Industrial Ethernet

S7 communications software for

CP 1613,

runtime software, in 2 languages

(German, English), executes with

Windows 2000 Professional/

2000 Server/ XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-1CB64-3AA0

SIMATIC NET S7-

REDCONNECT/2006 (V6.4)

Software for fail-safe S7 commu-

nication over redundant networks,

for CP 1613, runtime software, in

2 languages (German, English),

executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation, soft-

ware and electronic manual on

CD-ROM, license key on diskette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AA0

SIMATIC NET S7-

REDCONNECT/2006 (V6.4)

Upgrade

Software for expansion of

S7-1613 to S7-REDCONNECT,

runtime software, in 2 languages

(German, English), executes with

Windows 2000 Professional/

2000 Server/ XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AC0

Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT communications software V6.3

(edition 2005) to V6.4 (edition 2006)

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade from V6.3 to V6.4

Software for upgrading

S7-REDCONNECT, runtime soft-

ware, 2 languages (German, Eng-

lish), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AE0

BCE license

PCS 7 BCE V7.0

Runtime license for plant bus

communication via standard net-

work card and Basic Communica-

tion Ethernet; already integrated

in SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Work-

stations,

in 3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 650-1CD07-2YB5

Update/upgrade packages

Software/licenses for system communication via

Industrial Ethernet

15/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

D) Subject to export regulations: AL: N, ECCN: 5D992B1

Communications software/licenses for SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.x

SIMATIC NET S7-1613/2005

(V6.3) for Industrial Ethernet

S7 communications software for

CP 1613,

runtime license without software,

in 2 languages (German, Eng-

lish), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation,

license key on diskette;

software and electronic manual

available on separate SIMATIC

NET CD Edition 2005

6GK1 716-1CB63-3AB0

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT/

2005 (V6.3)

for CP 1613, runtime license with-

out software, for fail-safe S7 com-

munication over redundant

networks, in 2 languages

(German, English), executes with

Windows 2000 Professional/

2000 Server/ XP Professional/

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation, license key on dis-

kette;

software and electronic manual

available on separate SIMATIC

NET CD Edition 2005

6GK1 716-0HB63-3AB0

SIMATIC NET S7-

REDCONNECT/2005 (V6.3)

Upgrade

Runtime license without software,

for expansion of S7-1613 to

S7-REDCONNECT, in 2 lan-

guages (German, English), exe-

cutes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation,

license key on diskette;

software and electronic manual

available on separate SIMATIC

NET CD Edition 2005

6GK1 716-0HB63-3AD0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

BCE license

SOFTNET-S7/2005 for Indus-

trial Ethernet

Runtime license for plant bus

communication via standard net-

work card and Basic Communica-

tion Ethernet; already integrated

with SIMATIC PCS 7 basic

devices ES/OS/BATCH/IT, single

license for 1 installation, license

key on diskette;

software and electronic manual

available on separate SIMATIC

NET CD Edition 2005

6GK1 704-1CW63-3AB0

SIMATIC NET CD Edition 2005

Runtime software for SIMATIC

NET products, Edition 2005

(V6.3), in 2 languages (German,

English), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003,

software and electronic manual

on CD

6GK1 704-0AA07-3AA0 D)

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PDM upgrades

15/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC PDM can be integrated in the engineering system, i.e.

in the configuration environment of SIMATIC PCS 7, or operated

in stand-alone mode. Since the version cycle of SIMATIC PDM is

different from that of SIMATIC PCS 7, the upgrade information is

summarized here in a separate paragraph "Upgrades of

SIMATIC PDM".

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PDM upgrade/update service

SIMATIC PDM Upgrade from

V5.x to V6.0

for all product versions and com-

binations

5 languages (German, English,

French, Spanish, Italian), exe-

cutes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions; 2 CDs with

SIMATIC PDM V6.0 and device

library as well as supplementary

DVD with Microsoft ServicePacks

and tools

6ES7 651-5CX06-0YE5

SIMATIC PDM Software Update

Service

Subscription for 1 year with auto-

matic extension

Requirement: current software

version

6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V6.x to V7.0

Upgrades for engineering system

15/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7 engineering systems with Engineering Software

V6.0 or V6.1 can be upgraded to Version 7.0 using the SIMATIC

PCS 7 Engineering Upgrade Package.

It may also be necessary to upgrade the S7-REDCONNECT

communications software from V6.3 (edition 2005) to V6.4 (edi-

tion 2006). S7-REDCONNECT is only required in combination

with fault-tolerant automation systems.

Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.0

The licenses included in the Engineering Upgrade Package V6.x

to V7.0 apply to the following software components of SIMATIC

PCS 7 version 6.0/6.1:

• PCS 7 Engineering AS (all PO versions)

• PCS 7 Engineering OS (all PO versions)

• Version Cross Checker

• Version Trail

• Import/Export Assistant

• PCS 7 PID-Tuner

• SIMATIC Logon

• WinCC Redundancy

• SFC Visualization

• BCE License

• SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet

Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT communications software

If fault-tolerant automation systems are used, the engineering

station requires the S7-REDCONNECT communications soft-

ware in addition to the CP 1613 (A2) communications processor

for the bus communication. This is available as:

• S7-REDCONNECT

• S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade (additive to existing S7-1613

communications software)

The SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT V6.3 communications soft-

ware is used in the engineering software with SIMATIC PCS 7

V6.x, on the other hand the SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

V6.4 with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0. When upgrading the engineering

station to SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0, an upgrade of the

S7-REDCONNECT communications software to V6.4 is therefore

also required.

Upgrade of SIMATIC PDM

SIMATIC PDM can be integrated in the engineering system, i.e.

in the configuration environment of SIMATIC PCS 7, or operated

in stand-alone mode.

Since the version cycle of SIMATIC PDM is different from that of

SIMATIC PCS 7, the upgrade information is summarized in a

separate section "Upgrades of SIMATIC PDM" directly before

this section.

Upgrade of S7-PLCSIM simulation software

S7-PLCSIM can be integrated in the engineering system, i.e. in

the configuration environment of SIMATIC PCS 7. However, the

version cycle of S7-PLCSIM is not always synchronous with the

version cycle of SIMATIC PCS 7:

• SIMATIC PCS 7 V6.1 corresponds to S7-PLCSIM V5.3

• SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0 + ServicePack 1 corresponds to the cur-

rent program version S7-PLCSIM V5.4

Engineering software

Communications software

S7-PLCSIM simulation software

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Upgrade of engineering software from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Engineering

Upgrade Package V6.x to V7.0

for AS/OS engineering

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows XP

Professional, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disks, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions;

PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,

Microsoft SQL Server 2005

including EULA and supplemen-

tary CDs/DVDs (e.g. Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools)

6ES7 651-5AX07-0YE5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT communications software from V6.3

(edition 2005) to V6.4 (edition 2006)

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade from V6.3 to V6.4

Software for upgrading

S7-REDCONNECT, runtime soft-

ware, 2 languages (German, Eng-

lish), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AE0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

S7-PLCSIM upgrade from V3.x,

V4.x, V5.0, V5.2 or V5.3 to V5.4

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery: Authorization

diskette, certificate of license,

terms and conditions; software

and electronic documentation on

6ES7 841-0CC05-0YE5

S7-PLCSIM Software Update

Service

Subscription for 1 year with auto-

matic extension; requirement:

current software version

6ES7 841-0CA01-0YX2

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V6.x to V7.0

Upgrades for operator system

15/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Upgrades combined in packages permit upgrading of existing

operator systems V6.0 or V6.1 to V7.0.

Upgrades of OS software

The upgrades for all PO versions of the OS software from

V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 are distributed between the following two OS

upgrade packages:

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

for OS single stations/OS servers (including archive servers),

with:

• PCS 7 OS Software Single Station (all PO versions)

• PCS 7 OS Software Server (all PO versions as well as archives)

• SFC Visualization

• StoragePlus

• WinCC Redundancy

• SIMATIC Logon

• PCS 7 BCE

• SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client / SFC Visualization Upgrade Package

V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

for OS Clients, with:

• PCS 7 OS Software Client

• SFC Visualization

• SIMATIC Logon

Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT communications software

If fault-tolerant automation systems are used, the OS single

stations/OS servers require the S7-REDCONNECT communica-

tions software in addition to the CP 1613 (A2) communications

processor for the bus communication. This is available as:

• S7-REDCONNECT

• S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade (additive to existing S7-1613

communications software)

The SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT V6.3 communications soft-

ware is used in OS single stations/OS servers with SIMATIC

PCS 7 V6.x, on the other hand the SIMATIC NET

S7-REDCONNECT V6.4 with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0. When up-

grading the OS single stations/OS servers to SIMATIC PCS 7

V7.0, an upgrade of the S7-REDCONNECT communications

software to V6.4 is therefore required.

Upgrade of OS long-term archiving

SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2

Note:

The SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2 is part of

the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to

V7.0

Central Archive Server (CAS) Upgrade V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

Note:

The upgrade of the central archive server (CAS) based on the

OS software server and additive OS Archive PowerPacks from

V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 is part of the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime Up-

grade Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web upgrade

Using the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server Upgrade Package,

you can upgrade the SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server, SIMATIC

PCS 7 Web diagnostics server and SIMATIC PCS 7 Web diag-

nostics clients from V6.1 to V7.0.

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V6.x to V7.0

Upgrades for operator system

15/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

OS software

Communications software

OS long-term archiving

OS Web upgrade package

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Upgrades of OS software from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

OS upgrade packages

for upgrading all PO versions

from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime

Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to

V7.0

for OS single station, OS server

and archive server, 5-languages

(German, English, French, Italian,

Spanish), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,

Microsoft SQL Server 2005

including EULA and supplemen-

tary CDs/DVDs (e.g. Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools)

6ES7 652-5AX07-0YE0

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Client/

SFC Visualization Upgrade

Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

5 languages (German, English,

French, Italian, Spanish), exe-

cutes with Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V7.0 toolset DVDs,

Microsoft SQL Server 2005

including EULA and supplemen-

tary CDs/DVDs (e.g. Microsoft

ServicePacks and tools)

6ES7 652-5CX07-0YE5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT communications software from V6.3

(edition 2005) to V6.4 (edition 2006)

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade from V6.3 to V6.4

Software for upgrading

S7-REDCONNECT, runtime soft-

ware, 2 languages (German, Eng-

lish), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AE0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus

V1.0/V1.1 to V1.2

Note:

The SIMATIC Upgrade

StoragePlus V1.1 to V1.2 is part of

the SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime

Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to

V7.0

Central Archive Server (CAS)

Upgrade V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

Note:

The upgrade of the central

archive server (CAS) from

V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 is part of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Runtime

Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to

V7.0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 OS Web Server

Upgrade Package V6.1 to V7.0

for SIMATIC PCS 7 Web server,

SIMATIC PCS 7 Web diagnostics

server, SIMATIC PCS 7 Web diag-

nostics client, 3 languages (Ger-

man, English, French), executes

with Windows Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 652-5DX07-0YF0

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V6.x to V7.0

Upgrades for SIMATIC BATCH

15/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC BATCH packages for upgrading from V6.0/V6.1 to

V7.0

The upgrades for all PO versions of the SIMATIC BATCH soft-

ware from V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0 are distributed between the follow-

ing two SIMATIC BATCH upgrade packages:

SIMATIC BATCH Client upgrade package

The SIMATIC BATCH Client upgrade package contains upgrade

licenses for:a

• SIMATIC BATCH Recipe System

• SIMATIC BATCH Batch Planning

• SIMATIC BATCH BatchCC

• SIMATIC Logon

SIMATIC BATCH Server upgrade package

The SIMATIC BATCH Server upgrade package contains up-

grade licenses for:

• SIMATIC BATCH Server Basic Package (including all PO op-

tions and PowerPacks)

• SIMATIC BATCH Hierarchical Recipe

• SIMATIC BATCH ROP Library

• SIMATIC BATCH Separation Procedures/Formulas

• SIMATIC BATCH API

• SIMATIC Logon

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH Client Upgrade

Package V6.0/V6.1 to V7.0

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003,

floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 657-5XX07-0YF5

SIMATIC BATCH Server

Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to

V7.0

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003,

single license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 657-5XX07-0YF0

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V6.x to V7.0

Upgrades for SIMATIC Route Control

15/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC Route Control upgrade package

The SIMATIC Route Control upgrade package comprises all

components for upgrading the Route Control Engineering, Route

Control Server and Route Control Client software from V6.0/V6.1

to V7.0. Also involved are SIMATIC Logon, the BCE license

PCS 7 BCE and SIMATIC NET S7-1613 for Industrial Ethernet.

Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT communications software

If fault-tolerant automation systems are used together with

SIMATIC Route Control, the RC single stations/RC servers re-

quire the S7-REDCONNECT communications software in addi-

tion to the CP 1613 (A2) communications processor for the bus

communication. This is available as:

• S7-REDCONNECT

• S7-REDCONNECT Upgrade (additive to existing S7-1613

communications software)

The SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT V6.3 communications soft-

ware is used in OS single stations/OS servers with SIMATIC

PCS 7 V6.x, on the other hand the SIMATIC NET

S7-REDCONNECT V6.4 with SIMATIC PCS 7 V7.0. When up-

grading the OS single stations/OS servers to SIMATIC PCS 7

V7.0, an upgrade of the S7-REDCONNECT communications

software to V6.4 is therefore required.

Communications software

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control upgrade packages

SIMATIC Route Control

Upgrade Package V6.0/V6.1 to

V7.0

for Route Control Engineering,

Route Control Server and Route

Control Center, suitable for single

station and client/server configu-

ration

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

XP Professional or Windows

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 652-5BX07-0YF0

Software Update Service

SIMATIC Route Control

See Section "Software Update

Service"

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Upgrade of S7-REDCONNECT communications software from V6.3

(edition 2005) to V6.4 (edition 2006)

SIMATIC NET S7-REDCONNECT

Upgrade from V6.3 to V6.4

Software for upgrading

S7-REDCONNECT, runtime soft-

ware, 2 languages (German, Eng-

lish), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server/

XP Professional/ Server 2003, sin-

gle license for 1 installation,

software and electronic manual

on CD-ROM, license key on dis-

kette

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AE0

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V6.x to V7.0

Upgrades for Asset Management

15/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset upgrade

With the SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset upgrade package you can up-

grade SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Engineering as well as all TAG ver-

sions of SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Runtime from V6.1 to V7.0. The

SNMP OPC server license is also involved.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset upgrade

SIMATIC PCS 7 Asset Upgrade

Package V6.1 to V7.0

for Asset Engineering and Asset

Runtime, 3 languages (German,

English, French), executes with

Windows XP Professional or

Windows Server 2003, single

license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 652-5FX07-0YF0

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V4.02 to V6.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V5.x/V6.0 to V6.1

15/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

This section provides an overview of the upgrade packages with

which existing systems based on SIMATIC PCS 7 V5.x or V6.0

can be upgraded to V6.1. The upgrade packages are grouped

as follows:

• Engineering system

• Operator system

• SIMATIC BATCH

• SIMATIC Route Control

Engineering system

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Upgrade of engineering software from V6.0 to V6.1

PCS 7 AS/OS Engineering

Upgrade Package

for AS/OS upgrade from V6.0 to

V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft

SQL Server including EULA,

PC Anywhere Host and supple-

mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

6ES7 651-5AX16-0YE5

Upgrade of SIMATIC Version Cross Checker from V6.0 to V6.1

The Version Cross Checker

upgrade is included in the PCS 7

AS/OS Engineering Upgrade

Package V6.0 to V6.1 (see above)

Upgrades of engineering software from V5.x to V6.1

Upgrade PCS 7 Starter Package

from V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft

SQL Server including EULA,

PC Anywhere Host and supple-

mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• AS/OS upgrade for 250 POs/

RC 8K 6ES7 658-5AA16-0YE5

Upgrade AS Software Engineer-

ing from V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Server or Windows Server 2003,

single license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft

SQL Server including EULA,

PC Anywhere Host and supple-

mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• AS upgrade for 3000 POs 6ES7 658-1AD16-0YE5

• AS upgrade for unlimited POs 6ES7 658-1AF16-0YE5

Upgrade OS Software Engineer-

ing from V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Server or Windows Server 2003,

single license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft

SQL Server including EULA,

PC Anywhere Host and supple-

mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• OS upgrade for 2000 POs/

RC 64K 6ES7 658-2DC16-0YE5

• OS upgrade for 5000 POs/

RC 150K 6ES7 658-2DE16-0YE5

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V4.02 to V6.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V5.x/V6.0 to V6.1

15/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

Operator system

1) The OS Software Single Station and OS Software Server upgrades support

a high-performance archive system for up to 512 variables. To implement

larger archives, this volume can be extended using additive OS Archive

V6.1 PowerPacks/bundles (see OS archiving).

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Upgrades of OS software from V6.0 to V6.1

OS upgrade packages

for upgrading all PO versions

from V6.0 to V6.1

•SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade Pack-

age Runtime OS V6.0 to V6.1

for OS single station, OS server

and archive server, 3 languages

(German, English, French),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional / 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional /

Server 2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL Server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and

tools)

6ES7 652-5AX16-0YE0

•SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade Pack-

age OS Client/

SFC Visualization V6.0 to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency

key disk, certificate of license,

terms and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD,

Microsoft SQL server including

EULA, PC Anywhere Host and

supplementary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and

tools)

6ES7 652-5CX16-0YE5

Upgrades of OS software from V5.x to V6.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade

OS Software Single Station

V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft

SQL Server including EULA,

PC Anywhere Host and supple-

mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• 2000 POs/RT 64K1) 6ES7 658-2AC16-0YE0

• 5000 POs/RT 150K1) 6ES7 658-2AE16-0YE0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade

OS Software Server V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Server or Windows Server 2003,

single license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft

SQL Server including EULA,

PC Anywhere Host and supple-

mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

• 2000 POs/RT 64K 1) 6ES7 658-2BC16-0YE0

• 5000 POs/RT 150K 1) 6ES7 658-2BE16-0YE0

SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade

OS Software Client V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions;

PCS 7 V6.1 toolset DVD, Microsoft

SQL Server including EULA,

PC Anywhere Host and supple-

mentary CDs/DVDs (e.g.

Microsoft ServicePacks and tools)

6ES7 658-2CX16-0YE5

Upgrade of SFC Visualization

SIMATIC PCS 7 Upgrade

SFC Visualization V5.x to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French),

executes with Windows 2000

Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 652-0XD16-2YF5

Upgrade of SIMATIC StoragePlus

SIMATIC Upgrade StoragePlus

V1.0 to V1.1

Type of delivery:

License key disk, emergency key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 652-0XC11-2YF0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V4.02 to V6.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V5.x/V6.0 to V6.1

15/15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

SIMATIC BATCH SIMATIC Route Control upgrade packages

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade from

BATCH flexible V4.02 to

SIMATIC BATCH V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003,

floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 657-0XX16-0YF0

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade

Package

BATCH Client from V6.0 to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003,

floating license for 1 user

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 657-5XX16-0YF5

SIMATIC BATCH Upgrade

Package

BATCH Server from V6.0 to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003,

single license for 1 installation

Type of delivery:

License key disk, certificate of

license, terms and conditions

6ES7 657-5XX16-0YF0

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

SIMATIC Route Control

Runtime Upgrade Package V6.0

to V6.1

For single station and client/

server configuration

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Server or Windows Server

2003, single license for

1 installation

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 652-5BX16-0YF0

SIMATIC Route Control Center

Upgrade V6.0 to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional or Windows

XP Professional, floating license

for 1 user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, emergency key disk, certifi-

cate of license, terms and condi-

tions

6ES7 658-7EX16-0YF5

SIMATIC Route Control Engi-

neering Upgrade V6.0 to V6.1

3 languages (German, English,

French), executes with Windows

2000 Professional/ 2000 Server or

Windows XP Professional/

Server 2003, floating license for

1user

Type of delivery: License key

disk, certificate of license, terms

and conditions

6ES7 658-7DX16-0YF5

Update/upgrade packages

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V4.02 to V6.1

SIMATIC PCS 7 upgrades V4.02 to V5.2

15/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

This section summarizes the upgrade software which is required

to upgrade the engineering station and operator stations of the

SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system from V4.02 to V5.2.

Engineering system

Operator system

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

Engineering software upgrade for AS engineering

PCS 7 Engineering Toolset

Upgrade V4.02 to V5.2

for max. 3000 process objects,

executes with Windows NT 4.0

Workstation

Type of delivery:

• CD with the components: STEP

7, CFC, SFC, S7-SCL, Techno-

logical Hierarchy, Import/Export

Assistant, DOCPRO and I&C

Library

• Software licenses on authoriza-

tion diskette

6ES7 658-1AB05-0YC4

Engineering software upgrade for OS engineering

If the engineering station is used

for OS engineering, you require

an OS Software Upgrade from

V4.02 to V5.02 for the OS engi-

neering software package.

■

Selection and Ordering Data Order No.

OS software upgrade

PCS 7 OS Software Upgrade

V4.02 to V5.2

for OS Software Single Station,

OS Software Server, OS Software

Terminal and OS Software Engi-

neering (1 upgrade package

required for each), executes with

Windows NT 4.0 Workstation

Type of delivery:

• CD with OS I&C software

• BCE license and software li-

censes on authorization diskette

6ES7 658-2XB05-0YC4

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

16/2 Training

16/3 Siemens Contacts Worldwide

16/4 A&D Online Services

16/5 Customer Support

16/7 Siemens Solution Partner

Automation and

Power Distribution

16/8 Software Licenses

16/9 Subject index

16/11 Order no. index

16/16 Conditions of sale and delivery

Export regulations

Appendix

Training

16/2 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Faster and more applicable know-how:

Hands-on training from the manufacturer

SITRAIN® – the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial

Solutions – provides you with comprehensive support in solving

your tasks.

Training by the market leader in automation and plant engineer-

ing enables you to make independent decisions with confi-

dence. Especially where the optimum and efficient use of prod-

ucts and plants are concerned. You can eliminate deficiencies in

existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty planning right from

the beginning.

First-class know-how directly pays for itself: In shorter star-

tup times, high-quality end products, faster troubleshooting

and reduced downtimes. In other words, increased profits

and lower costs.

Achieve more with SITRAIN

• Shorter times for startup, maintenance and servicing

• Optimized production operations

• Reliable configuration and startup

• Minimization of plant downtimes

• Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements

• Compliance with quality standards in production

• Increased employee satisfaction and motivation

• Shorter familiarization times following changes in technology

and staff

■

Contact

Visit our site on the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/sitrain

or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest train-

ing catalog from:

SITRAIN Customer Support Germany:

Phone:+49 (0)1805 / 23 56 11

(0.14 /min from the German landline network)

Fax: +49 (0)1805 / 23 56 12

■

SITRAIN highlights

Top trainers

Our trainers are skilled teachers with direct practical experience.

Course developers have close contact with product develop-

ment, and directly pass on their knowledge to the trainers.

Practical experience

The practical experience of our trainers enables them to teach

theory effectively. But since theory can be pretty drab, we attach

great importance to practical exercises which can comprise up

to half of of the course time. You can therefore immediately im-

plement your new knowledge in practice. We train you on state-

of-the-art methodically/didactically designed training equip-

ment. This training approach will give you all the confidence you

need.

Wide variety

With a total of about 300 local attendance courses, we train the

complete range of A&D products as well as interaction of the

products in systems. Telecourses, teach-yourself software and

seminars with a presenter on the Web supplement our classic

range of courses.

Tailor-made training

We are only a short distance away. You can find us at more than

50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries worldwide. You

wish to have individual training instead of one of our

300 courses? Our solution: We will provide a program tailored

exactly to your personal requirements. Training can be carried

out in our Training Centers or at your company.

The right mixture: Blended learning

"Blended learning" means a combination of various training me-

dia and sequences. For example, a local attendance course in

a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a teach-

yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Additional effect:

Reduced traveling costs and periods of absence.

Appendix

Siemens Contacts Worldwide

16/3

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner

you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide

responsible for particular technologies.

You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for

• Technical Support,

• Spare parts/repairs,

• Service,

• Training,

• Sales or

• Consultation/engineering.

You start by selecting a

• Country,

• Product or

• Sector.

By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly

the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.

Appendix

A&D Online Services

Information and Ordering

in the Internet and on CD-ROM

16/4 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

A&D in the WWW

A detailed knowledge of the range of products and services

available is essential when planning and configuring automation

systems. It goes without saying that this information must always

be fully up-to-date.

The Siemens Automation and Drives Group (A&D) has therefore

built up a comprehensive range of information in the World Wide

Web, which offers quick and easy access to all data required.

Under the address

http://www.siemens.com/automation

you will find everything you need to know about products, sys-

tems and services.

■

Product Selection Using the Offline Mall of Automation and Drives

Detailed information together with convenient interactive

functions:

The Offline Mall CA 01 covers more than 80,000 products and

thus provides a full summary of the Siemens Automation and

Drives product base.

Here you will find everything that you need to solve tasks in the

fields of automation, switchgear, installation and drives.

All information is linked into a user interface which is easy to

work with and intuitive.

After selecting the product of your choice you can order at the

press of a button, by fax or by online link.

Information on the Offline Mall CA 01 can be found in the Internet

under

http://www.siemens.com/automation/ca01

or on CD-ROM or DVD.

■

Easy Shopping with the A&D Mall

The A&D Mall is the virtual department store of Siemens AG in

the Internet. Here you have access to a huge range of products

presented in electronic catalogs in an informative and attractive

way.

Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure from

selection through ordering to tracking of the order to be carried

out online via the Internet.

Numerous functions are available to support you.

For example, powerful search functions make it easy to find the

required products, which can be immediately checked for avail-

ability. Customer-specific discounts and preparation of quotes

can be carried out online as well as order tracking and tracing.

Please visit the A&D Mall on the Internet under:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

Appendix

Customer Support

Our Services for Every Phase of Your Project

16/5

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to

keep ahead all the time:

A strong starting position. A sophisticated strategy and team for

the necessary support - in every phase.

Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a

complete range of different services for automation and drives.

In every phase: from planning and startup to maintenance and

upgrading.

Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc-

tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form.

■

Online Support

The comprehensive information

system available round the

clock via Internet ranging from

Product Support and Service &

Support services to Support

Tools in the Shop.

http://www.siemens.com/

automation/service&support

■

Technical Support

Competent consulting in techni-

cal questions covering a wide

range of customer-oriented ser-

vices for all our products and

systems.

Tel.: +49 (0)180 50 50 222

Fax: +49 (0)180 50 50 223

(0.14 /min from the German

fixed network)

http://www.siemens.com/

automation/support-request

■

Technical Consulting

Support in the planning and de-

signing of your project from de-

tailed actual-state analysis,

target definition and consulting

on product and system ques-

tions right to the creation of the

automation solution.1)

■

Configuration and Software Engineering

Support in configuring and de-

veloping with customer-oriented

services from actual configura-

tion to implementation of the au-

tomation project.1)

■

Service On Site

With Service On Site we offer

services for startup and mainte-

nance, essential for ensuring

system availability.

In Germany

0180 50 50 4441)

(0.14 /min from the German

fixed network)

■

Repairs and Spare Parts

In the operating phase of a ma-

chine or automation system we

provide a comprehensive repair

and spare parts service ensur-

ing the highest degree of oper-

ating safety and reliability.

In Germany

0180 50 50 4461)

(0.14 /min from the German

fixed network)

■

Optimization and Upgrading

To enhance productivity and

save costs in your project we of-

fer high-quality services in opti-

mization and upgrading.1)

1) For country-specific telephone numbers go to our Internet site at:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

Appendix

Customer Support

16/6 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Knowledge Base on CD-ROM

For locations without online con-

nections to the Internet there are

excerpts of the free part of the

information sources available on

CD-ROM (Service & Support

Knowledge Base). This

CD-ROM contains all the latest

product information at the time

of production (FAQs, Down-

loads, Tips and Tricks, Updates)

as well as general information

on Service and Technical Sup-

port.

The CD-ROM also includes a

full-text search and our Knowl-

edge Manager for targeted searches for solutions. The CD-ROM

will be updated every 4 months.

Just the same as our online offer in the Internet, the Service &

Support Knowledge Base on CD comes complete in 5 lan-

guages (German, English, French, Italian, Spanish).

You can order the Service & Support Knowledge Base CD

from your Siemens contact.

Order no. 6ZB5310-0EP30-0BA2

Orders via the Internet

(with Automation Value Card or credit card) at:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

in the Shop domain.

■

Automation Value Card

Small card - great support

The Automation Value Card is an integral component of the com-

prehensive service concept with which Siemens Automation and

Drives will accompany you in each phase of your automation

project.

It doesn't matter whether you want just specific services from our

Technical Support or want to purchase high-quality Support

Tools in our Online Shop, you can always pay with your Automa-

tion Value Card. No invoicing, transparent and safe. With your

personal card number and associated PIN you can view the

state of your account and all transactions at any time.

Services on card. This is how it's done.

Card number and PIN are on the back of the Automation Value

Card. When delivered, the PIN is covered by a scratch field,

guaranteeing that the full credit is on the card.

By entering the card number and PIN you have full access to the

Service & Support services being offered. The charge for the

services procured is debited from the credits on your Automa-

tion Value Card.

All the services offered are marked in currency-neutral credits,

so you can use the Automation Value Card worldwide.

Detailed information on the services offered is available on our

Internet site at:

http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support

Service & Support à la Card: Examples

Automation Value Card order numbers

Credits Order no.

200 6ES7 997-0BA00-0XA0

500 6ES7 997-0BB00-0XA0

1000 6ES7 997-0BC00-0XA0

10000 6ES7 997-0BG00-0XA0

Technical Support

”Priority“ Priority processing for urgent cases

”24 h“ Availability round the clock

„Extended“ Technical consulting for complex questions

Support Tools in the Support Shop

”System Utili-

ties“ Tools that can be used directly for configuration, anal-

ysis and testing

”Applications“ Complete topic solutions including ready-tested soft-

ware

”Functions &

Samples“ Adaptable blocks for accelerating your developments

Appendix

Siemens Solution Partner

Automation and Power Distribution

16/7

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Products and systems from Siemens Automation and Drives

provide the ideal platform for all automation tasks.

Siemens Solution Partners offer customized future-proof solu-

tions with products and systems from Siemens Automation and

Drives. The basis: qualified product and system knowledge cou-

pled with a high degree of solutions and industry-related exper-

tise.

In the Siemens Solution Partner Program you are certain to find

the optimum partner for your specific requirements. Since more

than 570 companies worldwide belong to the program, you can

be sure to get expert support at your location.

The Solution Partner Finder, available to you on the Internet, is a

comprehensive database in which all Solution Partners, together

with their performance profiles, present themselves.

In addition to the search criteria Technology, Sector and Country,

you can also search by Company and ZIP Code. From there it is

only a small step to making the first contact.

Call up the Solution Partner Finder as follows:

• CA 01 on CD-ROM:

On the start page via "Contacts & Partners; Siemens Solution

Partner Automation and Power Distribution"

• CA 01 online:

Go directly to the Solution Partner Finder:

www.siemens.com/automation/partnerfinder

Additional information about the Siemens Solution Partner

Program is available in the Internet at:

www.siemens.com/automation/solutionpartner

Solution Partner

Automation

Solution Partner

Power Distributions

Appendix

Software Licenses

16/8 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Overview

Software types

Software requiring a license is categorized into types.

The following software types have been defined:

• Engineering software

• Runtime software

Engineering software

This includes all software products for creating (engineering)

user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz-

ing, testing, commissioning or servicing.

Data generated with engineering software and executable

programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third-

parties free-of-charge.

Runtime software

This includes all software products required for plant/machine

operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan-

sions, drivers, etc.

The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro-

grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for

use by third-parties is subject to a charge.

You can find information about license fees according to use in

the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of

use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,

per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.

Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza-

tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the

scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with

the relevant product(s).

License types

Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software

license:

• Floating license

• Single license

• Rental license

• Trial license

Floating license

The software may be installed for internal use on any number of

devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.

The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use

begins when the software is started.

A license is required for each concurrent user.

Single license

Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one

installation of the software.

The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and

in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for

example per device, per axis, per channel, etc.

One single license is required for each type of use defined.

Rental license

A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering

software. Once the license key has been installed, the software

can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours

do not have to be consecutive).

One license is required for each installation of the software.

Trial license

A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-

productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.

It can be transferred to another license.

Factory license

With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use

the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-

nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number

of hardware devices on which the software may be installed

results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).

Certificate of license

The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the

use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is

required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.

Downgrading

The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-

sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns

such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.

Delivery versions

Software is constantly being updated.

The following delivery versions

• PowerPack

• Upgrade

can be used to access updates.

Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.

PowerPack

PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.

The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL

(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together

with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-

ware is licensed.

A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original

license of the software to be replaced.

Upgrade

An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on

the condition that a license for a previous version of the product

is already held.

The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with

the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous

product, proves that the new version is licensed.

A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license

of the software to be upgraded.

ServicePack

ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.

ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-

ing to the number of existing original licenses.

License key

Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with

and without license keys.

The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and

is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,

rental license, etc.).

The complete installation of software products requiring license

keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the

license key (which represents the license).

Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be

found in the “Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG” or under

http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

(A&D Mall Online-Help System)

A&D/Software licenses/En 03.08.06

Appendix

Subject index

16/9

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Access Point ........................................ 9/31

Active Field Distributor......................... 9/49

Administration ........................................ 2/3

Advanced Process Control (APC)

functions................................................. 4/8

Alarms.................................................. 5/10

Archive Server...................................... 5/23

AS-Interface ......................................... 9/51

Asset Management ................................ 8/2

Automation systems............................. 10/2

Batch automation................................... 6/2

Batch Control Center ............................. 6/8

Batch Planning..................................... 6/10

Branch & Merge..................................... 4/6

Cable duct ......................................... 11/12

Central Archive Server......................... 5/23

Central I/O............................................ 11/4

Chipcard reader..................................... 2/5

Clock synchronization.......................... 5/11

Closed-loop control modules............. 11/27

Component view .................................... 4/6

Concurrent Engineering......................... 4/6

Configurator ......................................... 2/18

ConPerMon ............................................ 4/8

Continuous Function Chart (CFC).......... 4/7

Counter modules................................ 11/29

CP 1613 ............................................... 9/28

CP 443-5 Extended.............................. 9/41

DOCPRO................................................ 4/9

DP/PA link and DP/PA coupler ............. 9/45

Dummy module.................................. 11/12

Electrical Switch Modules ESM............ 9/21

Electronic Device Description.............. 4/17

Electronic Signature............................... 2/3

Engineering F/FH systems ................... 4/22

Engineering system ............................... 4/2

ES software ............................................ 4/4

ET 200iSP........................................... 11/30

ET 200M............................................... 11/9

ET 200pro........................................... 11/56

ET 200S.............................................. 11/39

Ex modules ........................................ 11/22

Ex partition ......................................... 11/12

Expansion units.................................... 11/5

F modules...........................................11/25

Faceplate Designer ................................4/9

FastConnect .........................................9/23

FastConnect/SpliTConnect...................9/50

Fault-tolerant automation systems......10/15

Fiber-optic cables.................................9/26

Glas fiber-optic cables .........................9/39

Graphics Designer .................................4/9

HART ..................................................11/23

Hazardous area ....................................11/2

Hierarchical Recipe..............................6/11

I&C libraries............................................4/8

I/O subsystem for ET 200M ................11/13

IF 964-DP..............................................9/41

Import/Export Assistant ........................4/12

Industrial Ethernet ..................................9/3

Industrial Ethernet Switches ...................9/6

Industrial Security.................................9/33

Industrial Wireless LAN ........................9/30

Industrial Workstation .............................2/6

Interface module ................................11/11

ITP cables and connectors ..................9/25

Keyboards ............................................2/15

Libraries..................................................4/8

Long-term archiving .............................5/21

Maintenance station ...............................8/4

Media converter ...................................9/21

Messages .............................................5/10

Microbox automation system................10/4

Microsoft SQL Server..............................4/4

Migration...............................................13/2

Modbus ................................................9/52

Motor starters .....................................11/49

MTA.......................................................11/6

Multi project engineering........................4/6

Multi-VGA graphics cards ....................2/16

Multi-VGA operation ...............................2/6

OpenPCS 7 .......................................... 5/27

Operating system................................... 2/6

Operator system .................................... 5/2

Optical Switch Modules OSM .............. 9/21

OS archiving ........................................ 5/19

OS hardware .......................................... 5/4

OS redundancy.................................... 5/16

OS software.......................................... 5/12

OS variables........................................... 5/3

OS-LAN.................................................. 9/4

PID-Tuner ............................................... 4/8

Plant bus ................................................ 9/4

Plastic fiber-optic cables...................... 9/40

Power supply cable for Rack PC ......... 2/15

Process Device Manager..................... 4/13

Process I/O .......................................... 11/2

Process monitors ................................. 2/17

Process object ....................................... 5/3

Process object view............................... 4/6

PROFIBUS............................................ 9/35

PROFIBUS DP...................................... 9/36

PROFIBUS PA ...................................... 9/43

Programming Instructions

Driver Blocks.......................................... 2/2

Recipe system ....................................... 6/9

ROP Library ......................................... 6/12

Route Control ......................................... 7/2

Route Control Center ............................. 7/6

Route Control Server.............................. 7/6

Routing................................................. 4/16

Runtime Basic Packages..................... 3/13

Appendix

Subject index

16/10 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

S5 Manual Collection ............................. 2/2

S7 F ConfigurationPack ....................... 4/22

S7 Manual Collection ............................. 2/2

S7-PLCSIM........................................... 4/26

S7-REDCONNECT ............................... 9/29

Safety ES Packages............................. 4/25

Safety Matrix ........................................ 4/23

Safety Matrix Viewer............................. 5/15

Safety-related automation systems.... 10/24

Scalability............................................. 1/11

SCALANCE S ....................................... 9/34

SCALANCE X ......................................... 9/6

Script languages.................................. 5/11

Separation Procedures/Formulas ........ 6/12

Sequential Function Chart (SFC) ........... 4/7

Server Basic Package............................ 6/7

SFC Visualization ................................. 5/14

Short-term archiving............................. 5/20

Signal module ........................................ 5/8

Sign-of-life monitoring.......................... 5/11

SIGUARD ........................................... 11/53

SIMATIC BATCH..................................... 6/2

SIMATIC BATCH API ............................ 6/12

SIMATIC IT ........................................... 12/2

SIMATIC Logon ............................... 2/3, 4/5

SIMATIC Manager........................... 4/2, 4/5

SIMATIC NET.......................................... 9/2

SIMATIC PCS 7 BOX.............................. 3/2

SIMATIC PCS 7 Industrial Workstation... 2/6

SIMATIC PCS 7 MTA ............................ 11/6

SIMATIC PDM....................................... 4/13

SIMATIC PDM PCS 7............................ 4/15

SIMATIC PDM S7 ................................. 4/15

SIMATIC PDM Service.......................... 4/15

SIMATIC PDM Single Point................... 4/14

SIMATIC Route Control .......................... 7/2

SIMATIC Safety Matrix.......................... 4/23

Simulation............................................. 4/26

SIPLUS ................................................. 11/9

SM 321 ............................................... 11/14

SM 322 ............................................... 11/16

SM 323 ............................................... 11/18

SM 331 ............................................... 11/19

SM 332 ............................................... 11/21

SM 421, SM 422, SM 431, SM 432 ...... 11/4

Starter systems ...................................... 3/2

StoragePlus.......................................... 5/21

Switches................................................. 9/6

System architecture ............................. 1/10

System documentation .......................... 2/2

TELEPERM M Manual Collection............2/2

Terminal bus ...........................................9/4

Terminal modules ......................11/6, 11/41

Totally Integrated Automation...............1/10

Tower Kit ...............................................2/15

Trends...................................................5/10

Version Cross Manager ........................4/10

Version Trail ..........................................4/11

Web Server...........................................5/25

WinAC Slot416........................................3/9

Wireless LAN ........................................9/30

Y-Link ....................................................9/42

Appendix

Order no. index

16/11

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

3RK1 301-0.... ........................................ 11/51

3RK1 903-0.... ............................. 11/51, 11/52

3RK1 903-1.... ........................................ 11/55

3RK1 903-2.... ............................. 11/51, 11/52

3RK1 903-3.... ........................................ 11/52

6AV6 371-1CF06-0DX0 .......................... 14/11

6AV6 371-1CF06-2AX0 ................... 5/18, 5/24

6AV6 371-1DR06-1AX0 .......................... 14/10

6AV6 371-1ES06-0AX0 ................. 5/28, 14/10

6AV6 371-1ES06-0CX0 ................. 5/28, 14/10

6AV8 107-..... ........................................... 2/17

6DL2 804-..... ......................................... 11/38

6DL5 900-..... ............................................. 2/3

6DS1 916-... ............................................... 5/8

6EP1 ... ..................................................... 3/12

6ES5 ... ....................................................... 2/3

6ES7 131-4.... ........................................ 11/46

6ES7 131-7.... ........................................ 11/35

6ES7 132-4.... ........................................ 11/46

6ES7 132-7.... ........................................ 11/35

6ES7 134-4.... ........................................ 11/48

6ES7 134-7.... ........................................ 11/36

6ES7 135-4.... ........................................ 11/48

6ES7 135-7.... ........................................ 11/36

6ES7 138-4.... ............................. 11/46, 11/48

6ES7 138-7A... ....................................... 11/36

6ES7 138-7B... ....................................... 11/36

6ES7 138-7E... ....................................... 11/32

6ES7 141-4.... ........................................ 11/60

6ES7 142-4.... ........................................ 11/60

6ES7 144-4.... ........................................ 11/62

6ES7 145-4.... ........................................ 11/62

6ES7 148-4.... ............................. 11/63, 11/64

6ES7 151-1.... ........................................ 11/43

6ES7 152-1.... ........................................ 11/33

6ES7 153-2AR03-0XA0 .......................... 11/13

6ES7 153-2BA02-0XB0 .......................... 11/11

6ES7 153-2BA81-0XB0 .......................... 14/16

6ES7 153-2BA82-0XB0 ............................ 9/48

6ES7 153-2BB00-0XB0 .......................... 11/11

6ES7 154-2.... ........................................ 11/59

6ES7 157-0.... ...................... 9/48, 9/49, 14/16

6ES7 193-4CA.. ..................................... 11/42

6ES7 193-4CB.. ..................................... 11/42

6ES7 193-4CC.. ..................................... 11/41

6ES7 193-4CD.. ..................................... 11/41

6ES7 193-4CE......................................... 11/41

6ES7 193-4CF.. ...................................... 11/42

6ES7 193-4CG.. ..................................... 11/42

6ES7 193-4CK.. ..................................... 11/41

6ES7 193-4CL.. ...................................... 11/42

6ES7 193-7AA.. ...................................... 11/33

6ES7 193-7AB.. ...................................... 11/33

6ES7 193-7CA.. ...................................... 11/36

6ES7 193-7DA.. ..................................... 11/32

6ES7 193-7DB.. ..................................... 11/32

6ES7 194-4A... ....................................... 11/59

6ES7 194-4B... ....................................... 11/64

6ES7 194-4C... ............................ 11/60, 11/62

6ES7 194-4D... ....................................... 11/63

6ES7 194-4G... ....................................... 11/59

6ES7 194-4HA.. .......................... 11/60, 11/62

6ES7 194-4HB.. .......................... 11/59, 11/64

6ES7 195-1B... .........................................9/40

6ES7 195-1G... ................... 9/48, 11/12, 14/16

6ES7 195-1J... ........................................ 11/12

6ES7 195-1K... .......................................11/12

6ES7 195-7HA.. ............................. 9/48, 11/12

6ES7 195-7HB.. ...................................... 11/12

6ES7 195-7HC.. ......................................11/12

6ES7 195-7HD.. ..................9/48, 11/12, 14/16

6ES7 195-7HF.. .............................. 9/48, 14/16

6ES7 195-7HG.. ............................9/48, 11/26

6ES7 195-7KF.. ....................................... 11/26

6ES7 197-1LA.. .............................9/42, 10/23

6ES7 305-1.... ............ 9/42, 9/48, 11/10, 14/16

6ES7 307-1.... ............ 9/42, 9/48, 11/10, 14/16

6ES7 321-1B.... ......................................11/14

6ES7 321-1C... ....................................... 11/14

6ES7 321-1E... ........................................11/14

6ES7 321-1FF01-.... ................................11/14

6ES7 321-1FF10-.... ................................11/15

6ES7 321-1FH00-.... ............................... 11/14

6ES7 321-7BH.. ...................................... 11/15

6ES7 321-7RD.. ...................................... 11/22

6ES7 321-7TH.. ...................................... 11/15

6ES7 322-1.... ......................................... 11/16

6ES7 322-5F... ........................................11/17

6ES7 322-5G... ....................................... 11/17

6ES7 322-5H... ....................................... 11/17

6ES7 322-5R... .......................................11/22

6ES7 322-5S............................................11/22

6ES7 322-8B... .......................................11/17

6ES7 323-1B... ............................11/18, 11/25

6ES7 326-1R... .......................................11/25

6ES7 326-2B... .......................................11/26

6ES7 331-1.... ......................................... 11/19

6ES7 331-7.... ......... 11/19, 11/20, 11/22,11/24

6ES7 332-5.... ................... 11/21, 11/22, 11/24

6ES7 332-7.... ......................................... 11/21

6ES7 332-8.... ......................................... 11/24

6ES7 336-1.... ......................................... 11/26

6ES7 341-1.... ........................................... 9/52

6ES7 350-..... .......................................... 11/29

6ES7 355-..... .......................................... 11/28

6ES7 370-..... .......................................... 11/12

6ES7 390-1AB.. ............................. 9/38, 11/37

6ES7 390-1AE.. ......... 9/38, 9/48, 11/37, 14/16

6ES7 390-1AF.. .......... 9/38, 9/48, 11/37, 14/16

6ES7 390-1AF85-..... ................... 11/33, 11/36

6ES7 390-1AJ30-.... ......................9/38, 11/37

6ES7 390-1AJ85-.... ....................11/33, 11/36

6ES7 390-1BC.. ............................. 9/38, 11/37

6ES7 392-1AJ.. ..............................9/51, 11/12

6ES7 392-1AJ.. .......................................11/12

6ES7 392-1AM.. .....................................11/12

6ES7 392-1BJ.. .......................................11/12

6ES7 392-1BM.. .....................................11/12

6ES7 392-1CJ.. ......................................11/12

6ES7 392-1CM.. ..................................... 11/12

6ES7 393-4AA.. ...................................... 11/12

6ES7 400-1JA01-.... .................................11/5

6ES7 400-1TA01-.... .................................. 11/5

6ES7 421-1.... ........................................... 11/4

6ES7 421-7.... ........................................... 11/4

6ES7 422-1.... ........................................... 11/4

6ES7 422-7.... ........................................... 11/4

6ES7 431-0.... ...........................................11/4

6ES7 431-1.... ...........................................11/4

6ES7 431-7.... ...........................................11/4

6ES7 432-1.... ...........................................11/4

6ES7 460-..... ............................................11/5

6ES7 461-..... ............................................11/5

6ES7 468-..... ............................................11/5

6ES7 492-..... ............................................11/4

6ES7 648-0.... ..................2/15, 3/7, 3/12, 14/3

6ES7 648-1AA.. ...............................2/15, 14/3

6ES7 648-2AF.. ................................2/15, 14/3

6ES7 648-2BF.. .........................................10/6

6ES7 650-0L... .................................14/2, 14/3

6ES7 650-0NF.. .............2/14, 4/3, 5/6, 6/4, 7/5

6ES7 650-0NG.. ...................2/14, 5/6, 6/4, 7/5

6ES7 650-0NH.. ...................2/14, 5/6, 6/4, 7/5

6ES7 650-1A... .................................11/7, 11/8

6ES7 650-1B... ..........................................11/8

6ES7 650-1C... .................................9/29, 15/4

6ES7 650-2M... .........................................14/4

6ES7 650-2P... ...........................................3/11

6ES7 650-2Q... ...........................................3/7

6ES7 650-3G... .........................................14/4

6ES7 650-3X... .................................3/13, 3/14

6ES7 651-5AX.. ..............................15/7, 15/13

6ES7 651-5CX.. ......................4/18, 4/19, 15/6

6ES7 651-6A..............................................4/25

6ES7 651-6B..............................................4/25

6ES7 652-0XC.. ..................5/22, 14/11, 15/14

6ES7 652-0XD.. ..................5/14, 14/10, 15/14

6ES7 652-0XX.. ................2/5, 2/16, 5/18, 9/29

6ES7 652-1EA.. .......................................14/10

6ES7 952-1KP.. ........................................10/22

6ES7 652-3A... ..........................................5/17

6ES7 652-3B... ..........................................5/18

6ES7 652-3X... ........................................14/11

6ES7 652-5A... ...............................15/9, 15/14

6ES7 652-5B... .............................15/11, 15/15

6ES7 652-5C... ...............................15/9, 15/14

6ES7 652-5D... ..........................................15/9

6ES7 652-5F... .........................................15/12

6ES7 652-6.... ............................................5/15

6ES7 653-0S... ..........................................14/8

6ES7 653-1X... ............................................2/3

6ES7 653-2B... ..............3/7, 3/12, 10/6, 10/13,

......................................................10/21, 10/32

6ES7 654-0JX.. .......................................14/17

6ES7 654-0KX.. .......................................14/18

6ES7 654-0LX.. .......................................14/18

6ES7 654-0MX.. ......................................14/19

6ES7 654-0NX.. ......................................14/19

6ES7 654-0PX.. .......................................14/20

6ES7 654-0QX.. ......................................14/17

6ES7 654-0RX.. .......................................14/20

6ES7 654-0UC.. ........................................10/6

6ES7 654-0XX.. .......................................11/13

6ES7 654-1J... ........................................14/17

6ES7 654-1K... ........................................14/18

6ES7 654-1L... ........................................14/18

6ES7 654-1Q... .......................................14/17

Appendix

Order no. index

16/12 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

6ES7 654-2M... ...................................... 14/19

6ES7 654-2N... ....................................... 14/19

6ES7 654-2P... ........................................ 14/20

6ES7 654-2R... ....................................... 14/20

6ES7 654-3J... ........................................ 14/17

6ES7 654-3K... ....................................... 14/18

6ES7 654-3L... ....................................... 14/18

6ES7 654-3Q... ....................................... 14/17

6ES7 654-4J... ........................................ 14/17

6ES7 654-4K... ....................................... 14/18

6ES7 654-4L... ....................................... 14/18

6ES7 654-4M... ...................................... 14/19

6ES7 654-4N... ....................................... 14/19

6ES7 654-4P... ........................................ 14/20

6ES7 654-4Q... ....................................... 14/17

6ES7 654-4R... ....................................... 14/20

6ES7 654-6J... ........................................ 14/17

6ES7 654-6K... ....................................... 14/18

6ES7 654-6L... ....................................... 14/18

6ES7 654-6Q... ....................................... 14/17

6ES7 654-7.... ...... 10/13, 10/14, 10/22, 10/23,

..................................................... 10/33, 10/34

6ES7 654-8.... ...... 10/11, 10/12, 10/13, 10/20,

..................................................... 10/30, 10/31

6ES7 656-7.... .............................. 10/22, 10/33

6ES7 656-8.... ....... 10/20, 10/21, 10/31, 10/32

6ES7 657-0AX.. ............................... 6/9, 14/13

6ES7 657-0BX.. .............................. 6/10,14/13

6ES7 657-0FX.. .............................. 6/11,14/13

6ES7 657-0GX.. ............................. 6/12,14/13

6ES7 657-0HX.. ............................. 6/12, 14/13

6ES7 657-0LX.. ............................... 6/8, 14/13

6ES7 657-0MX.. ............................ 6/12, 14/13

6ES7 657-0SA.. ...................... 6/7, 14/13, 15/3

6ES7 657-0XB.. ............................... 6/7, 14/13

6ES7 657-0XC.. ............................... 6/7, 14/13

6ES7 657-0XD.. ............................... 6/7, 14/13

6ES7 657-0XE.. ............................... 6/7, 14/13

6ES7 657-0XX.. ............................. 15/3, 15/15

6ES7 657-5XX.. ........................... 15/10, 15/15

6ES7 658-0GX07-2YB0 ............................ 5/28

6ES7 658-0HX07-2YB0 ............................ 5/28

6ES7 658-1AA16-0YA5 ............................ 14/5

6ES7 658-1AB05-0YC4 .......................... 15/16

6ES7 658-1AB16-.... ................................ 14/5

6ES7 658-1AC16-.... ................................ 14/5

6ES7 658-1AD16-0YA5 ............................ 14/5

6ES7 658-1AD16-0YD5 ........................... 14/5

6ES7 658-1AD16-0YE5 .......................... 15/13

6ES7 658-1AE16-.... ................................. 14/5

6ES7 658-1AF07-.... ................................... 4/9

6ES7 658-1AF16-.... ................................. 14/5

6ES7 658-1AF16-0YE5 .......................... 15/13

6ES7 658-1CX07-.... ................................ 4/10

6ES7 658-1CX16-.... ................................ 14/6

6ES7 658-1DX07-.... ................................ 4/12

6ES7 658-1DX16-.... ................................ 14/6

6ES7 658-1EX00-.... ................................. 15/3

6ES7 658-1FX07-.... ................................. 4/11

6ES7 658-1FX16-.... ................................. 14/6

6ES7 658-1XX00-.... ................................. 15/3

6ES7 658-2AA07-.... ................................ 5/12

6ES7 658-2AA16-.... ................................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2AB07-0YA0 ............................ 5/12

6ES7 658-2AB07-0YD0 ............ 3/7, 3/12, 5/12

6ES7 658-2AB16-.... ................................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2AC07-0YA0 ............................ 5/12

6ES7 658-2AC07-0YD0 ........... 3/7, 3/12, 5/12

6ES7 658-2AC16-0YA0 ............................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2AC16-0YD0 ........................... 14/9

6ES7 658-2AC16-0YE0 .......................... 15/14

6ES7 658-2AD07-.... ................................ 5/12

6ES7 658-2AD16-.... ................................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2AE07-.... ................................. 5/12

6ES7 658-2AE16-0YA0 ............................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2AE16-0YD0 ............................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2AE16-0YE0 .......................... 15/14

6ES7 658-2BA07-0YA0 ............................. 5/13

6ES7 658-2BA16-0YA0 ............................. 14/9

6ES7 658-2BB07-.... ................................. 5/13

6ES7 658-2BB16-.... ................................. 14/9

6ES7 658-2BC07-.... .................................5/13

6ES7 658-2BC16-0YA0 ............................14/9

6ES7 658-2BC16-0YD0 ............................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2BC16-0YE0 .......................... 15/14

6ES7 658-2BD07-.... .................................5/13

6ES7 658-2BD16-.... .................................14/9

6ES7 658-2BE07-.... ................................. 5/13

6ES7 658-2BE16-0YA0 .............................14/9

6ES7 658-2BE16-0YD0 ............................ 14/9

6ES7 658-2BE16-0YE0 ...........................15/14

6ES7 658-2BF07-.... ................................. 5/13

6ES7 658-2BF16-.... ................................. 14/9

6ES7 658-2CX00-0YL8 .............................15/3

6ES7 658-2CX07-0YA5 ............................. 5/13

6ES7 658-2CX07-0YA5 ............................. 5/26

6ES7 658-2CX16-0YA5 ........................... 14/12

6ES7 658-2CX16-0YA5 ............................. 14/9

6ES7 658-2CX16-0YE5 ..........................15/14

6ES7 658-2DA.. ........................................ 14/5

6ES7 658-2DB.. ........................................ 14/5

6ES7 658-2DC16-0YA5 ............................14/5

6ES7 658-2DC16-0YA6 ............................14/5

6ES7 658-2DC16-0YD5 ............................14/5

6ES7 658-2DC16-0YE5 .......................... 15/13

6ES7 658-2DD.. ........................................14/5

6ES7 658-2DE16-0YA5 ............................. 14/5

6ES7 658-2DE16-0YD5 ............................ 14/5

6ES7 658-2DE16-0YE5 ..........................15/13

6ES7 658-2DF07-.... ................................... 4/9

6ES7 658-2DF16-.... ................................. 14/5

6ES7 658-2EA07-2YB0 ...................5/20, 5/24

6ES7 658-2EA16-2YD0 .......................... 14/10

6ES7 658-2EB07-2YB0 ...................5/20, 5/24

6ES7 658-2EB07-2YD0 ................... 5/20, 5/24

6ES7 658-2EB16-2YD0 .......................... 14/10

6ES7 658-2EC07-2YB0 ................... 5/20, 5/24

6ES7 658-2EC07-2YD0 ................... 5/20, 5/24

6ES7 658-2ED07-.... ................................. 5/24

6ES7 658-2EE07-.... ................................. 5/24

6ES7 658-2EE16-.... ............................... 14/10

6ES7 658-2EF07-.... .................................5/24

6ES7 658-2FA07-.... ................................. 5/24

6ES7 658-2FX16-.... ...............................14/11

6ES7 658-2GA07-.... ................................5/26

6ES7 658-2GA16-.... ..............................14/12

6ES7 658-2GB07-.... ................................5/26

6ES7 658-2GB16-.... ..............................14/12

6ES7 658-2GC07-.... ................................ 5/26

6ES7 658-2GC16-.... .............................. 14/12

6ES7 658-2GD07-2YB0 ............................5/26

6ES7 658-2GD07-2YD0 ...........................5/26

6ES7 658-2GD16-.... .............................. 14/12

6ES7 658-2GX00-.... .................................15/3

6ES7 658-2HX07-.... ................................. 5/26

6ES7 658-2HX16-.... ............................... 14/12

6ES7 658-2JX07-.... ................................14/12

6ES7 658-2XB05-.... ............................... 15/16

6ES7 658-2XX00-.... ................................. 15/3

6ES7 658-3AX06-.... ................................. 14/7

6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA5 .............................4/18

6ES7 658-3AX06-0YA6 ....................4/18, 14/7

6ES7 658-3BX06-2YB5 ...................4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3CX06-2YB5 ................... 4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3EX06-2YB5 ....................4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3GX06-0YC8 ................... 4/18, 4/19

6ES7 658-3HX06-0YA5 .................... 4/18, 14/7

6ES7 658-3JX06-0YA5 ....................4/18, 14/8

6ES7 658-3KX06-0YA5 ....................4/18, 14/8

6ES7 658-3LX06-0YA5 .... 3/7, 3/12, 4/17, 14/8

6ES7 658-3XA06-2YB5 ...................4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XB06-2YB5 ...................4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XB06-2YD5 .......... 4/17, 4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XC06-2YB5 ................... 4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XC06-2YD5 .......... 4/17, 4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XD06-2YB5 ....................4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XD06-2YD5 ...........4/17, 4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XH06-2YD5 ...........4/17, 4/19, 14/7

6ES7 658-3XX00-0YL8 ..4/18, 4/19, 15/3, 15/6

6ES7 658-5AA07-0YA5 ...............................4/9

6ES7 658-5AA16-0YA5 .............................14/5

6ES7 658-5AA16-0YE5 ...........................15/13

6ES7 658-5AB07-0YA5 ...............................4/9

6ES7 658-5AB07-0YD5 ..............3/7, 3/12, 4/9

6ES7 658-5AB16-0YA5 .............................14/5

6ES7 658-5AB16-0YD5 ............................14/5

6ES7 658-5AC07-0YA5 ...............................4/9

6ES7 658-5AC07-0YD5 ..............3/7, 3/12, 4/9

6ES7 658-5AC16-.... .................................14/5

6ES7 658-5AD16-.... .................................14/5

6ES7 658-5AE16-.... .................................14/5

6ES7 658-5AF07-.... ....................................4/9

6ES7 658-5AF16-.... ..................................14/5

6ES7 658-7BX41-.... ...................................2/5

6ES7 658-7DX00-.... .................................15/3

6ES7 658-7DX07-.... ...................................7/9

6ES7 658-7DX16-0YB5 ..................14/6, 14/14

6ES7 658-7DX16-0YF5 ...........................15/15

6ES7 658-7EX07-0YB5 ...............................7/7

6ES7 658-7EX16-0YB5 ...........................14/14

6ES7 658-7EX16-0YF5 ...........................15/15

6ES7 658-7FA07-0YB0 ...............................7/7

6ES7 658-7FA16-0YB0 ...........................14/14

6ES7 658-7FB07-0YD0 ...............................7/7

6ES7 658-7FB16-0YD0 ...........................14/14

6ES7 658-7FC07-0YD0 ...............................7/7

6ES7 658-7FC16-0YD0 ...........................14/14

6ES7 658-7GA07-2YB0 ..............................8/5

6ES7 658-7GA16-0YB0 ..........................14/15

6ES7 658-7GB07-0YB0 ..............................8/5

6ES7 658-7GB07-2YB0 ..............................8/5

6ES7 658-7GB16-0YD0 ..........................14/15

6ES7 658-7GC07-2YB0 ..............................8/5

6ES7 658-7GC16-0YD0 ..........................14/15

6ES7 658-7GD16-0YD0 ..........................14/15

6ES7 658-7GH16-0YD0 ..........................14/15

6ES7 658-7GX00-0YL8 .............................15/3

6ES7 658-7GX07-0YB5 ..............................8/5

6ES7 658-7GX16-0YB5 ..........................14/15

6ES7 833-1CC00-.... ....................10/33, 14/20

6ES7 833-1CC01-.... ........................4/22, 14/6

6ES7 833-1SM00-0YA5 ....................4/24, 14/6

6ES7 833-1SM40-0YA5 ....................4/24, 14/6

6ES7 833-1SM60-0YA5 ...........................14/10

Appendix

Order no. index

16/13

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

6ES7 841-0CA01-0YX2 .......... 4/26, 15/3, 15/7

6ES7 841-0CC04-0YA5 ............................ 14/8

6ES7 841-0CC05-0YA5 ............................ 4/26

6ES7 841-0CC05-0YE5 ................... 4/26, 15/7

6ES7 870-..... ........................................... 9/52

6ES7 900-0.... ................................. 2/15, 14/3

6ES7 902-1AB00-0AA0 ............................ 9/52

6ES7 902-1AC00-0AA0 ......... 5/18, 5/24, 9/52

6ES7 902-1AD00-0AA0 ........................... 9/52

6ES7 902-2.... .......................................... 9/52

6ES7 902-3.... .......................................... 9/52

6ES7 922-..... ........................................... 11/8

6ES7 952-1KP.. ............................ 10/13, 10/33

6ES7 960-1AA.............................. 10/22, 10/33

6ES7 964-2AA04-0AB0 ............................ 9/41

6ES7 972-0AA01-0XA0 ............................ 9/38

6ES7 972-0AB01-0XA0 ............................ 9/38

6ES7 972-0AC80-0XA0 ...... 9/38, 11/33, 11/37

6ES7 972-0BA50-0XA0 ............................ 9/38

6ES7 972-0BB50-0XA0 ............................ 9/38

6ES7 972-0DA00-0AA0 ........................... 9/38

6ES7 972-0DA60-0XA0 ...... 9/38, 11/33, 11/37

6ES7 998-..... ............................................. 2/3

6GF6 220-..... ........................................... 2/17

6GK1 105-..... ........................................... 9/22

6GK1 161-..... ........................... 5/7, 5/18, 9/29

6GK1 415-..... ........................................... 9/51

6GK1 500-0.... .......................................... 9/38

6GK1 500-3.... .......................................... 9/40

6GK1 503-3.... .......................................... 9/39

6GK1 704-0AA07-3AA0 ........................... 15/5

6GK1 704-1CW63-3AB0 .......................... 15/5

6GK1 716-0HB63-3AB0 ........................... 15/5

6GK1 716-0HB63-3AD0 .......................... 15/5

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AA0 ......... 5/18, 9/29, 15/4

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AC0 ........ 5/18, 9/29, 15/4

6GK1 716-0HB64-3AE0 15/4, 15/7, 15/9, 15/11

6GK1 716-1CB63-.... ............................... 15/5

6GK1 716-1CB64-.... ...... 5/7, 5/18, 9/29, 15/4

6GK1 900-0AB00 ..................................... 9/20

6GK1 900-0AB00 ..................................... 9/34

6GK1 901-0CA00-0AA0 ........................... 9/25

6GK1 901-0CA01-0AA0 ........................... 9/25

6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0 ........................... 9/27

6GK1 901-0DA20-0AA0 ........................... 9/39

6GK1 901-0FB00-0AA0 ........................... 9/40

6GK1 901-1BB10-.... ................................ 9/24

6GK1 901-1BB20-.... ................................ 9/24

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA1 ........................... 9/24

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA2 ........................... 9/24

6GK1 901-1BE00-0AA3 ........................... 9/32

6GK1 901-1FC00-.... ................................ 9/24

6GK1 901-1G... ........................................ 9/24

6GK1 905-0A... ........................................ 9/50

6GK1 905-6AA00 ............................ 9/38, 9/50

6GK1 905-6AB00 ............................ 9/38, 9/50

6GK1 905-6PA10 ..................................... 9/40

6GK1 907-0.... .......................................... 9/32

6GK1 970-1.... .......................................... 9/24

6GK1 971-2.... .......................................... 9/51

6GK5 101-..... ........................................... 9/22

6GK5 2.. ................................................... 9/20

6GK5 3.. ................................................... 9/20

6GK5 4.. ................................................... 9/20

6GK5 6.. ................................................... 9/34

6GK5 7.. ................................................... 9/32

6GK7 343-2.... .......................................... 9/51

6GK7 443-1.... .......................................... 9/29

6GK7 443-5.... .......................................... 9/41

6XV1 820-5BH10 ............................. 9/27, 9/39

6XV1 820-5BH30 ...................................... 9/27

6XV1 820-5BH50 ............................. 9/27, 9/39

6XV1 820-5BN10 ............................. 9/27, 9/39

6XV1 820-5BN20 ............................. 9/27, 9/39

6XV1 820-5BN50 ............................. 9/27, 9/39

6XV1 820-5BT10 .............................9/27, 9/39

6XV1 820-5BT20 ......................................9/27

6XV1 820-5BT30 ......................................9/27

6XV1 821-0AH10 ...................................... 9/40

6XV1 821-2AN50 ...................................... 9/40

6XV1 830-0EH10 ........................... 9/38, 11/37

6XV1 830-0EN20 ...................................... 9/38

6XV1 830-0EN50 ...................................... 9/38

6XV1 830-0ET10 .......................................9/38

6XV1 830-0ET20 .......................................9/38

6XV1 830-0ET50 .......................................9/38

6XV1 830-0EU10 ...................................... 9/38

6XV1 830-5EH10 ...................................... 9/50

6XV1 830-5FH10 ...................................... 9/50

6XV1 840-2AH10 ............................. 9/24, 9/32

6XV1 840-2AU10 ...................................... 9/24

6XV1 850-..... ............................................ 9/25

6XV1 870-2E .............................................9/24

6XV1 870-2J ............................................. 9/32

6XV1 873-..... ............................................ 9/27

6XV2 175-..... .............................................. 5/8

A5E00504378 ...........................................5/18

A5E00504378 .............................................6/4

A5E00504378 ...........................................9/29

Appendix

Notes

16/14 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Appendix

Notes

16/15

Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Appendix

Conditions of sale and delivery

Export regulations

16/16 Siemens ST PCS 7 · November 2007

■

Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery

By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software

products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the fol-

lowing terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the condi-

tions for supplies and services, including software products, by

any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Ger-

many, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and

Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The following terms

apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens AG.

For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany

The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-

tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical

and Electronics Industry” shall apply.

For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft-

ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a

Seat or registered Office in Germany” shall apply.

For customers with a seat or registered office outside of

Germany

The “General Terms of Payment” as well as the “General Condi-

tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus-

tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall

apply.

For software products, the “General License Conditions for Soft-

ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a

Seat or registered Office outside of Germany” shall apply.

General

The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the Ger-

man law on units in measuring technology, data in inches only

apply to devices for export.

Illustrations are not binding.

Insofar as there are no remarks on the corresponding pages,

- especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights given -

these are subject to change without prior notice.

The prices are in  (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging.

The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices.

It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to

the applicable legal regulations.

Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit

the prices valid at the time of delivery.

Surcharges will be added to the prices of products that contain

silver, copper, aluminum, lead and/or gold if the respective basic

official prices for these metals are exceeded. These surcharges

will be determined based on the official price and the metal fac-

tor of the respective product.

The surcharge will be calculated on the basis of the official price

on the day prior to receipt of the order or prior to the release

order.

The metal factor determines the official price as of which the

metal surcharges are charged and the calculation method used.

The metal factor, provided it is relevant, is included with the price

information of the respective products.

An exact explanation of the metal factor and the text of the

Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are

available free of charge from your local Siemens business office

under the following Order Nos.:

• 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA1

(for customers based in Germany)

• 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA1

(for customers based outside Germany)

or download them from the Internet

http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall

(Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)

■

Export regulations

The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to

European / German and/or US export regulations.

Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval

by the competent authorities.

According to current provisions, the following export regulations

must be observed with respect to the products featured in this

catalog / price list:

Even without a label or with an “AL: N” or “ECCN: N”, authoriza-

tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for

which the goods are to be used.

The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization

indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.

Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.

A&D/VuL_ohne MZ/En 05.09.06

AL Number of the German Export List

Products marked other than “N” require an export

license.

In the case of software products, the export des-

ignations of the relevant data medium must also

be generally adhered to.

Goods labeled with an “AL“ not equal to “N” are

subject to a European or German export authori-

zation when being exported out of the EU.

ECCN Export Control Classification Number

Products marked other than “N” are subject to a

reexport license to specific countries.

In the case of software products, the export

designations of the relevant data medium must

also be generally adhered to.

Goods labeled with an “ECCN“ not equal to “N”

are subject to a US re-export authorization.

Catalogs of the

Automation and Drives Group (A&D)

Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed

in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner

A&D/3U/En 26.11.07

Automation and Drives Catalog

Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD

• The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01

Automation Systems for Machine Tools

SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60

SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61

Drive Systems

Variable-Speed Drives

SINAMICS G110/SINAMICS G120

Inverter Chassis Units

SINAMICS G120D

Distributed Frequency Inverters

D11.1

SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units,

SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units

D11

SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150

Medium-Voltage Converters

D12

SINAMICS S120 Drive Converter Systems D21.1

SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D21.3

Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1

Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet

Technology, HT-direct

D 86.2

DC Motors DA 12

SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis

Converters

DA 21.1

SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2

PDF: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter

Cabinet Units DA 22

SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45

SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48

MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2

MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11

Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for

SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES

DA 65.3

SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4

Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors

IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors D 81.1

IEC Squirrel-Cage Motors · New Generation 1LE1 D 81.1 N

PDF: Geared Motors M 15

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60

• Main Spindle/Feed Motors

• Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO

Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61

• Main Spindle/Feed Motors

• Drive System SINAMICS S120

Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1

Electrical Installation Technology

PDF: ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and

Distribution Boards, Terminal Blocks ET A1

PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3

PDF: BETA Low-Voltage Circuit Protection ET B1

PDF: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1

GAMMA Building Controls ET G1

Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80

PDF: These catalogs are only available as pdf files.

Industrial Communication for

Automation and Drives

Catalog

IK PI

Low-Voltage

Controls and Distribution –

SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON

LV 1

Controls and Distribution –

Technical Information

SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON

LV 1 T

SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60

SIVENT Fans LV 65

SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70

Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10

Process Instrumentation and Analytics

Field Instruments for Process Automation

Measuring Instruments for Pressure,

Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,

Positioners and Liquid Meters

FI 01

PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12

SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20

SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31

SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01

Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02

Process Analytical Instruments PA 01

PDF: Process Analytics,

Components for the System Integration PA 11

SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems

SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45

Products for Totally Integrated Automation and

Micro Automation

ST 70

SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7

Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

ST PCS 7.1

Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7

Process Control System

ST PCS 7.2

pc-based Automation ST PC

SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA

SIMATIC Sensors

Sensors for Factory Automation FS 10

Systems Engineering

Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1

System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2

System Solutions

Applications and Products for Industry are part of the

interactive catalog CA 01

TELEPERM M Process Control System

PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112

Order No. E86060-K4678-A111-B3-7600

Siemens AG

Automation and Drives

Industrial Automation Systems

Postfach 48 48

90327 NÜRNBERG

GERMANY

www.siemens.com/automation

The information provided in this catalog contains descriptions or

characteristics of performance which in case of actual use do not always

apply as described or which may change as a result of further development

of the products. An obligation to provide the respective characteristics shall

only exist if expressly agreed in the terms of contract. Availability and

technical specifications are subject to change without notice.

All product designations may be trademarks or product names of

Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties for their own

purposes could violate the rights of the owners.

Subject to change without prior notice | DISPO 09508 | KG 1107 10. BD 340 En / 815070 | Printed in Germany | © Siemens AG 2007

www.siemens.com/simatic-pcs7

Siemens Welding System St Pcs 7 Users Manual SIMATIC Process Control

ST PCS 7 to the manual 999d0011-6fa0-44e9-b5d4-cf09cd146107

Navigation menu

Versions of this User Manual:

Views

Navigation